Form S-11/A

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 19, 2019

Registration Statement No. 333-234304

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

Amendment No. 3

to

Form S-11

FOR REGISTRATION

UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

OF SECURITIES OF CERTAIN REAL ESTATE COMPANIES

 

 

Alpine Income Property Trust, Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its governing instruments)

 

 

1140 N. Williamson Blvd., Suite 140

Daytona Beach, Florida 32114

Tel: (386) 274-2202

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Daniel E. Smith, Esq.

Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary

Alpine Income Property Trust, Inc.

1140 N. Williamson Blvd., Suite 140

Daytona Beach, Florida 32114

Tel: (386) 274-2202

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

David S. Freed, Esq.
Vinson & Elkins LLP

666 Fifth Avenue

New York, New York 10103

Tel: (212) 237-0000

Fax: (212) 237-0100

  

David C. Wright, Esq.

James V. Davidson, Esq.

Hunton Andrews Kurth LLP

Riverfront Plaza, East Tower

951 E. Byrd Street

Richmond, Virginia 23219

Tel: (804) 788-8200

Fax: (804) 788-8218

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.

If any of the Securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act, check the following box:  ☐

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434, check the following box.  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer ☐   Accelerated filer ☐   Non-accelerated filer ☒   Smaller reporting company ☒   Emerging growth company ☒

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act.  ☒

 

 

The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until this registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is declared effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION,

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS DATED NOVEMBER 19, 2019

PROSPECTUS

7,500,000 Shares

 

LOGO

Common Stock

 

 

Alpine Income Property Trust, Inc. is a newly organized real estate company that owns and operates a high quality portfolio of single-tenant commercial properties that are primarily net leased on a long-term basis and located primarily in major metropolitan statistical areas and in growth markets in the United States. We are externally managed and advised by Alpine Income Property Manager, LLC, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Consolidated-Tomoka Land Co., or CTO, a diversified real estate operating company that is publicly traded on the NYSE American under the symbol “CTO.”

This is our initial public offering. No public market currently exists for our common stock.

We are selling all of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus. We expect the public offering price to be between $19.00 and $21.00 per share. We have applied to list our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “PINE.”

Concurrently with the closing of this offering, CTO will purchase from us $7.5 million in shares of our common stock in a separate private placement. CTO will purchase these shares at a price per share equal to the public offering price per share in this offering, without payment of any placement fee or underwriting discount.

We intend to elect to be taxed as a real estate investment trust, or REIT, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, commencing with our short taxable year ending December 31, 2019. We believe that, commencing with such taxable year, we will be organized and will operate in such a manner as to qualify for taxation as a REIT under the U.S. federal income tax laws. To assist us in qualifying as a REIT, stockholders generally will be restricted from owning more than 9.8% in value or in number of shares, whichever is more restrictive, of the outstanding shares of any class or series of our capital stock. In addition, our charter contains various other restrictions on the ownership and transfer of our common stock. See “Description of Capital Stock—Restrictions on Ownership and Transfer.”

We are an “emerging growth company” under U.S. federal securities laws and will be subject to reduced public company reporting requirements. You should consider the risks described in “Risk Factors” beginning on page 25 of this prospectus for risks relevant to an investment in our common stock.

 

 

 

     Per
Share
     Total  

Public offering price

   $                    $                        

Underwriting discount (1)

   $        $    

Proceeds, to us, before expenses

   $        $    

 

(1)

Includes a structuring fee payable to Raymond James & Associates, Inc. equal to 0.5% of the gross proceeds of this offering. Excludes certain other compensation payable to the underwriters. See “Underwriting” for a description of the compensation payable to the underwriters.

 

 

The underwriters may purchase up to an additional 1,125,000 shares of our common stock from us, at the public offering price less the underwriting discount, within 30 days after the date of this prospectus.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, nor any state or non-U.S. securities commission or authority has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares on or about November    , 2019.

 

 

 

Raymond James      
  Baird    
    B. Riley FBR  
      BMO Capital Markets

 

                Janney Montgomery Scott

 

 

D.A. Davidson & Co.

The date of this prospectus is November    , 2019.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

     1  

RISK FACTORS

     25  

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

     65  

USE OF PROCEEDS

     67  

DISTRIBUTION POLICY

     68  

CAPITALIZATION

     71  

DILUTION

     72  

SELECTED HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

     74  

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     77  

MARKET OPPORTUNITY

     88  

BUSINESS AND PROPERTIES

     96  

MANAGEMENT

     119  

OUR MANAGER AND THE MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT

     131  

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PERSON TRANSACTIONS

     142  

STRUCTURE AND FORMATION OF OUR COMPANY

     147  

POLICIES WITH RESPECT TO CERTAIN ACTIVITIES

     152  

DESCRIPTION OF THE PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT OF ALPINE INCOME PROPERTY OP, LP

     158  

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

     167  

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

     169  

CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF MARYLAND LAW AND OF OUR CHARTER AND BYLAWS

     174  

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

     182  

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

     185  

ERISA CONSIDERATIONS

     216  

UNDERWRITING

     219  

LEGAL MATTERS

     226  

EXPERTS

     226  

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

     226  

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     F-1  

 

 

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus or any free writing prospectus prepared by us. We have not, and the underwriters have not, authorized any other person to provide you with different or additional information. If anyone provides you with different or additional information, you should not rely on it. We are not, and the underwriters are not, making an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. You should assume that the information appearing in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date on the cover of this prospectus. Our business, financial condition, liquidity, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.

 

 

 

i


Market Data

We use market data, demographic data, industry forecasts and industry projections throughout this prospectus. Unless otherwise indicated, we derived such information from the market study prepared for us by Rosen Consulting Group, or RCG, a nationally-recognized real estate consulting firm. Such information is included in this prospectus in reliance on RCG’s authority as an expert on such matters. We have paid RCG a fee of $62,000 for such services. In addition, we have obtained certain market and industry data from publicly available industry publications. These sources generally state that the information they provide has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable, but that the accuracy and completeness of the information are not guaranteed. The industry forecasts and projections are based on historical market data and the preparers’ experience in the industry, and there is no assurance that any of the projected amounts will be achieved. We believe that the market and industry research others have performed are reliable, but we have not independently verified this information.

Certain Terms Used in This Prospectus

The following terms are used throughout this prospectus and, unless the context otherwise requires or indicates, these terms are defined as follows:

 

   

“Alpine Income Property Trust Predecessor” or “our Predecessor” means a combination of entities under common control that have been “carved out” from CTO’s consolidated financial statements;

 

   

“annualized base rent” means annualized contractually specified cash base rent in effect on September 30, 2019 for the leases for our properties in our initial portfolio (including those accounted for as direct financing leases);

 

   

“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended;

 

   

“concurrent CTO private placement” means the sale by us to CTO, in a separate private placement that will close concurrently with the closing of this offering, of $7.5 million in shares of our common stock at a price per share equal to the public offering price per share in this offering, without payment of any placement fee or underwriting discount;

 

   

“CTO” means Consolidated-Tomoka Land Co. (NYSE American: CTO), a Florida corporation that is a publicly traded, diversified real estate operating company and the sole member of our Manager;

 

   

“Equity Incentive Plans” means, collectively, the Individual Equity Incentive Plan and the Manager Equity Incentive Plan;

 

   

“formation transactions” means the transactions described under “Structure and Formation of Our Company” that we have consummated or intend to consummate prior to or concurrently with the closing of this offering and the concurrent CTO private placement, including the acquisition of our initial portfolio;

 

   

“GAAP” means accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America;

 

   

“Indigo” means Indigo Group Ltd., a Florida limited partnership and an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of CTO;

 

   

“Individual Equity Incentive Plan” means the Alpine Income Property Trust, Inc. 2019 Individual Equity Incentive Plan;

 

ii


   

“initial portfolio” means the portfolio of 20 single-tenant, primarily net leased retail and office properties occupied by 16 tenants across 15 markets in ten states that we will acquire from CTO as part of the formation transactions, as described in “Prospectus Summary—Our Initial Portfolio” and “Business and Properties—Our Initial Portfolio”;

 

   

“Manager” means Alpine Income Property Manager, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, our external manager and a wholly-owned subsidiary of CTO;

 

   

“Manager Equity Incentive Plan” means the Alpine Income Property Trust, Inc. 2019 Manager Equity Incentive Plan;

 

   

“occupancy” or a specified percentage of our portfolio that is “occupied” means the quotient of (1) the total square feet of our properties minus the square feet of our properties that are vacant and from which we are not receiving any rental payment and (2) the total square feet of our properties as of a specified date;

 

   

“OP units” means common units of limited partnership interest in our Operating Partnership, which are redeemable for cash or, at our election, shares of our common stock on a one-for-one basis, beginning one year after the issuance of such units;

 

   

“Operating Partnership” means Alpine Income Property OP, LP, a Delaware limited partnership, through which we will hold substantially all of our assets and conduct our operations;

 

   

“REIT” means a real estate investment trust within the meaning of Sections 856 through 860 of the Code;

 

   

“revolving credit facility” means the $100 million unsecured revolving credit facility we expect to enter into concurrently with the completion of this offering; and

 

   

“we,” “our,” “us” and “our company” mean Alpine Income Property Trust, Inc., a Maryland corporation, together with its consolidated subsidiaries, including our Operating Partnership and Alpine Income Property GP, LLC, the sole general partner of our Operating Partnership.

 

iii


PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

The following summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary is not complete and does not contain all of the information that you should consider before investing in our common stock. You should read the entire prospectus carefully, including the section entitled “Risk Factors,” as well as the financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus, before making an investment decision.

Unless otherwise indicated, the information contained in this prospectus is as of September 30, 2019 and assumes that (i) the underwriters’ option to purchase up to an additional 1,125,000 shares of our common stock is not exercised, (ii) the shares of our common stock to be sold in this offering and the concurrent CTO private placement are sold at $20.00 per share, which is the mid-point of the price range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus and (iii) the initial value of an OP unit is equal to the mid-point of the price range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus. In addition, unless otherwise indicated, the information in this prospectus assumes that this offering, the concurrent CTO private placement and the formation transactions have been completed on the terms and timing we expect and as described herein.

Our Company

We are a newly organized real estate company that owns and operates a high-quality portfolio of single-tenant commercial properties. All of the properties in our initial portfolio are leased on a long-term basis and located primarily in or in close proximity to major metropolitan statistical areas, or MSAs, and in growth markets and other markets in the United States with favorable economic and demographic conditions. Eighteen of the 20 properties in our initial portfolio, representing approximately 82% of our initial portfolio’s annualized base rent (as of September 30, 2019), are leased on a triple-net basis. Our properties are primarily leased to industry leading, creditworthy tenants, many of which operate in industries we believe are resistant to the impact of e-commerce. Our initial portfolio consists of 20 single-tenant, primarily net leased retail and office properties located in 15 markets in ten states, which we acquired from CTO in our formation transactions utilizing approximately $125.9 million of proceeds from this offering and the concurrent CTO private placement and 1,223,854 OP units that have an initial value of approximately $24.5 million based on the assumed public offering price of $20.00, which is the mid-point of the price range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus. For two of our properties in our initial portfolio, we are the lessor in a long-term ground lease to the tenant. We are externally managed by our Manager, a wholly-owned subsidiary of CTO. Concurrently with the closing of this offering, CTO will invest $7.5 million in exchange for shares of our common stock at a price per share equal to the public offering price per share in this offering. Upon completion of this offering, the concurrent CTO private placement and the formation transactions, CTO will own approximately 17.6% of our outstanding common stock (assuming the OP units to be issued to CTO in the formation transactions are exchanged for shares of our common stock on a one-for-one basis).

Our initial portfolio is comprised of single-tenant retail and office properties primarily located in or in close proximity to major MSAs, growth markets and other markets in the United States with favorable economic and demographic conditions and leased to tenants with favorable credit profiles or performance attributes. All of the properties in our initial portfolio are subject to long-term, primarily triple-net leases, which generally require the tenant to pay all of the property operating expenses such as real estate taxes, insurance, assessments and other governmental fees, utilities, repairs and maintenance and certain capital expenditures. We intend to elect to be taxed as a REIT for U.S. federal income tax purposes commencing with our short taxable year ending



 

1


December 31, 2019. We believe that, commencing with such taxable year, we will be organized and will operate in such a manner as to qualify for taxation as a REIT under the U.S. federal income tax laws.

Our objective is to maximize cash flow and value per share by generating stable and growing cash flows and attractive risk-adjusted returns through owning, operating and growing a diversified portfolio of high-quality single-tenant, net leased commercial properties with strong long-term real estate fundamentals. The 20 properties in our initial portfolio are 100% occupied and represent approximately 817,000 of gross rentable square feet with leases that have a weighted average lease term of approximately 8.2 years (based on annualized base rent as of September 30, 2019). None of our leases expire prior to January 31, 2024. Our initial portfolio is representative of our investment thesis, which consists of one or more of the following core investment criteria:

 

   

Attractive Locations. The 20 properties in our initial portfolio represent approximately 817,000 gross rentable square feet, are 100% occupied and are primarily located in or in close proximity to major MSAs and in growth markets and other markets in the United States with favorable economic and demographic conditions. Approximately 82% of our initial portfolio’s annualized base rent as of September 30, 2019 was derived from properties (i) located in MSAs with populations greater than one million and unemployment rates less than 3.6% and (ii) where the mean household income within a three-mile radius of the property is greater than $88,000.

 

   

Creditworthy Tenants. Approximately 38.2% of our initial portfolio’s annualized base rent as of September 30, 2019 was derived from tenants that have (or whose parent company has) an investment grade credit rating from a recognized credit rating agency. Our largest tenant, Wells Fargo N.A., has an ‘A+’ credit rating from S&P Global Ratings and contributed approximately 25.0% of our initial portfolio’s annualized base rent as of September 30, 2019.

 

   

Geographically Diversified. Our initial portfolio is occupied by 16 tenants across 15 markets in ten states. Our largest property, as measured by annualized base rent, is located in the Portland, Oregon MSA.

 

   

100% Occupied with Long Duration Leases. Our initial portfolio is 100% leased and occupied. The leases in our initial portfolio have a weighted average remaining lease term of approximately 8.2 years (based on annualized base rent as of September 30, 2019), with none of the leases expiring prior to January 31, 2024.

 

   

Contractual Rent Growth. Approximately 54.2% of the leases in our initial portfolio (based on annualized base rent as of September 30, 2019) provide for increases in contractual base rent during the current term. In addition, approximately 84% (based on annualized base rent as of September 30, 2019) of the leases in our initial portfolio allow for increases in base rent during the lease extension periods.

We will employ a disciplined growth strategy, which emphasizes investing in high quality properties located in or in close proximity to major MSAs and in growth markets and other markets in the United States with favorable economic and demographic conditions. We intend to lease our properties primarily to industry-leading, creditworthy tenants, many of which operate in industries we believe are resistant to the impact of e-commerce.



 

2


We believe that the single-tenant retail and office properties we own and intend to acquire will provide our stockholders with investment diversification and can deliver strong risk-adjusted returns. We expect the majority of our net leased properties will be single-tenant retail properties, with the remainder comprised of single-tenant office properties that are critical to the tenant’s overall business. We believe the risk-adjusted returns for select single-tenant office properties are compelling and offer attractive investment yields, rental rates at or below prevailing market rental rates and an investment basis below replacement cost. Based on our senior management team’s experience, we believe single-tenant office properties often have less buyer competition. In addition, we believe that long-term property tenants who have consistently invested their own capital into their leased premises are less likely to vacate the property and the risk of significant capital investment to re-lease the property is reduced. We believe that certain of the single-tenant office properties in our initial portfolio provide the opportunity for increased rents to higher market rent levels at the end of their lease terms.

Our Competitive Advantages

We believe our strategy and structure provide us with competitive advantages as a newly formed REIT focused on single-tenant, net leased properties.

Positioned for Growth

We believe our initial size and debt-free balance sheet position us well for growth. As a smaller company relative to our publicly-traded net lease REIT peers, we will focus our acquisition activity on transactions that are often below the deal size that many of our competitors pursue, and even smaller accretive transactions can have a meaningful impact on our net asset value and cash flows. Although we expect to evaluate a relatively large volume of potential investment transactions, we believe our size will allow us to be selective, ensuring that our acquisitions align with our investment objectives, particularly with regard to our initial investment yield, target markets and real estate and tenant quality. Our initial debt-free balance sheet, any unallocated cash from this offering and the concurrent CTO private placement and access to growth capital through an undrawn $100 million unsecured revolving credit facility that we anticipate obtaining concurrently with the completion of this offering will provide significant initial capital for our growth.

Experienced Management

The parent company of our Manager, CTO, is a 109-year old real estate company that has been publicly-traded for 50 years and is currently listed on the NYSE American. CTO has paid an annual dividend since 1976. Our senior management team, which is also the senior management team of CTO, has substantial experience investing in, owning, managing, developing and monetizing commercial real estate properties across the United States, particularly single-tenant, net leased properties. Our senior management team has an extensive network for sourcing investments, including relationships with national and regional brokers, other REITs, corporate tenants, banks and other financial services firms, private equity funds and leading commercial real estate investors. Our senior management team is led by John P. Albright, President and Chief Executive Officer of our company and CTO. Additionally, our senior management team includes: Mark E. Patten, Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of our company and CTO; Steven R. Greathouse, Senior Vice President, Investments of our company and CTO; and Daniel E. Smith, Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary of our company and CTO. Messrs. Albright, Patten and Greathouse have worked together at CTO for over seven years, and our senior management team has an average of more than 19 years of experience with



 

3


public real estate companies, including REITs, as well as significant experience in leadership positions at other public companies, a Big Four public accounting firm and private real estate companies. Our senior management team is experienced in all areas of managing a public company, including regulatory reporting, capital markets activity, investor relations and communication, compliance, stock exchange matters and cost management. Our senior management team has combined experience of over 100 years, almost entirely in real estate.

During their tenure at CTO, our senior management team has executed approximately $560.0 million in commercial real estate transactions, primarily acquisitions of single-tenant, net leased properties, creating a high-quality income property portfolio that we believe compares favorably to our publicly-traded net lease REIT peers. The properties in our initial portfolio are located in markets where the average population and average household income, within a three-mile radius, are substantially higher than those of our publicly-traded net lease REIT peers. In addition, since 2012, our senior management team has disposed of more than $220 million of net leased properties generating more than $41.3 million in pre-tax gains for CTO’s shareholders. Also, while at CTO, our senior management team has sold over 5,400 acres of undeveloped land, generating proceeds of approximately $165 million, to a variety of developers and operators, including Tanger Outlets, Trader Joes, North American Development Group, or NADG, Minto Communities, or Minto, and Sam’s Club. Additionally, during October 2019, CTO completed the sale of a controlling interest in a venture that holds CTO’s remaining 5,300 acres of land for total proceeds of $97 million.



 

4


Our Initial Portfolio

The table below presents an overview of the properties in our initial portfolio as of September 30, 2019, unless otherwise indicated.

 

Property
  Type  

  Tenant   S&P
Credit
Rating
(1)
  Property Location   Rentable
Square
Feet
    Lease
Expiration
Date
    Remaining
Term
(Years)
    Tenant
Extension
Options
(Number
x Years)
    Contractual
Rent
Escalations
    Annualized
Base Rent(2)
 

Office

  Wells Fargo   A+   Portland, OR     211,863       12/31/25       6.3       3x5       No     $ 3,124,979  

Office

  Hilton Grand
Vacations
  BB+   Orlando, FL     102,019       11/30/26       7.2       2x5       Yes     $ 1,658,143  

Retail

  LA Fitness   B+   Brandon, FL     45,000       4/26/32       12.6       3x5       Yes     $ 851,688  

Retail

  At Home   B+   Raleigh, NC     116,334       9/14/29       10.0       4x5       Yes     $ 658,351  

Retail

  Century Theater   BB   Reno, NV     52,474       11/30/24       5.2       3x5       No     $ 644,000  

Retail

  Container Store   B   Phoenix, AZ     23,329       2/28/30       10.4       2x5       Yes     $ 630,315  

Office

  Hilton Grand
Vacations
  BB+   Orlando, FL     31,895       11/30/26       7.2       2x5       Yes     $ 621,953  

Retail

  Live Nation
Entertainment, Inc.
  BB-   East Troy, WI     —   (3)      3/31/30       10.5       N/A       Yes     $ 546,542  

Retail

  Hobby Lobby   N/A   Winston-Salem, NC     55,000       3/31/30       10.5       3x5       Yes     $ 522,500  

Retail

  Dick’s Sporting Goods   N/A   McDonough, GA     46,315       1/31/24       4.3       4x5       No     $ 472,500  

Retail

  Jo-Ann Fabric   B-   Saugus, MA     22,500       1/31/29       9.3       4x5       Yes     $ 450,000  

Retail

  Walgreens   BBB   Birmingham, AL     14,516       3/31/29       9.5       N/A       No     $ 364,300  

Retail

  Walgreens   BBB   Alpharetta, GA     15,120       10/31/25       6.1       N/A       No     $ 362,880  

Retail

  Best Buy   BBB   McDonough, GA     30,038       3/31/26       6.5       4x5       No     $ 337,500  

Retail

  Outback   BB   Charlottesville, VA     7,216       9/30/31       12.0       4x5       Yes     $ 287,923  

Retail

  Walgreens   BBB   Albany, GA     14,770       1/31/33       13.3       N/A       No     $ 258,000  

Retail

  Outback   BB   Charlotte, NC     6,297       9/30/31       12.0       4x5       Yes     $ 206,027  

Retail

  Cheddars(4)   BBB   Jacksonville, FL     8,146       9/30/27       8.0       4x5       Yes     $ 175,000  

Retail

  Scrubbles(4)   N/A   Jacksonville, FL     4,512       10/31/37       18.1       4x5       Yes     $ 174,400  

Retail

  Family Dollar   BBB-   Lynn, MA     9,228       3/31/24       4.5       7x5       No     $ 160,000  
       

 

 

     

 

 

       

 

 

 

Total / Wtd. Avg.

    816,572         8.2         $ 12,507,001  
       

 

 

     

 

 

       

 

 

 

 

(1)

Tenant, or tenant parent, rated entity.

(2)

Annualized cash base rental income in place as of September 30, 2019.

(3)

The Alpine Valley Music Theatre, leased to Live Nation Entertainment, Inc., is an entertainment venue consisting of a two-sided, open-air, 7,500-seat pavilion; an outdoor amphitheater with capacity for 37,000; and over 150 acres of green space.

(4)

We are the lessor in a ground lease with the tenant. Rentable square feet represents improvements on the property that revert to us at the expiration of the lease.

Acquisitions Under Evaluation

We anticipate that we will have the opportunity to grow our portfolio as a result of both third-party acquisition opportunities that our senior management team is currently evaluating and our exclusive right of first offer access to CTO’s remaining portfolio of single-tenant, net leased properties and future single-tenant, net leased properties pursuant to an exclusivity and ROFO agreement with CTO, although we do not view any such acquisition opportunities as probable at this time.



 

5


Third-Party Acquisitions Under Evaluation

As of November 1, 2019, our senior management team is evaluating on our behalf acquisition opportunities of single-tenant, net leased properties from third-parties with an estimated aggregate purchase price of approximately $337.2 million. We refer to these acquisition opportunities as our “acquisitions under evaluation.”

We consider an acquisition opportunity to be “under evaluation” if the property satisfies the following criteria: (i) the owner has advised us that the property is available for sale; (ii) our senior management team has had active discussions with the owner regarding a potential purchase of the property and such discussions have not been terminated by either party; and (iii) our senior management team is performing preliminary due diligence on the property and on the tenant in order to ascertain whether the property and tenant appear to satisfy our investment criteria. Our senior management team identified these acquisition opportunities for us through relationships that our senior management team has within the tenant, developer and brokerage communities. However, as of November 1, 2019, we do not have any contractual arrangements or non-binding letters of intent with any of the potential sellers of the properties included in our acquisitions under evaluation.

Converting any of our acquisitions under evaluation into a binding commitment with the seller is influenced by many factors including, but not limited to, the existence of other competitive bids, the satisfactory completion of all due diligence items by both parties and regulatory or lender approval, if required. The impact of these factors on the timing of any acquisition can vary based on the nature and size of each transaction. Once a binding commitment is reached with a seller, closing on the transaction is generally expected to occur within 30 to 60 days subject to the completion of routine property due diligence that is customary in real estate transactions. We have not entered into any binding or non-binder letters of intent or definitive purchase and sale agreements with respect to any of our acquisitions under evaluation. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that we will complete the acquisition of any of our acquisitions under evaluation.

Acquisition Opportunities from CTO

Our exclusivity and ROFO agreement requires CTO, prior to seeking to sell any of CTO’s single-tenant, net leased properties (whether now owned or developed and owned by CTO in the future) to a third party, to first offer to us the right to purchase any such property. As of November 1, 2019, CTO’s portfolio of single-tenant income properties, excluding the properties that are being sold or contributed to us in the formation transactions, consists of 29 single-tenant, net leased properties located in 11 states representing approximately 1.3 million square feet of leasable area and has a weighted-average remaining lease term as of November 1, 2019 of 13.8 years.

Our exclusivity and ROFO agreement with CTO also precludes CTO from acquiring any single-tenant, net leased properties after the closing of this offering unless CTO first offers that opportunity to us and our independent directors decline to pursue the opportunity. However, this restriction will not apply to any single-tenant, net leased property that (i) was under contract for purchase by CTO or an affiliate of CTO as of the closing date of this offering, where such contract is not assignable to us and, despite commercially reasonable efforts by CTO, the seller will not agree to an assignment of the contract to us, or (ii) prior to the closing of this offering, CTO has identified or designated as a potential “replacement property” in connection with an open (i.e., not yet completed) like-kind exchange under Section 1031 of the Code.



 

6


As of November 1, 2019, CTO has entered into purchase and sale contracts for CTO to purchase two single-tenant, net leased properties for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $14.5 million. It is not anticipated that CTO will identify or designate these properties as potential “replacement properties,” as described above. The acquisition of these properties is still subject to, among other things, customary closing conditions and the satisfactory completion of due diligence. It is expected that the acquisition of these properties will remain subject to ongoing due diligence at the time of the closing of this offering. The contracts providing for the acquisition of these properties by CTO are not assignable to us. Although CTO will be obligated to use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the sellers to agree to an assignment of these contracts to us, we are unable to determine at this time whether the sellers of these properties will agree to such an assignment. Accordingly, we cannot assure you that we will acquire these properties on the terms and timing described above or at all.

In addition, as of November 1, 2019, CTO has entered into non-binding letters of intent to acquire four single-tenant, net leased properties for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $21.1 million. CTO does not expect to enter into a binding purchase and sale contract with the seller of these properties prior to the closing of this offering, and it is not anticipated that CTO will identify or designate these properties as potential “replacement properties,” as described above. Accordingly, pursuant to the terms of the exclusivity and ROFO agreement, CTO will be precluded from acquiring these properties, after the closing of this offering, unless CTO first offers that opportunity to us and our independent directors decline to pursue the opportunity. We cannot assure you that we will acquire these properties on the terms and timing described above or at all.

Investment Highlights

The following investment highlights describe what we believe are some of the key considerations for investing in our company:

 

   

Stability and Strength of Cash Flows in our Initial Portfolio. Our 100% occupied initial portfolio provides us with stable, long-term cash flows. Our initial portfolio of 20 properties is diversified by tenant and geography with annualized base rent of approximately $12.5 million as of September 30, 2019. We have no lease expirations prior to January 31, 2024. In addition, approximately 54.2% of the leases in our initial portfolio (based on annualized base rent as of September 30, 2019) provide for increases in contractual base rent during the current term. Only four of our initial portfolio’s 16 tenants contributed more than 6% of our initial portfolio’s annualized base rent as of September 30, 2019. Our largest tenant, Wells Fargo N.A., and our second largest tenant, Hilton Grand Vacations, contributed approximately 25.0% and 18.2%, respectively, of our initial portfolio’s annualized base rent as of September 30, 2019. Our strategy targets a scaled portfolio that, over time, will:

 

   

derive no more than 10% of the portfolio’s annualized base rent from any single tenant, irrespective of the tenant’s credit rating;

 

   

derive no more than 10% of the portfolio’s annualized base rent from any single industry;

 

   

derive no more than 5% of the portfolio’s annualized base rent from any single property; and

 

   

maintain significant geographic diversification.



 

7


Although our strategy targets a scaled portfolio that, over time, meets the diversification criteria described above, as of September 30, 2019, our initial portfolio:

 

   

had two tenants that individually contributed more than 10% of our annualized base rent;

 

   

derived more than 10% of our annualized base rent from three industries;

 

   

derived more than 5% of our annualized base rent from each of seven properties; and

 

   

had significant geographic concentration in the West and South regions of the United States (as defined by the U.S. Census Bureau).

We believe portfolio diversification decreases the impact from an adverse event that affects a specific tenant or region.

 

   

Creditworthy Tenants. As of September 30, 2019, approximately 38.2% of our initial portfolio’s annualized base rent was derived from tenants that have (or whose parent company has) an investment grade credit rating from a recognized credit rating agency. As part of our overall growth strategy, we will seek to lease and acquire properties leased to creditworthy tenants that meet our underwriting and operating guidelines. Prior to entering into any acquisition or lease transaction, our Manager’s credit analysis and underwriting professionals will conduct a review of a proposed tenant’s credit quality based on our established underwriting methodologies. In addition, our Manager will consistently monitor the credit quality of our portfolio by actively reviewing the creditworthiness of our tenants. We anticipate that these reviews will include periodic assessments of the operating performance of each of our tenants and annual evaluations of the credit ratings of each of our tenants, including any changes to the credit ratings of such tenants (or the parents of such tenants) as published by a recognized credit rating agency. We believe that our Manager’s focus on creditworthy tenants will increase the stability of our rental revenue.

 

   

Attractive Locations in Major or Fast-Growing Markets. The properties in our initial portfolio are primarily located in or in close proximity to major MSAs and in growth markets and other markets in the United States with favorable economic and demographic conditions. Approximately 82% of our initial portfolio’s annualized base rent as of September 30, 2019 was derived from properties (i) located in MSAs with populations greater than one million and unemployment rates less than 3.6% and (ii) where the mean household income within a three-mile radius of the property is greater than $88,000. We believe that properties located in major metropolitan and growth areas benefit from certain advantageous attributes as compared to less densely populated areas, including supply constraints, barriers to entry, near-term and long-term prospects for job creation, population growth and rental rate growth. In addition, we believe that properties located in or in close proximity to major MSAs and growth markets generally have lower vacancy rates because they can potentially be leased to a broader range of tenants or redeveloped for different uses.

 

   

Diverse Initial Portfolio. We believe that our initial portfolio is diversified by tenant and geography. Our initial portfolio is diversified with 16 tenants operating in 13 industries across 15 markets in ten states.

 

   

Growth Oriented Balance Sheet. Upon completion of this offering and the related formation transactions, we will have no outstanding debt. We have obtained commitments



 

8


 

for a $100 million unsecured revolving credit facility with a four year term and expect to enter into the facility concurrently with the completion of this offering. We expect that the credit facility will be available for funding future acquisitions and general corporate purposes. We intend to manage our balance sheet so that we have access to multiple sources of capital in the future that may offer us the opportunity to lower our cost of funding and further diversify our sources of capital. We intend to use leverage, in-line with industry standards, to continue to grow our net leased property portfolio.

 

   

Platform Allows for Significant Growth. We expect to build on our senior management team’s experience in net lease real estate investing and leverage CTO’s established and developed origination, underwriting, financing, documentation and property management capabilities to achieve attractive risk-adjusted growth.

 

   

Focused Investment Strategy. We seek to acquire, own and operate primarily freestanding, single-tenant commercial real estate properties primarily located in our target markets leased primarily pursuant to triple-net, long-term leases. Within our target markets, we will focus on investments in single-tenant retail and office properties. We will target tenants in industries that we believe are favorably impacted by current macroeconomic trends that support consumer spending, such as strong and growing employment and positive consumer sentiment, as well as tenants in industries that have demonstrated resistance to the impact of the growing e-commerce retail sector. We also will seek to invest in properties that are net leased to tenants that we determine have attractive credit characteristics, stable operating histories and healthy rent coverage levels, are well-located within their market and have rent levels at or below market rent levels. Furthermore, we believe that the size of our company will, for at least the near term, allow us to focus our investment activities on the acquisition of single properties or smaller portfolios of properties that represent a transaction size that most of our publicly-traded net lease REIT peers will not pursue on a consistent basis.

 

   

Disciplined Underwriting Approach. The net leased properties that we target for acquisition generally will be under long-term leases and occupied by a single tenant, consistent with our initial portfolio. In addition, we may invest in properties that we believe have strong long-term real estate fundamentals (such as attractive demographics, infill locations, desirable markets and favorable rent coverage ratios), would be suitable for use by different types of tenants or alternative uses, offer attractive risk-adjusted returns and possess characteristics that reduce our real estate investment risks. In considering the potential acquisition of a property, we also evaluate how in-place rental rates compare to current market rental rates, as well as the likelihood of an increase in the rental rate upon extension of the in-place lease or re-tenanting of the property. We seek long-term leases, typically with initial lease terms of over 8 years, plus tenant renewal options. In addition, we target leases with a triple-net structure which obligates our tenants to pay all or most property-level expenses.

Market Opportunity

According to a market study prepared for us in connection with this offering by RCG, the single-tenant, net lease market has expanded steadily over the last several years, and investor demand for net leased properties continued to gain momentum into 2019. Unlike a gross lease, which places the financial responsibility for most expenses with the property owner, the net lease structure shifts the majority or entirety of expenses for property taxes, insurance, maintenance and



 

9


often utilities and capital expenditures, to the lessee, in addition to rent payments. Net leases are generally executed for an initial term of 10 to 15 years, but 20 and 25 year leases are not uncommon. Lease agreements often include multiple options for the tenant to extend, and may include terms for periodic rent increases. Comparatively, multi-tenant commercial real estate properties under gross leases often have average initial lease terms between five and ten years with shorter or fewer options to extend. Rent escalation is also commonly embedded in the net lease terms as a specified percentage increase of existing rent per year, or determined by reference to an inflation measure such as the Consumer Price Index. With cash flows that are intended to be passive, stable and paid at regular intervals, net leased real estate is similar, in many ways, to interest-bearing corporate bonds, but with the additional potential for appreciation in the value of the underlying property.

Summary Risk Factors

You should carefully consider the risks discussed in the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus before investing in our common stock. Some of these risks include:

 

   

We are subject to risks related to the ownership of commercial real estate that could affect the performance and value of our properties.

 

   

Adverse changes in U.S., global and local regions or markets that impact our tenants’ businesses may materially and adversely affect us generally and the ability of our tenants to make rental payments to us pursuant to our leases.

 

   

Our business is dependent upon our tenants successfully operating their businesses, and their failure to do so could materially and adversely affect us.

 

   

Our assessment that certain of our tenants’ businesses are insulated from e-commerce pressure may prove to be incorrect, and changes in macroeconomic trends may adversely affect our tenants, either of which could impair our tenants’ ability to make rental payments to us and thereby materially and adversely affect us.

 

   

CTO may be unable to obtain or retain the executive officers and other personnel that it provides to us through our Manager.

 

   

There are conflicts of interest in our relationships with our Manager, which could result in outcomes that are not in our best interests.

 

   

Our Manager’s liability is limited under the management agreement, and we have agreed to indemnify our Manager against certain liabilities. As a result, we could experience unfavorable operating results or incur losses for which our Manager would not be liable.

 

   

The management agreement with our Manager and the exclusivity and ROFO agreement with CTO were not negotiated on an arm’s-length basis and may not be as favorable to us as if they had been negotiated with unaffiliated third parties.

 

   

Our growth depends on external sources of capital, including debt financings, that are outside of our control and may not be available to us on commercially reasonable terms or at all.

 

   

An increase in interest rates would increase our interest costs on our variable rate debt and could adversely impact our ability to refinance existing debt or sell assets.



 

10


   

Failure to qualify as a REIT, or failure to remain qualified as a REIT, would cause us to be taxed as a regular corporation, which would substantially reduce funds available for distributions to our stockholders.

 

   

There can be no assurance that we will be able to make or maintain cash distributions, and certain agreements relating to our indebtedness may, under certain circumstances, limit or eliminate our ability to make distributions to our common stockholders.

Structure and Formation of Our Company

Our Operating Partnership

Our wholly-owned subsidiary, Alpine Income Property GP, LLC, is the sole general partner of our Operating Partnership. Substantially all of our assets will be held by, and our operations will be conducted through, our Operating Partnership. Following the completion of this offering, the concurrent CTO private placement and the formation transactions, we will have a total 86.6% ownership interest in our Operating Partnership (88.0% if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock in full), with CTO holding, directly and indirectly, a 13.4% ownership interest in our Operating Partnership (12.0% if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock in full). Our interest in our Operating Partnership will generally entitle us to share in cash distributions from, and in the profits and losses of, our Operating Partnership in proportion to our percentage ownership. We, through our wholly-owned subsidiary, Alpine Income Property GP, LLC, will generally have the exclusive power under the partnership agreement to manage and conduct the business and affairs of our Operating Partnership, subject to certain approval and voting rights of the limited partners, which are described more fully below in “Description of the Partnership Agreement of Alpine Income Property OP, LP.” Our board of directors will manage our business and affairs.

Beginning on and after the date that is 12 months after the issuance of the OP units, each limited partner of our Operating Partnership will have the right to require our Operating Partnership to redeem part or all of its OP units for cash, based upon the value of an equivalent number of shares of our common stock at the time of the redemption, or, at our election, shares of our common stock on a one-for-one basis, subject to certain adjustments and the restrictions on ownership and transfer of our stock set forth in our charter and described under the section entitled “Description of Capital Stock—Restrictions on Ownership and Transfer.” Each redemption of OP units will increase our percentage ownership interest in our Operating Partnership and our share of its cash distributions and profits and losses. See “Description of the Partnership Agreement of Alpine Income Property OP, LP.”

Formation Transactions

Prior to completion of this offering, the concurrent CTO private placement and the formation transactions, our properties were owned and managed by CTO. Through the formation transactions, the following have occurred or will occur prior to, concurrently with or shortly after the completion of this offering.

 

   

We were formed as a Maryland corporation, Alpine Income Property GP, LLC was formed as a Delaware limited liability company and our Operating Partnership was formed as a Delaware limited partnership in August 2019. In connection with our formation, Mr. Albright made an initial investment in us of $1,000 in exchange for 100 shares of our



 

11


 

common stock. Such shares will be repurchased by us at the closing of this offering for $1,000.

 

   

We will sell 7,500,000 shares of our common stock in this offering (or 8,625,000 shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock in full) and 375,000 shares of our common stock in the concurrent CTO private placement.

 

   

We will use approximately $9.1 million from the net proceeds from this offering and the concurrent CTO private placement to fund the purchase price payable to CTO for two of the 20 properties in our initial portfolio (we refer to these properties as the “REIT Purchased Properties”).

 

   

We will contribute to our Operating Partnership the remaining net proceeds from this offering and the concurrent CTO private placement after our purchase of the REIT Purchased Properties and receive 7,417,557 OP units (or 8,542,557 OP units if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock in full), in exchange.

 

   

Our Operating Partnership will use approximately $116.8 million of the net proceeds we contribute to it to purchase 13 of the 20 properties in our initial portfolio (we refer to these 13 properties as the “OP Purchased Properties”).

 

   

CTO and Indigo will contribute to our Operating Partnership the remaining five properties in our initial portfolio (which we refer to as the “Contributed Properties”) and receive 1,223,854 OP units in exchange. These OP Units have an initial value of approximately $24.5 million based on the assumed public offering price of $20.00, which is the mid-point of the price range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus.

 

   

We will grant 8,000 restricted shares of common stock, in the aggregate, to our non-employee directors pursuant to the Individual Equity Incentive Plan.

 

   

We will contribute to our Operating Partnership the REIT Purchased Properties and receive 457,443 OP units, giving us a total 86.6% ownership interest in our Operating Partnership (88.0% if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock in full), with CTO holding, directly and indirectly, a 13.4% ownership interest in our Operating Partnership (12.0% if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock in full).

 

   

We expect to enter into a $100 million unsecured revolving credit facility that will be available for general corporate purposes, including the funding of potential future acquisitions. Affiliates of BMO Capital Markets Corp. and Raymond James & Associates, Inc. are expected to be lenders under our new revolving credit facility.

The amount of cash and OP units that we will pay, or issue, to CTO in exchange for the properties in our initial portfolio was determined by management and not through arm’s length negotiations with an independent third party. In determining the value of our initial portfolio, management undertook a diligence and underwriting process that took into account, among other factors, market capitalization rates, net operating income, landlord obligations to fund future capital expenditures, lease duration, functionality and ability to release should a tenant not renew its lease, tenant creditworthiness and discount rates based on tenant creditworthiness, property location, property age, comparable sales information and capitalization rates for properties leased to tenants with similar credit profiles and lease durations, tenant operating performance and the fact that brokerage commissions would not be payable in connection with the formation



 

12


transactions. No single factor was given greater weight than any other in valuing our initial portfolio. The value attributable to our initial portfolio does not necessarily bear any relationship to the value of any particular property within that portfolio. Furthermore, we did not obtain any third-party property appraisals for the properties in our initial portfolio or any other independent third-party valuations or fairness opinions in connection with the formation transactions. As a result, the consideration we have agreed to pay CTO in the formation transactions may exceed the fair market value of our initial portfolio.

The properties comprising our initial portfolio were selected from CTO’s existing income property portfolio to create an attractive and diverse portfolio of single-tenant net leased properties. Certain properties within CTO’s existing income property portfolio were not included in the initial portfolio for a number of reasons, including tenant and asset class concentration, existing debt encumbrances and tax considerations. CTO does not currently intend to sell to us any additional properties from its existing income property portfolio, nor do we currently intend to purchase any such properties.

The following chart sets forth information about our company, our Operating Partnership, certain related parties and the ownership interests therein on a pro forma basis. Ownership percentages in our company and our Operating Partnership are presented assuming that the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of our common stock is not exercised.

 

 

LOGO



 

13


Benefits to Related Parties

Upon completion of this offering, the concurrent CTO private placement and the formation transactions, CTO and our directors and executive officers will receive material benefits, including the following:

 

   

In connection with the acquisition of our initial portfolio, CTO will receive a cash payment of approximately $125.9 million from us and 1,223,854 OP units from our Operating Partnership. The OP units have an aggregate initial value of approximately $24.5 million based on the assumed public offering price of $20.00 per share, which is the mid-point of the price range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus.

 

   

We will have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers providing for the indemnification by us for certain liabilities and expenses incurred as a result of actions brought, or threatened to be brought, against our directors and executive officers in their capacities as such. See “Management—Indemnification.”

 

   

We and our Operating Partnership will have entered into a management agreement with our Manager, a wholly-owned subsidiary of CTO, pursuant to which our Manager will be entitled to certain fees for its services and reimbursement of certain expenses. See “Our Manager and the Management Agreement—Management Agreement.”

 

   

We will have entered into a tax protection agreement with CTO and Indigo, pursuant to which we will agree to indemnify CTO and Indigo against certain potential adverse tax consequences to them, which may affect the way in which we conduct our business in the future, including with respect to when and under what circumstances we sell the Contributed Properties or interests therein during the tax protection period. Pursuant to the tax protection agreement, it is anticipated that the total amount of taxable built-in gain on the Contributed Properties will be approximately $10.4 million. Such indemnification obligations could result in aggregate payments of up to $3.5 million. The amount of tax is calculated without regard to any deductions, losses or credits that may be available. See “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—Tax Protection Agreement.”

 

   

We will have entered into a registration rights agreement with CTO pursuant to which we will agree to register the resale of the shares of common stock CTO has agreed to acquire in the concurrent CTO private placement. In addition, pursuant to the terms of our Operating Partnership’s partnership agreement, following the date on which we become eligible to use a registration statement on Form S-3 for the registration of securities and subject to certain further conditions as set forth in our Operating Partnership’s partnership agreement, we will be obligated to file a shelf registration statement covering the issuance or resale of shares of our common stock received by limited partners upon redemption of their OP units. See “Description of the Partnership Agreement of Alpine Income Property OP, LP—Registration Rights” for further details.

 

   

We will have adopted the Equity Incentive Plans to provide equity incentive opportunities to our officers, employees, non-employee directors, consultants, independent contractors and agents, and will have issued, in the aggregate, thereunder 8,000 shares of restricted common stock to our non-employee directors upon completion of this offering. See “Management—Equity Incentive Plans” for further details.



 

14


Management Agreement

Upon completion of this offering, we will enter into a management agreement with our Manager. Pursuant to the terms of the management agreement, our Manager manages, operates and administers our day-to-day operations, business and affairs, subject to the direction and supervision of our board of directors and in accordance with the investment guidelines approved and monitored by our board of directors. Our Manager is subject to the direction and oversight of our board of directors. We will pay our Manager a base management fee equal to 0.375% per quarter of our “total equity” (as defined in the management agreement and based on a 1.5% annual rate), calculated and payable in cash, quarterly in arrears.

Assuming that:

 

   

the sum of the net cash proceeds and the value of non-cash consideration from all issuances of equity securities by us or our Operating Partnership since our inception, including OP units (calculated on a daily weighted average basis) is approximately $169.2 million,

 

   

neither we nor our Operating Partnership has repurchased any shares of our common stock or OP units, as applicable, since our inception, and

 

   

our total equity is not adjusted to exclude any one-time events pursuant to changes in GAAP or any non-cash items,

we estimate that the base management fees that we will pay to our Manager for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2020 will total approximately $2.7 million.

Our Manager will also have the ability to earn incentive fees based on our total stockholder return exceeding an 8% cumulative annual hurdle rate subject to a high-water mark price. For more information regarding the calculation of these incentive fees, see “Our Manager and the Management Agreement—Management Agreement—Incentive Fee.”

The initial term of the management agreement will expire on the fifth anniversary of the closing date of this offering and will automatically renew for an unlimited number of successive one-year periods thereafter, unless the agreement is not renewed or is terminated in accordance with its terms.

Our independent directors will review our Manager’s performance and the management fees annually and, following the initial term, the management agreement may be terminated annually upon the affirmative vote of two-thirds of our independent directors or upon a determination by the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of our common stock, based upon (i) unsatisfactory performance that is materially detrimental to us or (ii) a determination that the management fees payable to our Manager are not fair, subject to our Manager’s right to prevent such termination due to unfair fees by accepting a reduction of management fees agreed to by two-thirds of our independent directors. We may also terminate the management agreement for cause at any time, including during the initial term, without the payment of any termination fee, with 30 days’ prior written notice from our board of directors. During the initial term of the management agreement, we may not terminate the management agreement except for cause.

We will pay directly or reimburse our Manager for certain expenses, if incurred by our Manager. We will not reimburse any compensation expenses incurred by our Manager or its



 

15


affiliates. Expense reimbursements to our Manager will be made in cash on a quarterly basis following the end of each quarter. In addition, we will pay all of our operating expenses, except those specifically required to be borne by our Manager pursuant to the management agreement.

For more information about the management agreement, see “Our Manager and the Management Agreement—Management Agreement.”

Exclusivity and ROFO Agreement

Upon completion of this offering and the concurrent CTO private placement, we will enter into an exclusivity and ROFO agreement with CTO. During the term of the exclusivity and ROFO agreement, CTO will not, and will cause each of its affiliates (which for purposes of the exclusivity and ROFO agreement will not include our company and our subsidiaries) not to, acquire, directly or indirectly, a single-tenant, net leased property, unless:

 

   

CTO has notified us of the opportunity by delivering a written notice (which may be made by email) containing a description of the opportunity and the terms of the opportunity to the chair of our nominating and corporate governance committee (or any successor committee performing one or more of the functions of such committee), and we have affirmatively rejected the opportunity in writing (which may be made by email), or we have failed to notify CTO in writing (which may be made by email) within ten business days after receipt of CTO’s notice that we intend to pursue the opportunity;

 

   

the opportunity involves the direct or indirect acquisition of (i) an entity that owns a portfolio of commercial income properties that includes, among others, single-tenant, net leased properties, or (ii) a portfolio of commercial income properties that includes, among others, single-tenant, net leased properties, in either case, where not more than 30% of the value of such portfolio, as reasonably determined by CTO, in consultation with our independent directors, consists of single-tenant, net leased properties;

 

   

the opportunity involves a property that was under contract for purchase by CTO or an affiliate of CTO as of the closing date of this offering, such contract is not assignable to us and, despite commercially reasonable efforts by CTO, the seller will not agree to an assignment of the contract to us; or

 

   

the opportunity involves a property which, prior to the closing of this offering, has been identified or designated by CTO as a potential “replacement property” in connection with an open (i.e., not yet completed) like-kind exchange under Section 1031 of the Code.

The terms of the exclusivity and ROFO agreement will not restrict CTO or any of its affiliates from providing financing for a third party’s acquisition of single-tenant, net leased properties or from developing and owning any single-tenant, net leased property.

For purposes of the exclusivity and ROFO agreement, “single-tenant, net leased property” means a property that is net leased, on a triple-net or double-net basis, to a single tenant or, if such property is net leased to more than one tenant, 95% or more of the rental revenue derived from the ownership and leasing of such property is attributable to a single tenant.

Pursuant to the exclusivity and ROFO agreement, CTO will agree that neither CTO nor any of its affiliates (which for purposes of the exclusivity and ROFO agreement will not include our



 

16


company and our subsidiaries) will enter into any agreement with any third party for the purchase and/or sale of any single-tenant, net leased property that:

 

   

is owned by CTO or any of its affiliates as of the closing date of this offering and that is not a part of our initial portfolio; and

 

   

is owned by CTO or any of its affiliates after the closing date of this offering,

without first offering us the right to purchase such property.

The term of the exclusivity and ROFO agreement will commence on the date of the closing of this offering and will continue for so long as the management agreement is in effect.

Conflicts of Interest

Conflicts of interest may exist or could arise in the future with CTO and its affiliates, including our Manager, the individuals who serve as our executive officers and executive officers of CTO, any individual who serves as a director of our company and as a director of CTO and any limited partner of our Operating Partnership. Conflicts may include, without limitation: conflicts arising from the enforcement of agreements between us and CTO or our Manager; conflicts in the amount of time that executive officers and employees of CTO, who are provided to us through our Manager, will spend on our affairs versus CTO’s affairs; and conflicts in future transactions that we may pursue with CTO and its affiliates. We do not generally expect to enter into joint ventures with CTO, but if we do so, the terms and conditions of our joint venture investment will be subject to the approval of a majority of disinterested directors of our board of directors.

In addition, we are subject to conflicts of interest arising out of our relationships with our Manager. Pursuant to the management agreement, our Manager is obligated to supply us with our senior management team. However, our Manager is not obligated to dedicate any specific CTO personnel exclusively to us, nor are the CTO personnel provided to us by our Manager obligated to dedicate any specific portion of their time to the management of our business. Additionally, our Manager is a wholly-owned subsidiary of CTO. All of our executive officers are executive officers and employees of CTO and one of our officers (John P. Albright) is also a member of CTO’s board of directors. As a result, our Manager and the CTO personnel it provides to us may have conflicts between their duties to us and their duties to, and interests in, CTO.

In addition to our initial portfolio, we may acquire or sell single-tenant, net leased properties in which our Manager or its affiliates have or may have an interest. Similarly, our Manager or its affiliates may acquire or sell single-tenant, net leased properties in which we have or may have an interest. Although such acquisitions or dispositions may present conflicts of interest, we nonetheless may pursue and consummate such transactions. Additionally, we may engage in transactions directly with our Manager or its affiliates, including the purchase and sale of all or a portion of a portfolio asset. If we acquire a single-tenant, net leased property from CTO or one of its affiliates or sell a single-tenant, net leased property to CTO or one of its affiliates, the purchase price we pay to CTO or one of its affiliates or the purchase price paid to us by CTO or one of its affiliates may be higher or lower, respectively, than the purchase price that would have been paid to or by us if the transaction were the result of arms’ length negotiations with an unaffiliated third party.

In deciding whether to issue additional debt or equity securities, we will rely in part on recommendations made by our Manager. While such decisions are subject to the approval of our



 

17


board of directors, our Manager is entitled to be paid a base management fee that is based on our “total equity” (as defined in the management agreement). As a result, our Manager may have an incentive to recommend that we issue additional equity securities at dilutive prices.

All of our executive officers are executive officers and employees of CTO. These individuals and other CTO personnel provided to us through our Manager devote as much time to us as our Manager deems appropriate. However, our executive officers and other CTO personnel provided to us through our Manager may have conflicts in allocating their time and services between us, on the one hand, and CTO and its affiliates, on the other. During a period of prolonged economic weakness or another economic downturn affecting the real estate industry or at other times when we need focused support and assistance from our Manager and the CTO executive officers and other personnel provided to us through our Manager, we may not receive the necessary support and assistance we require or that we would otherwise receive if we were self-managed.

Additionally, although we will enter into the exclusivity and ROFO agreement with CTO, the agreement contains exceptions to CTO’s exclusivity for (i) opportunities that include only an incidental interest in single-tenant, net leased properties (ii) any opportunity that involves a property that was under contract for purchase by CTO or an affiliate of CTO as of the closing date of this offering, where such contract is not assignable to us and, despite commercially reasonable efforts by CTO, the seller will not agree to an assignment of the contract to us; and (iii) any opportunity that involves a property which, prior to the closing of this offering, has been identified or designated by CTO as a potential “replacement property” in connection an open (i.e., not yet completed) like-kind exchange under Section 1031 of the Code. Accordingly, the exclusivity and ROFO agreement will not prevent CTO from pursuing certain acquisition opportunities that otherwise satisfy our then-current investment criteria.

Our directors and executive officers have duties to our company under applicable Maryland law in connection with their management of our company. At the same time, our wholly-owned subsidiary, Alpine Income Property GP, LLC, has fiduciary duties, as the general partner, to our Operating Partnership and to the limited partners under Delaware law in connection with the management of our Operating Partnership. These duties as a general partner to our Operating Partnership and its partners may come into conflict with the duties of our directors and executive officers to our company. Unless otherwise provided for in the relevant partnership agreement, Delaware law generally requires a general partner of a Delaware limited partnership to adhere to fiduciary duty standards under which it owes its limited partners the highest duties of loyalty and care and which generally prohibits such general partner from taking any action or engaging in any transaction as to which it has a conflict of interest. The partnership agreement provides that in the event of a conflict between the interests of our stockholders on the one hand and the limited partners of our Operating Partnership on the other hand, the general partner will endeavor in good faith to resolve the conflict in a manner not adverse to either our stockholders or the limited partners; provided, however, that so long as we own a controlling interest in our Operating Partnership, any such conflict that we, in our sole and absolute discretion, determine cannot be resolved in a manner not adverse to either our stockholders or the limited partners of our Operating Partnership shall be resolved in favor of our stockholders, and we shall not be liable for monetary damages for losses sustained, liabilities incurred or benefits not derived by the limited partners in connection with such decisions.

We intend to adopt policies that are designed to reduce certain potential conflicts of interests. See “Policies with Respect to Certain Activities—Conflict of Interest Policies.”



 

18


Distribution Policy

We intend to pay cash distributions to our common stockholders out of assets legally available for distribution. We intend to make a pro rata distribution with respect to the period commencing upon the completion of this offering and ending on December 31, 2019, based on a distribution rate of $0.20 per share of common stock for a full quarter. On an annualized basis, this would be $0.80 per share of common stock, or an annualized distribution rate of approximately 4.0% based on the mid-point of the price range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus. We intend to maintain our initial distribution rate for the 12 months following the completion of this offering unless our financial condition, results of operations, funds from operations, or FFO, adjusted funds from operations, or AFFO, liquidity and cash flows, general business prospects, economic conditions or other factors differ materially from the assumptions used in projecting our initial distribution rate. We intend to make distributions that will enable us to meet the distribution requirements applicable to REITs and to eliminate or minimize our obligation to pay corporate-level federal income and excise taxes. We do not intend to reduce the expected distribution per share if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised.

Any distributions will be at the sole discretion of our board of directors, and their form, timing and amount, if any, will depend upon a number of factors, including our actual and projected results of operations, FFO, AFFO, liquidity, cash flows and financial condition, the revenue we actually receive from our properties, our operating expenses, our debt service requirements, our capital expenditures, prohibitions and other limitations under our financing arrangements, our REIT taxable income, the annual REIT distribution requirements, applicable law, including restrictions on distributions under Maryland law, and such other factors as our board of directors deems relevant.

Restrictions on Ownership and Transfer

Our charter provides that, subject to certain exceptions, no person may beneficially or constructively own more than 9.8% in value or in number of shares, whichever is more restrictive, of the outstanding shares of any class or series of our capital stock. Our charter also prohibits any person from (i) beneficially owning shares of our capital stock to the extent that such beneficial ownership would result in our being “closely held” within the meaning of Section 856(h) of the Code (without regard to whether the ownership interest is held during the last half of the taxable year), (ii) transferring shares of our capital stock to the extent that such transfer would result in shares of our capital stock being beneficially owned by less than 100 persons (determined under the principles of Section 856(a)(5) of the Code), (iii) beneficially or constructively owning shares of our capital stock to the extent such beneficial or constructive ownership would cause us to constructively own 10% or more of the ownership interests in a tenant (other than a taxable REIT subsidiary, or TRS) of our real property within the meaning of Section 856(d)(2)(B) of the Code or (iv) beneficially or constructively owning or transferring shares of our capital stock if such ownership or transfer would otherwise cause us to fail to qualify as a REIT. The foregoing restrictions on transferability and ownership will not apply if our board of directors determines that it is no longer in our best interests to attempt to qualify, or to continue to qualify, as a REIT.

Our board of directors, in its sole discretion, may prospectively or retroactively exempt a person from the limits described above and may establish or increase an excepted holder percentage limit for such person. The person seeking an exemption must provide to our board of directors such representations, covenants and undertakings as our board of directors may deem appropriate in order to conclude that granting the exemption will not cause us to fail to qualify as



 

19


a REIT. Our board of directors may not grant such an exemption to any person if such exemption would result in our failing to qualify as a REIT.

These ownership limitations could have the effect of discouraging a takeover or other transaction in which holders of our common stock might receive a premium for their shares over the then prevailing market price or which holders might believe to be otherwise in their best interests. For further details regarding stock ownership limits, see “Description of Capital Stock—Restrictions on Ownership and Transfer.”

Tax Status

We intend to elect to be taxed as a REIT for U.S. federal income tax purposes commencing with our short taxable year ending December 31, 2019. We believe that, commencing with such taxable year, we will be organized and will operate in such a manner as to qualify for taxation as a REIT under the U.S. federal income tax laws, and we intend to continue to operate in such a manner, but no assurance can be given that we will operate in a manner so as to qualify or remain qualified as a REIT.

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company and a Smaller Reporting Company

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act, and we are eligible to take advantage of certain specified reduced disclosure and other requirements that are otherwise generally applicable to public companies that are not “emerging growth companies,” including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. We have irrevocably opted-out of the extended transition period afforded to emerging growth companies in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. As a result, we will comply with new or revised accounting standards on the same time frames as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.

We will remain an “emerging growth company” until the earliest to occur of (i) the last day of the fiscal year during which our total annual gross revenue equals or exceeds $1.07 billion (subject to adjustment for inflation), (ii) the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of this offering, (iii) the date on which we have, during the previous three-year period, issued more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt securities and (iv) the date on which we are deemed to be a “large accelerated filer” under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act.

We are also a “smaller reporting company” as defined in Regulation S-K under the Securities Act and may take advantage of certain of the scaled disclosures available to smaller reporting companies. We may be a smaller reporting company even after we are no longer an “emerging growth company.”

Corporate Information

We were formed in August 2019, and our principal offices are located at 1140 N. Williamson Blvd., Suite 140, Daytona Beach, Florida 32114. Our telephone number is (386) 274-2202.



 

20


The Offering

 

Common stock offered by us

7,500,000 shares (plus up to an additional 1,125,000 shares that we may issue and sell upon the exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares)

 

Common stock to be outstanding after this offering
and the concurrent CTO private placement

7,883,000 shares of common stock (1)

 

Common stock and OP units to be outstanding after
this offering, the concurrent CTO private placement and the formation transactions



9,106,854 shares of common stock (1) and OP units (2)

 

Use of proceeds

We expect to receive net proceeds from this offering and the concurrent CTO private placement of approximately $144.7 million (or approximately $165.6 million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full), assuming a public offering price of $20.00 per share, which is the mid-point of the price range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus, after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We intend to use approximately $9.1 million of the net proceeds from this offering and the concurrent CTO private placement to fund the cash purchase price for the REIT Purchased Properties. We will contribute these properties and the remaining net proceeds from this offering and the concurrent CTO private placement to our Operating Partnership in exchange for OP units. We intend to cause our Operating Partnership to use approximately $116.8 million of the remaining net proceeds from this offering and the concurrent CTO private placement to fund the cash purchase price for the OP Purchased Properties. Any remaining net proceeds will be used for general corporate and working capital purposes, including possible future property acquisitions. See “Use of Proceeds.”

 

Listing

We have applied to list our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange, or the NYSE, under the symbol “PINE.”

 

Risk factors

Investing in our common stock involves risks. You should carefully read and consider the information set forth under “Risk Factors” beginning on page 25 of this prospectus and all other information in this prospectus before making a decision to invest in our common stock.

 

(1)

Includes (a) 7,500,000 shares of our common stock to be issued in this offering, (b) 375,000 shares of our common stock to be issued in the concurrent CTO private placement and (c) 8,000 restricted shares of common stock to be granted, in the aggregate, to our non-employee directors in connection with the completion of this offering pursuant to the Individual Equity Incentive Plan. Excludes up to (a) 1,125,000 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise in full of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares, (b) 751,389 shares of our common stock available for future issuance pursuant to the Equity Incentive Plans, (c) 1,223,854 shares of our common stock issuable by us, at our option, upon redemption of the OP units to be issued to CTO and Indigo in the formation transactions and (d) 100 shares of our common stock that were issued to John P. Albright, President and Chief Executive Officer of our company and CTO, for $1,000 in connection with our initial capitalization and that will be repurchased by us at cost at the closing of this offering.

(2)

Includes 1,223,854 OP units to be issued to CTO and Indigo in the formation transactions. OP units are redeemable for cash or, at our election, shares of our common stock on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustment in certain circumstances, beginning one year after the issuance of any OP units.



 

21


Summary Selected Historical and Pro Forma Financial Information and Other Data

Set forth below is summary selected financial information and other data presented on (i) a historical basis for Alpine Income Property Trust Predecessor and (ii) a pro forma basis for our company after giving effect to the completion of this offering, the concurrent CTO private placement, the formation transactions and the other adjustments described in the unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements beginning on page F-2 of this prospectus. We have not presented historical data for Alpine Income Property Trust, Inc. because we have not had any corporate activity since our formation other than the issuance of common stock in connection with our initial capitalization and activity in connection with this offering and the formation transactions. Accordingly, we do not believe that a presentation of the historical results of Alpine Income Property Trust, Inc. would be meaningful. Prior to or concurrently with the completion of this offering and the concurrent CTO private placement, we will consummate the formation transactions pursuant to which, among other things, we will acquire our initial portfolio from CTO. Upon completion of the formation transactions, substantially all of our assets will be held by, and substantially all of our operations will be conducted through, our Operating Partnership. For more information regarding the formation transactions, please see “Structure and Formation of Our Company.”

Alpine Income Property Trust Predecessor’s historical combined balance sheet data as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 and historical combined operating data for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 have been derived from Alpine Income Property Trust Predecessor’s audited historical combined financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, reflect the financial position and results of operations of 15 of the 20 single-tenant properties in our initial portfolio and are not necessarily indicative of our future performance. Alpine Income Property Trust Predecessor’s historical combined balance sheet data as of September 30, 2019 and historical combined operating data for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2018 have been derived from Alpine Income Property Trust Predecessor’s unaudited historical combined financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. In management’s opinion, Alpine Income Property Trust Predecessor’s unaudited interim financial and operating data have been prepared in accordance with GAAP on the same basis as its audited financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus and, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments consisting only of normal recurring adjustments that management considers necessary to state fairly the financial information as of and for the periods presented. The historical combined financial data included below and set forth elsewhere in this prospectus are not necessarily indicative of our future performance, and results for any interim period are not necessarily indicative of the results for any full year.

The summary selected pro forma financial and operating data as of September 30, 2019 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and the year ended December 31, 2018 assume the completion of this offering, the concurrent CTO private placement, the formation transactions and the other adjustments described in the unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements had occurred on September 30, 2019 for purposes of the unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet data and on January 1, 2018 for purposes of the unaudited pro forma consolidated statements of operations data. Our pro forma financial information is not necessarily indicative of what our actual financial position and results of operations would have been as of the date and for the period indicated, nor does it purport to represent our future financial position or results of operations.



 

22


You should read the following summary selected financial and other data together with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Business and Properties” and the historical and pro forma financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

Operating Data:                                    
    Nine Months Ended September 30,     Year Ended December 31,  
    2019
(Pro Forma)
(Unaudited)
    2019
(Historical)
(Unaudited)
    2018
(Historical)
(Unaudited)
    2018
(Pro Forma)
(Unaudited)
    2018
(Historical)
    2017
(Historical)
 

Revenues

           

Lease Income

  $ 10,593,307     $ 9,426,482     $ 8,834,994     $ 14,183,736     $ 11,719,549     $ 8,454,498  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Revenues

    10,593,307       9,426,482       8,834,994       14,183,736       11,719,549       8,454,498  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Direct Costs of Revenues

           

Real Estate Expenses

    1,138,539       1,138,539       1,064,257       1,619,523       1,619,523       1,468,792  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Direct Costs of Revenues

    1,138,539       1,138,539       1,064,257       1,619,523       1,619,523       1,468,792  

Interest Expense

    129,375                   172,500             286,242  

General and Administrative Expenses

    3,246,000       1,415,330       966,685       4,328,000       1,184,352       829,349  

Depreciation and Amortization

    4,267,106       3,946,794       3,643,709       5,689,476       4,900,719       3,057,346  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Expenses

    8,781,020       6,500,663       5,674,651       11,809,499       7,704,594       5,641,729  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Income

    1,812,287     $ 2,925,819     $ 3,160,343       2,374,237     $ 4,014,955     $ 2,812,769  
   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Less: Net Income Attributable to Noncontrolling Interest

    (243,550         (319,070    
 

 

 

       

 

 

     

Net Income Attributable to Alpine Income Property Trust, Inc.

  $ 1,568,737         $ 2,055,167      
 

 

 

       

 

 

     

Pro forma weighted average common shares outstanding—basic

    7,883,000           7,883,000      

Pro forma weighted average common shares outstanding—diluted

    9,106,854           9,106,854      

Pro forma basic earnings per share

  $ 0.20         $ 0.26      

Pro forma diluted earnings per share

  $ 0.17         $ 0.23      


 

23


Balance Sheet Data:                            
     As of September 30,      As of December 31,  
     2019
(Pro Forma)
(Unaudited)
     2019
(Historical)
(Unaudited)
     2018
(Historical)
     2017
(Historical)
 

Total Real Estate, at cost

   $ 134,976,509      $ 143,943,628      $ 120,151,964      $ 115,342,470  

Real Estate—Net

   $ 134,976,509      $ 132,338,606      $ 111,151,636      $ 109,583,922  

Cash and Cash Equivalents

   $ 18,170,750      $ 60,267      $ 8,258      $ 6,900  

Intangible Lease Assets—Net

   $ 17,783,964      $ 12,890,412      $ 10,555,596      $ 11,545,306  

Straight-Line Rent Adjustment

   $      $ 1,819,372      $ 1,483,390      $ 1,032,824  

Deferred Expenses

   $ 585,000      $ 2,911,836      $ 3,223,768      $ 3,640,039  

Other Assets

   $      $ 220,713      $ 128,300      $ 169,402  

Total Assets

   $ 171,516,223      $ 150,241,206      $ 126,550,948      $ 125,978,393  

Accounts Payable, Accrued Expenses, and Other Liabilities

   $      $ 426,778      $ 307,133      $ 3,464,844  

Prepaid Rent and Deferred Revenue

   $      $ 337,466      $ 344,682      $ 371,937  

Intangible Lease Liabilities—Net

   $ 2,363,822      $ 1,899,047      $ 1,710,037      $ 1,761,764  

Total Liabilities

   $ 2,363,822      $ 2,663,291      $ 2,361,852      $ 5,598,545  

Total Equity

   $ 169,152,401      $ 147,577,915      $ 124,189,096      $ 120,379,848  

 

Other Data:                                    
    Nine Months Ended September 30,     Year Ended December 31,  
    2019
(Pro Forma)
(Unaudited)
    2019
(Historical)
(Unaudited)
    2018
(Historical)
(Unaudited)
    2018
(Pro Forma)
(Unaudited)
    2018
(Historical)
(Unaudited)
    2017
(Historical)
(Unaudited)
 

FFO

  $ 6,079,393     $ 6,872,613     $ 6,804,052     $ 8,063,713     $ 8,915,674     $ 5,870,115  

AFFO

  $ 5,753,859     $ 7,009,039     $ 6,744,456     $ 7,567,426     $ 8,770,636     $ 5,507,028  

 

(1)

FFO and AFFO are non-GAAP financial measures. For definitions of FFO and AFFO, and reconciliations of these metrics to net income, the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure, and a statement of why our management believes the presentation of these metrics provide useful information to investors and any additional purposes of which management uses these metrics, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”



 

24


RISK FACTORS

Investing in our common stock involves risks. Before you invest in our common stock, you should carefully consider the risk factors below together with all of the other information included in this prospectus. If any of the risks discussed in this prospectus were to occur, our business, financial condition, liquidity, cash flows, results of operations and prospects and our ability to service our debt and make distributions to our stockholders could be materially and adversely affected (which we refer to collectively as “materially and adversely affecting us” or having “a material adverse effect on us” and comparable phrases), the market price of our common stock could decline significantly, and you could lose all or part of your investment in our common stock. Some statements in this prospectus, including statements in the following risk factors, constitute forward-looking statements. Please refer to the section in this prospectus entitled “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”

Risks Related to Our Business and Properties

We are subject to risks related to the ownership of commercial real estate that could affect the performance and value of our properties.

Factors beyond our control can affect the performance and value of our properties. Our core business is the ownership of single-tenant commercial net leased properties. Accordingly, our performance is subject to risks incident to the ownership of commercial real estate, including:

 

   

inability to collect rents from tenants due to financial hardship, including bankruptcy;

 

   

changes in local real estate conditions in the markets where our properties are located, including the availability and demand for the properties we own;

 

   

changes in consumer trends and preferences that affect the demand for products and services offered by our tenants;

 

   

adverse changes in national, regional and local economic conditions;

 

   

inability to lease or sell properties upon expiration or termination of existing leases;

 

   

environmental risks, including the presence of hazardous or toxic substances on our properties;

 

   

the subjectivity of real estate valuations and changes in such valuations over time;

 

   

illiquidity of real estate investments, which may limit our ability to modify our portfolio promptly in response to changes in economic or other conditions;

 

   

zoning or other local regulatory restrictions, or other factors pertaining to the local government institutions which inhibit interest in the markets in which our properties are located;

 

   

changes in interest rates and the availability of financing;

 

   

competition from other real estate companies similar to ours and competition for tenants, including competition based on rental rates, age and location of properties and the quality of maintenance, insurance and management services;

 

25


   

acts of God, including natural disasters, which may result in uninsured losses;

 

   

acts of war or terrorism, including consequences of terrorist attacks;

 

   

changes in tenant preferences that reduce the attractiveness and marketability of our properties to tenants or cause decreases in market rental rates;

 

   

costs associated with the need to periodically repair, renovate or re-lease our properties;

 

   

increases in the cost of our operations, particularly maintenance, insurance or real estate taxes which may occur even when circumstances such as market factors and competition cause a reduction in our revenues;

 

   

changes in governmental laws and regulations, fiscal policies and zoning ordinances and the related costs of compliance with laws and regulations, fiscal policies and ordinances; and

 

   

commodities prices.

The occurrence of any of the risks described above may cause the performance and value of our properties to decline, which could materially and adversely affect us.

Adverse changes in U.S., global and local regions or markets that impact our tenants’ businesses may materially and adversely affect us generally and the ability of our tenants to make rental payments to us pursuant to our leases.

Our results of operations, as well as the results of operations of our tenants, are sensitive to changes in U.S., global and local regions or markets that impact our tenants’ businesses. Adverse changes or developments in U.S., global or regional economic conditions may impact our tenants’ financial condition, which may adversely impact their ability to make rental payments to us pursuant to the leases they have with us and may also impact their current or future leasing practices. Adverse economic conditions such as high unemployment levels, rising interest rates, increased tax rates and increasing fuel and energy costs may have an impact on the results of operations and financial conditions of our tenants, which would likely adversely impact us. During periods of economic slowdown and declining demand for real estate, we may experience a general decline in rents or increased rates of default under our leases. A lack of demand for rental space could adversely affect our ability to maintain our current tenants and gain new tenants, which may affect our growth, profitability and ability to pay dividends.

Our business is dependent upon our tenants successfully operating their businesses, and their failure to do so could materially and adversely affect us.

Each of our properties is occupied by a single tenant. Therefore, the success of our investments in these properties is materially dependent upon the performance of our tenants. The financial performance of any one of our tenants is dependent on the tenant’s individual business, its industry and, in many instances, the performance of a larger business network that the tenant may be affiliated with or operate under. The financial performance of any one of our tenants could be adversely affected by poor management, unfavorable economic conditions in general, changes in consumer trends and preferences that decrease demand for a tenant’s products or services or other factors over which neither they nor we have control. Our portfolio includes properties leased to single tenants that operate in multiple locations, which means we own multiple properties operated by the same tenant. To the extent we own multiple properties operated by one tenant, the general failure of that single tenant or a loss or significant decline in its business could materially and adversely affect us.

 

26


At any given time, any tenant may experience a decline in its business that may weaken its operating results or the overall financial condition of individual properties or its business as a whole. Any such decline may result in our tenant failing to make rental payments when due, declining to extend a lease upon its expiration, delaying occupancy of our property or the commencement of the lease or becoming insolvent or declaring bankruptcy. We depend on our tenants to operate their businesses at the properties we own in a manner which generates revenues sufficient to allow them to meet their obligations to us, including their obligations to pay rent, maintain certain insurance coverage, pay real estate taxes, make repairs and otherwise maintain our properties. The ability of our tenants to fulfill their obligations under our leases may depend, in part, upon the overall profitability of their operations. Cash flow generated by certain tenant businesses may not be sufficient for a tenant to meet its obligations to us pursuant to the applicable lease. We could be materially and adversely affected if a tenant representing a significant portion of our operating results or a number of our tenants were unable to meet their obligations to us.

Our assessment that certain of our tenants’ businesses are insulated from e-commerce pressure may prove to be incorrect, and changes in macroeconomic trends may adversely affect our tenants, either of which could impair our tenants’ ability to make rental payments to us and thereby materially and adversely affect us.

We invest in properties leased, in many instances, to tenants engaged in businesses that we believe are generally insulated from the impact of e-commerce. While we believe our assessment to be accurate, businesses previously thought to be resistant to the pressure of the increasing level of e-commerce have ultimately been proven to be susceptible to competition from e-commerce. Overall business conditions and the impact of technology, particularly in the retail industry, are rapidly changing, and our tenants may be adversely affected by technological innovation, changing consumer preferences and competition from non-traditional sources. To the extent our tenants face increased competition from non-traditional competitors, such as internet vendors, their businesses could suffer. There can be no assurance that our tenants will be successful in meeting any new competition, and a deterioration in our tenants’ businesses could impair their ability to meet their lease obligations to us and thereby materially and adversely affect us.

Additionally, we believe that many of the businesses operated by our tenants are benefiting from current favorable macroeconomic trends that support consumer spending, such as strong and growing employment levels, a relatively low interest rate environment and positive consumer sentiment. Economic conditions are generally cyclical, and developments that discourage consumer spending, such as increasing unemployment, wage stagnation, decreases in the value of real estate, inflation or increasing interest rates, could adversely affect our tenants, impair their ability to meet their lease obligations to us and materially and adversely affect us.

Properties occupied by a single tenant pursuant to a single lease subject us to significant risk of tenant default.

Our strategy focuses on owning, operating and investing in single-tenant, net leased commercial properties. Therefore, the financial failure of, or default in payment by, a tenant under its lease is likely to cause a significant or complete reduction in our rental revenue from that property and possibly a reduction in the value of the property. We may also experience difficulty or a significant delay in re-leasing or selling such property. This risk is magnified in situations where we lease multiple properties to a single tenant and the financial failure of the tenant’s business affects more than a single property. A failure or default by such a tenant could reduce or eliminate rental revenue from multiple properties and reduce the value of such properties, which could materially and adversely affect us.

 

27


We may experience a decline in the fair value of our real estate assets which could result in impairments and would impact our financial condition and results of operations.

A decline in the fair market value of our long-lived assets may require us to recognize an impairment against such assets (as defined by Financial Accounting Standards Board, or the FASB, authoritative accounting guidance) if certain conditions or circumstances related to an asset were to change and we were to determine that, with respect to any such asset, that the cash flows no longer support the carrying value of the asset. The fair value of our long-lived assets depends on market conditions, including estimates of future demand for these assets, and the revenues that can be generated from such assets. If such a determination were to be made, we would recognize the estimated unrealized losses through earnings and write down the depreciated cost of such assets to a new cost basis, based on the fair value of such assets on the date they are considered to be impaired. Such impairment charges reflect non-cash losses at the time of recognition, and subsequent dispositions or sales of such assets could further affect our future losses or gains, as they are based on the difference between the sales price received and the adjusted depreciated cost of such assets at the time of sale.

Our portfolio has geographic market concentrations that make us susceptible to adverse developments in those geographic markets.

In addition to general, regional, national and global economic conditions, our operating performance is impacted by the economic conditions of the specific geographic markets in which we have concentrations of properties. Our initial portfolio includes substantial holdings in the following states as of September 30, 2019 (based on annualized base rent): Oregon, Florida, Georgia, North Carolina, Arizona and Nevada. In addition, a significant portion of our holdings as of that date (based on annualized base rent) was located in the South (55.6%) and West (35.2%) regions of the United States (as defined by the U.S. Census Bureau). Our geographic concentrations could adversely affect our operating performance if conditions become less favorable in any of the states or markets within such states in which we have a concentration of properties. We cannot assure you that any of our markets will grow, not experience adverse developments or that underlying real estate fundamentals will be favorable to owners and operators of commercial properties. Our operations may also be affected if competing properties are built in our markets. A downturn in the economy in the states or regions in which we have a concentration of properties, or markets within such states or regions, could adversely affect our tenants operating businesses in those states or regions, impair their ability to pay rent to us and thereby materially and adversely affect us.

We are subject to risks related to tenant concentration, and an adverse development with respect to a large tenant could materially and adversely affect us.

As of September 30, 2019, Wells Fargo, N.A., our largest tenant, contributed 25.0% of our annualized base rent. Additionally, we derived 18.2% of our annualized base rent as of September 30, 2019 from our second largest tenant, Hilton Grand Vacations. We have two other tenants, Walgreens and LA Fitness, that contribute approximately 7.9% and 6.8%, respectively, of our annualized base rent as of September 30, 2019. As a result, our financial performance depends significantly on the financial condition of these tenants and, for the tenants operating a retail business at the property, on the revenues generated from these tenants. In the future, we may have additional tenant and property concentrations. In the event that one of these tenants, or another tenant that occupies a significant number of our properties or whose lease payments represent a significant portion of our rental revenue, were to experience financial difficulty or file for bankruptcy, it could have a material adverse effect on us.

 

28


Certain of our tenants are not rated by a recognized credit rating agency or do not have an investment grade rating from such an agency. Leases with unrated or non-investment grade rated tenants may be subject to a greater risk of default.

As of September 30, 2019, approximately 61.8% of our tenants or parent entities thereof (based on annualized base rent) were not rated or did not have an investment grade credit rating from a recognized rating agency. Leases with non-investment grade or unrated tenants may be subject to a greater risk of default. Unrated tenants or non-investment grade tenants may also be more likely to experience financial weakness or file for bankruptcy than tenants with investment grade credit ratings. When we consider the acquisition of a property with an in-place lease with an unrated or non-investment grade rated tenant or leasing a property to a tenant that does not have a credit rating or does not have an investment grade rating, we evaluate the strength of the proposed tenant’s business at the property level and at a corporate level, if applicable, and may consider the risk of tenant/company insolvency using internally developed methodologies or assessments provided by third parties. If our evaluation of an unrated or non-investment grade tenant’s creditworthiness is inaccurate, the default or bankruptcy risk related to the tenant may be greater than anticipated. In the event that any of our unrated tenants were to experience financial weakness or file for bankruptcy, it could have a material adverse effect on us.

The decrease in demand for retail space may materially and adversely affect us.

As of September 30, 2019, leases representing approximately 56.8% of the annualized base rent of our initial portfolio were with tenants operating retail businesses. In the future, we intend to acquire additional properties leased to a single tenant operating a retail business at the property. Accordingly, decreases in the demand for leasing retail space may have a greater adverse effect on us than if we had fewer investments in retail properties. The market for leasing of retail space has historically been adversely affected by weakness in the national, regional and local economies, the adverse financial condition of some large retail companies, consolidation in the retail industry, the excess amount of retail space in a number of markets and increasing e-commerce pressure. To the extent that adverse conditions arise or continue, they are likely to negatively affect market rents for retail space and could materially and adversely affect us.

We may be unable to renew leases, lease vacant space or re-lease space as leases expire on favorable terms or at all.

Our results of operations depend on our ability to lease our properties, including renewing expiring leases, leasing vacant space and re-leasing space in properties where leases are expiring. In leasing or re-leasing our properties, we may be unable to optimize our tenant mix or execute leases on more economically favorable terms than the prior in-place lease. Our tenants may decline, or may not have the financial resources available, to renew their leases, and there can be no assurance that leases that are renewed will have terms that are as economically favorable to us as the expiring lease terms. If tenants do not renew their leases as they expire, we will have to source new tenants to lease our properties, and there can be no assurance that we will be able to find new tenants or that our properties will be re-leased at rental rates equal to or above the previous in-place lease or current average rental rates or that substantial rent abatements, tenant improvement allowances, early termination rights or below-market renewal options will not be offered to attract new tenants. We may experience increased costs in connection with re-leasing our properties, which could materially and adversely affect us.

Certain provisions of our leases may be unenforceable.

Our rights and obligations with respect to our leases are governed by written agreements. A court could determine that one or more provisions of such an agreement are unenforceable. We

 

29


could be adversely impacted if this were to happen with respect to a property or group of properties.

The bankruptcy or insolvency of any of our tenants could result in the termination of such tenant’s lease and material losses to us.

The occurrence of a tenant bankruptcy or insolvency would likely diminish the income we receive from that tenant’s lease or leases or force us to re-tenant a property as a result of a default of the in-place tenant or a rejection of a tenant lease by a bankruptcy court. If a tenant files for bankruptcy or becomes insolvent, federal law may prohibit us from evicting such tenant based solely upon such bankruptcy or insolvency. In addition, a bankrupt or insolvent tenant may be authorized to reject and terminate its lease or leases with us. Any claims against such bankrupt tenant for unpaid rent or future rent would be subject to statutory limitations that would likely result in our receipt of rental revenues that are substantially less than the contractually specified rent we are owed under the lease or leases. In addition, any claim we have for unpaid past rent, if any, may not be paid in full. We may also be unable to re-lease a property in which the in-place lease was not terminated or rejected or to re-lease it on comparable or more favorable terms. As a result, tenant bankruptcies or insolvencies may materially and adversely affect us.

We may not acquire the properties that we evaluate in our pipeline.

We will generally seek to maintain a robust pipeline of investment opportunities. Transactions may fail to close for a variety of reasons, including the discovery of previously unknown liabilities or other items uncovered during our diligence process. Similarly, we may never execute binding purchase agreements with respect to properties that are currently subject to non-binding letters of intent, and properties with respect to which we are negotiating may never lead to the execution of any letter of intent. For many other reasons, we may not ultimately acquire the properties in our pipeline.

As we continue to acquire properties, we may decrease or fail to increase the diversity of our portfolio.

While we will seek to maintain or increase our portfolio’s tenant, geographic and industry diversification with future acquisitions, it is possible that we may determine to consummate one or more acquisitions that actually decrease our portfolio’s diversity. If our portfolio becomes less diverse, our business will be more sensitive to tenant or market factors, including the bankruptcy or insolvency of tenants, to changes in consumer trends of a particular industry and to a general economic downturn or downturns in a market or particular geographic area.

We may obtain only limited warranties when we acquire a property and may only have limited recourse if our due diligence did not identify any issues that may subject us to unknown liabilities or lower the value of our property, which could adversely affect our financial condition and ability to make distributions to you.

The seller of a property often sells the property in its “as is” condition on a “where is” basis and “with all faults,” without any warranties of merchantability or fitness for a particular use or purpose. In addition, purchase agreements may contain only limited warranties, representations and indemnifications that will survive for only a limited period after the closing. The acquisition of, or purchase of, properties with limited warranties increases the risk that we may lose some or all of our invested capital in the property, lose rental income from that property or may be subject to unknown liabilities with respect to such properties.

 

30


The tenants that occupy our properties compete in industries that depend upon discretionary spending by consumers. A reduction in the willingness or ability of consumers to use their discretionary income in the businesses of our tenants and potential tenants could adversely impact our tenants’ business and thereby adversely impact our ability to collect rents and reduce the demand for leasing our properties.

Certain properties in our portfolio are leased to tenants operating retail, service-oriented or experience-based businesses. Restaurants (including quick service and casual and family dining), home furnishings, entertainment (including movie theaters), sporting goods and health and fitness represent a significant portion of the industries in our portfolio. The success of most of the tenants operating businesses in these industries depends on consumer demand and, more specifically, the willingness of consumers to use their discretionary income to purchase products or services from our tenants. A prolonged period of economic weakness, another downturn in the U.S. economy or accelerated dislocation of these industries due to the impact of e-commerce could cause consumers to reduce their discretionary spending in general or spending at these locations in particular, which could have a material and adverse effect on us.

The vacancy of one or more of our properties could result in us having to incur significant capital expenditures to re-tenant the space.

The loss of a tenant, either through lease expiration or tenant bankruptcy or insolvency, may require us to spend significant amounts of capital to renovate the property before it is suitable for a new tenant and cause us to incur significant costs to source new tenants. In many instances, the leases we enter into or assume through acquisition are for properties that are specifically suited to the particular business of our tenants. Because these properties have been designed or physically modified for a particular tenant, if the current lease is terminated or not renewed, we may be required to renovate the property at substantial costs, decrease the rent we charge or provide other concessions in order to lease the property to another tenant. In addition, in the event we decide to sell the property, we may have difficulty selling it to a party other than the tenant due to the special purpose for which the property may have been designed or modified. This potential limitation on our ability to sell a property may limit our ability to quickly modify our portfolio in response to changes in our tenants’ business prospects, economic or other conditions, including tenant demand. These limitations may materially and adversely affect us.

We may be unable to identify and complete acquisitions of suitable properties, which may impede our growth, and our future acquisitions may not yield the returns we expect.

Our ability to expand through acquisitions requires us to identify and complete acquisitions that are consistent with our investment and growth strategy and our investment criteria and to successfully integrate newly acquired properties into our portfolio. Our Manager continually evaluates investment opportunities for us, but our ability to acquire properties on favorable terms and successfully operate them may be constrained by the following significant risks:

 

   

we face competition from other real estate investors with significant capital, including REITs and institutional investment funds, which may be able to accept more risk than we can prudently manage, including risks associated with paying higher acquisition prices;

 

   

we face competition from other potential acquirers which may significantly increase the purchase price for a property we acquire, which could reduce our growth prospects;

 

   

we may incur significant costs and divert management attention in connection with evaluating and negotiating potential acquisitions, including ones that we are unable to complete;

 

31


   

we may acquire properties that are not accretive to our results of operations upon acquisition, and we may be unsuccessful in managing and leasing such properties in accordance with our expectations;

 

   

our cash flow from an acquired property may be insufficient to meet our required principal and interest payments with respect to debt used to finance the acquisition of such property;

 

   

we may discover unexpected issues, such as unknown liabilities, during our due diligence investigation of a potential acquisition or other customary closing conditions may not be satisfied, causing us to abandon an investment opportunity after incurring expenses related thereto;

 

   

we may fail to obtain financing for an acquisition on favorable terms or at all;

 

   

we may spend more than budgeted amounts to make necessary improvements or renovations to acquired properties;

 

   

market conditions may result in higher than expected vacancy rates and lower than expected rental rates; and

 

   

we may acquire properties subject to (i) liabilities without any recourse, or with only limited recourse, with respect to unknown liabilities such as liabilities for clean-up of undisclosed environmental contamination not revealed in Phase I environmental site assessments or otherwise through due diligence, (ii) claims by tenants, vendors or other persons dealing with the former owners of the properties, (iii) liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of business and (iv) claims for indemnification by general partners, directors, officers and others indemnified by the former owners of the properties.

If any of these risks are realized, we may be materially and adversely affected.

We may be unable to complete acquisitions of properties subject to the exclusivity and ROFO agreement between us and CTO, and any completed acquisitions of such properties may not yield the returns we expect.

Upon completion of this offering and the concurrent CTO private placement, we will enter into an exclusivity and ROFO agreement with CTO. See “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—Exclusivity and ROFO Agreement.” Although the exclusivity and ROFO agreement provides us with a right of first offer with respect to certain single-tenant, net leased properties owned by CTO, there can be no assurance that CTO will elect to sell these properties in the future. Even if CTO elects to sell these properties in the future, we may be unable to reach an agreement with CTO on the terms of the purchase of such properties or may not have the funds or ability to finance the purchase of such properties. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that we will be able to acquire any properties subject to the exclusivity and ROFO agreement in the future. Further, even if we are able to acquire properties subject to the exclusivity and ROFO agreement, there is no guarantee that such properties will be able to maintain their historical performance, or that we will be able to realize the same returns from those properties as CTO.

We face significant competition for tenants, which may adversely impact the occupancy levels of our portfolio or prevent increases of the rental rates of our properties.

We compete with numerous developers, owners and operators of single-tenant, net leased properties, many of which are much larger and own properties similar to ours in the same markets

 

32


in which our properties are located. The size and financial wherewithal of our competitors may allow them to offer space at rental rates below current market rates or below the rental rates we charge our tenants. As a result, we may lose existing tenants or fail to obtain future tenants, and the downward pressure caused by these other owners, operators and developers may cause us to reduce our rental rates or to offer more substantial rent abatements, tenant improvements, early termination rights or below-market renewal options in order to retain tenants when our leases expire. Competition for tenants could adversely impact the occupancy levels of our portfolio or prevent increases of the rental rates of our properties, which could materially and adversely affect us.

Inflation may materially and adversely affect us and our tenants.

Increased inflation could have an adverse impact on interest rates, which would likely negatively impact the cost of any variable rate debt that we obtain in the future. During times when inflation is increasing at a greater rate than the increases in rent provided by our leases, our rent levels will not keep up with the costs associated with rising inflation. Increased costs may have an adverse impact on our tenants if increases in their operating expenses exceed increases they might achieve in revenues, which may adversely affect the tenants’ ability to pay rent owed to us.

The redevelopment or renovation of our properties may cause us to experience unexpected costs and have other risks that could materially and adversely affect us.

We may in the future redevelop, significantly renovate or otherwise invest additional capital in our properties to improve them and enhance the opportunity for achieving attractive risk-adjusted returns. These activities are subject to a number of risks, including risks associated with construction work and risks of cost overruns due to construction delays or other factors that may increase the expected costs of a project. In addition, we may incur costs in connection with projects that are ultimately not pursued to completion. Any of our redevelopment or renovation projects may be financed. If such financing is not available on acceptable terms, our redevelopment and renovation activities may not be pursued or may be curtailed. In addition, such activities would likely reduce the available borrowing capacity on the revolving credit facility we expect to have in place upon completion of this offering or any other credit facilities that we may have in place in the future, which would limit our ability to use those sources of capital for the acquisition of properties and other operating needs. The risks associated with redevelopment and renovation activities, including but not necessarily limited to those noted above, could materially and adversely affect us.

Our real estate investments are generally illiquid, which could significantly affect our ability to respond to market changes or adverse changes relating to our tenants or in the performance of our properties.

The real estate investments made, and expected to be made, by us are relatively difficult for us to sell quickly. As a result, our ability to make rapid adjustments in the size and content of our portfolio in response to economic or other conditions will be limited. Illiquid assets typically experience greater price volatility, as a ready market does not exist, and can be more difficult to value. In addition, validating third party pricing for illiquid assets may be more subjective than more liquid assets. As a result, if we are required to quickly liquidate all or a portion of our portfolio, we may realize significantly less than the value at which we have previously recorded our assets.

In addition, the Code imposes restrictions on a REIT’s ability to dispose of properties that are not applicable to other types of real estate companies. In particular, the tax laws applicable to

 

33


REITs effectively require that we hold our properties for investment, rather than primarily for sale in the ordinary course of business, which may cause us to forgo or defer sales of properties that otherwise would be in our best interest. Therefore, we may not be able to vary our portfolio in response to economic or other conditions promptly or on favorable terms, which may materially and adversely affect us.

We may not be able to dispose of properties we target for sale to recycle our capital.

Although we may seek to selectively sell properties to recycle our capital, we may be unable to sell properties targeted for disposition due to adverse market or other conditions, or not achieve the pricing or timing that is consistent with our expectations. This may adversely affect, among other things, our ability to deploy capital into the acquisition of other properties and the execution of our overall operating strategy, which could, consequently, materially and adversely affect us.

Natural disasters, terrorist attacks, other acts of violence or war or other unexpected events could materially and adversely affect us.

Natural disasters, terrorist attacks, other acts of violence or war or other unexpected events could materially interrupt our business operations (or those of our tenants), cause consumer confidence and spending to decrease or result in increased volatility in the U.S. and worldwide financial markets and economies. They also could result in or prolong an economic recession. Any of these occurrences could materially and adversely affect us.

In addition, our corporate headquarters and certain of our properties are located in Florida, where major hurricanes have occurred. Depending on where any hurricane makes landfall, our properties in Florida could experience significant damage. In addition, the occurrence and frequency of hurricanes in Florida could also negatively impact demand for our properties located in that state because of consumer perceptions of hurricane risks. In addition to hurricanes, the occurrence of other natural disasters and climate conditions in Florida (and in other states where our properties are located), such as tornadoes, floods, fires, unusually heavy or prolonged rain, droughts and heat waves, could have an adverse effect on our tenants, which could adversely impact our ability to collect rental revenues. If a hurricane, earthquake, natural disaster or other similar significant disruption occurs, we may experience disruptions to our operations and damage to our properties, which could materially and adversely affect us.

Terrorist attacks or other acts of violence may also negatively affect our operations. There can be no assurance that there will not be terrorist attacks against businesses within the U.S. These attacks may directly impact our physical assets or business operations or the financial condition of our tenants, lenders or other institutions with which we have a relationship. The U.S. may be engaged in armed conflict, which could also have an impact on the tenants, lenders or other institutions with which we have a relationship. The consequences of armed conflict are unpredictable, and we may not be able to foresee events that could have an adverse effect on our business. Any of these occurrences could materially and adversely affect us.

Insurance on our properties may not adequately cover all losses and uninsured losses could materially and adversely affect us.

Our leases typically provide that either the landlord or the tenant will maintain property and liability insurance for the properties that are leased from us. If our tenants are required to carry liability and/or property insurance coverage, our tenants are required to name us (and any of our lenders that have a mortgage on the property leased by the tenant) as additional insureds on their liability policies and additional named insured and/or loss payee (or mortgagee, in the case of our

 

34


lenders) on their property policies. Depending on the location of the property, losses of a catastrophic nature, such as those caused by hurricanes, earthquakes and floods, may be covered by insurance policies that are held by our tenant with limitations such as large deductibles or co-payments that a tenant may not be able to meet. In addition, losses of a catastrophic nature, such as those caused by wind, hail, hurricanes, terrorism or acts of war, may be uninsurable or not economically insurable. In the event there is damage to our properties that is not covered by insurance and such properties are subject to recourse indebtedness, we will continue to be liable for the indebtedness, even if these properties are irreparably damaged.

Inflation, changes in building codes and ordinances, environmental considerations and other factors, including terrorism or acts of war, may make any insurance proceeds we receive insufficient to repair or replace a property if it is damaged or destroyed. In those circumstances, the insurance proceeds received may not be adequate to restore our economic position with respect to the affected real property and its generation of rental revenue. Furthermore, in the event we experience a substantial or comprehensive loss of one of our properties, we may not be able to rebuild such property to its existing specifications without significant capital expenditures which may exceed any amounts received pursuant to insurance policies, as reconstruction or improvement of such a property would likely require significant upgrades to meet zoning and building code requirements. The loss of our capital investment in or anticipated future returns from our properties due to material uninsured losses could materially and adversely affect us.

We are highly dependent on information systems and certain third-party technology service providers, and systems failures not related to cyber-attacks or similar external attacks could significantly disrupt our business, which may, in turn, negatively affect the market price of our common stock and adversely impact our results of operations and cash flows.

Our business is highly dependent on communications and information systems and networks. Any failure or interruption of these systems or networks could cause delays or other problems in our operations and communications. Through our relationship with CTO and our Manager, we rely heavily on CTO’s financial, accounting and other data processing systems. In addition, much of the information technology infrastructure on which we rely is or may be managed by third parties and, as such, we also face the risk of operational failure, termination or capacity constraints by any of these third parties. It is difficult to determine what, if any, negative impact may directly result from any specific interruption or disruption of the networks or systems on which our business relies or any failure to maintain performance, reliability and security of our technological infrastructure, but significant events impacting the systems or networks on which our business relies could materially and adversely affect us.

Cybersecurity risks and cyber incidents could adversely affect our business and disrupt operations.

Cyber incidents can result from deliberate attacks or unintentional events. These incidents can include, but are not limited to, gaining unauthorized access to digital systems for purposes of misappropriating assets or sensitive information, corrupting data or causing operational disruption. The result of these incidents could include, but are not limited to, disrupted operations, misstated financial data, liability for stolen assets or information, increased cybersecurity protection costs, litigation and reputational damage. Should any such cyber incidents or similar events occur, our assets, particularly cash, could be lost and, as a result, our ability to execute our business and pursue our investment and growth strategy could be impaired, thereby materially and adversely affecting us.

 

35


We are newly formed, have no operating history as a REIT or a publicly traded company and have limited resources, and as such may not be able to successfully operate our business, continue to implement our investment strategy or generate sufficient revenue to make or sustain distributions to stockholders. We cannot assure you that the past experience of our senior management team will be sufficient to successfully operate our company as a publicly traded company.

We are newly formed and have no operating history as a REIT or a publicly traded company. There can be no assurance that the past experience of our senior management team will be sufficient to successfully operate our company as a REIT or a publicly traded company, including the ability to timely meet the ongoing disclosure requirements of the SEC. See “—Risks Related to Our Qualification and Operation as a REIT—Failure to qualify as a REIT, or failure to remain qualified as a REIT, would cause us to be taxed as a regular corporation, which would substantially reduce funds available for distributions to our stockholders.” Following completion of this offering, we will be required to develop and implement control systems and procedures in order to qualify and maintain our qualification as a REIT and satisfy our periodic and current reporting requirements under applicable SEC regulations and comply with NYSE listing standards, and this transition could place a significant strain on our management systems, infrastructure and other resources and divert management’s attention from growing our business. Failure to operate successfully as a public company could materially and adversely affect us.

In addition, our limited resources may materially and adversely impact our ability to successfully manage and operate our portfolio or implement our business plan. Should we be unsuccessful in operating our business or implementing our investment strategy, we may not be able to generate sufficient revenue to make or sustain distributions to stockholders, the value of your investment could decline significantly or you could lose a portion of or all of your investment in us.

Upon completion of this offering, our senior management team will be required to operate two publicly traded companies, CTO and our company, which could place a significant strain on our senior management team and the management systems, infrastructure and other resources of CTO on which we rely.

Upon completion of this offering, our senior management team will be required to operate two publicly traded companies, CTO and our company, and will be required to comply with periodic and current reporting requirements under applicable SEC regulations and comply with applicable listing standards of the NYSE and the NYSE American. This could place a significant strain on our senior management team and the management systems, infrastructure and other resources of CTO on which we rely. There can be no assurance that our senior management team will be able to successfully operate two publicly traded companies. Any failure by our senior management team to successfully operate our company or CTO could materially and adversely affect us.

We may become subject to litigation, which could materially and adversely affect us.

We may become subject to litigation, including claims relating to this offering, our operations, other securities offerings and otherwise in the ordinary course of business. Some of these claims may result in significant defense costs and potentially significant judgments against us, some of which are not, or cannot be, insured against. We generally intend to vigorously defend ourselves. However, we cannot be certain of the ultimate outcomes of any claims that may arise in the future and which are presently not known to us. Resolution of these types of matters against us may result in our having to pay significant fines, judgments or settlements, which, if uninsured, or if the fines, judgments and settlements exceed insured levels, could materially and adversely impact

 

36


our earnings and cash flows, thereby materially and adversely affecting us. Certain litigation or the resolution of certain litigation may affect the availability or cost of some of our insurance coverage, which could materially and adversely impact us, expose us to increased risks that would be uninsured and materially and adversely impact our ability to attract directors and officers.

If there are deficiencies in our disclosure controls and procedures or internal control over financial reporting, we may be unable to accurately present our financial statements, which could materially and adversely affect us.

As a publicly-traded company, we will be required to report our financial statements on a consolidated basis. Effective internal controls are necessary for us to accurately report our financial results. Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act will require us to evaluate and report on our internal control over financial reporting. However, for as long as we are an “emerging growth company” under the JOBS Act, our independent registered public accounting firm will not be required to attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. We could be an “emerging growth company” for up to five years. An independent assessment of the effectiveness of our internal controls could detect problems that our management’s assessment might not. There can be no guarantee that our internal control over financial reporting will be effective in accomplishing all control objectives all of the time. Furthermore, as we grow our business, our internal controls will become more complex, and we may require significantly more resources to ensure our internal controls remain effective. Future deficiencies, including any material weakness, in our internal control over financial reporting which may occur could result in misstatements of our results of operations that could require a restatement, failing to meet our public company reporting obligations and causing investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information, which could materially and adversely affect us.

If we fail to maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures, we may not be able to meet applicable reporting requirements, which could materially and adversely affect us.

Upon completion of this offering, we will become subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act and will be required to file reports and other information with the SEC. As a publicly-traded company, we will be required to maintain disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the reports that we file with, or submit to, the SEC is recorded, processed, summarized and reported, within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms. They include controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in reports filed with, or submitted to, the SEC is accumulated and communicated to management, including our principal executive and principal financial officers, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. Effective disclosure controls and procedures are necessary for us to provide reliable reports, effectively prevent and detect fraud and to operate successfully as a public company. Designing and implementing effective disclosure controls and procedures is a continuous effort that requires significant resources and devotion of time. We may discover deficiencies in our disclosure controls and procedures that may be difficult or time consuming to remediate in a timely manner. Any failure to maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures or to timely effect any necessary improvements thereto could cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations (which could affect the listing of our common stock on the NYSE). Additionally, ineffective disclosure controls and procedures could also adversely affect our ability to prevent or detect fraud, harm our reputation and cause investors to lose confidence in our reports filed with, or submitted to, the SEC, which would likely have a negative effect on the trading price of our common stock.

 

37


The historical combined financial statements of Alpine Income Property Trust Predecessor and our unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements may not be representative of our financial statements as an independent public company.

The historical combined financial statements of Alpine Income Property Trust Predecessor and our unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements that are included in this prospectus do not necessarily reflect what our financial position, results of operations or cash flows would have been had we been an independent public company during the periods presented. Furthermore, this financial information is not necessarily indicative of what our results of operations, financial position or cash flows will be in the future. It is impossible for us to accurately estimate all adjustments which may reflect all of the significant changes that will occur in our cost structure, funding and operations as a result of this offering and becoming a public company. For additional information, see “Selected Historical and Pro Forma Financial and Other Data” and the historical combined financial statements of Alpine Income Property Trust Predecessor and our unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements, as well as “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

The costs of compliance with or liabilities related to environmental laws may materially and adversely affect us.

The ownership of our properties may subject us to known and unknown environmental liabilities. Under various federal, state and local laws and regulations relating to the environment, as a current or former owner or operator of real property, we may be liable for costs and damages resulting from environmental matters, including the presence or discharge of hazardous or toxic substances, waste or petroleum products at, on, in, under or migrating from such property, as well as costs to investigate or clean up such contamination and liability for personal injury, property damage or harm to natural resources. We may face liability regardless of:

 

   

our knowledge of the contamination;

 

   

the timing of the contamination;

 

   

the cause of the contamination; or

 

   

the party responsible for the contamination of the property.

There may be environmental liabilities associated with our properties of which we are unaware. With respect to each of the properties in our initial portfolio, CTO has obtained Phase I environmental site assessments. We will obtain Phase I environmental assessments on all properties we acquire after the completion of this offering. Phase I environmental site assessments are limited in scope and therefore may not reveal all environmental conditions affecting a property. Therefore, there could be undiscovered environmental liabilities on the properties we own. Some of our properties use, or may have used in the past, underground tanks for the storage of petroleum-based products or waste products that could create a potential for release of hazardous substances or penalties if tanks do not comply with legal standards. If environmental contamination exists on our properties, we could be subject to strict, joint and/or several liability for the contamination by virtue of our ownership interest. Some of our properties may contain asbestos-containing materials, or ACM. Environmental laws govern the presence, maintenance and removal of ACM and such laws may impose fines, penalties or other obligations for failure to comply with these requirements or expose us to third-party liability (for example, liability for personal injury associated with exposure to asbestos). Environmental laws also apply to other

 

38


activities that can occur on a property, such as storage of petroleum products or other hazardous toxic substances, air emissions, water discharges and exposure to lead-based paint. Such laws may impose fines and penalties for violations and may require permits or other governmental approvals to be obtained for the operation of a business involving such activities.

The known or potential presence of hazardous substances on a property may adversely affect our ability to sell, lease or improve the property or to borrow using the property as collateral. In addition, environmental laws may create liens on contaminated properties in favor of the government for damages and costs it incurs to address such contamination. Moreover, if contamination is discovered on our properties, environmental laws may impose restrictions on the manner in which they may be used or businesses may be operated, and these restrictions may require substantial expenditures.

In addition, although our leases generally require our tenants to operate in compliance with all applicable laws and to indemnify us against any environmental liabilities arising from a tenant’s activities on the property, we could be subject to strict liability by virtue of our ownership interest. We cannot be sure that our tenants will, or will be able to, satisfy their indemnification obligations, if any, under our leases. Furthermore, the discovery of environmental liabilities on any of our properties could lead to significant remediation costs or to other liabilities or obligations attributable to the tenant of that property or could result in material interference with the ability of our tenants to operate their businesses as currently operated. Noncompliance with environmental laws or discovery of environmental liabilities could each individually or collectively affect such tenant’s ability to make payments to us, including rental payments and, where applicable, indemnification payments.

Our environmental liabilities may include property and natural resources damage, personal injury, investigation and clean-up costs, among other potential environmental liabilities. These costs could be substantial. Although we may obtain insurance for environmental liability for certain properties that are deemed to warrant coverage, our insurance may be insufficient to address any particular environmental situation and we may be unable to continue to obtain insurance for environmental matters, at a reasonable cost or at all, in the future. If our environmental liability insurance is inadequate, we may become subject to material losses for environmental liabilities. Our ability to receive the benefits of any environmental liability insurance policy will depend on the financial stability of our insurance company and the position it takes with respect to our insurance policies. If we were to become subject to significant environmental liabilities, we could be materially and adversely affected.

Our properties may contain or develop harmful mold, which could lead to liability for adverse health effects and costs of remediation.

When excessive moisture accumulates in buildings or on building materials, mold growth may occur, particularly if the moisture problem remains undiscovered or is not addressed over a period of time. Some molds may produce airborne toxins or irritants. Concern about indoor exposure to mold has been increasing, as exposure to mold may cause a variety of adverse health effects and symptoms, including allergic or other reactions. As a result, should our tenants or their employees or customers be exposed to mold at any of our properties, we could be required to undertake a costly remediation program to contain or remove the mold from the affected property. In addition, exposure to mold by our tenants or others could subject us to liability if property damage or health concerns arise. If we were to become subject to significant mold-related liabilities, we could be materially and adversely affected.

 

39


Our operations and financial condition may be adversely affected by climate change, including possible changes in weather patterns, weather-related events, government policy, laws, regulations and economic conditions.

In recent years, the assessment of the potential impact of climate change has begun to impact the activities of government authorities, the pattern of consumer behavior and other areas that impact the business environment in the U.S., including, but not limited to, energy-efficiency measures, water use measures and land-use practices. The promulgation of policies, laws or regulations relating to climate change by governmental authorities in the U.S. and the markets in which we own properties may require us to invest additional capital in our properties. In addition, the impact of climate change on businesses operated by our tenants is not reasonably determinable at this time. While not generally known at this time, climate change may impact weather patterns or the occurrence of significant weather events which could impact economic activity or the value of our properties in specific markets. The occurrence of any of these events or conditions may adversely impact our ability to lease our properties, which would materially and adversely affect us.

Compliance with the Americans with Disabilities Act and fire, safety and other regulations may require us to make unanticipated expenditures that materially and adversely affect us.

Our properties will be subject to the Americans with Disabilities Act, or the ADA. Under the ADA, all public accommodations must meet federal requirements related to access and use by disabled persons. Compliance with the ADA requirements could require removal of access barriers and non-compliance could result in imposition of fines by the U.S. government or an award of damages to private litigants, or both. While our tenants will be obligated by law to comply with the ADA and typically obligated under our leases to cover costs associated with compliance, if required changes involve greater expenditures than anticipated or if the changes must be made on a more accelerated basis than anticipated, the ability of our tenants to cover costs could be adversely affected. We could be required to expend our own funds to comply with the provisions of the ADA, which could materially and adversely affect us.

In addition, we will be required to operate our properties in compliance with fire and safety regulations, building codes and other land use regulations, as they may be adopted by governmental agencies and bodies and become applicable to our properties. We may be required to make substantial capital expenditures to comply with those requirements and may be required to obtain approvals from various authorities with respect to our properties, including prior to acquiring a property or when undertaking renovations of any of our existing properties. There can be no assurance that existing laws and regulatory policies will not adversely affect us or the timing or cost of any future acquisitions or renovations, or that additional regulations will not be adopted that increase such delays or result in additional costs. Additionally, failure to comply with any of these requirements could result in the imposition of fines by governmental authorities or awards of damages to private litigants. While we intend to only acquire properties that we believe are currently in substantial compliance with all regulatory requirements, these requirements may change and new requirements may be imposed which would require significant unanticipated expenditures by us and could materially and adversely affect us.

Changes in accounting standards may materially and adversely affect us.

From time to time, the FASB and the SEC, who create and interpret appropriate accounting standards, may change the financial accounting and reporting standards or their interpretation and application of these standards that will govern the preparation of our financial statements. These changes could materially and adversely affect our reported financial condition and results of

 

40


operations. In some cases, we could be required to apply a new or revised standard retroactively, resulting in restating prior period financial statements. Similarly, these changes could materially and adversely affect our tenants’ reported financial condition or results of operations and affect their preferences regarding leasing real estate.

We have not obtained any third-party appraisals of the properties to be acquired by us from CTO in connection with the formation transactions. Accordingly, the value of the cash and OP units to be paid or issued as consideration for the properties to be acquired by us in the formation transactions may exceed the aggregate fair market value of such properties.

We have not obtained any third-party appraisals of the properties to be acquired by us from CTO in connection with the formation transactions. The value of the OP units that we will issue as partial consideration for the properties that we will acquire in the formation transactions will increase or decrease if the price per share of our common stock in this offering is above or below the mid-point of the price range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus. The price per share of our common stock in this offering does not necessarily bear any relationship to the book value or the fair market value of the properties to be acquired by us from CTO in connection with the formation transactions. Accordingly, the value of the cash and OP units to be paid or issued as consideration for the properties to be acquired by us in the formation transactions may exceed the aggregate fair market value of such properties.

In the future, we may choose to acquire properties or portfolios of properties through tax deferred contribution transactions, which could result in stockholder dilution and limit our ability to sell such assets.

In the future, we may acquire properties or portfolios of properties through tax deferred contribution transactions in exchange for common or preferred units of limited partnership interest in our Operating Partnership, which may result in stockholder dilution. This acquisition structure may have the effect of, among other things, reducing the amount of tax depreciation we could deduct over the tax life of the acquired properties, and may require that we agree to protect the contributors’ ability to defer recognition of taxable gain through restrictions on our ability to dispose of the acquired properties and/or the allocation of partnership debt to the contributors to maintain their tax bases. These restrictions could limit our ability to sell an asset at a time, or on terms, that would be favorable absent such restrictions.

Risks Related to Our Relationship with CTO and Our Manager and the Management Agreement

We have no employees and will be entirely dependent upon our Manager for all the services we require, and we cannot assure you that our Manager will allocate the resources necessary to meet our business objectives.

Because we are “externally managed,” we will not employ our own personnel, but will instead depend upon CTO, our Manager and their affiliates for virtually all of the services we require. Our Manager selects and manages the acquisition of properties that meet our investment criteria; administers the collection of rents, monitors lease compliance by our tenants and deals with vacancies and re-letting of our properties; coordinates the sale of our properties; provides financial and regulatory reporting services; communicates with our stockholders, causes us to pay distributions to our stockholders and arranges for transfer agent services; and provides all of our other administrative services. Accordingly, our success is largely dependent upon the expertise and services of the executive officers and other personnel of CTO provided to us through our Manager.

 

41


CTO may be unable to obtain or retain the executive officers and other personnel that it provides to us through our Manager.

Our success depends to a significant degree upon the executive officers and other personnel of CTO that it provides to us through our Manager. In particular, we rely on the services of John P. Albright, President and Chief Executive Officer of our company and CTO and a member of the board of directors of our company and CTO, Mark E. Patten, Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of our company and CTO, Steven R. Greathouse, Senior Vice President, Investments of our company and CTO and Daniel E. Smith, Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary of our company and CTO. In addition to these executive officers, we also rely on other personnel of CTO that are provided to us through our Manager. We cannot guarantee that all, or any particular one of these executive officers and other personnel of CTO provided to us through our Manager, will remain affiliated with CTO, our Manager and us. We do not separately maintain key person life insurance on any person. Failure by CTO to retain any of its executive officers and other personnel provided to us through our Manager and to hire and retain additional highly skilled managerial, operational and marketing personnel could have a material adverse effect on our ability to achieve our investment growth objectives and could result in us incurring excess costs and suffering deficiencies in our disclosure controls and procedures or our internal control over financial reporting.

We pay substantial fees and expenses to our Manager, which payments increase the risk that you will not earn a profit on your investment.

Pursuant to the management agreement, we pay significant fees to our Manager. Those fees include a base management fee, an incentive fee and obligations to reimburse our Manager for certain expenses. These payments increase the risk that you will not earn a profit on your investment.

The base management fee payable to our Manager pursuant to the management agreement is payable regardless of the performance of our portfolio, which may reduce our Manager’s incentive to devote the time and effort to seeking profitable investment opportunities for us.

We pay our Manager a base management fee pursuant to the management agreement, which may be substantial, based on our “total equity” (as defined in the management agreement) regardless of the performance of our portfolio of properties. Our Manager’s entitlement to non-performance-based compensation might reduce its incentive to seek profitable investment opportunities for us, which could result in a lower performance of our portfolio and materially adversely affect us.

The incentive fee payable to our Manager pursuant to the management agreement may cause our Manager to select investments in more risky assets to increase its incentive compensation.

Our Manager has the ability to earn incentive fees based on our total stockholder return exceeding an 8% cumulative annual hurdle rate, which may create an incentive for our Manager to invest in properties with a purchase price reflecting a higher potential yield, that may be riskier or more speculative, or sell an investment prematurely for a gain, in an effort to increase our short-term gains and thereby increase our stock price and the incentive fees to which it is entitled. If our interests and those of our Manager are not aligned, the execution of our business plan and our results of operations could be adversely affected, which could materially and adversely affect the market price of our common stock and our ability to make distributions to our stockholders.

 

42


There are conflicts of interest in our relationships with our Manager, which could result in outcomes that are not in our best interests.

We are subject to conflicts of interest arising out of our relationships with our Manager. Pursuant to the management agreement, our Manager is obligated to supply us with our management team. However, our Manager is not obligated to dedicate any specific personnel exclusively to us, nor are the CTO personnel provided to us by our Manager obligated to dedicate any specific portion of their time to the management of our business. Additionally, our Manager is a wholly-owned subsidiary of CTO. All of our executive officers are executive officers and employees of CTO and one of our executive officers (John P. Albright) is also a member of the board of directors of our company and the board of directors of CTO. As a result, our Manager and the CTO personnel it provides to us, including our executive officers, may have conflicts between their duties to us and their duties to CTO.

In addition to our initial portfolio, we may acquire or sell properties in which CTO or its affiliates have or may have an interest. Similarly, CTO or its affiliates may acquire or sell properties in which we have or may have an interest. Although such acquisitions or dispositions may present conflicts of interest, we nonetheless may pursue and consummate such transactions. Additionally, we may engage in transactions directly with CTO, our Manager or their affiliates. If we acquire a property from CTO or one of its affiliates or sell a property to CTO or one of its affiliates, the purchase price we pay to CTO or one of its affiliates or the purchase price paid to us by CTO or one of its affiliates may be higher or lower, respectively, than the purchase price that would have been paid to or by us if the transaction were the result of arms’ length negotiations with an unaffiliated third party.

In deciding whether to issue additional debt or equity securities, we will rely in part on recommendations made by our Manager. While such decisions are subject to the approval of our board of directors, our Manager is entitled to be paid a base management fee that is based on our “total equity” (as defined in the management agreement). As a result, our Manager may have an incentive to recommend that we issue additional equity securities at dilutive prices. If we issue additional equity securities at dilutive prices, the market price of our common stock may be adversely affected and you could lose some or all of your investment in our common stock.

All of our executive officers are executive officers and employees of CTO. These individuals and other CTO personnel provided to us through our Manager devote as much time to us as our Manager deems appropriate. However, our executive officers and other CTO personnel provided to us through our Manager may have conflicts in allocating their time and services between us, on the one hand, and CTO and its affiliates, on the other. During a period of prolonged economic weakness or another economic downturn affecting the real estate industry or at other times when we need focused support and assistance from our Manager and the CTO executive officers and other personnel provided to us through our Manager, we may not receive the necessary support and assistance we require or that we would otherwise receive if we were self-managed.

Our Manager’s failure to identify and acquire properties that meet our investment criteria or perform its responsibilities under the management agreement could materially and adversely affect our business and our ability to make distributions to our stockholders.

Our ability to achieve our objectives depends on, among other things, our Manager’s ability to identify, acquire and lease properties that meet our investment criteria. Accomplishing our objectives is largely a function of our Manager’s structuring of our investment process, our access to financing on acceptable terms and general market conditions. Our stockholders will not have input into our investment decisions. All of these factors increase the uncertainty, and thus the risk,

 

43


of investing in our common stock. The CTO executive officers and other CTO personnel provided to us through our Manager have substantial responsibilities under the management agreement. In order to implement certain strategies, CTO, our Manager or their affiliates may need to hire, train, supervise and manage new employees successfully. Any failure by CTO or our Manager to manage our future growth effectively could have a material adverse effect on us, our ability to qualify and maintain our qualification as a REIT and our ability to make distributions to our stockholders.

Our Manager’s liability is limited under the management agreement, and we have agreed to indemnify our Manager against certain liabilities. As a result, we could experience unfavorable operating results or incur losses for which our Manager would not be liable.

Pursuant to the management agreement, our Manager will not assume any responsibility other than to render the services called for thereunder and will not be responsible for any action of our board of directors in following or declining to follow its directives. Our Manager maintains a contractual, as opposed to a fiduciary relationship, with us. Under the terms of the management agreement, our Manager, its officers, members and personnel, any person controlling or controlled by our Manager and any person providing sub-advisory services to our Manager will not be liable to us, any subsidiary of ours, our directors, our stockholders or any subsidiary’s stockholders or partners for acts or omissions performed in accordance with and pursuant to the management agreement, except those resulting from acts constituting gross negligence, willful misconduct, bad faith or reckless disregard of our Manager’s duties under the management agreement.

In addition, we have agreed to indemnify our Manager and each of its officers, directors, members, managers and employees from and against any claims or liabilities, including reasonable legal fees and other expenses reasonably incurred, arising out of or in connection with our business and operations or any action taken or omitted on our behalf pursuant to authority granted by the management agreement, except where attributable to gross negligence, willful misconduct, bad faith or reckless disregard of such person’s duties under the management agreement. As a result, we could experience unfavorable operating results or incur losses for which our Manager would not be liable.

Termination of the management agreement could be difficult and costly, including as a result of payment of termination fees to our Manager, and may cause us to be unable to execute our business plan, which could materially and adversely affect us.

If we fail to renew the management agreement, or terminate the agreement, other than for a termination for cause, we will be obligated to pay our Manager a termination fee equal to three times the sum of (i) the average annual base management fee earned by our Manager during the 24-month period immediately preceding the most recently completed calendar quarter prior to the termination date and (ii) the average annual incentive fee earned by our Manager during the two most recently completed measurement periods (as defined in the management agreement) prior to the termination date. Such a payment would likely be a substantial one-time charge that could render unattractive, or not economically feasible, the termination of our Manager, even if it performed poorly. In addition, any termination of the management agreement would end our Manager’s obligation to provide us with our executive officers and personnel upon whom we rely for the operation of our business and would also terminate our rights under the exclusivity and ROFO agreement with CTO, as discussed further herein. As a result of termination of the exclusivity and ROFO agreement, we would face increased competition from CTO and its affiliates, as well as others, for the acquisition of properties that meet our investment criteria, and our right to acquire certain properties from CTO and its affiliates would be terminated. As a result, the termination of the management agreement could materially and adversely affect us.

 

44


If our Manager ceases to be our manager pursuant to the management agreement, counterparties to our agreements may cease doing business with us.

If our Manager ceases to be our manager, it could constitute an event of default or early termination event under financing and other agreements we may enter into in the future, upon which our counterparties may have the right to terminate their agreements with us. If our Manager ceases to be our manager for any reason, including upon the non-renewal of the management agreement, our business and our ability to make distributions to our stockholders may be materially adversely affected.

The management agreement with our Manager and the exclusivity and ROFO agreement with CTO were not negotiated on an arm’s-length basis and may not be as favorable to us as if they had been negotiated with unaffiliated third parties.

The management agreement with our Manager and the exclusivity and ROFO agreement with CTO were negotiated between related parties and before our independent directors were elected, and their terms, including the fees payable to our Manager, may not be as favorable to us as if they had been negotiated with unaffiliated third parties. The terms of these agreements may not reflect our long-term best interests and may be overly favorable to CTO, our Manager and their affiliates (other than us and our subsidiaries). Further, we may choose not to enforce, or to enforce less vigorously, our rights under the management agreement and the exclusivity and ROFO agreement because of our desire to maintain our ongoing relationships with our Manager and CTO.

Risks Related to Our Financing Activities

Our growth depends on external sources of capital, including debt financings, that are outside of our control and may not be available to us on commercially reasonable terms or at all.

In order to qualify and maintain our qualification as a REIT, we will be required under the Code, among other things, to distribute annually at least 90% of our REIT taxable income, determined without regard to the dividends paid deduction and excluding any net capital gain. In addition, we will be subject to income tax at the U.S. federal corporate income tax rate to the extent that we distribute less than 100% of our REIT taxable income, determined without regard to the dividends paid deduction and including any net capital gain. Because of these distribution requirements, we may not have sufficient liquidity from our operating cash flows to fund future capital needs, including any acquisition financing. Consequently, we may rely on third-party sources, including lenders, to fund our capital needs. We may not be able to obtain debt financing on favorable terms or at all. Any additional debt we incur will increase our leverage and likelihood of default. Our access to third-party sources of capital depends, in part, on:

 

   

general market conditions;

 

   

the market’s perception of our growth potential;

 

   

our current debt levels;

 

   

our current and expected future earnings;

 

   

our cash flow and cash distributions; and

 

   

the market price per share of our common stock.

 

45


If we cannot obtain capital from third-party sources, we may not be able to acquire properties when strategic opportunities exist, meet the capital and operating needs of our existing properties, satisfy our debt service obligations or make the cash distributions to our stockholders necessary to qualify and maintain our qualification as a REIT, which would materially and adversely affect us.

Our organizational documents have no limitation on the amount of additional indebtedness that we may incur in the future. As a result, we may become highly leveraged in the future, which could materially and adversely affect us.

Concurrently with the closing of this offering, the concurrent CTO private placement and the formation transactions, we anticipate entering into the revolving credit facility and, in the future, we may incur additional indebtedness to finance future acquisitions and redevelopment and renovation projects and for general corporate purposes. There are no restrictions in our charter or bylaws that limit the amount or percentage of indebtedness that we may incur nor restrict the form in which our indebtedness will be incurred (including recourse or non-recourse debt or cross-collateralized debt).

A substantial level of indebtedness in the future could have adverse consequences for our business and otherwise materially and adversely affect us because it could, among other things:

 

   

require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to make principal and interest payments on our indebtedness, thereby reducing our cash flow available to fund working capital, capital expenditures and other general corporate purposes, including to pay dividends on our common stock as currently contemplated or necessary to satisfy the requirements for qualification as a REIT;

 

   

increase our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions and limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and our industry;

 

   

limit our ability to borrow additional funds or refinance indebtedness on favorable terms or at all to expand our business or ease liquidity constraints; and

 

   

place us at a competitive disadvantage relative to competitors that have less indebtedness.

The agreements governing our indebtedness are likely to place restrictions on us and our subsidiaries, reducing our operational flexibility and creating risks associated with default and noncompliance.

The agreements governing our anticipated revolving credit facility and other indebtedness that we may incur in the future contain or may contain covenants that place restrictions on us and our subsidiaries. These covenants may restrict, among other activities, our and our subsidiaries’ ability to:

 

   

merge, consolidate or transfer all or substantially all of our or our subsidiaries’ assets;

 

   

sell, transfer, pledge or encumber our stock or the ownership interests of our subsidiaries;

 

   

incur additional debt or issue preferred stock;

 

   

make certain investments;

 

   

make certain expenditures, including capital expenditures;

 

46


   

pay dividends on or repurchase our capital stock; and

 

   

enter into certain transactions with affiliates.

These covenants could impair our ability to grow our business, take advantage of attractive business opportunities or successfully compete. Our ability to comply with financial and other covenants may be affected by events beyond our control, including prevailing economic, financial and industry conditions. A breach of any of these covenants or covenants under any other agreements governing our indebtedness could result in an event of default. Any cross-default provisions in our debt agreements could cause an event of default under one debt agreement to trigger an event of default under our other debt agreements. Upon the occurrence of an event of default under any of our debt agreements, our lenders could elect to declare all outstanding debt under such agreements to be immediately due and payable. If we were unable to repay or refinance the accelerated debt, our lenders could proceed against any assets pledged to secure that debt, including foreclosing on or requiring the sale of any properties securing that debt, and the proceeds from the sale of these properties may not be sufficient to repay such debt in full.

Mortgage debt obligations expose us to the possibility of foreclosure, which could result in the loss of our investment in any property subject to mortgage debt.

Future borrowings may be secured by mortgages on our properties. Incurring mortgage and other secured debt obligations increases our risk of losses because defaults on secured indebtedness may result in foreclosure actions initiated by lenders and ultimately our loss of the properties securing any loans for which we are in default. If we are in default under a cross-defaulted mortgage loan, we could lose multiple properties to foreclosure. For tax purposes, a foreclosure of any of our properties would be treated as a sale of the property for a purchase price equal to the outstanding balance of the debt secured by the mortgage. If the outstanding balance of the debt secured by the mortgage exceeds our tax basis in the property, we would recognize taxable income on foreclosure, but would not receive any cash proceeds, which could hinder our ability to meet the REIT distribution requirements imposed by the Code. As we execute our business plan, we may assume or incur new mortgage indebtedness on our properties. Any default under any mortgage debt obligation we incur may increase the risk of our default on our other indebtedness, including indebtedness under our anticipated revolving credit facility, which could materially and adversely affect us.

An increase in interest rates would increase our interest costs on our variable rate debt and could adversely impact our ability to refinance existing debt or sell assets.

Future borrowings under our anticipated revolving credit facility will bear interest at variable rates. An increase in interest rates would increase our interest payments and reduce our cash flow available for other corporate purposes. In addition, rising interest rates could limit our ability to refinance debt when it matures and increase interest costs on any debt that is refinanced. Further, an increase in interest rates could increase the cost of financing, thereby decreasing the amount third parties are willing to pay for our properties, which would limit our ability to dispose of properties when necessary or desired.

In addition, we may enter into hedging arrangements in the future. Our hedging arrangements may include interest rate swaps, caps, floors and other interest rate hedging contracts. Our hedging arrangements could reduce, but may not eliminate, the impact of rising interest rates, and they could expose us to the risk that other parties to our hedging arrangements will not perform or that the agreements relating to our hedges may not be enforceable.

 

47


Changes in the method pursuant to which LIBOR is determined and potential phasing out of LIBOR after 2021 may affect our financial results.

The chief executive of the United Kingdom Financial Conduct Authority, or the FCA, which regulates LIBOR, has recently announced that the FCA intends to stop compelling banks to submit rates for the calculation of LIBOR after 2021. It is not possible to predict the effect of these changes, other reforms or the establishment of alternative reference rates in the United Kingdom or elsewhere. Furthermore, in the United States, efforts to identify a set of alternative U.S. dollar reference interest rates include proposals by the Alternative Reference Rates Committee of the Federal Reserve Board and the Federal Reserve Bank of New York. The U.S. Federal Reserve, in conjunction with the Alternative Rates Committee, a steering committee comprised of large U.S. financial institutions, is considering replacing U.S. dollar LIBOR with the Secured Overnight Financing Rate, or SOFR, a new index calculated by short-term repurchase agreements, backed by Treasury securities. The Federal Reserve Bank of New York began publishing SOFR rates in 2018. The market transition away from LIBOR and towards SOFR is expected to be gradual and complicated. There are significant differences between LIBOR and SOFR, such as LIBOR being an unsecured lending rate and SOFR a secured lending rate, and SOFR is an overnight rate and LIBOR reflects term rates at different maturities. These and other differences create the potential for basis risk between the two rates. The impact of any basis risk between LIBOR and SOFR may negatively affect our operating results. Any of these alternative methods may result in interest rates that are higher than if LIBOR were available in its current form, which could have a material adverse effect on results.

Any changes announced by the FCA, including the FCA Announcement, other regulators or any other successor governance or oversight body, or future changes adopted by such body, in the method pursuant to which the LIBOR rates are determined may result in a sudden or prolonged increase or decrease in the reported LIBOR rates. If that were to occur, the level of interest payments we incur may change. In addition, although certain of our LIBOR based obligations provide for alternative methods of calculating the interest rate payable on certain of our obligations if LIBOR is not reported, which include requesting certain rates from major reference banks in London or New York, or alternatively using LIBOR for the immediately preceding interest period or using the initial interest rate, as applicable, uncertainty as to the extent and manner of future changes may result in interest rates and/or payments that are higher than, lower than or that do not otherwise correlate over time with the interest rates and/or payments that would have been made on our obligations if LIBOR rate was available in its current form.

We may not be able to obtain a revolving credit facility on the indicative terms described in this prospectus or at all.

As described under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Our Anticipated $100 Million Revolving Credit Facility,” we intend to enter into a $100 million unsecured revolving credit facility concurrently with the completion of this offering, the concurrent CTO private placement and the formation transactions. Although we have obtained commitments for the anticipated revolving credit facility, our ability to obtain the credit facility remains subject to satisfaction of the lenders’ due diligence, the negotiation of a definitive credit agreement and other customary closing conditions. These efforts are ongoing, and we may not succeed in obtaining the anticipated revolving credit facility on the indicated terms or at all. Our failure to obtain this credit facility could adversely affect our ability to grow our business and meet our obligations as they come due.

 

48


Risks Related to Our Organization and Structure

We are a holding company with no direct operations, and we will rely on funds received from our Operating Partnership to pay our obligations and make distributions to our stockholders.

We are a holding company and will conduct substantially all of our operations through our Operating Partnership. We will not have, apart from an interest in our Operating Partnership, any independent operations. As a result, we will rely on distributions from our Operating Partnership to make any distributions we declare on shares of our common stock. We will also rely on distributions from our Operating Partnership to meet any of our obligations, including any tax liability on taxable income allocated to us from our Operating Partnership. In addition, because we will be a holding company, your claims as stockholders will be structurally subordinated to all existing and future creditors and preferred equity holders of our Operating Partnership and its subsidiaries. Therefore, in the event of a bankruptcy, insolvency, liquidation or reorganization of our Operating Partnership or its subsidiaries, assets of our Operating Partnership or the applicable subsidiary will be available to satisfy our claims to us as an equity owner therein only after all of their liabilities and preferred equity have been paid in full.

After giving effect to this offering, the concurrent CTO private placement and the formation transactions, we will own 86.6% of the OP units. However, in connection with our future acquisition activities or otherwise, we may issue additional OP units to third parties. Such issuances would reduce our ownership in our Operating Partnership. Because you will not directly own units of our Operating Partnership, you will not have any voting rights with respect to any such issuances or other partnership level activities of our Operating Partnership.

Certain provisions of Maryland law could inhibit changes in control of our company.

Certain “business combination” and “control share acquisition” provisions of the Maryland General Corporation Law, or the MGCL, may have the effect of deterring a third party from making a proposal to acquire us or of impeding a change in control under circumstances that otherwise could provide the holders of our common stock with the opportunity to realize a premium over the then-prevailing market price of our common stock. Pursuant to the MGCL, our board of directors has by resolution exempted business combinations between us and any other person. Our bylaws contain a provision exempting from the control share acquisition statute any and all acquisitions by any person of shares of our stock. However, there can be no assurance that these exemptions will not be amended or eliminated at any time in the future. Our charter and bylaws and Maryland law also contain other provisions that may delay, defer or prevent a transaction or a change of control that might involve a premium price for our common stock or that our stockholders otherwise believe to be in their best interest. See “Certain Provisions of Maryland Law and of Our Charter and Bylaws—Removal of Directors,” “—Control Share Acquisitions” and “—Advance Notice of Director Nominations and New Business.”

Certain provisions in the partnership agreement of our Operating Partnership may delay, defer or prevent unsolicited acquisitions of us.

Provisions in the partnership agreement of our Operating Partnership may delay, defer or prevent unsolicited acquisitions of us or changes of our control. These provisions could discourage third parties from making proposals involving an unsolicited acquisition of us or change of our control, although some stockholders might consider such proposals, if made, desirable. These provisions include, among others:

 

   

redemption rights of qualifying parties;

 

49


   

transfer restrictions on OP units;

 

   

our ability, as general partner, in some cases, to amend the partnership agreement and to cause the Operating Partnership to issue units with terms that could delay, defer or prevent a merger or other change of control of us or our Operating Partnership without the consent of the limited partners; and

 

   

the right of the limited partners to consent to transfers of the general partnership interest and mergers or other transactions involving us under specified circumstances.

The partnership agreement of our Operating Partnership and Delaware law also contain other provisions that may delay, defer or prevent a transaction or a change of control that might involve a premium price for our common stock or that our stockholders otherwise believe to be in their best interest. See “Description of the Partnership Agreement of Alpine Income Property OP, LP.”

Our charter contains stock ownership limits, which may delay, defer or prevent a change of control.

In order for us to qualify and maintain our qualification as a REIT for each taxable year commencing with our taxable year ending December 31, 2020, no more than 50% in value of our outstanding capital stock may be owned, directly or indirectly, by five or fewer individuals during the last half of any calendar year, and at least 100 persons must beneficially own our stock during at least 335 days of a taxable year of 12 months or during a proportionate portion of a shorter taxable year. “Individuals” for this purpose include natural persons, private foundations, some employee benefit plans and trusts and some charitable trusts. To assist us in complying with these limitations, among other purposes, our charter generally prohibits any person from directly or indirectly owning more than 9.8% in value or number of shares, whichever is more restrictive, of the outstanding shares of any class or series of our capital stock. These ownership limitations could have the effect of discouraging a takeover or other transaction in which holders of our common stock might receive a premium for their shares over the then prevailing market price or which holders might believe to be otherwise in their best interests. For further details regarding stock ownership limits, see “Description of Capital Stock—Restrictions on Ownership and Transfer.”

Our charter’s constructive ownership rules are complex and may cause the outstanding shares owned by a group of related individuals or entities to be deemed to be constructively owned by one individual or entity. As a result, the acquisition of less than these percentages of the outstanding shares by an individual or entity could cause that individual or entity to own constructively in excess of these percentages of the outstanding shares and thus violate the share ownership limits. Our charter also provides that any attempt to own or transfer shares of our common stock or preferred stock (if and when issued) in excess of the stock ownership limits without the consent of our board of directors or in a manner that would cause us to be “closely held” under Section 856(h) of the Code (without regard to whether the shares are held during the last half of a taxable year) will result in the shares being automatically transferred to a trustee for a charitable trust or, if the transfer to the charitable trust is not automatically effective to prevent a violation of the share ownership limits or the restrictions on ownership and transfer of our shares, any such transfer of our shares will be null and void.

Our board of directors may change our strategies, policies or procedures without stockholder consent, which may subject us to different and more significant risks in the future.

Our investment, financing, leverage and distribution policies and our policies with respect to all other activities, including growth, debt, capitalization and operations, will be determined by

 

50


our board of directors. These policies may be amended or revised at any time and from time to time at the discretion of the board of directors without notice to or a vote of our stockholders. This could result in us conducting operational matters, making investments or pursuing different business or growth strategies than those contemplated in this prospectus. Under these circumstances, we may expose ourselves to different and more significant risks in the future, which could have a material adverse effect on our business and growth. In addition, our board of directors may change our policies with respect to conflicts of interest, provided that such changes are consistent with applicable legal requirements.

We may assume unknown liabilities in connection with the formation transactions, which, if significant, could materially and adversely affect us.

As part of the formation transactions, we will acquire our initial portfolio from CTO, subject to existing liabilities, some of which may be unknown at the time this offering is consummated. Unknown liabilities might include claims of tenants, vendors or other persons dealing with such entities prior to this offering (that had not been asserted or threatened prior to this offering), tax liabilities and accrued but unpaid liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of business. Any unknown or unquantifiable liabilities that we assume in connection with the formation transactions for which we have no or limited recourse could materially and adversely affect us. See “—Risks Related to Our Business and Properties—The costs of compliance with or liabilities related to environmental laws may materially and adversely affect us.” as to the possibility of environmental conditions potentially affecting us.

Our rights and the rights of our stockholders to take action against our directors and executive officers are limited, which could limit your recourse in the event of actions not in your best interest.

Our charter limits the liability of our present and former directors and executive officers to us and our stockholders for money damages to the maximum extent permitted under Maryland law. Under current Maryland law, our present and former directors and executive officers will not have any liability to us or our stockholders for money damages other than liability resulting from (i) actual receipt of an improper benefit or profit in money, property or services or (ii) active and deliberate dishonesty by the director or executive officer that was established by a final judgment and is material to the cause of action. As a result, we and our stockholders have limited rights against our present and former directors and executive officers, which could limit your recourse in the event of actions not in your best interest. See “Certain Provisions of Maryland Law and of Our Charter and Bylaws—Limitation of Liability and Indemnification of Directors and Officers.”

Conflicts of interest exist or could arise in the future between the interests of our stockholders and the interests of holders of Operating Partnership units, which may impede business decisions that could benefit our stockholders.

Conflicts of interest exist or could arise in the future as a result of the relationships between us and our affiliates, on the one hand, and our Operating Partnership or any partner thereof, on the other. Our directors and executive officers have duties to our company under applicable Maryland law in connection with their management of our company. At the same time, our wholly-owned subsidiary, Alpine Income Property GP, LLC, as the general partner of our Operating Partnership, has fiduciary duties and obligations to our Operating Partnership and its limited partners under Delaware law and the partnership agreement of our Operating Partnership in connection with the management of our Operating Partnership. The fiduciary duties and obligations of the general partner to our Operating Partnership and its partners may come into conflict with the duties of our directors and executive officers to our company. Our Operating Partnership agreement provides

 

51


that, in the event of a conflict between the interests of our stockholders on the one hand, and the limited partners of our Operating Partnership on the other hand, the general partner will endeavor in good faith to resolve the conflict in a manner not adverse to either our stockholders or the limited partners, provided however, that so long as we own a controlling interest in our Operating Partnership, any such conflict that the general partner, in its sole and absolute discretion, determines cannot be resolved in a manner not adverse to either our stockholders or the limited partners of our Operating Partnership will be resolved in favor of our stockholders, and the general partner will not be liable for monetary damages for losses sustained, liabilities incurred or benefits not derived by the limited partners in connection with such decisions.

In addition, to the extent permitted by applicable law, the partnership agreement will provide for the indemnification of the general partner and our officers, directors, employees and any other persons the general partner may designate from and against any and all claims that relate to the operations of our Operating Partnership as set forth in the partnership agreement in which any indemnitee may be involved, or is threatened to be involved, as a party or otherwise, unless it is established that:

 

   

the act or omission of the indemnitee was material to the matter giving rise to the proceeding and either was committed in bad faith or was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty;

 

   

the indemnitee actually received an improper personal benefit in money, property or services; or

 

   

in the case of any criminal proceeding, the indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that the act or omission was unlawful.

Similarly, the general partner of our Operating Partnership and our officers, directors, agents or employees, will not be liable for monetary damages to our Operating Partnership or the limited partners for losses sustained or liabilities incurred as a result of errors in judgment or mistakes of fact or law or of any act or omission so long as any such party acted in good faith.

We could increase or decrease the number of authorized shares of stock, classify and reclassify unissued stock and issue stock without stockholder approval, which could prevent a change in our control and negatively affect the market price of our common stock.

Our board of directors, without stockholder approval, has the power under our charter to amend our charter from time to time to increase or decrease the aggregate number of shares of stock or the number of shares of stock of any class or series that we are authorized to issue, to authorize us to issue authorized but unissued shares of our common stock or preferred stock and to classify or reclassify any unissued shares of our common stock or preferred stock into one or more classes or series of stock and set the terms of such newly classified or reclassified shares. See “Description of Capital Stock—Common Stock,” “—Preferred Stock” and “—Power to Issue Additional Shares of Common Stock and Preferred Stock.” As a result, we may issue series or classes of common stock or preferred stock with preferences, distributions, powers and rights, voting or otherwise, that are senior to the rights of holders of our common stock. Any such issuance could dilute our existing common stockholders’ interests. Although our board of directors has no such intention at the present time, it could establish a class or series of preferred stock that could, depending on the terms of such series, delay, defer or prevent a transaction or a change of control that might involve a premium price for our common stock or that our stockholders otherwise believe to be in their best interest.

 

52


Our Operating Partnership may issue additional OP units without the consent of our stockholders, which could have a dilutive effect on our stockholders.

Our Operating Partnership may issue additional OP units to third parties without the consent of our stockholders, which would reduce our ownership percentage in our Operating Partnership and may have a dilutive effect on the amount of distributions made to us by our Operating Partnership and, therefore, the amount of distributions we may make to our stockholders. Any such issuances, or the perception of such issuances, could materially and adversely affect the market price of our common stock.

We are an “emerging growth company” and a “smaller reporting company,” and we cannot be certain if the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies and smaller reporting companies will make shares of our common stock less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined in the JOBS Act. We will remain an “emerging growth company” until the earliest to occur of (i) the last day of the fiscal year during which our total annual gross revenue equals or exceeds $1.07 billion (subject to adjustment for inflation), (ii) the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of this offering, (iii) the date on which we have, during the previous three-year period, issued more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt securities and (iv) the date on which we are deemed to be a “large accelerated filer” under the Exchange Act. We intend to take advantage of exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to most other public companies, whether or not they are classified as “emerging growth companies,” including, but not limited to, an exemption from the provisions of Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requiring that our independent registered public accounting firm provide an attestation report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. An attestation report by our auditor would require additional procedures by them that could detect problems with our internal control over financial reporting that are not detected by management. If our system of internal control over financial reporting is not determined to be appropriately designed or operating effectively, it could require us to restate financial statements, cause us to fail to meet reporting obligations and cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information, all of which could lead to a significant decline in the market price of our common stock. The JOBS Act also provides that an “emerging growth company” can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) for complying with new or revised accounting standards. However, we have chosen to “opt out” of this extended transition period and, as a result, we will comply with new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for all public companies that are not emerging growth companies. Our decision to opt out of the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards is irrevocable.

We are also a “smaller reporting company” as defined in Regulation S-K under the Securities Act and may take advantage of certain of the scaled disclosures available to smaller reporting companies. We may be a smaller reporting company even after we are no longer an “emerging growth company.”

We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive because we intend to rely on certain of these exemptions and benefits under the JOBS Act. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active, liquid and/or orderly trading market for our common stock and the market price and trading volume of our common stock may be more volatile and decline significantly.

 

53


We will incur new costs as a result of becoming a public company, and such costs may increase when we cease to be an “emerging growth company.”

As a public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting, insurance and other expenses, including costs associated with public company reporting requirements. The expenses incurred by public companies generally for reporting and corporate governance purposes have been increasing. We expect compliance with these public reporting requirements and associated rules and regulations to increase expenses, particularly after we are no longer an emerging growth company, although we are currently unable to estimate theses costs with any degree of certainty. We could be an emerging growth company for up to five years, although circumstances could cause us to lose that status earlier, which could result in our incurring additional costs applicable to public companies that are not emerging growth companies.

Risks Related to Our Qualification and Operation as a REIT

Failure to qualify as a REIT, or failure to remain qualified as a REIT, would cause us to be taxed as a regular corporation, which would substantially reduce funds available for distributions to our stockholders.

We believe that our organization and proposed method of operation will enable us to meet the requirements for qualification and taxation as a REIT commencing with our short taxable year ending December 31, 2019. However, we cannot assure you that we will qualify and remain qualified as a REIT. In connection with this offering, we will receive an opinion from Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. that, commencing with our short taxable year ending December 31, 2019, we will be organized in conformity with the requirements for qualification and taxation as a REIT under the U.S. federal income tax laws and our proposed method of operations will enable us to satisfy the requirements for qualification and taxation as a REIT under the U.S. federal income tax laws for our short taxable year ending December 31, 2019 and subsequent taxable years. Investors should be aware that Vinson & Elkins L.L.P.’s opinion is based upon customary assumptions, will be conditioned upon certain representations made by us as to factual matters, including representations regarding the nature of our assets and the conduct of our business, is not binding upon the Internal Revenue Service, or the IRS, or any court and speaks as of the date issued. In addition, Vinson & Elkins L.L.P.’s opinion will be based on existing U.S. federal income tax law governing qualification as a REIT, which is subject to change either prospectively or retroactively. Moreover, our qualification and taxation as a REIT depend upon our ability to meet on a continuing basis, through actual annual operating results, certain qualification tests set forth in the U.S. federal tax laws. Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. will not review our compliance with those tests on a continuing basis. Accordingly, no assurance can be given that our actual results of operations for any particular taxable year will satisfy such requirements.

If we fail to qualify as a REIT in any taxable year, we will face serious tax consequences that will substantially reduce the funds available for distributions to our stockholders because:

 

   

we would not be allowed a deduction for dividends paid to stockholders in computing our taxable income and would be subject to U.S. federal income tax at regular corporate rates;

 

   

we could be subject increased state and local taxes; and

 

   

unless we are entitled to relief under certain U.S. federal income tax laws, we could not re-elect REIT status until the fifth calendar year after the year in which we failed to qualify as a REIT.

 

54


In addition, if we fail to qualify as a REIT, we will no longer be required to make distributions. As a result of all these factors, our failure to qualify as a REIT could impair our ability to expand our business and raise capital, and it would adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations or ability to make distributions to our stockholders and the trading price of our common stock. See “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations” for a discussion of material U.S. federal income tax consequences relating to us and an investment in our common stock.

Even if we qualify as a REIT, we may face other tax liabilities that could reduce our cash flows and negatively impact our results of operations and financial condition.

Even if we qualify for taxation as a REIT, we may be subject to certain U.S. federal, state and local taxes on our income and assets, including taxes on any undistributed income, tax on income from some activities conducted as a result of a foreclosure and state or local income, property and transfer taxes. In addition, under new partnership audit procedures, our Operating Partnership and any other partnership that we may form or acquire may be liable at the entity level for tax imposed under those procedures. Further, any TRS that we may form in the future will be subject to regular corporate U.S. federal, state and local taxes. The TRS rules also impose a 100% excise tax on certain transactions between a TRS and its parent REIT that are not conducted on an arm’s-length basis. Any of these taxes would decrease cash available for distributions to stockholders, which, in turn, could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations or ability to make distributions to our stockholders and the trading price of our common stock.

Failure to make required distributions would subject us to U.S. federal corporate income tax.

We intend to operate in a manner so as to qualify and maintain our qualification as a REIT for U.S. federal income tax purposes. In order to qualify and maintain our qualification as a REIT, we generally are required to distribute at least 90% of our REIT taxable income, determined without regard to the dividends paid deduction and excluding any net capital gain, each year to our stockholders. To the extent that we satisfy this distribution requirement but distribute less than 100% of our REIT taxable income, we will be subject to U.S. federal corporate income tax on our undistributed taxable income. In addition, we will be subject to a 4% nondeductible excise tax if the actual amount that we pay out to our stockholders in a calendar year is less than a minimum amount specified under the Code.

Complying with REIT requirements may cause us to forego otherwise attractive opportunities or liquidate otherwise attractive investments.

To qualify and maintain our qualification as a REIT for U.S. federal income tax purposes, we must continually satisfy tests concerning, among other things, the sources of our income, the nature and diversification of our assets, the amounts we distribute to our stockholders and the ownership of our stock. In order to meet these tests, we may be required to forego investments we might otherwise make. Thus, compliance with the REIT requirements may hinder our performance.

In particular, we must ensure that at the end of each calendar quarter, at least 75% of the value of our assets consists of cash, cash items, government securities and qualified real estate assets. The remainder of our investment in securities (other than government securities, securities of TRSs and qualified real estate assets) generally cannot include more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of any one issuer or more than 10% of the total value of the outstanding securities of any one issuer. In addition, in general, no more than 5% of the value of our assets (other than government securities, securities of TRSs and qualified real estate assets) can

 

55


consist of the securities of any one issuer, no more than 20% of the value of our total assets can be represented by the securities of one or more TRSs and no more than 25% of our assets can be represented by debt of “publicly offered REITs” (i.e., REITs that are required to file annual and periodic reports with the SEC under the Exchange Act), unless secured by real property or interests in real property. If we fail to comply with these requirements at the end of any calendar quarter, we must correct the failure within 30 days after the end of the calendar quarter or qualify for certain statutory relief provisions to avoid losing our REIT qualification and suffering adverse tax consequences. As a result, we may be required to liquidate otherwise attractive investments. These actions could have the effect of reducing our income and amounts available for distribution to our stockholders.

The relative lack of experience of our Manager in operating under the constraints imposed on us as a REIT may hinder the achievement of our investment objectives.

The Code imposes numerous constraints on the operations of REITs that do not apply to other investment vehicles, including CTO. Our qualification as a REIT depends upon our ability to meet requirements regarding our organization and ownership, distributions of our income, the nature and diversification of our income and assets and other tests imposed by the Code. Any failure to comply could cause us to fail to satisfy the requirements associated with qualifying for and maintaining REIT status. Our Manager has relatively limited experience operating under these constraints, which may hinder our ability to take advantage of attractive investment opportunities and to achieve our investment objectives. As a result, we cannot assure you that our Manager will be able to operate our business under these constraints. If we fail to qualify as a REIT for any taxable year, we will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on our taxable income at corporate rates. In addition, we would generally be disqualified from treatment as a REIT for the four taxable years following the year of losing our REIT status. Losing our REIT status would reduce our net earnings available for investment or distribution to stockholders because of the additional tax liability. In addition, distributions to stockholders would no longer qualify for the dividends paid deduction, and we would no longer be required to make distributions. If this occurs, we might be required to borrow funds or liquidate some investments in order to pay the applicable tax.

Complying with REIT requirements may limit our ability to hedge our liabilities effectively and may cause us to incur tax liabilities.

The REIT provisions of the Code may limit our ability to hedge our liabilities. Any income from a hedging transaction we enter into to manage risk of interest rate changes, price changes or currency fluctuations with respect to borrowings made or to be made to acquire or carry real estate assets, if properly identified under applicable Treasury Regulations, does not constitute “gross income” for purposes of the 75% or 95% gross income tests applicable to REITs. In addition, certain income from hedging transactions entered into to hedge existing hedging positions after any portion of the hedged indebtedness or property is extinguished or disposed of will not be included in income for purposes of the 75% and 95% gross income tests. To the extent that we enter into other types of hedging transactions, the income from those transactions will likely be treated as non-qualifying income for purposes of both of the gross income tests. As a result of these rules, we may need to limit our use of advantageous hedging techniques or implement those hedges through a TRS. This could increase the cost of our hedging activities because our TRSs would be subject to tax on gains or expose us to greater risks associated with changes in interest rates than we would otherwise want to bear. In addition, losses in a TRS generally will not provide any tax benefit, except for being carried forward against future taxable income of such TRS.

 

56


Our ability to provide certain services to our tenants may be limited by the REIT rules or may have to be provided through a TRS.

As a REIT, we generally cannot provide services to our tenants other than those that are customarily provided by landlords, nor can we derive income from a third party that provides such services. If we forego providing such services to our tenants, we may be at a disadvantage to competitors that are not subject to the same restrictions. However, we can provide such non-customary services to tenant our share in the revenue from such services if we do so through a TRS, though income earned by such TRS will be subject to U.S. federal corporate income tax.

The prohibited transactions tax may limit our ability to dispose of our properties.

A REIT’s net income from prohibited transactions is subject to a 100% tax. In general, prohibited transactions are sales or other dispositions of property, other than foreclosure property, held primarily for sale to customers in the ordinary course of business. We may be subject to the prohibited transaction tax equal to 100% of net gain upon a disposition of real property. Although a safe harbor to the characterization of the sale of real property by a REIT as a prohibited transaction is available, we cannot assure you that we can comply with the safe harbor or that we will avoid owning property that may be characterized as held primarily for sale to customers in the ordinary course of business. Consequently, we may choose not to engage in certain sales of our properties or may conduct such sales through any TRS that we may form, which would be subject to U.S. federal corporate income tax.

We may pay taxable dividends in our common stock and cash, in which case stockholders may sell shares of our common stock to pay tax on such dividends, placing downward pressure on the market price of our common stock.

We may satisfy the 90% distribution test with taxable distributions of our common stock. The IRS has issued Revenue Procedure 2017-45 authorizing elective cash/stock dividends to be made by “publicly offered REITs.” Pursuant to Revenue Procedure 2017-45, the IRS will treat the distribution of stock pursuant to an elective cash/stock dividend as a distribution of property under Section 301 of the Code (i.e., a dividend), as long as at least 20% of the total dividend is available in cash and certain other parameters detailed in the Revenue Procedure are satisfied.

If we made a taxable dividend payable in cash and common stock, taxable stockholders receiving such dividends will be required to include the full amount of the dividend as ordinary income to the extent of our current and accumulated earnings and profits, as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes. As a result, stockholders may be required to pay income tax with respect to such dividends in excess of the cash dividends received. If a U.S. stockholder sells the common stock that it receives as a dividend in order to pay this tax, the sales proceeds may be less than the amount included in income with respect to the dividend, depending on the market price of our common stock at the time of the sale. Furthermore, with respect to certain non-U.S. stockholders, we may be required to withhold U.S. federal income tax with respect to such dividends, including in respect of all or a portion of such dividend that is payable in common stock. If we made a taxable dividend payable in cash and our common stock and a significant number of our stockholders determine to sell shares of our common stock in order to pay taxes owed on dividends, it may put downward pressure on the trading price of our common stock. We do not currently intend to pay taxable dividends using both our common stock and cash, although we may choose to do so in the future.

 

57


The ability of our board of directors to revoke our REIT qualification without stockholder approval may cause adverse consequences to our stockholders.

Our charter provides that our board of directors may revoke or otherwise terminate our REIT election, without the approval of our stockholders, if it determines in good faith that it is no longer in our best interest to continue to qualify as a REIT. If we cease to qualify as a REIT, we would become subject to U.S. federal income tax on our taxable income and would no longer be required to distribute most of our taxable income to our stockholders, which may have adverse consequences on our total return to our stockholders.

Any ownership of a TRS we may form in the future will be subject to limitations and our transactions with a TRS will cause us to be subject to a 100% penalty tax on certain income or deductions if those transactions are not conducted on arm’s-length terms.

Overall, no more than 20% of the value of a REIT’s assets may consist of stock or securities of one or more TRS. A TRS will be subject to applicable U.S. federal, state and local corporate income tax on its taxable income, and its after tax net income will be available for distribution to us but is not required to be distributed to us. In addition, the Code limits the deductibility of interest paid or accrued by a TRSs to its parent REIT to assure that the TRS is subject to an appropriate level of corporate taxation and, in certain circumstances, other limitations on deductibility may apply. The Code also imposes a 100% excise tax on certain transactions between a TRS and its parent REIT that are not conducted on an arm’s-length basis. We will monitor the value of our respective investments in any TRS that we may form for the purpose of ensuring compliance with TRS ownership limitations and will structure our transactions with any TRS on terms that we believe are arm’s length to avoid incurring the 100% excise tax described above. There can be no assurance, however, that we will be able to comply with the 20% limitation or to avoid application of the 100% excise tax.

You may be restricted from acquiring or transferring certain amounts of our common stock.

The stock ownership restrictions of the Code for REITs and the 9.8% share ownership limit in our charter may inhibit market activity in our capital stock and restrict our business combination opportunities.

In order to qualify as a REIT for each taxable year beginning in 2020, five or fewer individuals, as defined in the Code, may not own, beneficially or constructively, more than 50% in value of our issued and outstanding capital stock at any time during the last half of a taxable year. Attribution rules in the Code determine if any individual or entity beneficially or constructively owns our shares of capital stock under this requirement. Additionally, at least 100 persons must beneficially own our shares of capital stock during at least 335 days of a taxable year for each taxable year beginning in 2020. To help insure that we meet these tests, our charter restricts the acquisition and ownership of shares of our capital stock.

Our charter, with certain exceptions, requires our directors to take such actions as are necessary and desirable to preserve our qualification as a REIT. Unless exempted by our board of directors, our charter prohibits any person from beneficially or constructively owning more than 9.8% in value or number of shares, whichever is more restrictive, of the outstanding shares of any class or series of our shares of capital stock. Our board of directors may not grant an exemption from this restriction to any person if such exemption would result in our failing to qualify as a REIT. This as well as other restrictions on transferability and ownership will not apply, however, if our board of directors determines in good faith that it is no longer in our best interests to continue to qualify as a REIT.

 

58


Dividends payable by REITs do not qualify for the reduced tax rates available for some dividends.

The maximum U.S. federal income tax rate applicable to “qualified dividend income” payable to U.S. stockholders that are taxed at individual rates is 20% (plus the 3.8% surtax on net investment income, if applicable). Dividends payable by REITs, however, generally are not eligible for the reduced rates on qualified dividend income. However, for taxable years beginning before January 1, 2026, ordinary REIT dividends constitute “qualified business income” and thus a 20% deduction is available to individual taxpayers with respect to such dividends, resulting in a 29.6% maximum U.S. federal income tax rate (plus the 3.8% surtax on net investment income, if applicable) for individual U.S. stockholders. However, to qualify for this deduction, the stockholder receiving such dividends must hold the dividend-paying REIT stock for at least 46 days (taking into account certain special holding period rules) of the 91-day period beginning 45 days before the stock becomes ex-dividend, and cannot be under an obligation to make related payments with respect to a position in substantially similar or related property. The more favorable rates applicable to regular corporate qualified dividends could cause investors who are taxed at individual rates to perceive investments in REITs to be relatively less attractive than investments in the stocks of non-REIT corporations that pay dividends, which could adversely affect the value of the shares of REITs, including our common stock.

We may be subject to adverse legislative or regulatory tax changes, in each instance with potentially retroactive effect, that could reduce the market price of our common stock.

At any time, the U.S. federal income tax laws governing REITs or the administrative interpretations of those laws may be amended. We cannot predict when or if any new U.S. federal income tax law, regulation or administrative interpretation, or any amendment to any existing U.S. federal income tax law, regulation or administrative interpretation, will be adopted, promulgated or become effective and any such law, regulation or interpretation may take effect retroactively. We and our stockholders could be adversely affected by any such change in the U.S. federal income tax laws, regulations or administrative interpretations which, in turn, could materially adversely affect our ability to make distributions to our stockholders and the trading price of our common and preferred stock.

The Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, or the TCJA, enacted in 2017, made significant changes to the U.S. federal income tax rules for taxation of individuals and corporations. In the case of individuals, the tax brackets were adjusted, the top U.S. federal income tax rate was reduced to 37%, special rules reduced taxation of certain income earned through pass-through entities and the top effective rate applicable to ordinary REIT dividends to 29.6% (through a 20% deduction for ordinary REIT dividends received) and various deductions were been eliminated or limited (including a limit on the deduction for state and local taxes to $10,000 per year). Most of the changes applicable to individuals are temporary and apply only to taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017 and before January 1, 2026. The top corporate income tax rate was been reduced to 21%. There are only minor changes to the REIT rules (other than the 20% deduction applicable to individuals for ordinary REIT dividends received). Technical corrections and amendments to the TCJA and additional administrative guidance with respect to the TCJA may still be forthcoming. The TCJA made numerous other large and small changes to the tax rules that do not affect REITs directly but may affect our stockholders and may indirectly affect us.

If our Operating Partnership failed to qualify as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, we would cease to qualify as a REIT and suffer other adverse consequences.

We believe that our Operating Partnership will be treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes. As a partnership, our Operating Partnership will not be subject to U.S.

 

59


federal income tax on its income. Instead, each of its partners, including us, will be allocated, and may be required to pay tax with respect to, its share of our Operating Partnership’s income. We cannot assure you, however, that the IRS will not challenge the status of our Operating Partnership or any other subsidiary partnership in which we own an interest as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, or that a court would not sustain such a challenge. If the IRS were successful in treating our Operating Partnership or any such other subsidiary partnership as an entity taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, we would fail to meet the gross income tests and certain of the asset tests applicable to REITs and, accordingly, we would likely cease to qualify as a REIT. Also, the failure of our Operating Partnership or any subsidiary partnership to qualify as a partnership could cause such partnership to become subject to U.S. federal and state corporate income tax, which would reduce significantly the amount of cash available for debt service and for distribution to its partners, including us.

Risks Related to Our Common Stock and this Offering

There has been no public market for our common stock prior to this offering and an active trading market may not develop or be sustained or be liquid following this offering, which may cause the market price of our common stock to decline significantly and make it difficult for investors to sell their shares.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock, and there can be no assurance that an active trading market will develop or be sustained or be liquid following this offering or that shares of our common stock will be resold at or above the public offering price. The public offering price of shares of our common stock will be determined by agreement among us and the underwriters, but there can be no assurance that our common stock will not trade below the public offering price following the completion of this offering. The market price of our common stock could be substantially affected by general market conditions, including the extent to which a secondary market develops and is sustained for our common stock following the completion of this offering, the extent of institutional investor interest in us, the general reputation of REITs and the attractiveness of their equity securities in comparison to other equity securities of other entities (including securities issued by other real estate-based companies), our financial performance and prospects and general stock and bond market conditions.

The stock markets, including the NYSE on which we intend to list shares of our common stock, have from time to time experienced significant price and volume fluctuations. As a result, the market price of our common stock may be similarly volatile, and investors in shares of our common stock may from time to time experience a decrease in the market price of their shares, including decreases unrelated to our financial performance or prospects. The market price of shares of our common stock could be subject to wide fluctuations in response to a number of factors, including those discussed in this “Risk Factors” section, and others, such as:

 

   

our financial condition and operating performance and the financial condition or performance of other similar companies;

 

   

actual or anticipated differences in our quarterly or annual operating results than expected;

 

   

changes in our revenues, FFO, AFFO or earnings estimates or recommendations by securities analysts;

 

   

publication of research reports about us or the real estate industry generally;

 

   

increases in market interest rates, which may lead investors to demand a higher distribution yield for shares of our common stock, and could result in increased interest expense on our debt;

 

60


   

adverse market reaction to any increased indebtedness we incur in the future;

 

   

actual or anticipated changes in our and our tenants’ businesses or prospects;

 

   

the current state of the credit and capital markets, and our ability and the ability of our tenants to obtain financing on favorable terms;

 

   

conflicts of interest with CTO and its affiliates, including our Manager;

 

   

the termination of our Manager or additions and departures of key personnel of our Manager;

 

   

increased competition in our markets;

 

   

strategic decisions by us or our competitors, such as acquisitions, divestments, spin-offs, joint ventures, strategic investments or changes in business or growth strategies;

 

   

the passage of legislation or other regulatory developments that adversely affect us or our industry;

 

   

adverse speculation in the press or investment community;

 

   

actions by institutional stockholders;

 

   

the extent of investor interest in our securities;

 

   

the general reputation of REITs and the attractiveness of our equity securities in comparison to other equity securities, including securities issued by other real estate-based companies;

 

   

investor confidence in the stock and bond markets, generally;

 

   

changes in tax laws;

 

   

equity issuances by us (including the issuances of OP units), or common stock resales by our stockholders, or the perception that such issuances or resales may occur;

 

   

volume of average daily trading and the amount of our common stock available to be traded;

 

   

actual, potential or perceived accounting problems;

 

   

changes in accounting principles;

 

   

failure to qualify and maintain our qualification as a REIT;

 

   

failure to comply with the rules of the NYSE or maintain the listing of our common stock on the NYSE;

 

   

terrorist acts, natural or man-made disasters or threatened or actual armed conflicts; and

 

61


   

general market and local, regional and national economic conditions, including factors unrelated to our operating performance and prospects.

No assurance can be given that the market price of our common stock will not fluctuate or decline significantly in the future or that holders of shares of our common stock will be able to sell their shares when desired on favorable terms, or at all. From time to time in the past, securities class action litigation has been instituted against companies following periods of extreme volatility in their stock price. This type of litigation could result in substantial costs and divert our management’s attention and resources.

There can be no assurance that we will be able to make or maintain cash distributions, and certain agreements relating to our indebtedness may, under certain circumstances, limit or eliminate our ability to make distributions to our common stockholders.

We intend to make cash distributions to our stockholders in amounts such that all or substantially all of our taxable income in each year, subject to adjustments, is distributed. Our ability to continue to make distributions in the future may be adversely affected by the risk factors described in this prospectus. We can give no assurance that we will be able to make or maintain distributions and certain agreements relating to our indebtedness may, under certain circumstances, limit or eliminate our ability to make distributions to our common stockholders. We can give no assurance that rents from our properties will increase, or that future acquisitions of real properties or other investments will increase our cash available for distributions to stockholders. In addition, any distributions will be authorized at the sole discretion of our board of directors, and their form, timing and amount, if any, will depend upon a number of factors, including our actual and projected results of operations, FFO, AFFO, liquidity, cash flows and financial condition, the revenue we actually receive from our properties, our operating expenses, our debt service requirements, our capital expenditures, prohibitions and other limitations under our financing arrangements, our REIT taxable income, the annual REIT distribution requirements, applicable law and such other factors as our board of directors deems relevant.

Distributions are expected to be based upon our FFO, AFFO, financial condition, cash flows and liquidity, debt service requirements and capital expenditure requirements for our properties. If we do not have sufficient cash available for distributions, we may need to fund the shortage out of working capital or borrow to provide funds for such distributions, which would reduce the amount of proceeds available for real estate investments and increase our future interest costs. Our inability to make distributions, or to make distributions at expected levels, could result in a decrease in the per share trading price of our common stock.

The market value of our common stock is subject to various factors that may cause significant fluctuations or volatility.

As with other publicly-traded securities, the market price of our common stock depends on various factors, which may change from time to time and/or may be unrelated to our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. These factors may cause significant fluctuations or volatility in the market price of our common stock. These factors include, but are likely not limited to, the following:

 

   

general economic and financial market conditions, including a weak economic environment;

 

   

level and trend of interest rates;

 

   

our ability to access the capital markets to raise additional debt or equity capital;

 

62


   

changes in our cash flows or results of operations;

 

   

our financial condition and performance;

 

   

market perception of our company compared to other real estate companies;

 

   

market perception of the real estate sector compared to other investment sectors; and

 

   

volume of average daily trading and the amount of our common stock available to be traded.

The market price of our common stock could be adversely affected by our level of cash distributions.

We believe the market price of the equity securities of a REIT is based primarily upon the market’s perception of the REIT’s growth potential, its current and potential future cash distributions, whether from operations, sales or refinancing, and its management and governance structure and is secondarily based upon the real estate market value of the underlying assets. For that reason, our common stock may trade at prices that are higher or lower than our net asset value per share. To the extent we retain operating cash flows for investment purposes, working capital reserves or other purposes, these retained funds, while increasing the value of our underlying assets, may not correspondingly increase the market price of our common stock. If we fail to meet the market’s expectations with regard to future operating results and cash distributions, the market price of our common stock could be adversely affected.

Increases in market interest rates may result in a decline in the market price of our common stock.

One of the factors that will influence the market price of our common stock will be the distribution yield on the common stock (as a percentage of the market price of our common stock) relative to market interest rates. An increase in market interest rates, which are currently at low levels relative to historical rates, may lead prospective purchasers of shares of our common stock to expect a higher distribution yield and higher interest rates would likely increase our borrowing costs and potentially decrease our cash available for distribution. Thus, higher market interest rates could cause the market price of our common stock to decline.

Future issuances of debt securities, which would rank senior to shares of our common stock upon our liquidation, and future issuances of equity securities (including preferred stock and OP units), which would dilute the holdings of our then-existing common stockholders and may be senior to shares of our common stock for the purposes of making distributions, periodically or upon liquidation, may materially and adversely affect the market price of our common stock.

In the future, we may issue debt or equity securities or incur other borrowings. Upon liquidation, holders of our debt securities and other loans and shares of our preferred stock will receive a distribution of our available assets before holders of shares of our common stock. We are not required to offer any debt or equity securities to existing stockholders on a preemptive basis. Therefore, shares of our common stock that we issue in the future, directly or through convertible or exchangeable securities (including OP units), warrants or options, will dilute the holdings of our then-existing common stockholders and such issuances or the perception of such issuances may reduce the market price of our common stock. Our preferred stock, if issued, would likely have a preference on distribution payments, periodically or upon liquidation, which could limit our ability to make distributions to holders of shares of our common stock. Because our decision to

 

63


issue debt or equity securities or otherwise incur debt in the future will depend on market conditions and other factors beyond our control, we cannot predict or estimate the amount, timing, nature or impact of our future capital raising efforts. Thus, holders of shares of our common stock bear the risk that our future issuances of debt or equity securities or our incurrence of other borrowings may materially and adversely affect the market price of shares of our common stock and dilute their ownership in us.

Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public markets, or the perception that they might occur, could reduce the price of our common stock and may dilute your voting power and your ownership interest in us.

Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market following this offering, or the perception that such sales could occur, could adversely affect the market price of our common stock and may make it more difficult for you to sell your common stock at a time and price that you deem appropriate. Upon the completion of this offering and the concurrent CTO private placement, we expect to have outstanding 7,883,000 shares of our common stock (or 9,008,000 shares of our common stock if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares).

The shares of our common stock that we are selling in this offering may be resold immediately in the public market unless they are held by “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. The common stock to be purchased by CTO in the concurrent CTO private placement and the shares of common stock underlying the OP units to be issued in the formation transactions will be “restricted securities” within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act and may not be sold in the absence of registration under the Securities Act unless an exemption from registration is available, including the exemptions contained in Rule 144. Subject to certain exceptions, we, our Manager, our executive officers, directors and director nominees and CTO have agreed with the underwriters not to offer, sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for, exercisable for, or repayable with our common stock, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus without first obtaining the written consent of Raymond James & Associates, Inc. As a result of the registration rights agreement that we will enter into with CTO, the shares of our common stock to be issued in the concurrent CTO private placement may be eligible for future sale without restriction, subject to applicable lock-up arrangements. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale—Registration Rights” and “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—Registration Rights.” Sales of a substantial number of such shares upon expiration of the lock-up agreements, the perception that such sales may occur or early release of these agreements, could cause the market price of our common stock to fall or make it more difficult for you to sell your common stock at a time and price that you deem appropriate.

In addition, upon completion of this offering, our charter will provide that we may issue up to 500,000,000 shares of common stock and 100,000,000 shares of preferred stock, $0.01 par value per share. Moreover, under Maryland law and as will be provided in our charter, a majority of our entire board of directors will have the power to amend our charter to increase or decrease the aggregate number of shares of stock or the number of shares of stock of any class or series that we are authorized to issue without stockholder approval. Future issuances of shares of our common stock or securities convertible or exchangeable into common stock may dilute the ownership interest of our common stockholders. Because our decision to issue additional equity or convertible or exchangeable securities in any future offering will depend on market conditions and other factors beyond our control, we cannot predict or estimate the amount, timing or nature of our future issuances. In addition, we are not required to offer any such securities to existing stockholders on a preemptive basis. Therefore, it may not be possible for existing stockholders to participate in such future issuances, which may dilute the existing stockholders’ interests in us.

 

64


SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the federal securities laws. In particular, statements pertaining to our business and growth strategies, investment and leasing activities and trends affecting our business contain forward-looking statements. When used in this prospectus, the words “estimate,” “anticipate,” “expect,” “believe,” “intend,” “may,” “will,” “should,” “seek,” “approximately,” or “plan,” or the negative of these words and phrases or similar words or phrases that are predictions of or indicate future events or trends and that do not relate solely to historical matters are intended to identify forward-looking statements. You can also identify forward-looking statements by discussions of strategy, plans or intentions of management.

Forward-looking statements involve numerous risks and uncertainties, and you should not rely on them as predictions of future events. Forward-looking statements depend on assumptions, data or methods that may be incorrect or imprecise, and we may not be able to realize them. We do not guarantee that the transactions and events described will happen as described (or that they will happen at all). The following factors, among others, could cause actual results and future events to differ materially from those set forth or contemplated in the forward-looking statements:

 

   

general business and economic conditions;

 

   

continued volatility and uncertainty in the credit markets and broader financial markets;

 

   

other risks inherent in the real estate business, including tenant defaults, potential liability relating to environmental matters, illiquidity of real estate investments and potential damages from natural disasters;

 

   

availability of suitable properties to acquire and our ability to acquire and lease those properties on favorable terms;

 

   

ability to renew leases, lease vacant space or re-lease space as existing leases expire or are terminated;

 

   

the degree and nature of our competition;

 

   

our failure to generate sufficient cash flows to service our outstanding indebtedness;

 

   

our inability to close on our anticipated revolving credit facility;

 

   

access to debt and equity capital markets;

 

   

fluctuating interest rates;

 

   

the occurrence of natural disasters, acts of violence or other events impacting our properties or our business generally;

 

   

the occurrence of uninsured losses;

 

   

the effects of climate change;

 

   

availability of, and our Manager’s ability to attract, retain and make available to us, qualified personnel or the termination of our Manager;

 

65


   

conflicts of interest with CTO, our Manager and their affiliates;

 

   

changes in, or the failure or inability to comply with, government regulation, including Maryland laws;

 

   

failure to qualify and maintain our qualification as a REIT;

 

   

changes in U.S. tax law and other U.S. laws, whether or not specific to REITs; and

 

   

additional factors discussed in the sections entitled “Business and Properties,” “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in this prospectus.

You are cautioned not to place undue reliance on forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date of this prospectus. While forward-looking statements reflect our good faith beliefs, they are not guarantees of future performance. We undertake no obligation to publicly release the results of any revisions to these forward-looking statements that may be made to reflect events or circumstances after the date of this prospectus or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events, except as required by law. In light of these risks and uncertainties, the forward-looking events discussed in this prospectus might not occur as described, or at all.

 

66


USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds to us from this offering and the concurrent CTO private placement will be approximately $144.7 million, or $165.6 million if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and other estimated expenses payable by us, in each case, based on an assumed public offering price of $20.00 per share, which is the mid-point of the price range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus.

We intend to use approximately $9.1 million of the net proceeds from this offering and the concurrent CTO private placement to fund the cash purchase price for the REIT Purchased Properties. We will contribute these properties and the remaining net proceeds from this offering and the concurrent CTO private placement to our Operating Partnership in exchange for OP units. We intend to cause our Operating Partnership to use approximately $116.8 million of the remaining net proceeds from this offering and the concurrent CTO private placement to fund the cash purchase price for the OP Purchased Properties. Any remaining net proceeds will be used for general corporate and working capital purposes, including possible future property acquisitions.

Pending the permanent use of the net proceeds from these offerings, we intend to cause our Operating Partnership to invest the net proceeds in interest-bearing, short-term investment-grade securities, money-market accounts or other investments that are consistent with our intention to qualify for taxation as a REIT for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

 

67


DISTRIBUTION POLICY

We intend to make a pro rata distribution with respect to the period commencing upon the completion of this offering and ending on December 31, 2019, based on a distribution rate of $0.20 per share of common stock for a full quarter. On an annualized basis, this would be $0.80 per share of common stock, or an annualized distribution rate of approximately 4.0% based on the mid-point of the price range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus. We estimate that this initial annual distribution rate will represent approximately 93.0% of our estimated cash available for distribution to stockholders for the twelve months ending September 30, 2020. We do not intend to reduce the annualized distribution per share of common stock if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares. Our intended initial annual distribution rate has been established based on our estimate of cash available for distribution for the twelve months ending September 30, 2020, which we have calculated based on adjustments to our pro forma net income for the twelve months ended September 30, 2019. This estimate was based on our pro forma operating results and does not take into account our long-term business and growth strategies, nor does it take into account any unanticipated expenditures we may have to make or any financings for such expenditures. In estimating our cash available for distribution for the twelve months ending September 30, 2020, we have made certain assumptions as reflected in the table and footnotes below.

Our estimate of cash available for distribution does not include the effect of any changes in our working capital resulting from changes in our working capital accounts. It also does not reflect the amount of cash estimated to be used for investing activities, financing activities or other activities. Any such investing and/or financing activities may have a material and adverse effect on our estimate of cash available for distribution. Because we have made the assumptions described herein in estimating cash available for distribution, we do not intend this estimate to be a projection or forecast of our actual results of operations, FFO, AFFO, liquidity or financial condition, and we have estimated cash available for distribution for the sole purpose of determining our estimated initial annual distribution amount. Our estimate of cash available for distribution should not be considered as an alternative to cash flow from operating activities (computed in accordance with GAAP) or as an indicator of our liquidity or our ability to make distributions. In addition, the methodology upon which we made the adjustments described herein is not necessarily intended to be a basis for determining future distributions.

We intend to maintain our initial distribution rate for the 12 months following the completion of this offering unless our financial condition, results of operations, FFO, AFFO, liquidity and cash flows, general business prospects, economic conditions or other factors differ materially from the assumptions used in projecting our initial distribution rate. We believe that our estimate of cash available for distribution constitutes a reasonable basis for setting the initial distribution rate. However, we cannot assure you that our estimate will prove accurate, and actual distributions may therefore be significantly below the expected distributions. Our actual results of operations will be affected by a number of factors, including the revenue received from the tenants leasing our properties, our operating expenses, interest expense and unanticipated capital expenditures.

We cannot assure you that our estimated distributions will be made or sustained or that our board of directors will not change our distribution policy in the future. Any distributions will be at the sole discretion of our board of directors, and their form, timing and amount, if any, will depend upon a number of factors, including our actual and projected results of operations, FFO, AFFO, liquidity, cash flows and financial condition, the revenue we actually receive from our properties, our operating expenses, our debt service requirements, our capital expenditures, prohibitions and other limitations under our financing arrangements, our REIT taxable income, the annual REIT distribution requirements, applicable law, including restrictions on distributions

 

68


under Maryland law, and such other factors as our board of directors deems relevant. For more information regarding risk factors that could materially and adversely affect us and our ability to make cash distributions, see “Risk Factors.” If our operations do not generate sufficient cash flow to enable us to pay our intended or required distributions, we may be required either to fund distributions from working capital, to borrow or raise equity or to reduce the amount of such distributions. In addition, our charter allows us to issue preferred stock that could have a preference on any distributions we make and could limit our ability to make distributions to our stockholders. Additionally, under certain circumstances, agreements relating to our indebtedness could limit our ability to make distributions to our stockholders.

The U.S. federal income tax laws require that a REIT distribute annually at least 90% of its REIT taxable income, determined without regard to the dividends paid deduction and excluding any net capital gains, and that it pay tax at U.S. federal corporate income tax rates to the extent that it annually distributes less than 100% of its REIT taxable income, determined without regard to the dividends paid deduction and including any net capital gains. In addition, a REIT will be required to pay a 4% nondeductible excise tax on the amount, if any, by which the distributions it makes in a calendar year are less than the sum of 85% of its ordinary income, 95% of its capital gain net income, and 100% of its undistributed income from prior years. For more information, see “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations.” We anticipate that our estimated cash available for distribution will be sufficient to enable us to meet the annual distribution requirements applicable to REITs and to avoid or minimize the imposition of corporate and excise taxes. However, under some circumstances, we may be required to make distributions in excess of cash available for distribution in order to meet these distribution requirements or to avoid or minimize the imposition of tax, and we may need to borrow funds to make certain distributions.

 

69


The following table sets forth calculations relating to the estimated initial distribution based on our pro forma net income for the twelve months ended September 30, 2019, as adjusted. and is provided solely for the purpose of illustrating the estimated initial distribution and is not intended to be a basis for determining future distributions.

 

Pro Forma Net Income for the year ended December 31, 2018

   $ 2,374,237  

Less: pro forma net income for the nine-months ended September 30, 2018

     (1,780,678

Add: pro forma net income for the nine-months ended September 30, 2019

     1,812,287  
  

 

 

 

Pro Forma Net Income for the twelve-months ended September 30, 2019

   $ 2,405,846  

Add: estimated net increases in contractual rental revenue (1)

     47,050  

Add: real estate depreciation and amortization

     3,934,733  

Add: other depreciation and amortization

     1,754,743  

Add: non-cash compensation expense (2)

     160,000  

Add: non-cash interest expense

     172,500  

Less: net effect of non-cash rental revenue (amortization of lease intangible assets) (3)

     (640,397
  

 

 

 

Estimated Cash Available for Distribution for the twelve-months ended September 30, 2020

   $ 7,834,475  

Our stockholders’ share of estimated cash available for distribution (4)

   $ 6,781,614  

Non-controlling interests’ share of estimated cash available for distribution (5)

   $ 1,052,861  

Estimated initial annual distribution per share of common stock and per OP Unit

   $ 0.80  

Total estimated initial annual distribution to stockholders (6)

   $ 6,306,400  

Total estimated initial annual distribution to non-controlling interests (7)

   $ 979,083  

Total estimated initial annual distribution to stockholders and non-controlling interests

   $ 7,285,483  

Payout ratio (8)

     93.0

 

(1)

Represents contractual increases in rental revenue from: (a) scheduled fixed rent increases; (b) contractual increases including (i) increases that have already occurred but were not in effect for the entire twelve months ended September 30, 2019 and (ii) actual increases that have occurred from September 30, 2019 through October 28, 2019; and (c) net increases from new leases or renewals that were not in effect for the entire twelve months ended September 30, 2019 or that will go into effect during the twelve months ending September 30, 2020 based upon leases entered into through October 28, 2019.

(2)

Represents non-cash stock-based compensation expense related to equity-based awards granted to certain members of our board of directors and reflected in our pro forma net income for the twelve months ended September 30, 2019.

(3)

Represents net non-cash rental revenues associated with the net straight-line adjustment to rental revenue, the amortization of above- and below-market lease intangibles and capitalized lease incentives.

(4)

Based on our estimated ownership of approximately 86.6% of our Operating Partnership, based on the mid-point of the price range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus.

(5)

Represents the share of our estimated cash available for distribution for the twelve months ending September 30, 2020 that is attributable to the holders of OP units other than us, based on the mid-point of the price range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus.

(6)

Based on a total of 7,883,000 shares of our common stock expected to be outstanding upon completion of this offering, the concurrent CTO private placement and the formation transactions, based on the mid-point of the price range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus.

(7)

Based on a total of 1,223,854 OP units expected to be outstanding upon completion of this offering, the concurrent CTO private placement and the formation transactions and excludes OP units held by us.

(8)

Calculated as total estimated initial annual distribution to stockholders divided by our stockholders’ share of estimated cash available for distribution for the twelve months ending September 30, 2020. If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, our total estimated initial annual distribution to stockholders would be approximately $8.2 million and our payout ratio would be 104.5%.

 

70


CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth (i) the actual capitalization of Alpine Income Property Trust Predecessor as of September 30, 2019 and (ii) our pro forma capitalization as of September 30, 2019, after giving effect to this offering, the concurrent CTO private placement, the formation transactions and the other adjustments described in the unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, based on an assumed public offering price of $20.00, which is the mid-point of the price range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus. You should read this table in conjunction with “Use of Proceeds,” “Selected Historical and Pro Forma Financial and Other Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources” and our unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements and related notes and the audited and unaudited financial statements of Alpine Income Property Trust Predecessor and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     As of September 30, 2019  
     Alpine Income
Property Trust
Predecessor
Historical
     Alpine Income
Property Trust,
Inc.

Pro Forma
 

Cash and Cash Equivalents:

   $ 60,267      $ 18,170,750  

Equity:

     

Preferred Stock, $0.01 par value per share, no shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, historical; 100 million shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding pro forma

             

Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share, no shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, historical; 500 million shares authorized, 7,883,000 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma (1)

            78,830  

Additional paid in capital

            144,596,491  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Equity

     147,577,915        144,675,321  

Noncontrolling interest

            24,477,080  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Capitalization

   $ 147,577,915      $ 169,152,401  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

Pro forma common stock outstanding includes (a) 7,500,000 shares of our common stock to be issued in this offering, (b) 375,000 shares of our common stock to be issued to CTO in the concurrent CTO private placement and (c) 8,000 restricted shares of common stock to be granted to our independent directors in connection with the completion of this offering pursuant to the Individual Equity Incentive Plan. Excludes up to (a) 1,125,000 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise in full of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares, (b) 751,389 shares of our common stock available for future issuance pursuant to the Equity Incentive Plans, (c) 1,223,854 shares of our common stock issuable by us, at our option, upon redemption of the OP units to be issued to CTO and Indigo in the formation transactions and (d) 100 shares of our common stock that were issued to John P. Albright, President and Chief Executive Officer of our company and CTO, for $1,000 in connection with our initial capitalization and that will be repurchased by us at the closing of this offering.

 

71


DILUTION

Purchasers of shares of our common stock in this offering will experience an immediate and substantial dilution of the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our common stock, after giving effect to the formation transactions, this offering, the concurrent CTO private placement and other pro forma adjustments, from the public offering price, based on an assumed public offering price of $20.00 per share, which is the mid-point of the price range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus. Net tangible book value per share represents the amount of total tangible assets less total tangible liabilities, divided by the number of outstanding shares of common stock, assuming the exchange of OP units for shares of our common stock on a one-for-one basis. Our pro forma net tangible book value as of September 30, 2019, after giving effect to the formation transactions, this offering, the concurrent CTO private placement and other pro forma adjustments, excludes $15.4 million in net intangible lease assets (net of applicable intangible lease liabilities) associated with our initial portfolio.

The difference between the public offering price paid by purchasers of our common stock in this offering and our pro forma net tangible book value per share of our common stock as of September 30, 2019, after giving effect to the formation transactions, this offering, the concurrent CTO private placement and other pro forma adjustments, constitutes the dilution to purchasers in this offering.

As of September 30, 2019, our pro forma net tangible book value after giving effect to the formation transactions, this offering, the concurrent CTO private placement and other pro forma adjustments would have been approximately $153.9 million, or $16.90 per share of our common stock (in each case, assuming a public offering price of $20.00 per share, which is the mid-point of the price range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus, and no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares). This amount represents an immediate dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share of approximately $3.10 per share of our common stock to purchasers in this offering. The following table illustrates this per share dilution:

 

Assumed public offering price per share

      $ 20.00  

Historical net tangible book value per share as of September 30, 2019, after giving effect to our initial capitalization but before the formation transactions, this offering, the concurrent CTO private placement and other pro forma adjustments (1)

   $ 10.00     

Increase in historical net tangible book value per share after giving effect to the formation transactions, this offering, the concurrent CTO private placement and other pro forma adjustments

     6.90     
  

 

 

    

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of September 30, 2019, after giving effect to the formation transactions, this offering, the concurrent CTO private placement and other pro forma adjustments (2)

        16.90  
     

 

 

 

Dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to new investors (3)

      $ 3.10  
     

 

 

 

 

(1)

Historical net tangible book value per share as of September 30, 2019, after giving effect to the transaction in which we were capitalized with an initial investment of $1,000 in exchange for 100 shares of our common stock. Such shares will be repurchased by us at the closing of this offering for $1,000.

(2)

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of September 30, 2019 after giving effect to the formation transactions, this offering, the concurrent CTO private placement and other pro forma adjustments was determined by dividing pro forma net tangible book value of approximately $153.9 million by 9,106,854 shares of common stock to be outstanding after giving effect to the formation transactions, this offering, the concurrent CTO private placement and other pro forma adjustments (assuming the exchange of 1,223,854 OP units for shares of common stock on a one-for-one basis). For purposes of this calculation, we have excluded shares of our common stock that may be issued upon exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares, the related proceeds and the issuance of additional shares of our common stock that have been reserved for future issuance under the Equity Incentive Plans.

 

72


(3)

Dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to new investors was determined by subtracting our pro forma net tangible book value per share as of September 30, 2019 after giving effect to the formation transactions, this offering, the concurrent CTO private placement and other pro forma adjustments, from the assumed public offering price paid by a new investor for our common stock.

Assuming the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock in full, our pro forma net tangible book value as of September 30, 2019, after giving effect to the formation transactions, this offering, the concurrent CTO private placement and other pro forma adjustments, would have been $174.8 million, or $17.09 per share of common stock (assuming the exchange of the 1,223,854 OP units to be issued to CTO in the formation transactions for shares of our common stock on a one-for-one basis). This represents an immediate dilution in our pro forma net tangible book value as of September 30, 2019 of $2.91 per share of common stock to new investors.

The table below summarizes, as of September 30, 2019, on a pro forma basis after giving effect to the formation transactions, this offering, the concurrent CTO private placement and other pro forma adjustments, the differences between:

 

   

the number of OP units to be received by CTO in the formation transactions, the number of shares of common stock to be received by CTO in the concurrent CTO private placement and the number of shares of common stock to be received by new investors purchasing shares in this offering; and

 

   

the total consideration paid and the average price per OP unit paid by CTO (based on the pro forma net tangible book value of the assets being contributed to our Operating Partnership in the formation transactions in exchange for OP units) and the total consideration paid and the average price per share paid by each of CTO in the concurrent CTO private placement and the new investors purchasing shares in this offering.

 

     OP Units/Shares Issued     Pro Forma Net Tangible Book
Value of Contribution/Cash
    Average
Price
Per Share or
OP Unit
 
     Number     Percentage     Amount      Percentage  

OP units to be received by CTO

     1,223,854       13.4   $ 24,477,080        13.5   $ 20.00  

Shares of common stock to be received by CTO in the concurrent CTO private placement

     375,000       4.1   $ 7,500,000        4.1   $ 20.00  

Restricted shares of common stock to be received by independent directors

     8,000       0.1   $ —          —       $ —    

Shares of common stock to be received by new investors in this offering

     7,500,000       82.4   $ 150,000,000        82.4   $ 20.00  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total/Average

     9,106,854 (1)      100.0   $ 181,977,080        100.0   $ 20.00  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

(1)

Excludes up to (a) 1,125,000 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise in full of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares, (b) 751,389 shares of our common stock available for future issuance pursuant to the Equity Incentive Plans, (c) 1,223,854 shares of our common stock issuable by us, at our option, upon redemption of the OP units to be issued to CTO in the formation transactions and (d) 100 shares of our common stock that were issued to John P. Albright, President and Chief Executive Officer of our company and CTO, for $1,000 in connection with our initial capitalization and that will be repurchased by us at the closing of this offering.

 

73


SELECTED HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

Set forth below is selected financial and other data presented on (i) a historical basis for Alpine Income Property Trust Predecessor and (ii) a pro forma basis for our company after giving effect to the completion of this offering, the concurrent CTO private placement, the formation transactions and the other adjustments described in the unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements beginning on page F-2 of this prospectus. We have not presented historical data for Alpine Income Property Trust, Inc. because we have not had any corporate activity since our formation other than the issuance of common stock in connection with our initial capitalization and activity in connection with this offering and the formation transactions. Accordingly, we do not believe that a presentation of the historical results of Alpine Income Property Trust, Inc. would be meaningful. Prior to or concurrently with the completion of this offering, we will consummate the formation transactions pursuant to which, among other things, we will acquire our initial portfolio from CTO. Upon completion of the formation transactions, substantially all of our assets will be held by, and substantially all of our operations will be conducted through, our Operating Partnership. For more information regarding the formation transactions, please see “Structure and Formation of Our Company.”

Alpine Income Property Trust Predecessor’s historical combined balance sheet data as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 and combined operating data for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 have been derived from Alpine Income Property Trust Predecessor’s audited historical combined financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, reflect the financial position and results of operations of 15 of the 20 single-tenant properties in our initial portfolio and are not necessarily indicative of our future performance. Alpine Income Property Trust Predecessor’s historical combined balance sheet data as of September 30, 2019 and combined operating data for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2018 have been derived from Alpine Income Property Trust Predecessor’s unaudited historical combined financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Alpine Income Property Trust Predecessor’s unaudited interim financial and operating data, in management’s opinion, has been prepared in accordance with GAAP on the same basis as its audited financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus and, in the opinion of management, reflects all adjustments consisting only of normal recurring adjustments that management considers necessary to state fairly the financial information as of and for the periods presented. The historical combined financial data included below and set forth elsewhere in this prospectus are not necessarily indicative of our future performance, and results for any interim period are not necessarily indicative of the results for any full year.

Our unaudited selected pro forma consolidated financial and operating data as of September 30, 2019 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and the year ended December 31, 2018 assume the completion of this offering, the concurrent CTO private placement, the formation transactions and the other adjustments described in the unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements had occurred on September 30, 2019 for purposes of the unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet data and on January 1, 2018 for purposes of the unaudited pro forma consolidated statements of operations data. Our pro forma financial information is not necessarily indicative of what our actual financial position and results of operations would have been as of the date and for the period indicated, nor does it purport to represent our future financial position or results of operations.

 

74


You should read the following selected financial and other data together with Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Business and Properties” and the historical and pro forma financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

Operating Data:                                    
    Nine Months Ended September 30,     Year Ended December 31,  
    2019
(Pro Forma)
(Unaudited)
    2019
(Historical)
(Unaudited)
    2018
(Historical)
(Unaudited)
    2018
(Pro Forma)
(Unaudited)
    2018
(Historical)
    2017
(Historical)
 

Revenues

           

Lease Income

  $ 10,593,307     $ 9,426,482     $ 8,834,994     $ 14,183,736     $ 11,719,549     $ 8,454,498  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Revenues

    10,593,307       9,426,482       8,834,994       14,183,736       11,719,549       8,454,498  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Direct Costs of Revenues

           

Real Estate Expenses

    1,138,539       1,138,539       1,064,257       1,619,523       1,619,523       1,468,792  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Direct Costs of Revenues

    1,138,539       1,138,539       1,064,257       1,619,523       1,619,523       1,468,792  

Interest Expense

    129,375                   172,500             286,242  

General and Administrative Expenses

    3,246,000       1,415,330       966,685       4,328,000       1,184,352       829,349  

Depreciation and Amortization

    4,267,106       3,946,794       3,643,709       5,689,476       4,900,719       3,057,346  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Expenses

    8,781,020       6,500,663       5,674,651       11,809,499       7,704,594       5,641,729  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Income

    1,812,287     $ 2,925,819     $ 3,160,343       2,374,237     $ 4,014,955     $ 2,812,769  
   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Less: Net Income Attributable to Noncontrolling Interest

    (243,550         (319,070    
 

 

 

       

 

 

     

Net Income Attributable to Alpine Income Property Trust, Inc.

  $ 1,568,737         $ 2,055,167      
 

 

 

       

 

 

     

Pro forma weighted average common shares outstanding—basic

    7,883,000           7,883,000      

Pro forma weighted average common shares outstanding—diluted

    9,106,854           9,106,854      

Pro forma basic earnings per share

  $ 0.20         $ 0.26      

Pro forma diluted earnings per share

  $ 0.17         $ 0.23      

 

75


Balance Sheet Data:                            
     As of September 30,      As of December 31,  
     2019
(Pro Forma)
(Unaudited)
     2019
(Historical)
(Unaudited)
     2018
(Historical)
     2017
(Historical)
 

Total Real Estate, at cost

   $ 134,976,509      $ 143,943,628      $ 120,151,964      $ 115,342,470  

Real Estate—Net

   $ 134,976,509      $ 132,338,606      $ 111,151,636      $ 109,583,922  

Cash and Cash Equivalents

   $ 18,170,750      $ 60,267      $ 8,258      $ 6,900  

Intangible Lease Assets—Net

   $ 17,783,964      $ 12,890,412      $ 10,555,596      $ 11,545,306  

Straight-Line Rent Adjustment

   $      $ 1,819,372      $ 1,483,390      $ 1,032,824  

Deferred Expenses

   $ 585,000      $ 2,911,836      $ 3,223,768      $ 3,640,039  

Other Assets

   $      $ 220,713      $ 128,300      $ 169,402  

Total Assets

   $ 171,516,223      $ 150,241,206      $ 126,550,948      $ 125,978,393  

Accounts Payable, Accrued Expenses, and Other Liabilities

   $      $ 426,778      $ 307,133      $ 3,464,844  

Prepaid Rent and Deferred Revenue

   $      $ 337,466      $ 344,682      $ 371,937  

Intangible Lease Liabilities—Net

   $ 2,363,822      $ 1,899,047      $ 1,710,037      $ 1,761,764  

Total Liabilities

   $ 2,363,822      $ 2,663,291      $ 2,361,852      $ 5,598,545  

Total Equity

   $ 169,152,401      $ 147,577,915      $ 124,189,096      $ 120,379,848  

 

Other Data:                                          
     Nine Months Ended September 30,      Year Ended December 31,  
     2019
(Pro Forma)
(Unaudited)
     2019
(Historical)
(Unaudited)
     2018
(Historical)
(Unaudited)
     2018
(Pro Forma)
(Unaudited)
     2018
(Historical)
(Unaudited)
     2017
(Historical)
(Unaudited)
 

FFO

   $ 6,079,393      $ 6,872,613      $ 6,804,052      $ 8,063,713      $ 8,915,674      $ 5,870,115  

AFFO

   $ 5,753,859      $ 7,009,039      $ 6,744,456      $ 7,567,426      $ 8,770,636      $ 5,507,028  

 

(1)

FFO and AFFO are non-GAAP financial measures. For definitions of FFO and AFFO, and reconciliations of these metrics to net income, the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure, and a statement of why our management believes the presentation of these metrics provide useful information to investors and any additional purposes of which management uses these metrics, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”

 

76


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The historical combined financial statements of our accounting predecessor, Alpine Income Property Trust Predecessor, appearing elsewhere in this prospectus do not represent the financial position and results of operations of one legal entity, but rather a combination of entities under common control that have been “carved out” from CTO’s consolidated financial statements. The historical financial position and results of operations, as reflected in the historical combined financial statements of Alpine Income Property Trust Predecessor and related notes, are subject to management’s evaluation and interpretation of business conditions, changing capital market conditions and other factors that could affect the ongoing viability of our properties.

The following discussion of our financial condition and results of operations should be read together with the “Selected Historical and Pro Forma Financial and Other Data,” “Business and Properties” and combined financial statements unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements and, in each case, the related notes that are included elsewhere in this prospectus. Where appropriate, the following discussion includes the effects of the completion of the formation transactions, this offering, the concurrent CTO private placement and the use of the net proceeds therefrom on a pro forma basis. These effects are reflected in our unaudited pro forma financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements based upon our current expectations that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including those set forth under “Risk Factors,” “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” or in other parts of this prospectus.

Unless the context otherwise requires or indicates, references in this section to “we,” “our,” “us” and “our company” refer to (i) Alpine Income Property Trust, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries (including our Operating Partnership) after giving effect to the formation transactions and (ii) our accounting predecessor, Alpine Income Property Trust Predecessor, before giving effect to the formation transactions.

Overview

We are a newly organized real estate company that owns and operates a high-quality portfolio of single-tenant commercial properties. All of the properties in our initial portfolio are leased on a long-term basis and located primarily in or in close proximity to major MSAs and in growth markets and other markets in the United States with favorable economic and demographic conditions. Eighteen of the 20 properties in our initial portfolio, representing approximately 82% of our initial portfolio’s annualized base rent (as of September 30, 2019), are leased on a triple-net basis. Our properties are primarily leased to industry leading, creditworthy tenants, many of which operate in industries we believe are resistant to the impact of e-commerce. Our initial portfolio consists of 20 single-tenant, primarily net leased retail and office properties located in 15 markets in ten states, which we acquired from CTO in our formation transactions utilizing proceeds from this offering and the concurrent CTO private placement as well as OP units. We are externally managed by our Manager, a wholly-owned subsidiary of CTO. Concurrently with the closing of this offering, CTO will invest $7.5 million in exchange for shares of our common stock at a price per share equal to the public offering price per share in this offering. Upon completion of this offering, the concurrent CTO private placement and the formation transactions, CTO will own approximately 17.6% of our outstanding common stock (assuming the OP units to be issued to CTO in the formation transactions are exchanged for shares of our common stock on a one-for-one basis).

We intend to elect to be taxed as a REIT for U.S. federal income tax purposes commencing with our short taxable year ending December 31, 2019. We believe that our organization and

 

77


proposed method of operation will enable us to meet the requirements for qualification and taxation as a REIT commencing with such taxable year, and we intend to continue operating in such a manner.

This Offering and Our Formation

Upon completion of the formation transactions, this offering and the concurrent CTO private placement, we expect our operations to be carried out through our Operating Partnership. Our wholly-owned subsidiary is the sole general partner of our Operating Partnership. We will hold an 86.6% limited partnership interest in our Operating Partnership, and CTO will hold, directly and indirectly, a 13.4% limited partnership interest in our Operating Partnership through its direct and indirect ownership of OP units received in exchange for the contribution of certain properties in the formation transactions. In general, OP units are exchangeable for cash or, at our election, shares of our common stock at a one-to-one ratio. See “Description of the Partnership Agreement of Alpine Income Property OP, LP.” All of our real estate will be held by our Operating Partnership or its wholly-owned subsidiaries.

Income Property Operations

We will employ a disciplined growth strategy, which emphasizes investing in high quality single-tenant, net leased properties located in or in close proximity to major MSAs and in growth markets and other markets in the United States with favorable economic and demographic conditions. We intend to acquire properties leased primarily to industry-leading, creditworthy tenants, many of which operate in industries resistant to the impact of e-commerce.

We believe that the single-tenant commercial properties we own and intend to acquire will provide our stockholders with investment diversification and can deliver strong risk-adjusted returns. We expect the majority of our net leased properties will be single-tenant retail properties, with the remainder comprised of single-tenant office properties that are critical to the tenant’s overall business. We believe the risk-adjusted returns for select single-tenant office properties are compelling and offer attractive investment yields, rental rates at or below prevailing market rental rates and an investment basis below replacement cost. Based on our senior management team’s experience, we believe single-tenant office properties often have less buyer competition. In addition, we believe that long-term property tenants who have consistently invested their own capital into their leased premises are less likely to vacate the property and the risk of significant capital investment to re-lease the property is reduced. We believe that certain of the single-tenant office properties in our initial portfolio provide the opportunity for increased rents to higher market rent levels at the end of their lease terms.

Our initial portfolio is comprised of single-tenant retail and office properties located in or in close proximity to major MSAs, growth markets and other markets in the United States with favorable economic and demographic conditions and leased to tenants with favorable credit profiles or performance attributes. All of the properties in our initial portfolio are subject to long-term, primarily triple-net leases, which generally require the tenant to pay all of the property operating expenses such as real estate taxes, insurance, assessments and other governmental fees, utilities, repairs and maintenance and certain capital expenditures. As of September 30, 2019, our initial portfolio of 20 properties had annualized base rent of $12.5 million and was 100% occupied.

Our initial portfolio and target markets are located primarily in or in close proximity to major MSAs and in growth markets and other markets in the United States with favorable economic and demographic conditions. We target markets which, among other factors, have low unemployment and/or positive employment growth and favorable population trends. We believe well-located

 

78


properties in these markets will allow our senior management team to utilize its real estate expertise to increase the value of our properties and may present us with opportunities to achieve higher values and returns through redevelopment or re-tenanting alternatives in the future.

Within these markets, we emphasize investments in retail and office properties that offer attractive risk-adjusted investment returns. We target properties net leased to tenants that we determine have attractive credit characteristics, stable operating histories and healthy rent coverage levels, are well-located within their market and have rent levels at or below market rent levels.

As of September 30, 2019, leases contributing 82% of annualized base rent were triple-net, which means that the tenant is responsible for substantially all operating expenses, such as maintenance, insurance, utility and tax expense, related to the leased property (including any increases in those costs that may occur as a result of inflation). Our remaining two leases were “base stop” leases, where the tenant is responsible for the increase in operating expenses over the base year, but we retain responsibility for operating expenses during the base year. Also, we will incur property-level expenses associated with our properties should they become vacant in the future and occasionally incur nominal property-level expenses that are not paid by our tenants, such as the costs of periodically making site inspections of the properties. We do not currently anticipate incurring significant capital expenditures or property costs. Since our initial properties are single-tenant properties, all of which are under long-term leases, we do not expect to perform significant leasing activities on our properties in the foreseeable future. As of September 30, 2019, the weighted average remaining term of our leases was 8.2 years (based on annualized base rent and excluding renewal options that have not been exercised, which are exercisable at the option of our tenants upon initial expiration of the base lease term), with none of the leases expiring prior to January 31, 2024.

Factors that May Influence Our Operating Results

Rental Revenue

Our revenues are generated predominantly from receipt of rental revenue. Our ability to grow rental revenue will depend primarily on our ability to acquire additional properties and realize the rental escalations built into our leases. As of September 30, 2019, leases contributing approximately 31.8% of the annualized base rent of our initial portfolio provided for increases in future annual base rent ranging from 1.0% to 2.5% annually, with a weighted average annual escalation equal to approximately 1% of base rent. In addition, as of September 30, 2019, leases contributing approximately 22.4% of our annualized base rent provided for increases in future annual base rent ranging from 5.0% to 10.0% every five years, with a weighted average annual escalation equal to 2% of base rent.

Without giving effect to the exercise of tenant renewal options, the weighted average remaining term of the leases as of September 30, 2019 was 8.2 years (based on annualized base rent). None of our leases expire prior to January 31, 2024. See “Business and Properties—Our Real Estate Investment Portfolio—Lease Expirations.” The stability of the rental revenue generated by our properties depends principally on our tenants’ ability to pay rent and our ability to collect rents, renew expiring leases or re-lease space upon the expiration or other termination of leases, lease currently vacant properties and maintain or increase rental rates at our leased properties. Adverse economic conditions, particularly those that affect the markets in which our properties are located, or downturns in our tenants’ industries could impair our tenants’ ability to meet their lease obligations to us and our ability to renew expiring leases or re-lease space. In particular, the bankruptcy of one or more of our tenants could adversely affect our ability to collect rents from such tenant and maintain our portfolio’s occupancy.

 

79


Our Triple-Net Leases

We generally expect to lease our properties to tenants pursuant to long-term, triple-net leases that require the tenant to pay all operating expenses, such as maintenance, insurance, utility and tax expense, related to the leased property. As of September 30, 2019, leases contributing 82% of the annualized base rent of our initial portfolio were triple-net. In most instances, the leases require us to incur costs to repair the roof or parking lot of our properties, and while those instances have not historically resulted in significant costs to us, an increase in costs related to these responsibilities could negatively influence our operating results. Similarly, an increase in the vacancy rate of our portfolio would increase our costs, as we would be responsible for costs that our tenants are currently required to pay.

Interest Expense

We do not expect to have any outstanding indebtedness upon completion of this offering and the formation transactions. Any changes to our debt structure, including from borrowings under the revolving credit facility that we expect to utilize to complete future property acquisitions, could materially influence our operating results depending on the terms of any such indebtedness.

General and Administrative Expenses

We do not expect the general and administrative expenses reflected on the historical statement of operations of Alpine Income Property Trust Predecessor to be reflective of the costs we will incur pursuant to the management agreement with our Manager and our expected professional and consulting fees, portfolio servicing costs and other general and administrative expenses. As a public company, we estimate our annual general and administrative expenses will approximate $4.3 million, which amount includes, among other things, the base management fee that we will pay our Manager, non-cash compensation expense for stock grants awarded to our independent directors and $1.3 million to $1.5 million for legal, insurance, accounting and other expenses related to corporate governance, SEC reporting and other compliance matters. In addition, while we expect that our general and administrative expenses will rise in some measure as our portfolio grows, we expect that such expenses as a percentage of our portfolio will decrease over time due to efficiencies and economies of scale.

Impact of Inflation

Our leases typically contain provisions designed to mitigate the adverse impact of inflation on our results of operations. Since tenants are typically required to pay all property operating expenses, increases in property-level expenses at our leased properties generally do not adversely affect us. However, increased operating expenses at vacant properties and the limited number of properties that are not subject to full triple-net leases could cause us to incur additional operating expense. Additionally, our leases generally provide for rent escalators (see “—Rental Revenue” above) designed to mitigate the effects of inflation over a lease’s term. However, since some of our leases do not contain rent escalators and many that do limit the amount by which rent may increase, any increase in our rental revenue may not keep up with the rate of inflation.

Comparison of Alpine Income Property Trust Predecessor’s Operating Results For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2019 and 2018

Revenue and Direct Cost of Revenues

Total revenue from our income property operations was approximately $9.4 million and $8.8 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2018, respectively, an increase of approximately $591,000. The direct costs of revenues for our income property operations totaled

 

80


approximately $1.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2018, respectively. The increase in the total revenues during the nine months ended September 30, 2019 of approximately $591,000, or approximately 7%, from the nine months ended September 30, 2018, reflects approximately $523,000 of increased revenue from the five properties acquired during the nine months ended September 30, 2019 as well as approximately $339,000 from the acquisition of two ground leases in Jacksonville, Florida in October 2018. The increase in the direct cost of revenues of approximately $74,000, or approximately 7%, is primarily related to common area maintenance costs incurred related to the acquisition of two ground leases in Jacksonville, Florida in October 2018.

Depreciation and Amortization

Depreciation and amortization expense totaled approximately $3.9 million and $3.6 million during the nine month periods ended September 30, 2019 and 2018, respectively, an increase of approximately $303,000, or approximately 8%. The majority of the increase, approximately $249,000, is attributable to the depreciation and amortization recognized on the five properties acquired during the nine months ended September 30, 2019.

General and Administrative Expenses

General and administrative expenses reflected in the statement of operations for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2019 and 2018 is an allocated expense from the parent company of our predecessor entity. Consequently, the allocated general and administrative expense which totaled approximately $1.4 million and $967,000 for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2018, respectively, does not reflect an increase of expenses directly attributable to the predecessor portfolio and thus our operations, but rather an increase of the parent company expenses.

Net Income

Net income totaled approximately $2.9 million and approximately $3.2 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2018, respectively, a decrease of approximately $235,000, or approximately 7%. The decreased net income reflects an increase in revenue of approximately $591,000 noted above, offset by the increase in direct costs of revenues of approximately $74,000 noted above, as well as increased general and administrative expenses as described above, and an increase in depreciation and amortization expense of approximately $303,000.

Comparison of Alpine Income Property Trust Predecessor’s Operating Results For the Years Ended December 31, 2018 and 2017

Revenue and Direct Cost of Revenues

Total revenue from our income property operations was approximately $11.7 million during the year ended December 31, 2018 and approximately $8.5 million in the same period in 2017, a variance of approximately $3.3 million, or approximately 39%. The direct costs of revenues for our income property operations totaled approximately $1.6 million and approximately $1.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively, an increase of approximately $151,000, or approximately 10%. The increase in the total revenues in the year ended December 31, 2018 of approximately $3.3 million versus 2017, reflects the revenue for a full year from our acquisition of the single-tenant office property in Hillsboro, Oregon, which we acquired in October 2017 and two single-tenant retail properties we acquired in April of 2017. The increase in the direct cost of revenues of approximately $151,000, or approximately 10%, relates to the expenses for a full year from our acquisition of the aforementioned acquisitions in April and October of 2017.

 

81


Depreciation and Amortization

Depreciation and amortization expense totaled approximately $4.9 million and $3.1 million during the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively, an increase of approximately $1.8 million, or approximately 60%. The majority of the increase, approximately $1.6 million, is attributable to the increase in depreciation and amortization recognized on the single-tenant office property in Hillsboro, Oregon, which we acquired in October 2017, therefore, the year ended December 31, 2018 reflects the depreciation and amortization expense for a full year versus a partial year in 2017.

General and Administrative Expenses

General and administrative expenses reflected in the statement of operations for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 is an allocated expense from the parent company of our predecessor entity. Consequently, the allocated general and administrative expense, which totaled approximately $1.2 million and approximately $829,000 for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively, does not reflect an increase of expenses directly attributable to the predecessor portfolio and thus our operations, but rather an increase of the parent company’s expenses.

Net Income

Net income totaled approximately $4.0 million during the year ended December 31, 2018 and approximately $2.8 million during the same period in 2017, an increase of approximately $1.2 million, or approximately 43%. The increased net income reflects the increased revenue of approximately $3.3 million, offset by the approximately $151,000 increase in the direct cost of revenues, each variance relating to the acquisitions in 2017 noted above, offset by increased general and administrative expenses and an increase in depreciation and amortization expense of approximately $1.8 million.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Alpine Income Property Trust Predecessor’s total cash balance at September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018, reflected an allocation of the cash balance of CTO at such date. We will not acquire any of the cash of CTO in connection with our acquisition of our initial portfolio from CTO.

As of September 30, 2019, and as of December 31, 2018, the Company had no outstanding indebtedness.

Initially we expect to utilize the available capacity under the anticipated revolving credit facility and cash from operations to fund our future acquisitions.

Capital Expenditures. We generally have no contractual requirements to make capital expenditures other than our responsibility for the roof or parking lot of most of our triple-net leases.

We believe we will have sufficient liquidity to fund our operations, capital requirements, maintenance and anticipated debt service requirements under the revolving credit facility over the next twelve months and into the foreseeable future, with cash on hand, cash flow from our operations and the available borrowing capacity on the revolving credit facility, based on the borrowing base of properties, which we expect to execute at or near this offering.

 

82


Our board of directors and management will periodically review the allocation of capital with the goal of providing the best long-term return for our stockholders. These reviews will consider various alternatives, including our dividend policy. Our board of directors will review our business plan and corporate strategies and make adjustments as circumstances warrant.

Our Anticipated $100 Million Revolving Credit Facility

A group of lenders, for whom Bank of Montreal will act as administrative agent, and which includes affiliates of BMO Capital Markets Corp. and Raymond James & Associates, Inc., have provided commitments for a senior unsecured revolving credit facility, allowing borrowings of up to $100 million. We expect the revolving credit facility to be available to us concurrently with the completion of this offering and have a term of four years, with the ability to extend the term for one year. We also expect the revolving credit facility to have an accordion feature that may allow us to increase the availability under the revolving credit facility by an additional $50 million, subject to meeting specified requirements and obtaining additional commitments from lenders. We expect that the indebtedness outstanding under the revolving credit facility will accrue interest at a rate ranging from the 30-day LIBOR plus 135 basis points to the 30-day LIBOR plus 195 basis points based on the total balance outstanding under the revolving credit facility as a percentage of our total asset value, as follows:

 

Total Debt / Total Asset Value

 

LIBOR Margin

Equal to or less than 45%   1.35%
Greater than 45%; less than or equal to 50%   1.50%
Greater than 50%; less than or equal to 55%   1.65%
Greater than 55%   1.95%

We expect that, notwithstanding the foregoing, the maximum amount of indebtedness that will be permitted under the revolving credit facility will be an amount equal to 60% of our total asset value.

We will be subject to customary restrictive covenants under the revolving credit facility, including, but not limited to, limitations on our ability to: (a) incur indebtedness; (b) make certain investments; (c) incur certain liens; (d) engage in certain affiliate transactions; and (e) engage in certain major transactions such as mergers. In addition, we will be subject to various financial maintenance covenants under the revolving credit facility including, but not limited to, a maximum indebtedness ratio, a maximum secured indebtedness ratio and a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio. Our failure to comply with these covenants or the occurrence of an event of default could result in acceleration of our debt and other financial obligations under the revolving credit facility.

We intend to use the revolving credit facility for general corporate purposes, including the funding of potential future acquisitions.

The commitments are subject to closing conditions that include, among other things, successful completion of this offering, payment of fees and the execution and delivery of definitive documentation satisfactory to the lenders. There can be no assurance that all of the closing conditions will be satisfied.

 

83


Non-GAAP Financial Measures

Our reported results are presented in accordance with GAAP. We also disclose FFO and AFFO both of which are non-GAAP financial measures. We believe these two non-GAAP financial measures are useful to investors because they are widely accepted industry measures used by analysts and investors to compare the operating performance of REITs.

FFO and AFFO do not represent cash generated from operating activities and are not necessarily indicative of cash available to fund cash requirements; accordingly, they should not be considered alternatives to net income as a performance measure or cash flows from operations as reported on our statement of cash flows as a liquidity measure and should be considered in addition to, and not in lieu of, GAAP financial measures.

We compute FFO in accordance with the definition adopted by the Board of Governors of the National Association of Real Estate Investment Trusts, or NAREIT. NAREIT defines FFO as GAAP net income or loss adjusted to exclude extraordinary items (as defined by GAAP), net gain or loss from sales of depreciable real estate assets, impairment write-downs associated with depreciable real estate assets and real estate related depreciation and amortization, including the pro rata share of such adjustments of unconsolidated subsidiaries. To derive AFFO, we modify the NAREIT computation of FFO to include other adjustments to GAAP net income related to non-cash revenues and expenses such as straight-line rental revenue, amortization of deferred financing costs, amortization of capitalized lease incentives and above- and below-market lease related intangibles, and non-cash compensation. Such items may cause short-term fluctuations in net income but have no impact on operating cash flows or long-term operating performance. We use AFFO as one measure of our performance when we formulate corporate goals.

FFO is used by management, investors and analysts to facilitate meaningful comparisons of operating performance between periods and among our peers primarily because it excludes the effect of real estate depreciation and amortization and net gains on sales, which are based on historical costs and implicitly assume that the value of real estate diminishes predictably over time, rather than fluctuating based on existing market conditions. We believe that AFFO is an additional useful supplemental measure for investors to consider because it will help them to better assess our operating performance without the distortions created by other non-cash revenues or expenses. FFO and AFFO may not be comparable to similarly titled measures employed by other companies.

 

84


The following table reconciles net income (which we believe is the most comparable GAAP measure) to FFO and AFFO:

 

    Nine Months Ended September 30,     Year Ended December 31,  
    2019
(Pro Forma)
(Unaudited)
    2019
(Historical)
(Unaudited)
    2018
(Historical)
(Unaudited)
    2018
(Pro Forma)
(Unaudited)
    2018
(Historical)
    2017
(Historical)
 

Net Income

  $ 1,812,287     $ 2,925,819     $ 3,160,343     $ 2,374,237     $ 4,014,955     $ 2,812,769  

Depreciation and Amortization

    4,267,106       3,946,794       3,643,709       5,689,476       4,900,719       3,057,346  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Funds from Operations

    6,079,393       6,872,613       6,804,052       8,063,713       8,915,674       5,870,115  

Adjustments:

           

Straight-Line Rent Adjustment

    (417,136     (335,982     (342,939     (618,424     (450,566     (384,055

Non-Cash Compensation

    120,000       438,603       225,883       160,000       232,426       136,536  

Amortization of Deferred Loan Costs to Interest Expense

    129,375                   172,500              

Amortization of Intangible Assets and Liabilities to Lease Income

    (157,773     (193,018     (169,363     (210,363     (229,329     (165,973

Amortization of Deferred Expenses to Lease Income

          226,823       226,823             302,431       50,405  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted Funds from Operations

  $ 5,753,859     $ 7,009,039     $ 6,744,456     $ 7,567,426     $ 8,770,636     $ 5,507,028  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Critical Accounting Policies

The financial statements included in this registration statement are prepared in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”). The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses. The development and selection of these critical accounting policies have been determined by us through our Manager. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

The most critical accounting policies, which involve the use of estimates and assumptions as to future uncertainties and, therefore, may result in actual amounts that differ from estimates, are as follows:

Use of Estimates in the Preparation of Financial Statements. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period presented. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Because of, among other factors, the fluctuating market conditions that currently exist in the national real estate markets, and the volatility and uncertainty in the financial and credit markets, it is possible that the estimates and assumptions, most notably those related to the Company’s investment in income properties, could change materially due to the continued volatility of the real estate and financial markets or as a result of a significant dislocation in those markets.

 

85


Real Estate Investments. Real Estate, which is primarily comprised of the income properties in our portfolio, is stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Such income properties are depreciated on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives. Renewals and betterments are capitalized to the applicable income property accounts. The cost of maintenance and repairs is expensed as incurred. The cost of property retired or otherwise disposed of, and the related accumulated depreciation or amortization, are removed from the accounts, and any resulting gain or loss is recorded in the statement of operations.

Long-Lived Assets. The Company follows FASB ASC Topic 360-10, Property, Plant, and Equipment in conducting its impairment analyses. The Company reviews the recoverability of long-lived assets, primarily real estate, for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Examples of situations considered to be triggering events include: a substantial decline in operating cash flows during the period, a current or projected loss from operations, an income property not fully leased or leased at rates that are less than current market rates, and any other quantitative or qualitative events deemed significant by our management. Long-lived assets are evaluated for impairment by using an undiscounted cash flow approach, which considers future estimated capital expenditures. Impairment of long-lived assets is measured at fair value less cost to sell.

Purchase Accounting for Acquisitions of Real Estate Subject to a Lease. In accordance with the FASB guidance on business combinations, the fair value of the real estate acquired with in-place leases is allocated to the acquired tangible assets, consisting of land, building and tenant improvements, and identified intangible assets and liabilities, consisting of the value of above-market and below-market leases, the value of in-place leases, and the value of leasing costs, based in each case on their relative fair values.

The fair value of the tangible assets of an acquired leased property is determined by valuing the property as if it were vacant, and the “as-if-vacant” value is then allocated to land, building and tenant improvements based on the determination of the fair values of these assets.

In allocating the fair value of the identified intangible assets and liabilities of an acquired property, above-market and below-market in-place lease values are recorded as other assets or liabilities based on the present value (using an interest rate which reflects the risks associated with the leases acquired) of the difference between (i) the contractual amounts to be paid pursuant to the in-place leases, and (ii) management’s estimate of fair market lease rates for the corresponding in-place leases, measured over a period equal to the remaining term of the lease, including the probability of renewal periods. The capitalized above-market lease values are amortized as a reduction of rental income over the remaining terms of the respective leases. The capitalized below-market lease values are amortized as an increase to rental income over the initial term unless the Company believes that it is likely that the tenant will renew the option whereby the Company amortizes the value attributable to the renewal over the renewal period.

The aggregate value of other acquired intangible assets, consisting of in-place leases, is measured by the excess of (i) the purchase price paid for a property after adjusting existing in-place leases to market rental rates over (ii) the estimated fair value of the property as-if-vacant, determined as set forth above. The value of in-place leases exclusive of the value of above-market and below-market in-place leases is amortized to expense over the remaining non-cancelable periods of the respective leases. If a lease were to be terminated prior to its stated expiration, all unamortized amounts relating to that lease would be written off. The value of tenant relationships is reviewed on individual transactions to determine if future value was derived from the acquisition.

 

86


Income Property Lease Revenue. The rental arrangements associated with the Company’s income property portfolio are classified as operating leases. The Company recognizes lease income on these properties on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. Accordingly, contractual lease payment increases are recognized evenly over the term of the lease. The periodic difference between lease income recognized under this method and contractual lease payment terms (i.e., straight-line rent) is recorded as a deferred operating lease receivable and is included in Straight-line Rent Adjustment on the Company’s combined balance sheets for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017.

The collectability of income property portfolio tenant receivables and straight-line rent adjustments is determined based on, among other things, the aging of the tenant receivable, management’s evaluation of credit risk associated with the tenant and industry of the tenant, and a review of specifically identified accounts using judgment. As of December 31, 2018, and 2017, no allowance for doubtful accounts was required.

Deferred Expenses. Deferred expenses include tenant lease incentives and leasing costs such as brokerage commissions, legal, and other costs which are amortized over the term of the respective lease agreements. Tenant lease incentives are amortized as an offset to operating lease income while leasing costs are amortized and included in depreciation and amortization in the Company’s combined statements of operations.

Income Taxes. The Company has in effect an election to be taxed as a pass-through entity under subchapter S of the Code, but intends to revoke its S election prior to the closing of this offering. The Company intends to elect to be taxed as a REIT for U.S. federal income tax purposes commencing with its short taxable year ending December 31, 2019, and believes that its organization and proposed method of operation will enable it to meet the requirements for qualification and taxation as a REIT commencing with such taxable year. As such, the combined financial statements of the Company have been prepared as if the Company qualified as a REIT for the periods presented. As a REIT, the Company will be subject to U.S. federal and state income taxation at corporate rates on its net taxable income; the Company, however, may claim a deduction for the amount of dividends paid to its stockholders. Amounts distributed as dividends by the Company will be subject to taxation at the stockholder level only. While the Company must distribute at least 90% of its REIT taxable income, determined without regard to the dividends paid deduction and excluding any net capital gain, to qualify as a REIT, the Company intends to distribute all of its net taxable income, if any, and eliminate U.S. federal and state income taxes on undistributed net taxable income. The Company is allowed certain other non-cash deductions or adjustments, such as depreciation expense, when computing its REIT taxable income and distribution requirement. These deductions permit the Company to reduce its dividend payout requirement under U.S. federal income tax laws. Certain states may impose minimum franchise taxes. The Company may form one or more TRSs, which will be subject to applicable U.S. federal, state and local corporate income tax on their taxable income. For the periods presented, the Company did not have any TRSs that would be subject to taxation.

New Accounting Pronouncements. For a description of the impact of new accounting pronouncements on our financial statements, refer to Note 3 in the Notes to Combined Financial Statements for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

As of September 30, 2019, Alpine Income Property Trust Predecessor did not have any off-balance sheet arrangements.

 

87


MARKET OPPORTUNITY

Unless otherwise indicated, the following information is based upon a report prepared for us by RCG.

Employment and Demographic Overview

The U.S. economic expansion continued through the first half of 2019, bolstered by business deregulation, increased consumer spending, income growth and continued accommodative monetary policy. In total, U.S. employers created more than 2.2 million nonfarm jobs during the 12 months ended July 31, 2019, a slight moderation as compared with the nearly 2.7 million nonfarm jobs that U.S. employers created during the year ended December 31, 2018. Economic growth during 2018 was fueled in part by tax cuts, and the pace of hiring during 2018 was slightly faster than the pace of hiring in 2017. In total, the U.S. added nearly 12.9 million jobs during the five-year period ended December 31, 2018.

 

 

LOGO

With the economy near full employment, private sector employers added an average of 157,000 jobs per month in the first seven months of 2019, a moderate growth rate that was generally consistent with the pace of labor force growth over the same period. Hiring remained broad-based across a wide range of industries and was spread across the country. Tight labor market conditions constrained employment growth in some regions, while private sector hiring was generally strongest in regions with robust population and labor force growth, particularly in the South and West.

 

 

LOGO

 

88


Consistent with continued job growth and the broad strength of the U.S. economy in recent years, U.S. labor market conditions remain particularly tight. The national unemployment rate reached 3.7% as of July 31, 2019, near the lowest unemployment rate in 50 years, and was relatively unchanged in recent months. Tight labor market conditions are supporting accelerating wage growth across a wide range of industries, as well as robust consumer spending. As of June 30, 2019, wage growth reached 3.9% year-over-year, according to the Federal Reserve Bank of Atlanta.

 

 

LOGO

The U.S. population increased by approximately two million people year-over-year to more than 327 million as of July 1, 2018, according to the U.S. Census Bureau. During the five-year period ended July 1, 2018, the national population increased by 11.1 million. Combined with sustained population growth, favorable economic conditions fueled steady household formation, and RCG estimates that new household formation in the U.S. reached 1.5 million at the end of 2018. The growth in U.S. population and number of new households in the U.S. provides a growing demand base for consumer goods and services.

 

 

LOGO

As of June 30, 2019, national real disposable personal income increased by 3.2% year-over-year, which contributed to 3.3% growth in total U.S. retail sales, excluding motor vehicles, during the same period. Looking ahead, RCG expects that population growth and household formation, as well as job creation and wage growth, in the U.S. should continue to bolster consumer spending, business activity and commercial real estate tenant demand across a range of commercial real estate sectors, including the single-tenant, net lease market.

 

89


Single-Tenant, Net Lease Real Estate Market

The single-tenant, net lease market has expanded steadily over the last several years, and investor demand for net leased properties continued to gain momentum into 2019. Unlike a gross lease, which places the financial responsibility for most expenses with the property owner, the net lease structure shifts the majority or entirety of expenses for property taxes, insurance, maintenance and often utilities and capital expenditures, to the lessee, in addition to rent payments. Net leases are generally executed for an initial term of 10 to 15 years, but 20 and 25 year leases are not uncommon. Lease agreements often include multiple options for the tenant to extend, and may include terms for periodic rent increases. Comparatively, multi-tenant commercial real estate properties under gross leases often have average initial lease terms between five and ten years with shorter or fewer options to extend. Rent escalation is also commonly embedded in the net lease terms as a specified percentage increase of existing rent per year, or determined by reference to an inflation measure such as the Consumer Price Index. With cash flows that are intended to be passive, stable and paid at regular intervals, net leased real estate is similar, in many ways, to interest-bearing corporate bonds, but with the additional potential for appreciation in the value of the underlying property.

Types of Net Leased Properties

Single-tenant, net leased properties span across all the major business property types. Longer lease terms associated with net leased properties are ideal for tenants that desire to preserve locations pivotal to business success, including properties in key retail corridors, which capture foot traffic and are proximate to a key customer base, facilities along prime distribution networks with access to transportation infrastructure, flagship facilities which are integral to operations, and corporate regional or headquarters offices.

Because net lease terms generally exceed ten years, property owners typically seek tenants with solid business platforms and stable growth prospects, which may be better protected from economic cycles. The strength of the tenant is critical for owners in determining lease quality. As such, net lease tenants are often corporations or national brands with healthy balance sheets and established credit ratings. Net leased property owners also commonly focus on industries with stable underlying demand drivers, which are less prone to volatility and therefore better positioned to withstand economic downturns. For example, businesses providing necessity-based and lower-priced products and services that businesses and consumers often rely on regardless of economic fluctuations can help insulate a tenant from closing locations and provide a steady rent stream to net leased property owners even in down cycles. Finally, with the fast pace of innovation reshaping the real estate market, tenants most shielded from the effects of e-commerce are also desirable from a landlord perspective for long-term net lease transactions. Tenants in businesses and property segments which potentially have greater stability across economic cycles and lower exposure to changing technology, include:

 

   

necessity-based retail such as convenience stores, grocery stores, pharmacies, car washes and gas stations, which are not only more e-commerce-resistant because they serve daily neighborhood needs, but may also benefit from ongoing demand through economic cycles;

 

   

budget-friendly retail segments such as discount retailers and fast food establishments, which generally are more resilient than higher-end retail segments during recessionary periods;

 

   

experiential/lifestyle segments such as fitness centers, theaters, personal services and casual dining, which are less likely to be replicated via e-commerce sales channels;

 

90


   

net lease offices, such as regional or headquarters locations for major corporations, which typically have greater stability given tenant creditworthiness and company commitments to long-term leases; and

 

   

health-related businesses, such as medical practices and other health services, which serve ongoing needs of the local community.

Net Lease Structure Benefits

The net lease structure offers several benefits to both lessees and landlords. Tenants are able to control advantageous locations for longer periods while preserving or extracting capital for core business operations in order to expand. In many cases, the net lease structure provides opportunities for tenants to expand their corporate footprint without the capital required to purchase or develop real estate. In addition, sale-leaseback transactions can represent an efficient and economical way for an owner-occupier of real estate to raise capital, expand into new business ventures or reinvest into core business activities. For property owners, the nature of the net lease structure can create a long-term, reliable income stream, providing stability and reducing risk through economic cycles. More specifically, advantages of the net lease structure for landlords may include:

 

   

Income Stability: The long lease term, pre-determined rent structure and credit tenant profile of many net leased properties create the potential for stable and predictable cash flows over an extended investment horizon. Because lease duration is significantly longer than an average gross lease, and operating expenses are minimal, net leased real estate can generate a consistent and predictable income stream for property owners. Moreover, tenants with strong balance sheets, which are often characteristic of lessees of net leased properties, can reduce fluctuations in property performance associated with re-tenanting as compared with multi-tenant properties. The primary risk in owning net leased real estate may be the creditworthiness of the tenant. Information regarding a tenant’s credit history is often accessible, however, enabling the landlord to determine corporate debt repayment history or rating and manage vacancy risk. Additionally, the often strategic locations of net leased properties can motivate tenants to exercise extension options or renew leases at the expiration of the lease term in order to preserve market share associated with locational advantages. Many retailers, restaurants and hotels, for example, are tied to specific locations in order to draw a specific customer base and to compete with other brands.

 

   

Inflation Hedging: The structure of net leases can provide inflation-mitigating benefits for property owners as leases typically contain rent escalators that allow for rent increases at specific time periods, which can help to mitigate the effects of inflation. Additionally, landlords are shielded from the rising costs of property operating expenses, which are typically borne by the net lease tenant.

 

91


   

Protection from Economic Volatility: In addition to inflation hedging, the longer terms of net leases can also offer protection against short-term economic volatility relative to shorter term gross leases. Since lease terms can range from 10 to 25 years, short-term movements in market-rate contract rents typically have a minimal effect on income from a net leased property. Reflecting this resilience to volatility, as shown below, rent growth for net-leased properties remained positive throughout the economic downturn in 2008 and 2009, while average rents fell among nearly all other major commercial property types.

 

 

LOGO

Investor Mix and Growth of the Net Lease Market

Market Fragmentation

The net lease market is highly fragmented and decentralized. Although there are a number of larger non-traded and publicly traded REITs that invest in net leased properties, most single-tenant, net leased properties are owned by smaller investors, such as individuals, families, trusts and real estate operating companies, each of which holds relatively few properties. Reflecting the fragmented nature of the market, net lease market information is comparatively limited, which makes the overall size and fundamentals of the market difficult to quantify, track and analyze, particularly in smaller markets. The lack of information can create pricing opportunities and may be a significant advantage to well-capitalized firms with real estate market expertise and the financial resources to move quickly to acquire new properties or portfolios.

Growth of the Net Lease Market

Growth of the net lease market depends upon several factors, including net lease tenants opening new locations across a wide range of industries, such as retail, entertainment, personal services, food services, distribution centers, medical service providers, as well as corporate offices. In particular, growth among retail stores that have been resilient to e-commerce, such as experiential retail, discount and convenience stores, restaurants, gyms and pharmacies, can provide new net lease opportunities, support new real estate development and expand the universe of investable net leased properties. Similarly, the trend of healthcare industry tenants offering services from former retail spaces may provide redevelopment opportunities that significantly add to the pool of net leased properties.

The net lease market is also influenced by owner-occupiers selling and leasing back properties through sale-leaseback transactions as a means to raise capital or support business expansion by

 

92


reallocating capital previously invested in real estate into core business activities. RCG estimates the total value of owner-occupied commercial real estate in the U.S. to be $1.5 to $2.0 trillion. As such, RCG believes there is considerable potential for sale-leaseback transactions to increase the overall size of the net lease market.

Additionally, in 2017, Congress established new tax incentives for investments in more than 8,700 designated opportunity zones around the country. RCG believes that increased residential and commercial development in these areas in the coming years should support population growth and increased economic activity and bolster demand for a wide range of businesses, including many potential net lease properties.

While the evolving market makes the precise size of the net lease market challenging to measure, RCG believes that the net lease market remains well positioned to accommodate a substantial amount of increased net lease investment activity from growth in consumer spending and business activity across a wide range of industries, new development of net leased properties, sale-leaseback transactions and potential increased residential and commercial development in opportunity zones.

Opportunities from Secular Shifts

Long-term drivers, including demographic shifts, changing consumer preferences and technological innovation, are having a significant impact on the way consumers, employers and businesses utilize real estate. RCG believes several of these trends could generate additional tenant demand for net leased properties. As e-commerce volume grows, retailers are increasingly using storefronts for last-mile delivery, making strategically located retail properties even more desirable. Long-term net leased properties in well-located population centers may be a desirable option for retailers looking to preserve locations integral to consumer distribution. E-commerce is also expected to continue to fuel growth in large warehouse/distribution facilities, driving demand for specialized, build-to-suit solutions, which are conducive to the single-tenant, net lease structure. Single-tenant properties which typically give tenants control over the design of their workplaces and make long-term capital expenditures in highly amenitized spaces more viable could also favor net lease structures.

 

93


Capital Environment

Investment Volume

While it is difficult to accurately assess the total volume of investment in net leased real estate properties, transaction activity for single-tenant properties can be a useful proxy, as a large number of these transactions represent net leased properties. Single-tenant investment activity reached an annualized pace of $49.9 billion as of June 30, 2019, down somewhat from the recent peak of $58.4 billion in 2018, but on pace with the average investment activity of more than $49.0 billion per year from 2015 through 2018. During the five-year period ended December 31, 2018, single-tenant investment activity totaled $236.7 billion, or more than $47.3 billion per year on average. The elevated level of investment in the net lease real estate segment continues to be largely driven by the potential for income stability combined with appreciation of underlying property values.

 

 

LOGO

Capitalization Rate Trends

Reflecting the elevated level of investor demand, transaction-based capitalization rates for single-tenant properties decreased significantly through the current cycle and have remained near historical lows in the 6-7% range for the past several years. The stable capitalization rate trend highlights the continued inflow of capital into the single-tenant and net lease real estate segments.

 

 

LOGO

 

94


However, compared with sovereign and corporate bond yields, the spread to single-tenant capitalization rates remained relatively wide. Through June 30, 2019, the single-tenant capitalization rate spread to BBB corporate bond yields increased to 238 basis points, compared with the average of 179 basis points from 2001 through June 30, 2019. Similarly, the single-tenant capitalization rate spread to the 10-year Treasury yield increased to 429 basis points as of June 30, 2019, wider than the average from 2001 through June 30, 2019 of 405 basis points, and significantly wider than during the previous growth cycle in the mid-2000s. If single-tenant capitalization rates remain relatively stable despite continued downward movement of bond yields, the spread would widen, highlighting the potential opportunity for attractive risk-adjusted returns.

 

 

LOGO

 

 

LOGO

 

95


BUSINESS AND PROPERTIES

Our Company

We are a newly organized real estate company that owns and operates a high-quality portfolio of single-tenant commercial properties. All of the properties in our initial portfolio are leased on a long-term basis and located primarily in or in close proximity to major MSAs and in growth markets and other markets in the United States with favorable economic and demographic conditions. Eighteen of the 20 properties in our initial portfolio, representing approximately 82% of our initial portfolio’s annualized base rent (as of September 30, 2019), are leased on a triple-net basis. Our properties are primarily leased to industry leading, creditworthy tenants, many of which operate in industries we believe are resistant to the impact of e-commerce. Our initial portfolio consists of 20 single-tenant, primarily net leased retail and office properties located in 15 markets in ten states, which we acquired from CTO in our formation transactions utilizing approximately $125.9 million of proceeds from this offering and the concurrent CTO private placement and 1,223,854 OP units that have an initial value of approximately $24.5 million based on the assumed public offering price of $20.00, which is the mid-point of the price range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus. For two of our properties in our initial portfolio, we are the lessor in a long-term ground lease to the tenant. We are externally managed by our Manager, a wholly-owned subsidiary of CTO. Concurrently with the closing of this offering, CTO will invest $7.5 million in exchange for shares of our common stock at a price per share equal to the public offering price per share in this offering. Upon completion of this offering, the concurrent CTO private placement and the formation transactions, CTO will own approximately 17.6% of our outstanding common stock (assuming the OP units to be issued to CTO in the formation transactions are exchanged for shares of our common stock on a one-for-one basis).

Our initial portfolio is comprised of single-tenant retail and office properties primarily located in or in close proximity to major MSAs, growth markets and other markets in the United States with favorable economic and demographic conditions and leased to tenants with favorable credit profiles or performance attributes. All of the properties in our initial portfolio are subject to long-term, primarily triple-net leases, which generally require the tenant to pay all of the property operating expenses such as real estate taxes, insurance, assessments and other governmental fees, utilities, repairs and maintenance and certain capital expenditures. We intend to elect to be taxed as a REIT for U.S. federal income tax purposes commencing with our short taxable year ending December 31, 2019. We believe that, commencing with such taxable year, we will be organized and will operate in such a manner as to qualify for taxation as a REIT under the U.S. federal income tax laws.

Our objective is to maximize cash flow and value per share by generating stable and growing cash flows and attractive risk-adjusted returns through owning, operating and growing a diversified portfolio of high-quality single-tenant, net leased commercial properties with strong long-term real estate fundamentals. The 20 properties in our initial portfolio are 100% occupied and represent approximately 817,000 of gross rentable square feet with leases that have a weighted average lease term of approximately 8.2 years (based on annualized base rent as of September 30, 2019). None of our leases expire prior to January 31, 2024. Our initial portfolio is representative of our investment thesis, which consists of one or more of the following core investment criteria:

 

   

Attractive Locations. The 20 properties in our initial portfolio represent approximately 817,000 gross rentable square feet, are 100% occupied and are primarily located in or in close proximity to major MSAs and in growth markets and other markets in the United States with favorable economic and demographic conditions. Approximately 82% of our initial portfolio’s annualized base rent as of September 30, 2019 was derived from

 

96


 

properties (i) located in MSAs with populations greater than one million and unemployment rates less than 3.6% and (ii) where the mean household income within a three-mile radius of the property is greater than $88,000.

 

   

Creditworthy Tenants. Approximately 38.2% of our initial portfolio’s annualized base rent as of September 30, 2019 was derived from tenants that have (or whose parent company has) an investment grade credit rating from a recognized credit rating agency. Our largest tenant, Wells Fargo N.A., has an ‘A+’ credit rating from S&P Global Ratings and contributed approximately 25.0% of our initial portfolio’s annualized base rent as of September 30, 2019.

 

   

Geographically Diversified. Our initial portfolio is occupied by 16 tenants across 15 markets in ten states. Our largest property, as measured by annualized base rent, is located in the Portland, Oregon MSA.

 

   

100% Occupied with Long Duration Leases. Our initial portfolio is 100% leased and occupied. The leases in our initial portfolio have a weighted average remaining lease term of approximately 8.2 years (based on annualized base rent as of September 30, 2019), with none of the leases expiring prior to January 31, 2024.

 

   

Contractual Rent Growth. Approximately 54.2% of the leases in our initial portfolio (based on annualized base rent as of September 30, 2019) provide for increases in contractual base rent during the current term. In addition, approximately 84% (based on annualized base rent as of September 30, 2019) of the leases in our initial portfolio allow for increases in base rent during the lease extension periods.

We will employ a disciplined growth strategy, which emphasizes investing in high quality properties located in or in close proximity to major MSAs and in growth markets and other markets in the United States with favorable economic and demographic conditions. We intend to lease our properties primarily to industry-leading, creditworthy tenants, many of which operate in industries we believe are resistant to the impact of e-commerce.

We believe that the single-tenant commercial properties we own and intend to acquire will provide our stockholders with investment diversification and can deliver strong risk-adjusted returns. We expect the majority of our net leased properties will be single-tenant retail properties, with the remainder comprised of single-tenant office properties that are critical to the tenant’s overall business. We believe the risk-adjusted returns for select single-tenant office properties are compelling and offer attractive investment yields, rental rates at or below prevailing market rental rates and an investment basis below replacement cost. Based on our senior management team’s experience, we believe single-tenant office properties often have less buyer competition. In addition, we believe that long-term property tenants who have consistently invested their own capital into their leased premises are less likely to vacate the property and the risk of significant capital investment to re-lease the property is reduced. We believe that certain of the single-tenant office properties in our initial portfolio provide the opportunity for increased rents to higher market rent levels at the end of their lease terms.

Our Competitive Advantages

We believe our strategy and structure provide us with competitive advantages as a newly formed REIT focused on single-tenant, net leased properties.

 

97


Positioned for Growth

We believe our initial size and debt-free balance sheet position us well for growth. As a smaller company relative to our publicly-traded net lease REIT peers, we will focus our acquisition activity on transactions that are often below the deal size that many of our competitors pursue, and even smaller accretive transactions can have a meaningful impact on our net asset value and cash flows. Although we expect to evaluate a relatively large volume of potential investment transactions, we believe our size will allow us to be selective, ensuring that our acquisitions align with our investment objectives, particularly with regard to our initial investment yield, target markets and real estate and tenant quality. Our initial debt-free balance sheet, any unallocated cash from this offering and the concurrent CTO private placement and access to growth capital through an undrawn $100 million unsecured revolving credit facility that we anticipate obtaining concurrently with the completion of this offering will provide significant initial capital for our growth.

Experienced Management

The parent company of our Manager, CTO, is a 109-year old real estate company that has been publicly-traded for 50 years and is currently listed on the NYSE American. CTO has paid an annual dividend since 1976. Our senior management team, which is also the senior management team of CTO, has substantial experience investing in, owning, managing, developing and monetizing commercial real estate properties across the United States, particularly single-tenant, net leased properties. Our senior management team has an extensive network for sourcing investments, including relationships with national and regional brokers, other REITs, corporate tenants, banks and other financial services firms, private equity funds and leading commercial real estate investors. Our senior management team is led by John P. Albright, President and Chief Executive Officer of our company and CTO. Additionally, our senior management team includes: Mark E. Patten, Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of our company and CTO; Steven R. Greathouse, Senior Vice President, Investments of our company and CTO; and Daniel E. Smith, Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary of our company and CTO. Messrs. Albright, Patten and Greathouse have worked together at CTO for over seven years, and our senior management team has an average of more than 19 years of experience with public real estate companies, including REITs, as well as significant experience in leadership positions at other public companies, a Big Four public accounting firm and private real estate companies. Our senior management team is experienced in all areas of managing a public company, including regulatory reporting, capital markets activity, investor relations and communication, compliance, stock exchange matters and cost management. Our senior management team has combined experience of over 100 years, almost entirely in real estate.

During their tenure at CTO, our senior management team has executed approximately $560.0 million in commercial real estate transactions, primarily acquisitions of single-tenant, net leased properties, creating a high-quality income property portfolio that we believe compares favorably to our publicly-traded net lease REIT peers. The properties in our initial portfolio are located in markets where the average population and average household income, within a three-mile radius, are substantially higher than those of our publicly-traded net lease REIT peers. In addition, since 2012, our senior management team has disposed of more than $220 million of net leased properties generating more than $41.3 million in pre-tax gains for CTO’s shareholders. Also, while at CTO, our senior management team has sold over 5,400 acres of undeveloped land, generating proceeds of approximately $165 million, to a variety of developers and operators, including Tanger Outlets, Trader Joes, North American Development Group, or NADG, Minto Communities, or Minto, and Sam’s Club. Additionally, during October 2019, CTO completed the sale of a controlling interest in a venture that holds CTO’s remaining 5,300 acres of land for total proceeds of $97 million.

 

98


Acquisitions Under Evaluation

We anticipate that we will have the opportunity to grow our portfolio as a result of both third-party acquisition opportunities that our senior management team is currently evaluating and our exclusive right of first offer access to CTO’s remaining portfolio of single-tenant, net leased properties and future single-tenant, net leased properties pursuant to an exclusivity and ROFO agreement with CTO, although we do not view any such acquisition opportunities as probable at this time.

Third-Party Acquisitions Under Evaluation

As of November 1, 2019, our senior management team is evaluating on our behalf acquisition opportunities of single-tenant, net leased properties from third-parties with an estimated aggregate purchase price of approximately $337.2 million. We refer to these acquisition opportunities as our “acquisitions under evaluation.”

We consider an acquisition opportunity to be “under evaluation” if the property satisfies the following criteria: (i) the owner has advised us that the property is available for sale; (ii) our senior management team has had active discussions with the owner regarding a potential purchase of the property and such discussions have not been terminated by either party; and (iii) our senior management team is performing preliminary due diligence on the property and on the tenant in order to ascertain whether the property and tenant appear to satisfy our investment criteria. Our senior management team identified these acquisition opportunities for us through relationships that our senior management team has within the tenant, developer and brokerage communities. However, as of November 1, 2019, we do not have any contractual arrangements or non-binding letters of intent with any of the potential sellers of the properties included in our acquisitions under evaluation.

Converting any of our acquisitions under evaluation into a binding commitment with the seller is influenced by many factors including, but not limited to, the existence of other competitive bids, the satisfactory completion of all due diligence items by both parties and regulatory or lender approval, if required. The impact of these factors on the timing of any acquisition can vary based on the nature and size of each transaction. Once a binding commitment is reached with a seller, closing on the transaction is generally expected to occur within 30 to 60 days subject to the completion of routine property due diligence that is customary in real estate transactions. We have not entered into any binding or non-binder letters of intent or definitive purchase and sale agreements with respect to any of our acquisitions under evaluation. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that we will complete the acquisition of any of our acquisitions under evaluation.

Acquisition Opportunities from CTO

Our exclusivity and ROFO agreement requires CTO, prior to seeking to sell any of CTO’s single-tenant, net leased properties (whether now owned or developed and owned by CTO in the future) to a third party, to first offer to us the right to purchase any such property. As of November 1, 2019, CTO’s portfolio of single-tenant income properties, excluding the properties that are being sold or contributed to us in the formation transactions, consists of 29 single-tenant, net leased properties located in 11 states representing approximately 1.3 square feet of leasable area and has a weighted-average remaining lease term as of November 1, 2019 of 13.8 years.

Our exclusivity and ROFO agreement with CTO also precludes CTO from acquiring any single-tenant, net leased properties after the closing of this offering unless CTO first offers that

 

99


opportunity to us and our independent directors decline to pursue the opportunity. However, this restriction will not apply to any single-tenant, net leased property that (i) was under contract for purchase by CTO or an affiliate of CTO as of the closing date of this offering, where such contract is not assignable to us and, despite commercially reasonable efforts by CTO, the seller will not agree to an assignment of the contract to us, or (ii) prior to the closing of this offering, CTO has identified or designated as a potential “replacement property” in connection with an open (i.e., not yet completed) like-kind exchange under Section 1031 of the Code.

As of November 1, 2019, CTO has entered into purchase and sale contracts for CTO to purchase two single-tenant, net leased properties for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $14.5 million. It is not anticipated that CTO will identify or designate these properties as potential “replacement properties,” as described above. The acquisition of these properties is still subject to, among other things, customary closing conditions and the satisfactory completion of due diligence. It is expected that the acquisition of these properties will remain subject to ongoing due diligence at the time of the closing of this offering. The contracts providing for the acquisition of these properties by CTO are not assignable to us. Although CTO will be obligated to use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the sellers to agree to an assignment of these contracts to us, we are unable to determine at this time whether the sellers of these properties will agree to such an assignment. Accordingly, we cannot assure you that we will acquire these properties on the terms and timing described above or at all.

In addition, as of November 1, 2019, CTO has entered into non-binding letters of intent to acquire four single-tenant, net leased properties for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $21.1 million. CTO does not expect to enter into a binding purchase and sale contract with the seller of these properties prior to the closing of this offering, and it is not anticipated that CTO will identify or designate these properties as potential “replacement properties,” as described above. Accordingly, pursuant to the terms of the exclusivity and ROFO agreement, CTO will be precluded from acquiring these properties, after the closing of this offering, unless CTO first offers that opportunity to us and our independent directors decline to pursue the opportunity. We cannot assure you that we will acquire these properties on the terms and timing described above or at all.

Our Target Markets

Our initial portfolio and target markets are located primarily in or in close proximity to major MSAs and in growth markets and other markets in the United States with favorable economic and demographic conditions. We target markets which, among other factors, have low unemployment and/or positive employment growth and favorable population trends. We believe well-located properties in these markets will allow our senior management team to utilize its real estate expertise to increase the value of our properties and may present us with opportunities to achieve higher values and returns through redevelopment or re-tenanting alternatives in the future.

Within these markets, we emphasize investments in retail and office properties that offer attractive risk-adjusted investment returns. We intend to target, over time, a portfolio that generates 70% of its annual base rent from single-tenant retail properties and 30% of its annual base rent from single-tenant office properties. However, as of September 30, 2019, 57% of our initial portfolio’s annual base rent was generated from single-tenant retail properties and 43% of our initial portfolio’s annual base rent was generated from single-tenant office properties. We also target properties net leased to tenants that we determine have attractive credit characteristics, stable operating histories and healthy rent coverage levels, are well-located within their market and have rent levels at or below market rent levels. In general, we intend to target properties that have a capitalization rate, measured by underwritten forward twelve months cash net operating income, between 6.5% and 7.5%.

 

100


Investment Highlights

The following investment highlights describe what we believe are some of the key considerations for investing in our company:

 

   

Stability and Strength of Cash Flows in our Initial Portfolio. Our 100% occupied initial portfolio provides us with stable, long-term cash flows. Our initial portfolio of 20 properties is diversified by tenant and geography with annualized base rent of approximately $12.5 million as of September 30, 2019. We have no lease expirations prior to January 31, 2024. In addition, approximately 54.2% of the leases in our initial portfolio (based on annualized base rent as of September 30, 2019) provide for increases in contractual base rent during the current term. Only four of our initial portfolio’s 16 tenants contributed more than 6% of our initial portfolio’s annualized base rent as of September 30, 2019. Our largest tenant, Wells Fargo N.A., and our second largest tenant, Hilton Grand Vacations, contributed approximately 25.0% and 18.2%, respectively, of our initial portfolio’s annualized base rent as of September 30, 2019. Our strategy targets a scaled portfolio that, over time, will:

 

   

derive no more than 10% of the portfolio’s annualized base rent from any single tenant, irrespective of the tenant’s credit rating;

 

   

derive no more than 10% of the portfolio’s annualized base rent from any single industry;

 

   

derive no more than 5% of the portfolio’s annualized base rent from any single property; and

 

   

maintain significant geographic diversification.

Although our strategy targets a scaled portfolio that, over time, meets the diversification criteria described above, as of September 30, 2019, our initial portfolio:

 

   

had two tenants that individually contributed more than 10% of our annualized base rent;

 

   

derived more than 10% of our annualized base rent from three industries;

 

   

derived more than 5% of our annualized base rent from each of seven properties; and

 

   

had significant geographic concentration in the West and South regions of the United States (as defined by the U.S. Census Bureau).

We believe portfolio diversification decreases the impact from an adverse event that affects a specific tenant or region.

 

   

Creditworthy Tenants. As of September 30, 2019, approximately 38.2% of our initial portfolio’s annualized base rent was derived from tenants that have (or whose parent company has) an investment grade credit rating from a recognized credit rating agency. As part of our overall growth strategy, we will seek to lease and acquire properties leased to creditworthy tenants that meet our underwriting and operating guidelines. Prior to entering into any acquisition or lease transaction, our Manager’s credit analysis and underwriting professionals will conduct a review of a proposed tenant’s credit quality based on our established underwriting methodologies. In addition, our Manager will consistently monitor the credit quality of our portfolio by actively reviewing the creditworthiness of our tenants. We anticipate that these reviews will include periodic assessments of the operating performance of each of our tenants and annual evaluations of the credit ratings of each of

 

101


 

our tenants, including any changes to the credit ratings of such tenants (or the parents of such tenants) as published by a recognized credit rating agency. We believe that our Manager’s focus on creditworthy tenants will increase the stability of our rental revenue.

 

   

Attractive Locations in Major or Fast-Growing Markets. The properties in our initial portfolio are primarily located in or in close proximity to major MSAs and in growth markets and other markets in the United States with favorable economic and demographic conditions. Approximately 82% of our initial portfolio’s annualized base rent as of September 30, 2019 was derived from properties (i) located in MSAs with populations greater than one million and unemployment rates less than 3.6% and (ii) where the mean household income within a three-mile radius of the property is greater than $88,000. We believe that properties located in major metropolitan and growth areas benefit from certain advantageous attributes as compared to less densely populated areas, including supply constraints, barriers to entry, near-term and long-term prospects for job creation, population growth and rental rate growth. In addition, we believe that properties located in or in close proximity to major MSAs and growth markets generally have lower vacancy rates because they can potentially be leased to a broader range of tenants or redeveloped for different uses.

 

   

Diverse Initial Portfolio. We believe that our initial portfolio is diversified by tenant and geography. Our initial portfolio is diversified with 16 tenants operating in 13 industries across 15 markets in ten states.

 

   

Growth Oriented Balance Sheet. Upon completion of this offering and the related formation transactions, we will have no outstanding debt. We have obtained commitments for a $100 million unsecured revolving credit facility with a four year term and expect to enter into the facility concurrently with the completion of this offering. We expect that the credit facility will be available for funding future acquisitions and general corporate purposes. We intend to manage our balance sheet so that we have access to multiple sources of capital in the future that may offer us the opportunity to lower our cost of funding and further diversify our sources of capital. We intend to use leverage, in-line with industry standards, to continue to grow our net leased property portfolio.

 

   

Platform Allows for Significant Growth. We expect to build on our senior management team’s experience in net lease real estate investing and leverage CTO’s established and developed origination, underwriting, financing, documentation and property management capabilities to achieve attractive risk-adjusted growth.

 

   

Focused Investment Strategy. We seek to acquire, own and operate primarily freestanding, single-tenant commercial real estate properties primarily located in our target markets leased primarily pursuant to triple-net, long-term leases. Within our target markets, we will focus on investments in single-tenant retail and office properties. We will target tenants in industries that we believe are favorably impacted by current macroeconomic trends that support consumer spending, such as strong and growing employment and positive consumer sentiment, as well as tenants in industries that have demonstrated resistance to the impact of the growing e-commerce retail sector. We also will seek to invest in properties that are net leased to tenants that we determine have attractive credit characteristics, stable operating histories and healthy rent coverage levels, are well-located within their market and have rent levels at or below market rent levels. Furthermore, we believe that the size of our company will, for at least the near term, allow us to focus our investment activities on the acquisition of single properties or smaller portfolios of properties that represent a transaction size that most of our publicly-traded net lease REIT peers will not pursue on a consistent basis.

 

102


   

Disciplined Underwriting Approach. The net leased properties that we target for acquisition generally will be under long-term leases and occupied by a single tenant, consistent with our initial portfolio. In addition, we may invest in properties that we believe have strong long-term real estate fundamentals (such as attractive demographics, infill locations, desirable markets and favorable rent coverage ratios), would be suitable for use by different types of tenants or alternative uses, offer attractive risk-adjusted returns and possess characteristics that reduce our real estate investment risks. In considering the potential acquisition of a property, we also evaluate how in-place rental rates compare to current market rental rates, as well as the likelihood of an increase in the rental rate upon extension of the in-place lease or re-tenanting of the property. We seek long-term leases, typically with initial lease terms of over 8 years, plus tenant renewal options. In addition, we target leases with a triple-net structure which obligates our tenants to pay all or most property-level expenses.

Strengths of Our External Manager

We will be externally managed by Alpine Income Property Manager, LLC, a wholly-owned subsidiary of CTO. CTO is a 109-year old real estate company that has been publicly-traded for 50 years and is currently listed on the NYSE American. CTO has paid an annual dividend since 1976. Our senior management team, which will be provided to us through our Manager, is led by John P. Albright, President and Chief Executive Officer of our company and CTO. Additionally, our senior management team includes: Mark E. Patten, Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of our company and CTO; Steven R. Greathouse, Senior Vice President, Investments of our company and CTO; and Daniel E. Smith, Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary of our company and CTO. Our senior management team has extensive experience running a publicly-traded real estate company including regulatory reporting, capital markets activity, investor relations and communication, compliance, stock exchange matters and cost management. Messrs. Albright, Patten and Greathouse have worked together at CTO for over seven years, and our senior management team has an average of more than 19 years of experience with public real estate companies, including REITs, as well as significant experience in leadership positions at other public companies, a Big Four public accounting firm and private real estate companies. In addition, we believe that CTO’s established public company infrastructure and expertise will help us operate efficiently as a publicly-traded company.

During their tenure at CTO, our senior management team has executed approximately $560.0 million in commercial real estate transactions. In addition, since 2012, our senior management team has disposed of more than $220 million of net leased properties generating more than $41.3 million in pre-tax gains for CTO’s shareholders. During the year ended December 31, 2018, CTO acquired 11 single-tenant, net leased properties, for purchase prices aggregating approximately $105.1 million. From January 1, 2019 through November 1, 2019, CTO completed the acquisition of ten single-tenant, net leased properties, for purchase prices aggregating approximately $102.0 million.

We believe that we will benefit from our relationship with our Manager and CTO. Our Manager will draw upon the experience and resources of the full CTO platform. CTO is a diversified real estate operating company that owns, manages and develops commercial real estate properties across the United States. Our senior management team has a deep network of relationships for sourcing net leased investments, which includes relationships within the tenant, developer and brokerage communities in several instances allowing for exclusive off-market and first-look acquisition opportunities for net leased properties. These opportunities have resulted in transactions with multiple REITs, brokerage groups and investment funds and vehicles. In addition, our senior management team has been successful in leveraging its platform to assist

 

103


existing tenants of CTO to develop new properties or expand their existing footprint. As of November 1, 2019, CTO owned 49 single-tenant and 4 multi-tenant net leased properties with approximately 2.4 million square feet of gross leasable area, which includes the 20 single-tenant, net leased properties that will comprise our initial portfolio.

We believe that CTO’s reputation, in-depth market knowledge and extensive network of long-standing relationships in the net lease industry will provide us access to attractive investment opportunities. Additionally, concurrently with the completion of this offering and the formation transactions, we will enter into the exclusivity and ROFO agreement, pursuant to which CTO will agree, subject to certain exceptions, that it will not:

 

   

acquire, directly or indirectly, a single-tenant, net leased property, including any property that CTO has under contract as of the closing date of this offering, unless CTO has first offered that opportunity to us and our independent directors have declined to pursue the opportunity; and

 

   

enter into any agreement with any third party for the purchase and/or sale of (i) any of CTO’s remaining 29 single-tenant, net leased properties prior to seeking to sell any such properties to a third party; or (ii) any single-tenant, net leased property developed and owned by CTO or any of its affiliates after the closing date of this offering, without first offering us the right to purchase such property.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the above-described restriction on acquisitions by CTO and its affiliates of single-tenant, net leased properties will not apply where (i) as of the closing date of this offering CTO or its affiliate has such a property under contract for purchase, (ii) such contract is not assignable to us and (iii) despite commercially reasonable efforts by CTO, the seller will not agree to an assignment of the contract to us.

See “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—Exclusivity and ROFO Agreement.”

While we do not initially intend to engage in real estate development activities, we also believe that we will benefit from the real estate development expertise of our senior management team by utilizing this expertise in connection with underwriting our acquisition opportunities and with positioning and repositioning our properties to make them more attractive to existing and prospective tenants. Our senior management team has substantial experience purchasing properties with development and redevelopment potential as well as properties for direct redevelopment. We believe many of the existing net leased properties in CTO’s portfolio have imbedded value through potential re-tenanting or redevelopment, coupled with an investment basis that allows for redevelopment to achieve attractive risk-adjusted returns. The real estate development experience of our senior management team includes:

 

   

the construction, permitting, operation and subsequent sale of five self-developed multi-tenant office properties located on previously undeveloped land in Daytona Beach, Florida in 2016 and March 2018;

 

   

the acquisition of a former Publix shopping center in Winter Park, Florida that was effectively vacant and the redevelopment and lease-up of the retail center into a vibrant renovated center with a new high-performing 24 Hour Fitness as the anchor tenant and a new Wawa developed on a vacant outparcel; and

 

   

the purchase, entitlement and self-development of six vacant acres on the beach in Daytona Beach, Florida, into two single-tenant, net leased restaurant properties completed in January 2018.

 

104


We also intend to leverage the vast experience and relationships that our senior management team has developed from the sale of CTO’s 10,500 acres of land along I-95 in Daytona Beach, Florida since 2012. These relationships and experience include CTO working with buyers on the design, engineering and permitting activities necessary for their end use. Notable CTO land transactions in the past six years include, but are not limited to:

 

   

the sale of a controlling interest in a venture that holds CTO’s remaining 5,300 acres of land for total proceeds of $97 million;

 

   

the sale of 76 acres for a 630,000-square foot distribution center for Trader Joes;

 

   

the sale of 39 acres for a 350,000-square foot outlet center for Tanger Outlets;

 

   

the sale of 27 acres for a 70,000-square foot fulfillment center for Amazon;

 

   

the sale of 18 acres for the only Sam’s Club built in the U.S. in 2019;

 

   

the sale of 1,600 acres for Minto’s 3,400-home development of the first ever Latitude Margaritaville;

 

   

the sale of nearly 100 acres for a 400,000-square foot power center developed by NADG; and

 

   

the sale of 35 acres for the first Buc-ee’s outside of the state of Texas.

 

105


Our Initial Portfolio

Overview

The tables below present an overview of the properties in our initial portfolio as of September 30, 2019, unless otherwise indicated.

 

Property
Type

  Tenant   S&P
Credit
Rating
(1)
  Property Location   Rentable
Square
Feet
    Lease
Expiration
Date
    Remaining
Term
(Years)
    Tenant
Extension
Options
(Number x
Years)
    Contractual
Rent
Escalations
    Annualized
Base

Rent (2)
 
Office   Wells Fargo   A+   Portland, OR     211,863       12/31/25       6.3       3x5       No     $ 3,124,979  
Office   Hilton Grand
Vacations
  BB+   Orlando, FL     102,019       11/30/26       7.2       2x5       Yes     $ 1,658,143  
Retail   LA Fitness   B+   Brandon, FL     45,000       4/26/32       12.6       3x5       Yes     $ 851,688  
Retail   At Home   B+   Raleigh, NC     116,334       9/14/29       10.0       4x5       Yes     $ 658,351  
Retail   Century
Theater
  BB   Reno, NV     52,474       11/30/24       5.2       3x5       No     $ 644,000  
Retail   Container
Store
  B   Phoenix, AZ     23,329       2/28/30       10.4       2x5       Yes     $ 630,315  
Office   Hilton Grand
Vacations
  BB+   Orlando, FL     31,895       11/30/26       7.2       2x5       Yes     $ 621,953  
Retail   Live Nation
Entertainment,
Inc.
  BB-   East Troy, WI     (3)      3/31/30       10.5       N/A       Yes     $ 546,542  
Retail   Hobby Lobby   N/A   Winston-Salem, NC     55,000       3/31/30       10.5       3x5       Yes     $ 522,500  
Retail   Dick’s Sporting
Goods
  N/A   McDonough, GA     46,315       1/31/24       4.3       4x5       No     $ 472,500  
Retail   Jo-Ann Fabric   B-   Saugus, MA     22,500       1/31/29       9.3       4x5       Yes     $ 450,000  
Retail   Walgreens   BBB   Birmingham, AL     14,516       3/31/29       9.5       N/A       No     $ 364,300  
Retail   Walgreens   BBB   Alpharetta, GA     15,120       10/31/25       6.1       N/A       No     $ 362,880  
Retail   Best Buy   BBB   McDonough, GA     30,038       3/31/26       6.5       4x5       No     $ 337,500  
Retail   Outback   BB   Charlottesville, VA     7,216       9/30/31       12.0       4x5       Yes     $ 287,923  
Retail   Walgreens   BBB   Albany, GA     14,770       1/31/33       13.3       N/A       No     $ 258,000  
Retail   Outback   BB   Charlotte, NC     6,297       9/30/31       12.0       4x5       Yes     $ 206,027  
Retail   Cheddars(4)   BBB   Jacksonville, FL     8,146       9/30/27       8.0       4x5       Yes     $ 175,000  
Retail   Scrubbles(4)   N/A   Jacksonville, FL     4,512       10/31/37       18.1       4x5       Yes     $ 174,400  
Retail   Family Dollar   BBB-   Lynn, MA     9,228       3/31/24       4.5       7x5       No     $ 160,000  
       

 

 

     

 

 

       

 

 

 

Total / Wtd. Avg.

    816,572         8.2         $ 12,507,001  
       

 

 

     

 

 

       

 

 

 

 

(1)

Tenant, or tenant parent, rated entity.

(2)

Annualized cash base rental income in place as of September 30, 2019.

(3)

The Alpine Valley Music Theatre, leased to Live Nation Entertainment, Inc., is an entertainment venue consisting of a two-sided, open-air, 7,500-seat pavilion; an outdoor amphitheater with capacity for 37,000; and over 150 acres of green space.

(4)

We are the lessor in a ground lease with the tenant. Rentable square feet represents improvements on the property that revert to us at the expiration of the lease.

 

106


Tenant

  Location  

Address

  Tenant
Industry / Use
  Year Built /
Renovated
  CTO
Purchase
Date
    Square
Feet
    Acres  
Wells Fargo   Portland, OR   18770 NW Walker Rd., Hillsboro, OR 97006   Financial

Services

  1978/2009     10/27/17       211,863       19  
Hilton Grand Vacations

—MCC

  Orlando, FL  

6355 Metrowest Blvd., Orlando,

FL 32835

  Hospitality   1988/2014     1/31/13       102,019       11  
LA Fitness   Brandon, FL   2890 Providence Lakes Blvd., Brandon, FL 33511   Fitness   2006     4/28/17       45,000       5  
At Home   Raleigh, NC   4700 Green Rd., Raleigh, NC 27604   Home Goods   1995/2014     9/29/16       116,334       14  
Century Theater   Reno, NV   11 N. Sierra St., Reno, NV 89501   Theater   2000     11/30/16       52,474       1  
Container Store   Phoenix, AZ  

7850 W. Bell Rd., Glendale,

AZ 85308

  Home
Improvement
  2015     5/18/15       23,329       2  
Live Nation
Entertainment, Inc.
  East Troy, WI   2699 Country Road D, East Troy, WI 53120   Entertainment   1977     8/30/19             158  
Hobby Lobby   Winston-Salem, NC   3775 Oxford Station Way, Winston-Salem, NC 27103   Leisure
Retailer
  2015     5/16/19       55,000       8  
Dick’s Sporting Goods   McDonough, GA   1855 Jonesboro Rd., McDonough, GA 30253   Leisure
Retailer
  2006     6/15/06       46,315       4  
Jo-Ann Fabric   Saugus, MA   1073 Broadway, Saugus, MA 01906   Leisure
Retailer
  2009     4/6/17       22,500       5  
Hilton Grand Vacations
—Cambridge
  Orlando, FL   1800 Metrocenter Blvd., Orlando, FL 32835   Hospitality   2000/2014     1/31/13       31,895       4  
Best Buy   McDonough, GA   1861 Jonesboro Rd., McDonough, GA 30253   Electronics   2006     6/15/06       30,038       4  
Walgreens   Birmingham, AL   101 Doug Baker Blvd., Birmingham, AL, 35242   Pharmacy   2003     6/5/19       14,516       2  
Walgreens   Alpharetta, GA   4395 Kimball Bridge Rd., Johns Creek, GA 300022   Pharmacy   2000     3/31/04       15,120       2  
Outback   Charlottesville, VA   1101 Seminole Trail, Charlottesville, VA 22901   Casual Dine   1984     9/15/16       7,216       1  
Walgreens   Albany, GA  

2414 Sylvester Rd., Albany,

GA 31705

  Pharmacy   2007     6/21/19       14,770       4  
Outback   Charlotte, NC   16400 Northcross Dr., Huntersville, NC 28078   Casual Dine   1997     9/15/16       6,297       2  
Cheddars(1)   Jacksonville, FL   4954 Town Center Parkway, Jacksonville, FL 32246   Casual Dine   2017     10/4/18       8,146       1  
Scrubbles(1)   Jacksonville, FL   5064 Weebers Crossings Drive, Jacksonville, FL 32246   Car Wash   2017     10/4/18       4,512       2  
Family Dollar   Lynn, MA   50 Central Ave, Lynn, MA 01901   Discount   2014     6/10/19       9,228       1  
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
Total       816,572       250  
           

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Subject to a ground lease.

 

107


Diversification by Geography

The following table details the geographical locations of the properties in our initial portfolio as of September 30, 2019:

 

State

   Annualized Base Rent      % of Annualized
Base Rent
    Number of Properties      Square Feet  

Alabama

   $ 364,300        2.9     1        14,516  

Arizona

   $ 630,315        5.0     1        23,329  

Florida

   $ 3,481,184        27.8     5        191,572  

Georgia

   $ 1,430,880        11.5     4        106,243  

Massachusetts

   $ 610,000        4.9     2        31,728  

North Carolina

   $ 1,386,878        11.1     3        177,631  

Nevada

   $ 644,000        5.1     1        52,474  

Oregon

   $ 3,124,979        25.0     1        211,863  

Virginia

   $ 287,923        2.3     1        7,216  

Wisconsin

   $ 546,542        4.4     1         
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 12,507,001        100.0     20        816,572  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

108


Lease Expirations

As of September 30, 2019, the weighted average remaining term of our leases was approximately 8.2 years (based on annualized base rent), with none of the leases expiring prior to January 31, 2024. The following table sets forth our lease expirations for leases in place as of September 30, 2019:

 

Lease Expiration Year (1)(2)

   Annualized Base Rent      % of Base Rent     Number of Properties  

2019

                   

2020

                   

2021

                   

2022

                   

2023

                   

2024

   $ 1,276,500        10.21     3  

2025

   $ 3,487,859        27.89     2  

2026

   $ 2,617,596        20.93     3  

2027

   $ 175,000        1.40     1  

2028

                   

2029

   $ 1,472,651        11.77     3  

2030

   $ 1,699,357        13.59     3  

2031

   $ 493,950        3.95     2  

2032

   $ 851,688        6.81     1  

2033

   $ 258,000        2.06     1  

2034

                   

2035

                   

2036

                   

2037

   $ 174,400        1.39     1  

2038

                   

2039

                   

2040

                   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 12,507,001        100.0     20  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Expiration year of contracts in place as of September 30, 2019. Excludes any tenant option renewal periods that have not been exercised.

(2)

Assumes each tenant’s earliest right to terminate is lease expiration date.

 

109


Our Business and Growth Strategies

Our objective is to maximize cash flow and value per share by generating stable and growing cash flows and attractive risk-adjusted returns through owning, operating and growing a diversified portfolio of high-quality single-tenant, net leased properties. Our business and growth strategy is differentiated from that of our larger peers in that we are able to focus our acquisition efforts on single-asset and small portfolio transactions which we believe will provide attractive risk-adjusted returns. We intend to pursue our objective through the following business and growth strategies:

 

   

Focus on Net Leased Retail and Office Properties in Major Metropolitan Areas and Growth Markets. We focus on owning, operating and investing in single-tenant, net leased retail and office properties located primarily in or in close proximity to major MSAs and in growth markets and other markets in the United States with favorable economic and demographic conditions. We also seek to invest in properties that are net leased to tenants that we determine have attractive credit characteristics and stable operating histories, or well-located infill properties with higher value redevelopment or re-tenanting alternatives, when appropriate.

 

   

Manage and Grow a Diverse Portfolio of High Quality Net Leased Assets. We will manage and grow our portfolio of single-tenant, net leased properties to generate sustainable, stable cash flows and maximize the long-term return on our investments. We expect to utilize the extensive real estate experience, disciplined underwriting approach and risk management expertise of our Manager and CTO. When underwriting investments, we will emphasize high-quality net leased properties, with strong operating performance, healthy rent coverage ratios and tenants with attractive credit characteristics.

General Investment and Lease Characteristics. In general, we will seek to acquire properties with or enter into leases with (i) relatively long terms (typically with initial lease terms over ten years and tenant renewal options); (ii) at or below market rental rates; (iii) attractive rent coverage ratios; (iv) meaningful rent escalations and (v) tenants that operate in industries we believe are resistant to the impact of e-commerce.

Diversification. We seek to maintain geographic and economic diversity in our properties and income streams. We believe this strategy will help mitigate the risks associated with concentrations of tenants, industries, properties or regions. Our strategy targets a scaled portfolio that, over time, will:

 

   

derive no more than 10% of the portfolio’s annualized base rent from any single tenant, irrespective of the tenant’s credit rating;

 

   

derive no more than 10% of the portfolio’s annualized base rent from any single industry;

 

   

derive no more than 5% of the portfolio’s annualized base rent from any single property; and

 

   

maintain significant geographic diversification.

Asset Management. We will regularly review each property in our portfolio in order to identify opportunities and mitigate risks in an effort to maximize stockholder value. This review will include, among other items:

 

   

evaluating the business performance of the tenant at the property level;

 

110


   

evaluating the credit quality and broader business performance of the tenant;

 

   

assessing the local real estate market conditions and market rents relative to in-place rents;

 

   

monitoring concentrations within the portfolio, including with respect to credit, geography and lease term;

 

   

forecasting requirements for capital expenditures; and

 

   

determining opportunities to recycle capital through an assessment of changes in market conditions, such as tenant credit, market demographics and capitalization rates.

We will utilize CTO’s existing infrastructure and extensive expertise to monitor the credit profile of each of our tenants on an ongoing basis. We believe that this approach will enable us to proactively identify opportunities and address issues in a timely manner.

 

   

Manage Our Balance Sheet for Flexibility and Optimal Capital Costs. We will seek to maintain a balance sheet that strikes a prudent balance between debt and equity financing and maintains funding sources that lock in long-term investment spreads and limit exposure to interest rate volatility. We intend to target long-term leverage of six times net debt to EBITDA or less. We anticipate having access to multiple sources of capital, including an undrawn $100 million unsecured revolving credit facility that we expect to enter into concurrently with the completion of this offering. Our pro forma cash balance of $18.2 million and undrawn $100 million credit facility will provide significant initial capital for our near-term growth.

Investment Guidelines

Upon completion of this offering, our board of directors will have approved the following investment guidelines:

 

   

No investment will be made that would cause us to fail to qualify as a REIT under the Code.

 

   

No investment will be made that would cause us or any of our subsidiaries to be required to be registered as an investment company under the Investment Company Act.

 

   

All acquisitions of single-tenant, net leased properties from CTO or any of its affiliates must be approved by a majority of our independent directors.

Upon completion of this offering, our board of directors will have approved additional investment guidelines establishing the limits of authority for our Manager which, among other things, will stipulate that any and all acquisitions of single-tenant, net leased properties that exceed a certain investment threshold, in terms of total purchase price and/or investment yield at acquisition, will require the approval of the majority of our independent directors.

From time to time, the investment guidelines may be amended, restated, supplemented or waived without the approval of our stockholders, but with the approval of a majority of our independent directors.

Our Leases

In general, we will seek to acquire properties with or enter into leases with (i) relatively long terms (typically with initial lease terms over ten years and tenant renewal options); (ii) at or below

 

111


market rental rates; (iii) attractive rent coverage ratios; (iv) meaningful rent escalations and (v) tenants that operate in industries we believe are resistant to the impact of e-commerce. All of the properties in our initial portfolio are subject to long-term, primarily triple-net leases, which generally require the tenant to pay all of the property operating expenses such as real estate taxes, insurance, assessments and other governmental fees, utilities, repairs and maintenance and certain capital expenditures.

In addition, two of our properties are subject to ground leases. These leases are generally long term leases where the lessee may use or develop the property but we retain title to the land.

Underwriting

Our Manager’s strategy for investing in target properties is focused on factors including, but not limited to, long-term real estate fundamentals and target markets, including major MSAs or growth markets and other markets in the United States with favorable economic and demographic conditions. In evaluating an investment, our Manager employs a methodology which includes an evaluation of: (i) the attributes of the real estate (e.g. location, market demographics, comparable properties in the market, etc.); (ii) an evaluation of the existing tenant (e.g. creditworthiness, property level sales, tenant rent levels compared to the market, etc.); (iii) other market-specific conditions (e.g. tenant industry, job and population growth in the market, local economy, etc.); and (iv) considerations relating to our business and strategy (e.g., strategic fit of the asset type, property management needs, etc.).

Our Manager’s underwriting process evaluates comparable real estate assets in the relevant real estate market. Our Manager generally seeks to invest in real estate assets that are high quality and suitable for use by different tenants. Our Manager also seeks to rent properties at market or below-market rents to reduce vacancy risk and enhance the stability of our rental revenue. When evaluating market rents, our Manager may use market data provided by third-party real estate services firms such as CoStar Group, Inc. and Real Capital Analytics, Inc. These underwriting procedures provide our Manager with an idea of likely ranges of real estate valuation in the event a property should need to be leased to a replacement tenant.

Our Manager performs detailed credit reviews of the financial condition of all of our proposed tenants to determine their financial strength and flexibility. As part of this review, our Manager will evaluate the strength of the proposed tenant’s business at the property and at a corporate level, if applicable, and may consider the risk of tenant/company insolvency using internally developed methodologies or assessments provided by third parties. Our Manager will also consider a proposed tenant’s ability to pay the required rent pursuant to the proposed lease as well as the capital requirements needed for maintaining the property pursuant to the proposed lease. Our Manager’s assessment of the tenant’s financial condition and cash flows would not necessarily look solely to the cash flows generated by the tenant from the operations at the applicable property. The tenant’s other cash flow and capital sources would also be considered a potential resource for payment to us and represent a secondary source of our payments. Alternative tenant cash flows from sources other than the properties we own can increase the stability of our rental revenue. When appropriate, our Manager may seek credit enhancements from our tenants, such as having a tenant’s parent company or an affiliate guarantee its lease obligations to us.

Our Manager will carefully evaluate the industry in which a prospective tenant operates and the structural terms of the proposed lease. When evaluating an industry, our Manager will seek to determine relevant competitive factors and the long-term viability of the industry. We believe that by identifying macro-economic industry trends, we can better attempt to avoid investment in industries subject to long-term functional obsolescence. We believe that industry viability supports investments, residual values and investment recovery values in the event of tenant defaults.

 

112


Asset Management

We will actively manage our portfolio to ensure tenant compliance with applicable lease agreements and to ensure that our properties are maintained. We will also attempt to limit potential defaults through consistent and ongoing monitoring of our tenants and the performance of their business operations. In the event that we determine that a particular property should be re-tenanted, we will intervene to identify an appropriate new tenant and reach agreement on a lease that meets our requirements for the property. Our active asset management will also include the identification of properties in our portfolio which we might consider for disposition, assistance in the marketing of such properties for sale and the completion of the sales process, subject to limitations imposed as a result of our status as a REIT. Following the acquisition of each property, we will continue to actively monitor the profitability of the property as well as the financial performance of each of our tenants.

Real Estate Monitoring

We will generally physically inspect every property that we acquire in connection with our initial investment. However, under certain circumstances, such as an acquisition of a large portfolio of properties, it may not be practicable for us to physically inspect each property, in which case we will rely on other due diligence procedures, such as review of financial and documentary information that may include third-party reports such as title examinations, land title surveys, environmental reports and zoning reports. We will periodically perform site inspections of our properties based on an evaluation of financial performance, unique property characteristics and industry factors and trends. We will use information gained from site visits to monitor tenant compliance with maintenance obligations and to provide a leading indicator of property-level performance trends.

Financing Strategy

Our long-term financing strategy is to maintain a prudent leverage profile that supports operational flexibility and contributes to more favorable opportunities for superior risk-adjusted returns for our stockholders. We expect to finance our operations and the acquisition and maintenance of our portfolio and other assets using several different sources, including cash from operations, proceeds from issuances of our equity and debt securities and possibly proceeds from sales of our properties. We anticipate having access to multiple sources of capital, including an undrawn $100 million unsecured revolving credit facility that we expect to enter into concurrently with the completion of this offering. Our pro forma cash balance of $18.2 million and undrawn $100 million credit facility will provide significant initial capital for our near-term growth. We intend to target long-term leverage of six times net debt to EBITDA or less.

Tax Status

We intend to elect to be taxed as a REIT for U.S. federal income tax purposes commencing with our short taxable year ending December 31, 2019. We believe that, commencing with such taxable year, we will be organized and will operate in such a manner as to qualify for taxation as a REIT under the U.S. federal income tax laws, and we intend to continue to operate in such a manner, but no assurance can be given that we will operate in a manner so as to qualify or remain qualified as a REIT.

Competition

The real estate business generally is highly competitive. We intend to focus on investing in commercial real estate that produces income primarily through the leasing of assets to tenants. To

 

113


identify investment opportunities in income-producing real estate assets and to achieve our investment objectives, we compete with numerous companies and organizations, both public as well as private, of varying sizes, ranging from organizations with local operations to organizations with national scale and reach, and in some cases, we compete with individual real estate investors. In all the markets in which we compete to acquire net leased properties, price is the principal method of competition, with transaction structure and certainty of execution also being significant considerations for potential sellers. We face competition for acquisitions of real property from investors, including traded and non-traded public REITs, private equity investors and institutional investment funds, some of which have greater financial resources than we do, a greater ability to borrow funds to acquire properties and the ability to accept more risk. This competition may increase the demand for the types of properties in which we typically invest and, therefore, reduce the number of suitable investment opportunities available to us and increase the prices paid for such acquisition properties. This competition will increase if investments in real estate become more attractive relative to other forms of investment.

As a landlord, we compete in the multi-billion-dollar commercial real estate market with numerous developers and owners of properties, many of which own properties similar to ours in the same markets in which our properties are located. Some of our competitors have greater economies of scale, lower costs of capital, access to more resources and greater name recognition than we do. If our competitors offer space at rental rates below current market rates or below the rental rates we currently charge our tenants, we may lose our tenants or prospective tenants and we may be pressured to reduce our rental rates or to offer substantial rent abatements, tenant improvement allowances, early termination rights or below-market renewal options in order to retain tenants when our leases expire.

Employees

We are externally managed and, upon the completion of this offering, will be advised by our Manager pursuant to the management agreement between our Manager and us. All of our executive officers serve as officers of our Manager and CTO, and one of our directors, John P. Albright, serves as an officer of our Manager and an officer and director of CTO. We do not expect to have any employees. See “Our Manager and the Management Agreement—Management Agreement.”

Principal Executive Offices

Our principal offices are located at 1140 N. Williamson Blvd., Suite 140, Daytona Beach, Florida 32114. We believe that our facilities are adequate for our present and future operations.

Legal Proceedings

From time to time, we may be party to various lawsuits, claims for negligence and other legal proceedings that arise in the ordinary course of our business. We are not currently a party, as plaintiff or defendant, to any legal proceedings which, individually or in the aggregate, would be expected to have a material effect on our business, financial position, liquidity or results of operations if determined adversely to us.

Insurance

Our tenants are generally required to maintain liability and property insurance coverage for the properties they lease from us pursuant to triple-net leases. These leases generally require our tenants to name us (and any of our lenders that have a mortgage on the property leased by the tenant) as additional insureds on their liability policies and additional named insured and/or loss

 

114


payee (or mortgagee, in the case of our lenders) on their property policies. Depending on the location of the property, losses of a catastrophic nature, such as those caused by earthquakes and floods, may be covered by insurance policies that are held by our tenant with limitations such as large deductibles or co-payments that a tenant may not be able to meet. In addition, losses of a catastrophic nature, such as those caused by wind/hail, hurricanes, terrorism or acts of war, may be uninsurable or not economically insurable. In the event there is damage to our properties that is not covered by insurance and such properties are subject to recourse indebtedness, we will continue to be liable for the indebtedness, even if these properties are irreparably damaged. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business and Properties—Insurance on our properties may not adequately cover all losses and uninsured losses could materially and adversely affect us.”

In addition to being a named insured on our tenants’ liability policies, we will separately maintain commercial general liability coverage. We will also maintain full property coverage on all untenanted properties and other property coverage as may be required by our lenders, which are not required to be carried by our tenants under our leases.

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company and a Smaller Reporting Company

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined in the JOBS Act, and we are eligible to take advantage of certain specified reduced disclosure and other requirements that are otherwise generally applicable to public companies that are not “emerging growth companies,” including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. We have irrevocably opted-out of the extended transition period afforded to emerging growth companies in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. As a result, we will comply with new or revised accounting standards on the same time frames as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.

We will remain an “emerging growth company” until the earliest to occur of (i) the last day of the fiscal year during which our total annual gross revenue equals or exceeds $1.07 billion (subject to adjustment for inflation), (ii) the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of this offering, (iii) the date on which we have, during the previous three-year period, issued more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt securities and (iv) the date on which we are deemed to be a “large accelerated filer” under the Exchange Act.

We are also a “smaller reporting company” as defined in Regulation S-K under the Securities Act and may take advantage of certain of the scaled disclosures available to smaller reporting companies. We may be a smaller reporting company even after we are no longer an “emerging growth company.”

Regulation

General. Our properties are subject to various laws, ordinances and regulations, including those relating to fire and safety requirements, and affirmative and negative covenants and, in some instances, common area obligations. Our tenants have primary responsibility for compliance with these requirements pursuant to our leases. We believe that each of our properties has the necessary permits and approvals.

Americans With Disabilities Act. Under Title III of the ADA, and rules promulgated thereunder, in order to protect individuals with disabilities, public accommodations must remove architectural and communication barriers that are structural in nature from existing places of public accommodation to the extent “readily achievable.” In addition, under the ADA, alterations

 

115


to a place of public accommodation or a commercial facility are to be made so that, to the maximum extent feasible, such altered portions are readily accessible to and usable by disabled individuals. The “readily achievable” standard considers, among other factors, the financial resources of the affected site and the owner, lessor or other applicable person.

Compliance with the ADA, as well as other federal, state and local laws, may require modifications to properties we currently own or may purchase or may restrict renovations of those properties. Failure to comply with these laws or regulations could result in the imposition of fines or an award of damages to private litigants, as well as the incurrence of the costs of making modifications to attain compliance, and future legislation could impose additional obligations or restrictions on our properties. Although our tenants are generally responsible for all maintenance and repairs of the property pursuant to our lease, including compliance with the ADA and other similar laws or regulations, we could be held liable as the owner of the property for a failure of one of our tenants to comply with these laws or regulations.

Environmental Matters

Federal, state and local environmental laws and regulations regulate, and impose liability for, releases of hazardous or toxic substances into the environment. Under various of these laws and regulations, a current or previous owner, operator or tenant of real estate may be required to investigate and clean up hazardous or toxic substances, hazardous wastes or petroleum product releases or threats of releases at the property, and may be held liable to a government entity or to third parties for property damage and for investigation, clean-up and monitoring costs incurred by those parties in connection with the actual or threatened contamination. These laws may impose clean-up responsibility and liability without regard to fault, or whether the owner, operator or tenant knew of or caused the presence of the contamination. The liability under these laws may be joint and several for the full amount of the investigation, clean-up and monitoring costs incurred or to be incurred or actions to be undertaken, although a party held jointly and severally liable may seek to obtain contributions from other identified, solvent, responsible parties of their fair share toward these costs. These costs may be substantial and can exceed the value of the property. In addition, some environmental laws may create a lien on the contaminated site in favor of the government for damages and costs it incurs in connection with the contamination. As the owner or operator of real estate, we also may be liable under common law to third parties for damages and injuries resulting from environmental contamination emanating from the real estate. The presence of contamination, or the failure to properly remediate contamination, on a property may adversely affect the ability of the owner, operator or tenant to sell or rent that property or to borrow using the property as collateral and may adversely impact our investment in that property.

Some of our properties contain, have contained or are adjacent to or near other properties that have contained or currently contain storage tanks for the storage of petroleum products or other hazardous or toxic substances. Similarly, some of our properties were used in the past for commercial or industrial purposes, or are currently used for commercial purposes, that involve or involved the use of petroleum products or other hazardous or toxic substances or are adjacent to or near properties that have been or are used for similar commercial or industrial purposes. These operations create a potential for the release of petroleum products or other hazardous or toxic substances, and we could potentially be required to pay to clean up any contamination. In addition, environmental laws regulate a variety of activities that can occur on a property, including the storage of petroleum products or other hazardous or toxic substances, air emissions, water discharges and exposure to lead-based paint. Such laws may impose fines or penalties for violations and may require permits or other governmental approvals to be obtained for the operation of a business involving such activities. As a result of the foregoing, we could be materially and adversely affected.

 

116


Environmental laws also govern the presence, maintenance and removal of asbestos-containing materials (“ACM”). Federal regulations require building owners and those exercising control over a building’s management to identify and warn, through signs and labels, of potential hazards posed by workplace exposure to installed ACM in their building. The regulations also have employee training, record keeping and due diligence requirements pertaining to ACM. Significant fines can be assessed for violation of these regulations. As a result of these regulations, building owners and those exercising control over a building’s management may be subject to an increased risk of personal injury lawsuits by workers and others exposed to ACM. The regulations may affect the value of a building containing ACM in which we have invested. Federal, state and local laws and regulations also govern the removal, encapsulation, disturbance, handling and/or disposal of ACM when those materials are in poor condition or in the event of construction, remodeling, renovation or demolition of a building. These laws may impose liability for improper handling or a release into the environment of ACM and may provide for fines to, and for third parties to seek recovery from, owners or operators of real properties for personal injury or improper work exposure associated with ACM.

When excessive moisture accumulates in buildings or on building materials, mold growth may occur, particularly if the moisture problem remains undiscovered or is not addressed over a period of time. Some molds may produce airborne toxins or irritants. Indoor air quality issues can also stem from inadequate ventilation, chemical contamination from indoor or outdoor sources and other biological contaminants such as pollen, viruses and bacteria. Indoor exposure to airborne toxins or irritants above certain levels can be alleged to cause a variety of adverse health effects and symptoms, including allergic or other reactions. As a result, the presence of significant mold or other airborne contaminants at any of our properties could require us to undertake a costly remediation program to contain or remove the mold or other airborne contaminants from the affected property or increase indoor ventilation. In addition, the presence of significant mold or other airborne contaminants could expose us to liability from our tenants, employees of our tenants or others if property damage or personal injury occurs.

With respect to each of the properties in our initial portfolio, CTO has obtained Phase I environmental site assessments. We will obtain Phase I environmental assessments on all properties we acquire after the completion of this offering. Phase I environmental site assessments are limited in scope and therefore may not reveal all environmental conditions affecting a property. However, if recommended in the initial assessments, we may undertake additional assessments such as soil and/or groundwater samplings or other limited subsurface investigations and ACM or mold surveys to test for substances of concern. A prior owner or operator of a property or historic operations at our properties may have created a material environmental condition that is not known to us or the independent consultants preparing the site assessments. Material environmental conditions may have arisen after the review was completed or may arise in the future, and future laws, ordinances or regulations may impose material additional environmental liability. If environmental concerns are not satisfactorily resolved in any initial or additional assessments, we may obtain environmental insurance policies to insure against potential environmental risk or loss depending on the type of property, the availability and cost of the insurance and various other factors we deem relevant. Our ultimate liability for environmental conditions may exceed the policy limits on any environmental insurance policies we obtain, if any.

Generally, our leases require the lessee to comply with environmental law and provide that the lessee will indemnify us for any loss or expense we incur as a result of the lessee’s violation of environmental law or the presence, use or release of hazardous materials on our property attributable to the lessee. If our lessees do not comply with environmental law, or we are unable to enforce the indemnification obligations of our lessees, our results of operations would be adversely affected.

 

117


We cannot predict what other environmental legislation or regulations will be enacted in the future, how existing or future laws or regulations will be administered or interpreted or what environmental conditions may be found to exist on our properties in the future. Compliance with existing and new laws and regulations may require us or our tenants to spend funds to remedy environmental problems. If we or our tenants were to become subject to significant environmental liabilities, we could be materially and adversely affected.

 

118


MANAGEMENT

Our Executive Officers, Directors and Director Nominees

Upon the completion of this offering, the concurrent CTO private placement and the formation transactions, our board of directors will consist of five directors, including the four independent director nominees named below who will become directors upon completion of this offering. Each of our directors is elected by our stockholders to serve until the next annual meeting of our stockholders and until his or her successor is duly elected and qualifies. Of the five directors, we expect that our board of directors will determine that each of them other than Mr. Albright will be considered independent in accordance with the requirements of the NYSE. The first annual meeting of our stockholders after this offering will be held in 2020. Our charter and bylaws provide that a majority of the entire board of directors may at any time increase or decrease the number of directors. However, unless our charter and bylaws are amended, the number of directors may never be less than the minimum number required by the MGCL nor more than 15. Executive officers serve at the pleasure of our board of directors.

The following table sets forth certain information concerning the individuals who will be our directors and executive officers upon the completion of this offering:

 

Name

   Age   

Position with Our Company

John P. Albright

   54    President and Chief Executive Officer; Director

Mark E. Patten

   55    Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

Steven R. Greathouse

   41    Senior Vice President, Investments

Daniel E. Smith

   54    Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary

Mark O. Decker, Jr.

   43    Independent Director*

M. Carson Good

   58    Independent Director*

Andrew C. Richardson

   53    Independent Director*

Jeffrey S. Yarckin

   57    Independent Director*

 

*

Will become a director of our company upon completion of this offering.

The following sets forth biographical information concerning our executive officers, directors and director nominees.

John P. Albright has served as our President and Chief Executive Officer and a member of our board of directors since our formation in August 2019. Mr. Albright has served as President and Chief Executive Officer of CTO since August 1, 2011 and as a director of CTO since 2012. Prior to joining CTO, Mr. Albright was the Co-Head and Managing Director of Archon Capital, a Goldman Sachs Company located in Irving, Texas. Prior to that, he was the Executive Director, Merchant Banking-Investment Management for Morgan Stanley. Prior to Morgan Stanley, Mr. Albright was Managing Director and Officer of Crescent Real Estate Equities, a publicly traded REIT based in Fort Worth, Texas. We believe that Mr. Albright’s experience involving various aspects of investment, lending and development of commercial properties, as well as real estate investment banking, brings important and valuable skills to our board of directors.

Mark E. Patten has served as our Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer since our formation in August 2019. Mr. Patten has served as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of CTO since April 16, 2012. Mr. Patten also previously served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Legacy Healthcare Properties Trust Inc. and held the same

 

119


positions with Simply Self Storage. Mr. Patten served as Senior Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer of CNL Hotels & Resorts, Inc., a public non-traded lodging REIT, from January 2004 until the sale of the company in April 2007. Mr. Patten began his career at KPMG where he spent twelve years and was elected into the partnership in 1997.

Steven R. Greathouse has served as our Senior Vice President, Investments since our formation in August 2019. Mr. Greathouse has served as Senior Vice President, Investments of CTO since January 3, 2012. Mr. Greathouse most recently served as the Director of Finance at N3 Real Estate, a single-tenant triple net property developer. Prior to that, he was a Senior Associate, Merchant Banking-Investment Management for Morgan Stanley and Crescent Real Estate Equities, a publicly traded REIT based in Fort Worth, Texas.

Daniel E. Smith has served as our Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary since our formation in August 2019. Mr. Smith has served as Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary of CTO since October 22, 2014. Mr. Smith most recently served as Vice President-Hospitality and Vice President and Associate General Counsel at Goldman Sachs & Co. Prior to that, he spent ten years at Crescent Real Estate Equities, a publicly traded REIT based in Fort Worth, Texas, where he held several positions in the legal department, most recently as Senior Vice President and General Counsel.

Mark O. Decker, Jr., a nominee to our board of directors, is currently the President, Chief Executive Officer and Chief Investment Officer and a member of the board of trustees of Investors Real Estate Trust, an NYSE-listed REIT focused on the ownership, management, acquisition, development and redevelopment of apartment communities. He has served in this capacity since April 2017. From August 2016 to April 2017, he served as the President and Chief Investment Officer of Investors Real Estate Trust. From 2011 to 2016, Mr. Decker served as Managing Director and U.S. Group Head of Real Estate Investment and Corporate Banking at BMO Capital Markets, the North American-based investment banking subsidiary of the Canadian Bank of Montreal. Prior to that, he served as Managing Director with Morgan Keegan & Company, Inc., a brokerage firm and investment banking business, from February 2011 to September 2011, and worked with Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated, an employee-owned international wealth management, capital markets, private equity and asset management firm with offices in the United States, Europe and Asia, from 2004 to 2011, where he last served as Managing Director, Real Estate Investment Banking. Mr. Decker received a B.A. in history from the College of William & Mary. We believe that Mr. Decker’s experience, including capital markets and strategic planning, familiarity with the various real estate markets in which the Company operates and extensive contacts through his years in real estate investment banking, brings important and valuable skills to our board of directors.

M. Carson Good, a nominee to our board of directors, is currently the President of Good Capital Group, a private real estate investment company that structures and provides capital to operators and makes direct investments in assets in Florida. He has served in this capacity since 1989. From 2010 to 2019, Mr. Good also served as Managing Director and Florida Broker of Record for Jones Lang LaSalle, a Fortune 500 global real estate services company. Mr. Good has spent 30 years in commercial real estate, developing, operating, managing and brokering triple net leased buildings, shopping centers and mixed-use projects. Mr. Good has overseen human resources, property management accounting and complex recapitalizations. Mr. Good serves as the Vice Chairman of the Greater Orlando Aviation Authority, which operates a $600 million a year budget and is now building a $4 billion expansion to the main airport. Mr. Good also serves on the board of directors of the University of Florida’s real estate school, has served as Chairman of the Orange County Planning and Zoning Commission, and has been honored by Florida Governor Ron DeSantis to serve on both his Inauguration and Economic Transition Committees. Mr. Good

 

120


received undergraduate degrees in English literature and business administration from Florida State University and an M.B.A. from Rollins College. We believe Mr. Good’s experience involving real estate operating, managing and financing, brings important and valuable skills to our board of directors.

Andrew C. Richardson, a nominee to our board of directors, is currently the Chief Operating Officer of Waypoint Real Estate Investments, a private real estate investment firm focused on the U.S. residential sector. He has held this position since May 2019. Previously, Mr. Richardson served as the Chief Financial Officer and President of Land and Development of iStar, Inc., an NYSE-listed REIT, and as the Chief Financial Officer of Safehold Inc., an NYSE-listed ground lease REIT that is externally managed by iStar, from March 2018 to May 2019. Mr. Richardson also served as the Chief Financial Officer of The Howard Hughes Corporation, an NYSE-listed company that owns, manages and develops commercial, residential and mixed-use real estate throughout the U.S., from 2011 to 2016 and as the Chief Financial Officer of NorthStar Realty Finance Corp., an NYSE-listed real estate finance company, from 2006 to 2011. Prior to NorthStar, Mr. Richardson served as an Executive Vice President and Head of Capital Markets at iStar from 2000 to 2006. Mr. Richardson holds a B.B.A. in accountancy from the University of Notre Dame and an M.B.A. from the University of Chicago. We believe Mr. Richardson’s extensive public company experience in the real estate finance and land development sectors brings important and valuable skills to our board of directors.

Jeffrey S. Yarckin, a nominee to our board of directors, is currently the President and Chief Operating Officer and a co-founder of TriGate Capital, LLC, a real estate private equity firm. He has served in this capacity since 2007. Previously, Mr. Yarckin served as Co-President and Chief Executive Officer of ORIX Capital Markets, LLC, the proprietary trading, investment and asset management arm of ORIX USA Corporation, from 2004 to 2007. Mr. Yarckin also served in various capacities at Lone Star Funds, a private equity firm that invests opportunistically worldwide in real estate equity and credit, from 1993 to 2003. Mr. Yarckin received a B.S. in economics from The Wharton School at the University of Pennsylvania and an M.B.A. from The Amos Tuck School of Business Administration at Dartmouth College. We believe Mr. Yarckin’s experience in real estate investing, as well as his real estate private equity experience and relationships within the real estate industry, brings important and valuable skills to our board of directors.

Family Relationships

There are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers.

Corporate Governance Profile

We have structured our corporate governance in a manner we believe closely aligns our interests with those of our stockholders. Notable features of our corporate governance structure include the following:

 

   

our board of directors is not classified, with each of our directors subject to election annually, and we may not elect to be subject to the elective provision of the MGCL that would classify our board of directors without the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes cast on the matter by stockholders entitled to vote generally in the election of directors;

 

   

we will have fully independent audit, compensation and nominating and corporate governance committees as of the consummation of this offering;

 

   

we anticipate that at least one of our directors will qualify as an “audit committee financial expert” as defined by the SEC;

 

121


   

we have opted out of the business combination and control share acquisition statutes in the MGCL; and

 

   

we do not have a stockholder rights plan, and we will not adopt a stockholder rights plan in the future without (a) the approval of our stockholders or (b) seeking ratification from our stockholders within 12 months of adoption of the plan if the board of directors determines, in the exercise of its duties under applicable law, that it is in our best interest to adopt a rights plan without the delay of seeking prior stockholder approval.

Our directors will stay informed about our business by attending meetings of our board of directors and the committees on which they serve and through supplemental reports and communications. Our independent directors are expected to meet regularly in executive sessions without the presence of our corporate officers or non-independent directors.

Director Independence

We expect our board of directors to determine that each of Messrs. Decker, Good, Richardson and Yarckin is an “independent director” as such term is defined by the applicable rules and regulations of the NYSE.

Board Structure

Upon the completion of this offering, our board of directors will consist of five members. Our charter and bylaws provide that our board of directors will consist of such number of directors as may from time to time be fixed by our board of directors.

Each director will hold office until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal (each director may be removed only with cause by the affirmative vote of the stockholders entitled to cast at least two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast generally in the election of directors). Vacancies on the board of directors may be filled at any time by the remaining directors, even if the remaining directors do not constitute a quorum.

At any meeting of the board of directors, except as otherwise required by law, a majority of the total number of directors then in office will constitute a quorum for all purposes.

Our board of directors is not divided into classes with staggered terms, and each of our directors is subject to re-election annually.

Board Leadership Structure

We have adopted, as part of the charter of the nominating and corporate governance committee, a policy that the chairman of our board of directors be an independent director. Our board believes that this is the most appropriate leadership structure for our company, because having the board of directors operate under the leadership and direction of someone independent from management provides the board of directors with the most effective mechanism to fulfill its oversight responsibilities and hold management accountable for the performance of our company. It also allows our chief executive officer to focus his time on running our day-to-day business. The chairman of the board is appointed annually by a majority of our independent directors. Following the completion of this offering, Mr. Richardson, an independent director, will serve as the chairman of our board.

 

122


Role of Our Board of Directors in Risk Oversight

One of the key functions of our board of directors is informed oversight of our risk management process. Our board of directors administers this oversight function directly, with support from its three standing committees, the audit committee, the nominating and corporate governance committee and the compensation committee, each of which addresses risks specific to its respective areas of oversight. In particular, as more fully described below, our audit committee has the responsibility to consider and discuss our major financial risk exposures and the steps our management has taken to monitor and control these exposures, including guidelines and policies to govern the process by which risk assessment and management is undertaken. The audit committee also monitors compliance with legal and regulatory requirements, in addition to oversight of the performance of our internal audit function. Our nominating and corporate governance committee provides oversight with respect to corporate governance and ethical conduct and monitors the effectiveness of our corporate governance guidelines, including whether such guidelines are successful in preventing illegal or improper liability-creating conduct. Our compensation committee assesses and monitors whether any of our compensation policies and programs has the potential to encourage excessive risk-taking.

Board Committees

Upon the completion of this offering, our board of directors will have three standing committees: an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee. The principal functions of each committee are briefly described below. Additionally, our board of directors may from time to time establish other committees to facilitate the board’s oversight of management of the business and affairs of our company. The charter of each committee will be available on our website at www.alpinereit.com upon the completion of this offering. Our website is not part of this prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

Audit Committee

In connection with this offering, our board of directors will adopt an audit committee charter, which will define the audit committee’s principal functions, including oversight related to:

 

   

our accounting and financial reporting processes;

 

   

the integrity of our financial statements and financial reporting process;

 

   

our systems of disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting;

 

   

our compliance with financial, legal and regulatory requirements;

 

   

the evaluation of the qualifications, independence and performance of our independent registered public accounting firm;

 

   

the performance of our internal audit functions; and

 

   

our overall risk exposure and management.

The audit committee will also be responsible for engaging, evaluating, compensating and overseeing an independent registered public accounting firm, reviewing with the independent

 

123


registered public accounting firm the plans for and results of the audit engagement, approving services that may be provided by the independent registered public accounting firm, including audit and non-audit services, reviewing the independence of the independent registered public accounting firm, considering the range of audit and non-audit fees and reviewing the adequacy of our internal accounting controls. The audit committee also will prepare the audit committee report required by SEC regulations to be included in our annual report.

Upon the completion of this offering, our audit committee will be composed of Mr. Decker, Mr. Good and Mr. Richardson. Mr. Richardson will serve as chair of our audit committee. Our board of directors is expected to affirmatively determine that Mr. Decker and Mr. Richardson (i) qualify as “audit committee financial experts” as such term has been defined by the SEC in Item 407(d)(5) of Regulation S-K and (ii) each member of our audit committee is “financially literate” as that term is defined by NYSE listing standards and meets the definition for “independence” for the purposes of serving on our audit committee under NYSE listing standards and Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act.

Compensation Committee

In connection with this offering, our board of directors will adopt a compensation committee charter, which will define the compensation committee’s principal functions, to include:

 

   

overseeing any equity-based remuneration plans and programs;

 

   

determining from time to time the remuneration for our non-executive directors; and

 

   

preparing compensation committee reports.

The compensation committee shall have the authority, in its sole discretion, to retain or obtain the advice of a compensation consultant, legal counsel or other adviser as it deems appropriate. The committee may form and delegate authority to subcommittees consisting of one or more members when it deems appropriate. Upon the completion of this offering, our compensation committee will be composed of Mr. Decker, Mr. Richardson and Mr. Yarckin. Mr. Yarckin will serve as chair of our compensation committee. Our board of directors is expected to affirmatively determine that each member of our compensation committee meets the definition for “independence” for the purpose of serving on our compensation committee under applicable rules of the NYSE and each member of our compensation committee meets the definition of a “non-employee director” for the purpose of serving on our compensation committee under Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

In connection with this offering, our board of directors will adopt a nominating and corporate governance committee charter, which will define the nominating and corporate governance committee’s principal functions, to include:

 

   

identifying individuals qualified to become members of our board of directors and ensuring that our board of directors has the requisite expertise and that its membership consists of persons with sufficiently diverse and independent backgrounds;

 

   

developing, and recommending to the board of directors for its approval, qualifications for director candidates and periodically reviewing these qualifications with the board of directors;

 

   

reviewing the committee structure of the board of directors and recommending directors to serve as members or chairs of each committee of the board of directors;

 

124


   

reviewing and recommending committee slates annually and recommending additional committee members to fill vacancies as needed;

 

   

developing and recommending to the board of directors a set of corporate governance guidelines applicable to us and, at least annually, reviewing such guidelines and recommending changes to the board of directors for approval as necessary; and

 

   

overseeing the annual self-evaluations of the board of directors and management.

Upon the completion of this offering, the nominating and corporate governance committee will be composed of Mr. Decker, Mr. Good and Mr. Yarckin. Mr. Good will serve as chair of our nominating and corporate governance committee. Our board of directors is expected to affirmatively determine that each member of our nominating and corporate governance committee meets the definition of independence under NYSE listing standards.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of our executive officers serves, or in the past has served, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee, or other committee serving an equivalent function, of any entity that has one or more executive officers who serve as members of our board of directors or our compensation committee. None of the members of our compensation committee is, or has ever been, an officer or employee of our company.

Director Compensation

We intend to approve and implement a compensation program for our directors who are not officers or employees of our Manager or CTO that will consist of annual cash retainer fees and long-term equity awards. Each non-employee director will receive an annual retainer of $50,000 (prorated for partial-year terms, as applicable), as compensation for service as a director. In addition, the chairman of the board will receive an additional retainer of $15,000 for serving in such capacity. Each non-employee director may elect to receive his or her annual retainer in shares of our common stock rather than cash. Directors who are officers or employees of CTO, our Manager or any of their affiliates will not receive compensation for serving on our board of directors. Our directors will not be paid meeting fees for our board meetings or the meetings of the committees of the board. All retainers are paid quarterly in arrears.

In connection with this offering, we anticipate granting restricted shares of our common stock to our non-employee directors under the Individual Equity Incentive Plan. Each of Messrs. Decker, Good, Richardson and Yarckin will receive an award of 2,000 restricted shares of our common stock on the closing date of this offering. The restricted shares will vest in substantially equal installments on each of the first, second and third anniversaries of the closing date of this offering.

Executive Compensation

Because our management agreement provides that our Manager is responsible for managing our affairs, our President and Chief Executive Officer and each of our other executive officers, all of whom are executive officers of CTO, do not receive cash compensation from us for serving as our executive officers or a director, as applicable. Instead, we will pay our Manager the management fees described in “Our Manager and the Management Agreement—Management Agreement” and, subject to the discretion of the compensation committee of our board of directors, we may also grant our executive officers and Manager and individuals who provide services to us equity based awards pursuant to our Equity Incentive Plans described below.

 

125


Equity Incentive Plans

Prior to the completion of this offering, we will adopt the Individual Equity Incentive Plan and the Manager Equity Incentive Plan, which are collectively referred to herein as the Equity Incentive Plans, to provide equity incentive opportunities to members of our Manager’s management team and employees who perform services for us, our independent directors, advisers, consultants and other personnel, either individually or via grants of incentive equity to our Manager. Our Equity Incentive Plans provide for grants of stock options, stock appreciation rights (“SARs”), stock awards, restricted stock units, cash awards, dividend equivalent rights, other equity-based awards, including long-term incentive plan (“LTIP”) units, and incentive awards. The Individual Equity Incentive Plan is intended to provide a means through which our directors, officers, employees, consultants and advisors of us and our affiliates, as well as employees of the Manager and its affiliates who are providing services to us and our affiliates, can acquire and maintain an equity interest in us or be paid incentive compensation. The Manager Equity Incentive Plan is intended to provide a means through which our Manager and its affiliates can acquire and maintain an equity interest in us, thereby strengthening their commitment to the welfare of our company and aligning their interests with those of our stockholders. This summary does not purport to be a complete description of all of the anticipated provisions of the Equity Incentive Plans and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Individual Equity Incentive Plan and the Manager Equity Incentive Plan, a copy of each of which is filed as an exhibit to this registration statement.

Except for the grant of an aggregate of 8,000 restricted shares of our common stock, subject to vesting requirements, to our non-employee directors, we do not intend to make any grants under our Equity Incentive Plans in connection with this offering. Any future grants under our Equity Incentive Plans will be approved by the independent members of our board of directors’ compensation committee.

Administration

The Equity Incentive Plans are administered by our board of directors or a committee thereof, either of which we refer to herein as the “committee.” Our board of directors has designated the compensation committee to administer the Equity Incentive Plans. The committee has broad discretion to administer the Equity Incentive Plans, including the power to determine the eligible persons to whom awards are granted, the number and type of awards to be granted and the terms and conditions of awards. The committee may also condition the vesting, settlement or exercise of an award on achievement of one or more performance goals, accelerate the vesting or exercise of any award and make all other determinations and to take all other actions necessary or advisable for the administration of the Equity Incentive Plans.

Share Limits

The total number of shares of common stock that may be subject to awards under our Equity Incentive Plans in the aggregate will be equal to approximately 7.5% of the issued and outstanding shares of our common stock upon the completion of this offering (on a fully-diluted basis and including shares of common stock issued upon exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares) in the aggregate (the “Share Pool”).

If an award granted under our Equity Incentive Plans expires, is forfeited or terminates, the shares of our common stock subject to any portion of the award that expires, is forfeited or terminates without having been exercised or paid, as the case may be, will again become available for the issuance of additional awards. Shares of stock (i) surrendered or withheld in payment of

 

126


the exercise price or taxes related to an award and (ii) covered by a SAR (without regard to the number of shares actually issued upon the exercise of such SAR) will not again be available for award under the plan. Unless previously terminated by our board of directors, no new award may be granted under our Equity Incentive Plans after the tenth anniversary of the earlier of the date that such plan was approved by our board of directors or the holders of our common stock. The maximum aggregate compensation, including cash compensation and the grant date fair value of awards granted under the Individual Equity Incentive Plan, to a non-employee director will not exceed $300,000 in any single calendar year.

Awards Under the Plan

Stock Options. The committee may grant incentive stock options under the Individual Equity Incentive Plan and options that do not qualify as incentive stock options under both Equity Incentive Plans, except that incentive stock options may only be granted to persons who are our employees or employees of one of our subsidiaries, in accordance with Section 422 of the Code. The exercise price of a stock option cannot be less than 100% of the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the date on which the option is granted and the option must not be exercisable for longer than ten years following the date of grant. In the case of an incentive stock option granted to an individual who owns (or is deemed to own) at least 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of our capital stock, the exercise price of the stock option must be at least 110% of the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the date of grant and the option must not be exercisable more than five years from the date of grant.

Stock Appreciation Rights. A SAR is the right to receive an amount equal to the excess of the fair market value of one share of our common stock on the date of exercise over the grant price of the SAR. The grant price of a SAR cannot be less than 100% of the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the date on which the SAR is granted. The term of a SAR may not exceed ten years from the date of grant. SARs may be granted in connection with, or independent of, a stock option. SARs may be paid in cash, common stock or a combination of cash and common stock, as determined by the committee.

Stock Awards. A stock award may be in the form of restricted stock or unrestricted shares of our common stock, in each case, on terms and conditions determined by the committee. Restricted stock is a grant of shares of common stock subject to the restrictions on transferability and risk of forfeiture imposed by the committee. In the discretion of the committee, dividends distributed prior to vesting may be subject to the same restrictions and risk of forfeiture as the restricted stock with respect to which the distribution was made.

Restricted Stock Units. A restricted stock unit is a right to receive cash, common stock or a combination of cash and common stock at the end of a specified period equal to the fair market value of one share of our common stock on the date of vesting. Restricted stock units may be subject to the restrictions, including a risk of forfeiture, imposed by the committee.

Cash Awards. Our Equity Incentive Plans permit the grant of awards denominated in and settled in cash as an element of or supplement to, or independent of, any award under the Equity Incentive Plans.

Dividend Equivalents. A dividend equivalent is a right to receive (or have credited) the equivalent value (in cash or shares of common stock) of dividends paid on shares of common stock otherwise subject to an award. The committee may provide that amounts payable with respect to dividend equivalents shall be converted into cash or additional shares of common stock, provided,

 

127


however, that the dividend equivalents shall be subject to the same restrictions on vesting and forfeiture as apply to the underlying award to which such dividend equivalents relate. The committee will establish all other limitations and conditions of awards of dividend equivalents as it deems appropriate.

Other Equity-Based Awards. Our Equity Incentive Plans authorize the granting of other awards based upon shares of our common stock (including the grant of securities convertible into shares of common stock and the grant of LTIP units), subject to terms and conditions established at the time of grant. LTIP units are awards of units of our Operating Partnership intended to constitute “profits interests” within the meaning of the relevant IRS guidance, which may be convertible on a one-for-one basis into OP units. See “Description of the Partnership Agreement of Alpine Income Property OP, LP—LTIP Units.”

Incentive Awards. An incentive award entitles the participant to receive a single lump sum payment in cash, common stock or a combination of cash and common stock, as determined by the committee, on terms and conditions established by the committee.

Change in Control

Under our Equity Incentive Plans, a change in control is defined as: (i) the acquisition of more than 50% of our then outstanding voting securities by any person or group or (ii) the approval by the shareholders and the consummation of any of the following events: (a) a plan of liquidation or the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of our assets; (b) a merger, consolidation or statutory share exchange where our stockholders immediately prior to such event hold less than 50% of the voting power of the surviving or resulting entity; or (c) during any consecutive twelve calendar month period, the members of our board of directors at the beginning of such period, the “incumbent directors,” cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the members of our board (for these purposes, any director whose election or nomination for election was approved or ratified by a vote of at least two-thirds of the incumbent directors shall be deemed to be an incumbent director).

Upon a change in control, and certain other corporate events, the committee may make such adjustments as it determines are necessary or appropriate in light of the change in control to prevent dilution or enlargement of the rights of participants in our Equity Incentive Plans. The committee may, in its sole discretion, provide for immediate and full vesting of an award upon the occurrence of a change in control.

Amendments and Termination

The committee may amend or terminate the Equity Incentive Plans at any time, subject to stockholder approval if required by applicable law, rule or regulation, including the rules of the stock exchange on which our shares of common stock are listed. In particular, unless otherwise permitted under the terms of the Equity Incentive Plans, the committee may not reduce the exercise price of an outstanding stock option or SAR, make a payment to cancel an outstanding stock option or SAR when the exercise price exceeds the fair market value or take any other action with respect to an outstanding stock option or SAR that may be treated as a repricing of the award under the rules of the stock exchange on which our shares of common stock are listed. However, no amendment may adversely impair the rights of a participant under a previously granted award without the participant’s consent.

 

128


Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

Upon the completion of this offering, our board of directors will adopt a code of business conduct and ethics that applies to the employees, officers and directors of our company, our Manager and any affiliates of our Manager. Among other matters, our code of business conduct and ethics will be designed to deter wrongdoing and to promote:

 

   

honest and ethical conduct, including the ethical handling of actual or apparent conflicts of interest between personal and professional relationships;

 

   

full, fair, accurate, timely and understandable disclosure in our SEC reports and other public communications;

 

   

compliance with applicable governmental laws, rules and regulations;

 

   

prompt internal reporting of violations of the code to appropriate persons identified in the code; and

 

   

accountability for adherence to the code of business conduct and ethics;

Any waiver of the code of business conduct and ethics for our directors or executive officers must be approved by a majority of our independent directors, and any such waiver shall be promptly disclosed as required by law and NYSE regulations.

Additionally, our charter provides that, to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law, each of CTO, its affiliates, each of their representatives, and each of our directors or officers who is also an officer, employee, agent, affiliate or designee of CTO or any of CTO’s affiliates has the right to, and has no duty not to, (x) directly or indirectly engage in the same or similar business activities or lines of business as us, including those deemed to be competing with us, or (y) directly or indirectly do business with any of our clients, customers or suppliers. In the event that CTO or any of its affiliates or employees, or any of their representatives or designees, acquires knowledge of a potential transaction or matter that may be a corporate opportunity for us, CTO, its affiliates and employees and any of their representatives or designees shall have no duty to communicate or present such corporate opportunity to us or any of our affiliates and shall not be liable to us or any of our affiliates, subsidiaries, stockholders or other equity holders for breach of any duty by reason of the fact that CTO or any of its affiliates or employees, or any of their representatives or designees, directly or indirectly, pursues or acquires such opportunity for themselves, directs such opportunity to another person, or does not present such opportunity to us or any of our affiliates; provided, however, that such corporate opportunity is not presented to such person in his or her capacity as a director or officer of us.

Indemnification

We intend to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers that will obligate us to indemnify them to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law as discussed under “Certain Provisions of Maryland Law and of Our Charter and Bylaws—Limitation of Liability and Indemnification of Directors and Officers.” The indemnification agreements will provide that, if a director or executive officer is a party to, or witness in, or is threatened to be made a party to, or witness in, any proceeding by reason of his or her service as a director, officer, employee or agent of our company or as a director, officer, partner, member, manager, fiduciary, employee, agent or trustee of any other foreign or domestic corporation, real estate investment trust, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise that he or she is or was serving in such capacity at our request, or the request of our Manager, we must indemnify the director or executive officer for all expenses

 

129


and liabilities actually and reasonably incurred by him or her, or on his or her behalf, to the maximum extent permitted under Maryland law, including in any proceeding brought by the director or executive officer to enforce his or her rights under the indemnification agreement, to the extent provided by the agreement. The indemnification agreements will also require us to advance reasonable expenses incurred by the indemnitee within ten days of the receipt by us of a statement from the indemnitee requesting the advance, provided the statement evidences the expenses and is accompanied or preceded by:

 

   

a written affirmation of the indemnitee’s good faith belief that he or she has met the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification; and

 

   

a written undertaking, which may be unsecured, by the indemnitee or on his or her behalf to repay the amount paid if it shall ultimately be established that the standard of conduct has not been met.

The indemnification agreements will also provide for procedures for the determination of entitlement to indemnification, including requiring such determination be made by independent counsel after a change of control of us.

Our charter obligates us, to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law, to indemnify and to pay or reimburse reasonable expenses in advance of final disposition of a proceeding to (i) any of our present or former directors or officers who is made or threatened to be made a party to, or witness in, the proceeding by reason of his or her service in that capacity or (ii) any individual who, while serving as our director or officer and at our request, serves or has served as a director, officer, partner, member, manager or trustee of another corporation, real estate investment trust, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or any other enterprise and who is made or threatened to be made a party to, or witness in, the proceeding by reason of his or her service in that capacity, as discussed under “Certain Provisions of Maryland Law and of Our Charter and Bylaws—Limitation of Liability and Indemnification of Directors and Officers.”

In addition, our directors and officers may be entitled to indemnification pursuant to the terms of the partnership agreement of our Operating Partnership. See “Description of the Partnership Agreement of Alpine Income Property OP, LP—Indemnification and Limitation of Liability.”

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling our company pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

 

130


OUR MANAGER AND THE MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT

Our Manager

We are externally managed and advised by our Manager pursuant to a management agreement. “See — Management Agreement.” Our Manager was formed in August 2019 to serve as a service provider to us.

CTO is the sole member of our Manager. Upon the completion of this offering, the concurrent CTO private placement and the formation transactions, CTO will own approximately 4.8% of our outstanding common stock (approximately 17.6% assuming the OP units issuable to CTO in the formation transactions are exchanged for shares of our common stock on a one-for-one basis). We believe CTO’s equity ownership in our company aligns the interests of CTO and our Manager with those of our stockholders.

Our Manager’s Senior Leadership Team

The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the individuals who, upon completion of this offering, will serve as our executive officers. All of these individuals are executive officers of CTO and provided to us by our Manager pursuant to the management agreement. All of our executive officers are employees of CTO.

 

Name

  

Age

 

Position with Our Company

 

Position with CTO

John P. Albright    54   President and Chief Executive Officer; Director   President and Chief Executive Officer; Director
Mark E. Patten    55   Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer   Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Steven R. Greathouse    41   Senior Vice President, Investments   Senior Vice President, Investments
Daniel E. Smith    54   Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary   Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary

For biographical information concerning these executive officers, see “Management—Our Executive Officers, Directors and Director Nominees.”

Management Agreement

Upon completion of this offering, we will enter into a management agreement with our Manager. Pursuant to the terms of the management agreement, our Manager manages, operates and

administers our day-to-day operations, business and affairs, subject to the direction and supervision of our board of directors and in accordance with the investment guidelines approved and monitored by our board of directors. Our Manager is subject to the direction and oversight of our board of directors. In particular, under the management agreement, our Manager has agreed to use commercially reasonable efforts to:

 

   

serve as our consultant with respect to the periodic review of the investment guidelines and other policies and criteria for our other borrowings and our operations;

 

   

investigate, analyze and select possible investment opportunities and originate, acquire, structure, finance, retain, sell, negotiate for prepayment, restructure or dispose of investments consistent with the investment guidelines and make representations and warranties in connection therewith;

 

131


   

with respect to any prospective investment by us and any sale, exchange or other disposition of any investment by us, conduct negotiations on our behalf with sellers and purchasers and their respective agents, representatives and investment bankers and owners of privately and publicly held real estate companies;

 

   

engage and supervise, on our behalf and at our sole cost and expense, third party service providers who provide legal, accounting, due diligence, transfer agent, registrar, property management and maintenance services, leasing services, master servicing, special servicing, banking, investment banking, mortgage brokerage, real estate brokerage, securities brokerage and other financial services and such other services as may be required relating to investments or potential investments and to our other business and operations;

 

   

coordinate and supervise, on our behalf and at our sole cost and expense, other third party service providers;

 

   

coordinate and manage operations of any joint venture or co-investment interests held by us and conduct all matters with any joint venture or co-investment partners;

 

   

provide executive and administrative personnel, office space and office services required in rendering services to us;

 

   

administer our day-to-day operations and perform and supervise the performance of such other administrative functions necessary to our management as may be agreed upon by our Manager and our board of directors, including, without limitation, the collection of revenues and the payment of our debts and obligations;

 

   

in connection with our subsequent, on-going obligations under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the Exchange Act, engage and supervise, on our behalf and at our sole cost and expense, third-party consultants and other service providers to assist us in complying with the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the Exchange Act;

 

   

communicate on our behalf with the holders of any of our equity or debt securities as required to satisfy the reporting and other requirements of any governmental bodies or agencies or trading markets and to maintain effective relations with such holders;

 

   

counsel us in connection with policy decisions to be made by our board of directors;

 

   

counsel us, and when appropriate, evaluate and make recommendations to our board of directors regarding hedging and financing strategies and engage in hedging, financing and borrowing activities on our behalf, consistent with the investment guidelines;

 

   

counsel us regarding the qualification and maintenance of our status as a REIT and monitor compliance with the various REIT qualification tests and other rules set out in the Code and the Treasury Regulations;

 

   

counsel us regarding the maintenance of our exclusion from status as an investment company under the Investment Company Act and monitor compliance with the requirements for maintaining such exclusion and use commercially reasonable efforts to cause us to maintain such exclusion from status as an investment company under the Investment Company Act;

 

   

assist us in developing criteria for asset purchase commitments that are specifically tailored to our investment objectives and make available to us our Manager’s knowledge and experience with respect to single-tenant commercial real estate and operations;

 

132


   

furnish such reports to us or our board of directors that our Manager reasonably determines to be responsive to reasonable requests for information from us or our board of directors regarding our activities and services performed for us by our Manager;

 

   

monitor the operating performance of our investments and provide periodic reports with respect thereto to our board of directors, including comparative information with respect to such operating performance and budgeted or projected operating results;

 

   

purchase assets (including investing in short-term investments pending the purchase of other investments, payment of fees, costs and expenses, or distributions to our stockholders), and advise us as to our capital structure and capital raising;

 

   

cause us to retain, at our sole cost and expense, qualified independent accountants and legal counsel, as applicable, to assist in developing appropriate accounting procedures, compliance procedures and testing systems with respect to financial reporting obligations and compliance with the provisions of the Code and the Treasury Regulations applicable to REITs and taxable REIT subsidiaries, and conduct quarterly compliance reviews with respect thereto;

 

   

cause us to qualify to do business in all applicable jurisdictions and to obtain and maintain all appropriate licenses;

 

   

assist us in complying with all regulatory requirements applicable to us in respect of our business activities, including preparing or causing to be prepared all financial statements required under applicable regulations and contractual undertakings and all reports and documents, if any, required under the Exchange Act and the Securities Act;

 

   

take all necessary actions to enable us to make required tax filings and reports and compliance with the provisions of the Code and Treasury Regulations applicable to us, including the provisions applicable to our qualification as a REIT for U.S. federal income tax purposes;

 

   

handle and resolve all claims, disputes or controversies (including all litigation, arbitration, settlement or other proceedings or negotiations) in which we may be involved or to which we may be subject arising out of our day-to-day operations, subject to such limitations or parameters as may be imposed from time to time by our independent directors;

 

   

use commercially reasonable efforts to cause expenses incurred by or on behalf of us to be commercially reasonable or commercially customary and within any budgeted parameters or expense guidelines set by our independent directors from time to time;

 

   

advise on, and obtain on behalf of us, appropriate credit facilities or other financings for our investments consistent with the investment guidelines;

 

   

advise us with respect to offering and selling securities publicly or privately in connection with our financing strategy and capital requirements;

 

   

perform such other services as may be required from time to time for management and other activities relating to our assets as our board of directors shall reasonably request or our Manager shall deem appropriate under the particular circumstances; and

 

   

use commercially reasonable efforts to cause us to comply with all applicable laws.

 

133


Pursuant to the management agreement, our Manager must devote sufficient resources to our administration to discharge its duties under the management agreement.

Term; Termination and Termination Fee

The initial term of the management agreement will expire on the fifth anniversary of the closing date of this offering and will automatically renew for an unlimited number of successive one-year periods thereafter, unless the agreement is not renewed or is terminated in accordance with its terms.

Our independent directors will review our Manager’s performance and the management fees annually and, following the initial term, the management agreement may be terminated annually upon the affirmative vote of two-thirds of our independent directors or upon a determination by the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of our common stock, based upon (i) unsatisfactory performance that is materially detrimental to us or (ii) a determination that the management fees payable to our Manager are not fair, subject to our Manager’s right to prevent such termination due to unfair fees by accepting a reduction of management fees agreed to by two-thirds of our independent directors. We must provide 120 days’ prior notice of any such termination.

Upon the direction of a majority of our independent directors, we may also terminate the management agreement for cause at any time, including during the initial term, without the payment of any termination fee, with 30 days’ prior written notice from our board of directors. A termination for cause will be defined as:

 

   

the continued breach by our Manager, its agents or its assignees of any material provision of the management agreement following a period of 30 days after written notice thereof specifying such breach and requesting that the same be remedied in such 30-day period (or 45 days after written notice of such breach if our Manager, under certain circumstances, has taken steps to cure such breach within 30 days of the written notice);

 

   

the commencement of any proceeding relating to the bankruptcy or insolvency of our Manager, including an order for relief in an involuntary bankruptcy case or our Manager authorizing or filing a voluntary bankruptcy petition;

 

   

any change of control of our Manager or CTO;

 

   

our Manager committing fraud against us, misappropriating or embezzling our funds or acting, or failing to act, in a manner constituting bad faith, willful misconduct, gross negligence or reckless disregard in the performance of our Manager’s duties under the management agreement; or

 

   

the dissolution of our Manager.

During the initial term of the management agreement, we may not terminate the management agreement except for cause.

Our Manager may terminate the management agreement effective upon 60 days’ prior written notice of termination to us in the event that we default in the performance of any material term, condition or covenant contained in the management agreement and such default continues for a period of 30 days after written notice thereof specifying such default and requesting that the same be remedied in such 30-day period, in which case we would be required to pay our Manager the termination fee described below.

 

134


Our Manager may terminate the management agreement if we become required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or the Investment Company Act, with such termination deemed to occur immediately before such event, in which case we would not be required to pay our Manager the termination fee described below.

Our Manager may decline to renew the management agreement by providing us with 180 days’ written notice, in which case we would not be required to pay our Manager the termination fee described below.

If we default in our obligation to pay the base management or incentive fees described below and the default continues for a period of 30 days after written notice to us requesting that the default be remedied within that period, our Manager may terminate the management agreement upon 60 days’ written notice. If the management agreement is terminated by our Manager pursuant to this paragraph, we would be required to pay our Manager the termination fee described below.

Unless terminated for cause by us, our Manager will be paid a termination fee, or the termination fee, upon the termination of the management agreement equal to three times the sum of (i) the average annual base management fee earned by our Manager during the 24-month period immediately preceding the most recently completed calendar quarter prior to the termination date and (ii) the average annual incentive fee earned by our Manager during the two most recently completed measurement periods (as defined in the management agreement) prior to the termination date.

Internalization

After expiration of the initial term of the management agreement, we and our Manager may elect to consider an internalization transaction, including the negotiation of a mutually acceptable internalization price. In the event that we and our Manager agree to an internalization transaction, the payment of the internalization price to our Manager would be in lieu of the payment of any termination fee. The internalization price would be payable in cash, shares of our common stock or OP Units, or a combination thereof, as determined by a majority of our independent directors in their sole discretion.

For purposes of the management agreement:

 

   

“internalization price” means the price ultimately agreed upon by us and our Manager, and paid by us to our Manager in connection with an internalization transaction. We have indicated that the maximum price we would pay in connection with an internalization transaction would not exceed the lesser of (i) the termination fee and (ii) the greater of (A) 10x our Manager’s and our good faith budgeted or estimated pro forma increase in our EBITDA as a result of the internalization transaction for the 12-month period following the internalization transaction and (B) 5% of our common equity market capitalization as of the date of the internalization transaction; and

 

   

“internalization transaction” means a transaction in which (i) our Manager contributes to us, our Operating Partnership or another subsidiary of ours all of the assets of our Manager, including, without limitation, all furniture, fixtures, leasehold improvements, contract rights, computer software, employment and customer relationships, goodwill, going concern value, other identifiable intangible assets and other business assets then owned by our Manager, (ii) CTO contributes to us, our Operating Partnership or another subsidiary of ours 100% of the outstanding equity interests in our Manager, or (iii) the management agreement is terminated and, in the case of any transaction referred to in clause (i), (ii) or

 

135


 

(iii) of this paragraph, we become internally managed by the officers and employees of CTO or our Manager.

Base Management Fee

We will pay our Manager a base management fee equal to 0.375% per quarter of our “total equity” (based on a 1.5% annual rate), calculated and payable in cash, quarterly in arrears.

For purposes of calculating the base management fee, “total equity” means, as of a particular date, (i) the sum of the net cash proceeds and the value of non-cash consideration from all issuances of equity securities by us or our Operating Partnership since inception, including OP units (calculated on a daily weighted average basis), less (ii) any amount that we or our Operating Partnership pay for repurchases of shares of our common stock and OP units since inception. Our total equity may be adjusted to exclude one-time events pursuant to changes in GAAP and certain non-cash items after discussions between our Manager and our independent directors and with any adjustments approved in advance by a majority of our independent directors. As a result, our total equity, for purposes of calculating the base management fee, could be greater or less than the amount of our stockholders’ equity calculated in accordance with GAAP and shown on the face of our consolidated balance sheets.

Our Manager will calculate the amount of the base management fee within 30 days after the end of each quarter, and such calculation will be promptly delivered to us. We are obligated to pay the quarterly installment of the base management fee calculated for that quarter in cash within five business days after delivery to us of the written statement from our Manager setting forth the computation of the base management fee for such quarter; provided, however, that the base management fee may be offset by us against amounts due to us by our Manager.

Assuming that:

 

   

the sum of the net cash proceeds and the value of non-cash consideration from all issuances of equity securities by us or our Operating Partnership since our inception, including OP units (calculated on a daily weighted average basis) is $169.2 million,

 

   

neither we nor our Operating Partnership has repurchased any shares of our common stock or OP units, as applicable, since our inception, and

 

   

our total equity is not adjusted to exclude any one-time events pursuant to changes in GAAP or any non-cash items,

we estimate that the base management fees that we will pay to our Manager for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2020 will total approximately $2.7 million.

Incentive Fee

We will pay our Manager an annual incentive fee, if any, with respect to each measurement period, in the amount equal to the greater of (i) $0.00 and (ii) the product of (a) 15% multiplied by (b) the outperformance amount multiplied by (c) the weighted average shares.

For purposes of calculating the incentive fee under the management agreement:

 

   

“outperformance amount” means, with respect to any measurement period, (i) our total stockholder return with respect to such measurement period, minus (ii) the cumulative hurdle;

 

136


   

“total stockholder return” means, with respect to any measurement period, an amount equal to (i) the final share price, plus (ii) all dividends with respect to a share of our common stock paid since the beginning of such measurement period (whether paid in cash or a distribution in kind), minus (iii) the high water price;

 

   

“cumulative hurdle” means an amount equal to an 8% cumulative annual return on the high water price;

 

   

“final share price” means, with respect to any measurement period, the volume weighted average trading price for a share of our common stock on the NYSE (or any other securities exchange on which our common stock is principally traded) over the ten consecutive trading days ending on the last trading day of such measurement period;

 

   

“high water price” means, with respect to any measurement period, the volume weighted average trading price for a share of our common stock on the NYSE (or any other securities exchange on which our common stock is principally traded) over the ten consecutive trading days ending on the last trading day immediately prior to the beginning of such measurement period; provided, however, that the high water price with respect to the first measurement period will be the price per share at which shares of our common stock are sold to the public in this offering; provided further that the high water price for any measurement period will never be less than the highest high water price for any preceding measurement period.

 

   

“measurement period” means each period beginning on January 1 after the last measurement period with respect to which the incentive fee shall have been payable (January 1, 2020 with respect to the first measurement period) and ending on December 31 of the applicable calendar year, provided that if the management agreement expires or is terminated other than on December 31, the last measurement period will end on the last complete trading day for our common stock on the NYSE (or any other securities exchange on which our common stock is principally traded) prior to such termination or expiration; and

 

   

“weighted average shares” means, with respect to any measurement period, the weighted average fully diluted number of shares of our common stock issued and outstanding during such measurement period, as determined in accordance with GAAP.

The following is an illustration of how the incentive fee would be calculated for the first measurement period (commencing January 1, 2020 and ending December 31, 2020) and for the second measurement period (commencing January 1, 2021 and ending December 31, 2021). For purposes of this illustration, we assume the following:

 

   

The high water price for the first measurement period is $20.00.

 

   

The final share price for the first measurement period is $23.00.

 

   

The high water price for the second measurement period is $23.00.

 

   

The final share price for the second measurement period is $25.30.

 

   

We pay cash dividends in the amount of $0.80 per share of common stock in each of the first measurement period and the second measurement period.

 

137


   

The number of weighted average shares in the first measurement period and the second measurement period is 9,106,854 shares.

 

          FIRST
MEASUREMENT
PERIOD
    SECOND
MEASUREMENT
PERIOD
 
   Final Share Price    $ 23.00     $ 25.30  
  

Plus: Dividends

     0.80       0.80  
  

Less: High Water Price

   $ (20.00   $ (23.00
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

   Total Stockholder Return    $ 3.80     $ 3.10  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 
   High Water Price    $ 20.00     $ 23.00  
   Cumulative Return %      8     8
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

   Cumulative Hurdle    $ 1.60     $ 1.84  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

➊-➋=➌

   Outperformance Amount    $ 2.20     $ 1.26  

   Incentive Fee %      15     15
     

 

 

   

 

 

 
   Incentive Fee Per Share    $ 0.33     $ 0.19  

   Weighted Average Shares      9,106,854       9,106,854  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

➌*➍*➎

   Incentive Fee    $ 3,005,262     $ 1,721,195  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pursuant to the calculation formula, if our total stockholder return and the outperformance amount increases and our weighted average shares of common stock outstanding remain constant, the incentive fee will increase.

As soon as practicable after the end of each measurement period, our Manager will prepare a statement setting forth its calculation of any incentive fee payable by us to our Manager with respect to such measurement period, and our Manager will deliver the statement to our board of directors. We will pay any such incentive fee in cash promptly (but in any event within 15 business days) after delivery to our board of directors of our Manager’s statement setting forth its calculation of the incentive fee.

Reimbursement of Expenses

We will reimburse our Manager for the expenses described below, if incurred by our Manager. We will not reimburse any compensation expenses incurred by our Manager or its affiliates.

Expense reimbursements to our Manager will be made in cash on a quarterly basis following the end of each quarter. In addition, we will pay all of our operating expenses, except those specifically required to be borne by our Manager pursuant to the management agreement. The expenses required to be paid by us include, but are not limited to:

 

   

third-party acquisition expenses incurred in connection with the selection and acquisition of investments;

 

   

fees, commissions and expenses incurred in connection with the issuance of our securities, any financing transaction and other costs incident to the acquisition, development, redevelopment, construction, repositioning, leasing, disposition and financing of investments;

 

   

costs of legal, tax, accounting, consulting, auditing and other similar services rendered for us by third-party service providers retained by our Manager;

 

138


   

the compensation and expenses of our directors and the cost of liability insurance to indemnify us and our directors and officers;

 

   

costs associated with the establishment and maintenance of any of our credit facilities, other financing arrangements or indebtedness or any of our securities offerings, including, in either case, commitment fees, third-party accounting fees, third-party legal fees, closing costs and other customary costs;

 

   

expenses connected with communications to holders of our securities or any of our subsidiaries and other bookkeeping and clerical work necessary in maintaining relations with holders of such securities and in complying with the continuous reporting and other requirements of governmental bodies or agencies, including, without limitation, all costs of preparing and filing required reports with the SEC, the costs payable by us to any transfer agent and registrar in connection with the listing and/or trading of our stock on any exchange, the fees payable by us to any such exchange in connection with our listing, costs of preparing, printing and mailing our annual report to stockholders or our Operating Partnership’s partners, as applicable, and proxy materials with respect to any meeting of our stockholders or our Operating Partnership’s partners, as applicable;

 

   

transfer agent, registrar and exchange listing fees;

 

   

the cost of printing and mailing proxies, reports and other materials to our stockholders;

 

   

costs associated with any computer software or hardware, electronic equipment or purchased information technology services from third-party vendors that is used for us;

 

   

expenses incurred by managers, officers, personnel and agents of our Manager for travel on our behalf and other out-of-pocket expenses incurred by managers, officers, personnel and agents of our Manager in connection with the purchase, development, redevelopment, construction, repositioning, leasing, financing, refinancing, sale or other disposition of an investment or in connection with any of our securities offerings or any financing transaction;

 

   

costs and expenses incurred with respect to market information systems and publications, research publications and materials and settlement, clearing and custodial fees and expenses;

 

   

compensation and expenses of a transfer agent for us;

 

   

the costs of maintaining compliance with all federal, state and local rules and regulations or any other regulatory agency;

 

   

all taxes and license fees;

 

   

all insurance costs incurred in connection with the operation of our business except for the costs attributable to the insurance for the personnel of our Manager or CTO that our Manager or CTO elects to carry for itself;

 

   

all other third-party costs and expenses relating to our business and investment operations, including, without limitation, the costs and expenses of acquiring, owning, protecting, maintaining, developing and disposing of investments, including appraisal, reporting, audit and legal fees;

 

139


   

expenses relating to any office(s) or office facilities, including, but not limited to, disaster backup recovery sites and facilities that our independent directors elect to maintain for us separate from the office or offices of CTO and our Manager;

 

   

expenses connected with the payments of interest, dividends or distributions in cash or any other form authorized or caused to be made by our board of directors to or on account of holders of our securities and the securities of any of our subsidiaries, including, without limitation, in connection with any dividend reinvestment plan;

 

   

any judgment or settlement of pending or threatened proceedings (whether civil, criminal or otherwise) against us or any of our subsidiaries, or against any trustee, director, partner, member or officer of us or any of our subsidiaries in such person’s capacity as such for which we or any subsidiary are required to indemnify such person pursuant to the applicable governing document or other instrument or agreement, or by any court or governmental agency; and

 

   

all other costs and expenses approved in advance by a majority of our independent directors actually incurred by our Manager.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, our Manager or CTO will be solely responsible for all compensation costs and expenses related to employees of CTO or our Manager that may perform services for us, and we will have no liability or responsibility therefor.

Investment Guidelines

The management agreement will include the following investment guidelines:

 

   

No investment will be made that would cause us to fail to qualify as a REIT under the Code.

 

   

No investment will be made that would cause us or any of our subsidiaries to be required to be registered as an investment company under the Investment Company Act.

 

   

All acquisitions of single-tenant, net leased properties from CTO or any of its affiliates must be approved by a majority of our independent directors.

Upon completion of this offering, our board of directors will have approved additional investment guidelines establishing the limits of authority for our Manager which, among other things, will stipulate that any and all acquisitions of single-tenant, net leased properties that exceed a certain investment threshold, in terms of total purchase price and/or investment yield at acquisition, will require the approval of the majority of our independent directors.

From time to time, the investment guidelines may be amended, restated, supplemented or waived without the approval of our stockholders, but with the approval of a majority of our independent directors.

Additional Matters Requiring Approval of Independent Directors

The management agreement will provide that:

 

   

Beginning with our fiscal year 2021, our Manager will prepare an annual operating and capital expenditure budget covering each of our fiscal years, or an Annual Budget, and will deliver such Annual Budget to our independent directors no later than 45 days prior to the

 

140


 

first day of the fiscal year covered by such Annual Budget. Each Annual Budget must be approved by a majority of our independent directors. Any alteration, supplement, amendment or other modification to or variation from the Annual Budget in excess of 5.0% of the budgeted amount for such items must be approved by a majority of our independent directors.

 

   

The terms of any new or the non-contractual renewal of a lease that contributed more than the lesser of $5.0 million or 5.0% of our annualized base rent as of the date the lease is entered into or the expiration of the lease, as applicable, must be approved by a majority of our independent directors.

 

   

All acquisitions of single-tenant, net leased properties from CTO or any of its affiliates must be approved by a majority of our independent directors.

 

141


CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PERSON TRANSACTIONS

Formation Transactions

Each property that will be owned by us through our Operating Partnership upon the completion of this offering, the concurrent CTO private placement and the formation transactions is currently owned indirectly by CTO through property owning subsidiaries. We refer to these property owning subsidiaries and CTO collectively as the “ownership entities.” CTO and certain ownership entities will enter into purchase and sale agreements with us or our Operating Partnership, pursuant to which they will sell, and we or our Operating Partnership will purchase, 15 of the 20 properties in our initial portfolio for aggregate cash consideration of $125.9 million. In addition, CTO and certain ownership entities will enter into a contribution agreement with our Operating Partnership, pursuant to which they will contribute to our Operating Partnership the remaining five properties in our initial portfolio for an aggregate of 1,223,854 OP units, which have an initial value of approximately $24.5 million based on the mid-point of the price range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus. These transactions will close substantially concurrently with the completion of this offering and the concurrent CTO private placement. See “Structure and Formation of Our Company—Formation Transactions.”

Pursuant to the terms of the contribution agreement that CTO and certain of the ownership entities will enter into with our Operating Partnership, the aggregate number of OP units to be issued as consideration for the properties being contributed to our Operating Partnership will be fixed at 1,223,854 OP units, but the initial value of these OP units (approximately $24.5 million based on the mid-point of the price range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus) is not fixed. As a result, in the event the price per share of our common stock in this offering is less than the mid-point of the price range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus, the initial value of the OP units to be issued in the formation transactions will decrease. Conversely, in the event the price per share of our common stock in this offering is greater than the mid-point of the price range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus, the initial value of the OP units to be issued in the formation transactions will increase.

We have not obtained independent third-party appraisals of the properties in our initial portfolio. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that the fair market value of the cash and OP units that we pay or issue to CTO will not exceed the fair market value of the properties acquired by us in the formation transactions. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business and Properties—We have not obtained any third-party appraisals of the properties to be acquired by us from CTO in connection with the formation transactions. Accordingly, the value of the cash and OP units to be paid or issued as consideration for the properties to be acquired by us in the formation transactions may exceed the aggregate fair market value of such properties.”

The aggregate consideration paid by CTO for the properties in our initial portfolio was $160.2 million. The aggregate amount of depreciation claimed by CTO for U.S. federal income tax purposes through the year ended December 31, 2018, the date through which Federal tax returns have been filed, with respect to the properties in our initial portfolio was $4.6 million.

Concurrent CTO Private Placement

Concurrently with the closing of this offering, we will sell to CTO in a separate private placement $7.5 million in shares of our common stock, at a per share price equal to the public offering price per share (without payment of any placement fee).

 

142


Partnership Agreement

Concurrently with the completion of this offering and the concurrent CTO private placement, we will enter into the partnership agreement of our Operating Partnership. See “Description of the Partnership Agreement of Alpine Income Property OP, LP.”

Pursuant to the partnership agreement, limited partners (other than the general partner, our company or any subsidiary of the general partner or our company) will receive redemption rights, which will enable them to cause our Operating Partnership to redeem their OP units in exchange for cash or, at the option of the general partner, shares of our common stock on a one-for-one basis, commencing one year from the date of issuance of such units, subject to certain adjustments and the restrictions on ownership and transfer of our stock set forth in our charter and described under “Description of Capital Stock—Restrictions on Ownership and Transfer.”

Management Agreement

Concurrently with the completion of this offering and the concurrent CTO private placement, we will enter into the management agreement with our Manager, a wholly-owned subsidiary of CTO. See “Our Manager and the Management Agreement—Management Agreement.”

Exclusivity and ROFO Agreement

Exclusivity

Upon completion of this offering and the concurrent CTO private placement, we will enter into an exclusivity and ROFO agreement with CTO. During the term of the exclusivity and ROFO agreement, CTO will not, and will cause each of its affiliates (which for purposes of the exclusivity and ROFO agreement will not include our company and our subsidiaries) not to, acquire, directly or indirectly, a single-tenant, net leased property, unless:

 

   

CTO has notified us of the opportunity by delivering a written notice (which may be made by email) containing a description of the opportunity and the terms of the opportunity to the chair of our nominating and corporate governance committee (or any successor committee performing one or more of the functions of such committee), and we have affirmatively rejected the opportunity in writing (which may be made by email), or we have failed to notify CTO in writing (which may be made by email) within ten business days after receipt of CTO’s notice that we intend to pursue the opportunity;

 

   

the opportunity involves the direct or indirect acquisition of (i) an entity that owns a portfolio of commercial income properties that includes, among others, single-tenant, net leased properties, or (ii) a portfolio of commercial income properties that includes, among others, single-tenant, net leased properties, in either case, where not more than 30% of the value of such portfolio, as reasonably determined by CTO, in consultation with our independent directors, consists of single-tenant, net leased properties;

 

   

the opportunity involves a property that was under contract for purchase by CTO or an affiliate of CTO as of the closing date of this offering, such contract is not assignable to us and, despite commercially reasonable efforts by CTO, the seller will not agree to an assignment of the contract to us; or

 

   

the opportunity involves a property which, prior to the closing of this offering, has been identified or designated by CTO as a potential “replacement property” in connection with an open (i.e., not yet completed) like-kind exchange under Section 1031 of the Code.

 

143


The terms of the exclusivity and ROFO agreement will not restrict CTO or any of its affiliates from providing financing for a third party’s acquisition of single-tenant, net leased properties or from developing and owning any single-tenant, net leased property.

For purposes of the exclusivity and ROFO agreement, “single-tenant, net leased property” means a property that is net leased, on a triple-net or double-net basis, to a single tenant or, if such property is net leased to more than one tenant, 95% or more of the rental revenue derived from the ownership and leasing of such property is attributable to a single tenant.

Pursuant to the exclusivity and ROFO agreement, CTO will agree that neither CTO nor any of its affiliates (which for purposes of the exclusivity and ROFO agreement will not include our company and our subsidiaries) will enter into any agreement with any third party for the purchase and/or sale of any single-tenant, net leased property that:

 

   

is owned by CTO or any of its affiliates as of the closing date of this offering and that is not a part of our initial portfolio; and

 

   

is owned by CTO or any of its affiliates after the closing date of this offering,

without first offering us the right to purchase such property.

Term

The term of the exclusivity and ROFO agreement will commence on the date of the closing of this offering and will continue for so long as the management agreement is in effect.

Registration Rights

Upon the completion of this offering and the concurrent CTO private placement, we will enter into a registration rights agreement with CTO pursuant to which we will agree to register the resale of the shares of common stock CTO has agreed to acquire in the concurrent CTO private placement. We refer to these shares of common stock, and any shares of common stock issued to a holder with respect to shares purchased in the concurrent CTO private placement by reason of or in connection with any stock dividend, stock distribution, stock split, purchase in any rights offering or in connection with any combination of shares, recapitalization, merger or consolidation, or any other equity securities issued pursuant to any other pro rata distribution with respect to the shares of common stock, as the “registrable shares.” The registration rights agreement requires us to file a “shelf registration statement” to register the resale of the registrable shares as soon as practicable after we become eligible to use Form S-3, and we must maintain the effectiveness of such shelf registration statement until all the registrable shares have been sold under the shelf registration statement or become eligible for sale, without restriction, pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

In addition, pursuant to the terms of our Operating Partnership’s partnership agreement, following the date on which we become eligible to use a registration statement on Form S-3 for the registration of securities and subject to certain further conditions as set forth in our Operating Partnership’s partnership agreement, we will be obligated to file a shelf registration statement covering the issuance or resale of shares of our common stock received by limited partners upon redemption of their OP units. See “Description of the Partnership Agreement of Alpine Income Property OP, LP—Registration Rights” for further details.

 

144


Tax Protection Agreement

Under the Code, taxable gain recognized upon a sale of an asset contributed to a partnership must be allocated to the contributing partner in a manner that takes into account the variation between the tax basis and the fair market value of the asset at the time of the contribution. This requirement may result in a significant allocation of taxable gain to the contributing partner without an increased cash distribution.

We intend to enter into a tax protection agreement that will provide benefits to CTO and Indigo effective upon completion of the formation transactions. This agreement is intended to protect each of CTO and Indigo against the tax consequences described above. If we dispose of any interest in the Contributed Properties in a taxable transaction within 10 years of the closing of this offering, then we will indemnify CTO and Indigo for any tax liabilities attributable to the built-in gain that exists with respect to such properties as of the time of this offering and the tax liabilities incurred as a result of such tax protection payment. Pursuant to the tax protection agreement, it is anticipated that the total amount of protected built-in gain on the Contributed Properties and other assets will be approximately $10.4 million. Such indemnification obligations could result in aggregate payments of up to $3.5 million. The amount of tax is calculated without regard to any deductions, losses or credits that may be available.

With respect to each of the Contributed Properties, the tax indemnities described above will not apply to a disposition of a Contributed Property if such disposition constitutes a “like-kind exchange” under Section 1031 of the Code, an involuntary conversion under Section 1033 of the Code or another transaction (including, but not limited to, (i) a contribution of property that qualifies for the non-recognition of gain under Sections 721 or 351 of the Code or (ii) a merger or consolidation of our Operating Partnership with or into another entity that qualifies for taxation as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) if such transaction does not result in the recognition of taxable income or gain to a contributing partner with respect to its OP units. In the case of the exception discussed in the preceding sentence, the tax protection then would apply to the replacement property (or the partnership interest) received in the transaction, to the extent that the sale or other disposition of that replacement asset would result in the recognition of any of the built-in gain that existed for that property at the time of our formation transactions.

The tax protection agreement is expected to benefit CTO and Indigo by assisting them in continuing to defer U.S. federal income taxes in connection with the formation transactions and thereafter.

Indemnification of Our Directors and Executive Officers

We intend to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers that will obligate us to indemnify them to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law as discussed under “Certain Provisions of Maryland Law and of Our Charter and Bylaws—Limitation of Liability and Indemnification of Directors and Officers” and “Management—Indemnification.”

Equity Incentive Plans

In connection with this offering, we will adopt the Equity Incentive Plans to provide equity incentive opportunities to our officers, employees, non-employee directors, consultants, independent contractors and agents. An aggregate of 759,389 shares of our common stock will be authorized for issuance under awards granted pursuant to the Equity Incentive Plans. Upon completion of this offering, we intend to grant an aggregate of 8,000 restricted shares of our

 

145


common stock, subject to vesting requirements, to our non-employee directors. See “Management—Equity Incentive Plans” for further details.

Statement of Policy Regarding Transactions with Related Persons

Upon completion of this offering, we will adopt a written statement of policy establishing guidelines with respect to the review, approval and ratification of related party transactions. The policy will apply to any transaction in which we are a participant, any related party has a direct or indirect interest and the amount involved exceeds $120,000. The audit committee will review the material facts of all related party transactions that require approval and either approve or disapprove of our entry into the transaction. In determining whether to approve or ratify a related party transaction, the audit committee will take into account, among other factors it deems appropriate, whether the related party transaction is on terms no less favorable than terms generally available to an unaffiliated third-party under the same or similar circumstances and the extent of the related party’s interest in the transaction.

 

146


STRUCTURE AND FORMATION OF OUR COMPANY

Our Operating Partnership

Our wholly-owned subsidiary, Alpine Income Property GP, LLC, is the sole general partner of our Operating Partnership. Substantially all of our assets will be held by, and our operations will be conducted through, our Operating Partnership. Following the completion of this offering, the concurrent CTO private placement and the formation transactions, we will have a total 86.6% ownership interest in our Operating Partnership (88.0% if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock in full), with CTO holding, directly and indirectly, a 13.4% ownership interest in our Operating Partnership (12.0% if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock in full). Our interest in our Operating Partnership will generally entitle us to share in cash distributions from, and in the profits and losses of, our Operating Partnership in proportion to our percentage ownership. We, through our wholly-owned subsidiary, Alpine Income Property GP, LLC, will generally have the exclusive power under the partnership agreement to manage and conduct the business and affairs of our Operating Partnership, subject to certain approval and voting rights of the limited partners, which are described more fully below in “Description of the Partnership Agreement of Alpine Income Property OP, LP.” Our board of directors will manage our business and affairs.

Beginning on and after the date that is 12 months after the issuance of the OP units, each limited partner of our Operating Partnership will have the right to require our Operating Partnership to redeem part or all of its OP units for cash, based upon the value of an equivalent number of shares of our common stock at the time of the redemption, or, at our election, shares of our common stock on a one-for-one basis, subject to certain adjustments and the restrictions on ownership and transfer of our stock set forth in our charter and described under the section entitled “Description of Capital Stock—Restrictions on Ownership and Transfer.” Each redemption of OP units will increase our percentage ownership interest in our Operating Partnership and our share of its cash distributions and profits and losses. See “Description of the Partnership Agreement of Alpine Income Property OP, LP.”

Formation Transactions

Prior to completion of this offering, the concurrent CTO private placement and the formation transactions, our properties were owned and managed by CTO. Through the formation transactions, the following have occurred or will occur prior to, concurrently with or shortly after the completion of this offering.

 

   

We were formed as a Maryland corporation and our Operating Partnership was formed as a Delaware limited partnership in August 2019. In connection with our formation, Mr. Albright made an initial investment in us of $1,000 in exchange for 100 shares of our common stock. Such shares will be repurchased by us at the closing of this offering for $1,000.

 

   

We will sell 7,500,000 shares of our common stock in this offering (or 8,625,000 shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock in full) and 375,000 shares of our common stock in the concurrent CTO private placement.

 

   

We will use approximately $9.1 million from the net proceeds from this offering and the concurrent CTO private placement to fund the purchase price payable to CTO for the REIT Purchased Properties.

 

147


   

We will contribute to our Operating Partnership the remaining net proceeds from this offering and the concurrent CTO private placement after our purchase of the REIT Purchased Properties and receive 7,417,557 OP units (or 8,542,557 OP units if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock in full), in exchange.

 

   

Our Operating Partnership will use approximately $116.8 million of the net proceeds we contribute to it to purchase the OP Purchased Properties.

 

   

CTO and Indigo will contribute to our Operating Partnership the Contributed Properties and receive 1,223,854 OP units in exchange. These OP Units have an initial value of $24.5 million based on the assumed public offering price of approximately $20.00, which is the mid-point of the price range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus.

 

   

We will grant 8,000 restricted shares of common stock, in the aggregate, to our non-employee directors pursuant to the Individual Equity Incentive Plan.

 

   

We will contribute to our Operating Partnership the REIT Purchased Properties and receive 457,443 OP units in exchange, giving us a total 86.6% ownership interest in our Operating Partnership (88.0% if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock in full), with CTO holding, directly and indirectly, a 13.4% ownership interest in our Operating Partnership (12.0% if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock in full).

 

   

We expect to enter into a $100 million unsecured revolving credit facility that will be available for general corporate purposes, including the funding of potential future acquisitions. Affiliates of certain of the underwriters are expected to be lenders under our new revolving credit facility.

The amount of cash and OP units that we will pay, or issue, to CTO in exchange for the properties in our initial portfolio was determined by management and not through arm’s length negotiations with an independent third party. In determining the value of our initial portfolio, management undertook a diligence and underwriting process that took into account, among other factors, market capitalization rates, net operating income, landlord obligations to fund future capital expenditures, lease duration, functionality and ability to release should a tenant not renew its lease, tenant creditworthiness and discount rates based on tenant creditworthiness, property location, property age, comparable sales information and capitalization rates for properties leased to tenants with similar credit profiles and lease durations, tenant operating performance and the fact that brokerage commissions would not be payable in connection with the formation transactions. No single factor was given greater weight than any other in valuing our initial portfolio. The value attributable to our initial portfolio does not necessarily bear any relationship to the value of any particular property within that portfolio. Furthermore, we did not obtain any third-party property appraisals for the properties in our initial portfolio or any other independent third-party valuations or fairness opinions in connection with the formation transactions. As a result, the consideration we have agreed to pay CTO in the formation transactions may exceed the fair market value of our initial portfolio.

The properties comprising our initial portfolio were selected from CTO’s existing income property portfolio to create an attractive and diverse portfolio of single-tenant net leased properties. Certain of the properties in CTO’s existing income property portfolio were not included in the initial portfolio for a number of reasons, including tenant and asset class concentration, existing debt encumbrances and tax considerations. CTO does not currently intend to sell to us any additional properties from its existing income property portfolio, nor do we currently intend to purchase any such properties.

 

148


Consequences of this Offering, the Concurrent CTO Private Placement

and the Formation Transactions

Upon completion of this offering, the concurrent CTO private placement and the formation transactions:

 

   

Our Operating Partnership will directly or indirectly own 100% of the properties in our initial portfolio.

 

   

Purchasers of shares of our common stock in this offering will own 95.1% of the outstanding shares of our common stock. If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock in full, purchasers of shares of our common stock in this offering will own 95.7% of the outstanding shares of our common stock.

 

   

CTO will own 4.8% of the outstanding shares of our common stock. If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock in full, CTO will own 4.2% of the outstanding shares of our common stock.

 

   

CTO will own, directly or indirectly, 13.4% of the outstanding OP units in our Operating Partnership. If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock in full, CTO will own, directly or indirectly, 12.0% of the outstanding OP units.

 

149


The following chart sets forth information about our company, our Operating Partnership, certain related parties and the ownership interests therein on a pro forma basis. Ownership percentages in our company and our Operating Partnership are presented assuming that the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of our common stock is not exercised.

LOGO

Benefits to Related Parties

Upon completion of this offering, the concurrent CTO private placement and the formation transactions, CTO and our directors and executive officers will receive material benefits, including the following:

 

   

In connection with the acquisition of our initial portfolio, CTO will receive a cash payment of approximately $125.9 million from us and 1,223,854 OP units from our Operating Partnership. The OP units have an aggregate initial value of approximately $24.5 million based on the assumed public offering price of $20.00 per share, which is the mid-point of the price range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus.

 

   

We will have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers providing for the indemnification by us for certain liabilities and expenses incurred as a result of actions brought, or threatened to be brought, against our directors and executive officers in their capacities as such. See “Management—Indemnification.”

 

150


   

We and our Operating Partnership will have entered into a management agreement with our Manager, a wholly-owned subsidiary of CTO, pursuant to which our Manager will be entitled to certain fees for its services and reimbursement of certain expenses. See “Our Manager and the Management Agreement—Management Agreement.”

 

   

We will have entered into a tax protection agreement with CTO and Indigo, pursuant to which we will agree to indemnify CTO and Indigo against certain potential adverse tax consequences to them, which may affect the way in which we conduct our business in the future, including with respect to when and under what circumstances we sell the Contributed Properties or interests therein during the tax protection period. Pursuant to the tax protection agreement, it is anticipated that the total amount of taxable built-in gain on the Contributed Properties will be approximately $10.4 million. Such indemnification obligations could result in aggregate payments of up to $3.5 million. The amount of tax is calculated without regard to any deductions, losses or credits that may be available. See “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—Tax Protection Agreement.”

 

   

We will have entered into a registration rights agreement with CTO pursuant to which we will agree to register the resale of the shares of common stock CTO has agreed to acquire in the concurrent CTO private placement. In addition, pursuant to the terms of our Operating Partnership’s partnership agreement, following the date on which we become eligible to use a registration statement on Form S-3 for the registration of securities and subject to certain further conditions as set forth in our Operating Partnership’s partnership agreement, we will be obligated to file a shelf registration statement covering the issuance or resale of shares of our common stock received by limited partners upon redemption of their OP units. See “Description of the Partnership Agreement of Alpine Income Property OP, LP—Registration Rights” for further details.

 

   

We will have adopted the Equity Incentive Plans to provide equity incentive opportunities to our officers, employees, non-employee directors, consultants, independent contractors and agents, and will have issued, in the aggregate, thereunder 8,000 shares of restricted common stock to our non-employee directors upon completion of this offering. See “Management—Equity Incentive Plans” for further details.

 

151


POLICIES WITH RESPECT TO CERTAIN ACTIVITIES

The following is a discussion of certain of our investment, financing and other policies. These policies have been determined by our board of directors and, in general, may be amended or revised from time to time by our board of directors without a vote of our stockholders.

Investment Policies

Investments in Real Estate or Interests in Real Estate

We will conduct our investment activities through our Operating Partnership and its subsidiaries. Our objective is to maximize stockholder value by generating attractive risk-adjusted returns through owning, managing and growing a diversified portfolio of high-quality single-tenant, net leased retail and office properties. For a discussion of our properties and our acquisition and other strategic objectives, see “Business and Properties.”

We expect to pursue our objective primarily through the ownership, directly or indirectly, by our Operating Partnership of our initial portfolio and future single-tenant, net leased commercial properties. We generally seek to execute acquisitions of properties that, upon acquisition, meet our investment guidelines. We expect to target a diversified portfolio that, over time, will

 

   

derive no more than 10% of its annualized base rent from any single tenant, irrespective of the tenant’s credit rating;

 

   

derive no more than 10% of our annualized base rent from any single industry; and

 

   

derive no more than 5% of its annualized base rent from any single property.

While we consider these criteria when making investments on our behalf, we may be opportunistic in pursuing investments for us and our portfolio that do not meet these criteria if we believe the investment opportunity presents an attractive risk-adjusted return. We intend to engage in future investment activities in a manner that is consistent with our qualification and maintenance of our qualification as a REIT for U.S. federal income tax purposes. In addition, we may purchase properties for long-term investment, expand, improve, redevelop and renovate the properties in our initial portfolio and any properties we acquire in the future, or sell such properties, in whole or in part, when circumstances warrant.

We may also participate with third parties in property ownership, through joint ventures or other types of co-ownership. These types of investments may permit us to own interests in larger assets without unduly reducing our diversification and, therefore, provide us with flexibility in structuring our portfolio. We will not, however, enter into a joint venture or other partnership arrangement to make an investment that would not otherwise meet our investment policies.

Investments in acquired properties may be subject to existing mortgage financing and other indebtedness or to new indebtedness which may be incurred in connection with acquiring or refinancing these properties. Debt service on such financing or indebtedness will have a priority over any distributions with respect to our common stock. Investments are also subject to our policy not to be treated as an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act.

Investments in Real Estate Mortgages

Our current portfolio consists primarily of, and our business objectives emphasize, equity investments in single-tenant, net leased commercial properties. We do not intend to originate any

 

152


secured or unsecured real estate loans or purchase any debt securities as a stand-alone, long-term investment, but, subject to the income and asset tests necessary for REIT qualification, we may do so in certain limited circumstances. In such circumstances, the mortgages in which we may invest may be first-lien mortgages or subordinate mortgages secured by real estate. The subordinated mezzanine loans in which we may invest may include mezzanine loans secured by a pledge of ownership interests in an entity owning a property or group of properties. Investments in real estate mortgages and subordinated real estate loans are subject to the risk that one or more borrowers may default and that the collateral securing the mortgages may not be sufficient or, in the case of subordinated mezzanine loans, available to enable us, to recover our full investment.

Investments in Securities of or Interests in Persons Primarily Engaged in Real Estate Activities and Other Issuers

Subject to the income and asset tests necessary for REIT qualification, we may invest in securities of other REITs, other entities engaged in real estate activities or securities of other issuers, including for the purpose of exercising control over such entities. We do not intend that our investments in securities will require us to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act, and we would intend to divest such securities before any such registration would be required.

Investments in Other Securities

Other than as described above, we do not intend to invest in any additional securities such as bonds, preferred stocks or common stock.

Dispositions

In order to maximize the performance and manage the risks within our portfolio, we may dispose of properties selectively when we determine they are not suitable for long-term investment purposes based upon our periodic review of our portfolio. We will ensure that such action would be in our best interest and consistent with our intention to qualify and maintain our qualification as a REIT.

Financings and Leverage Policy

We anticipate using a number of different sources to finance our acquisitions and operations, including cash flows from operations, asset sales, seller financing, issuance of debt securities, private financings (such as credit facilities, which may or may not be secured by our assets), property-level mortgage debt, common or preferred equity issuances or any combination of these sources, to the extent available to us, or other sources that may become available from time to time. Any debt that we incur may be recourse or non-recourse and may be secured or unsecured. We also may take advantage of joint venture or other partnering opportunities as such opportunities arise in order to acquire properties that would otherwise be unavailable to us. We may use the proceeds of our borrowings to acquire assets, to refinance existing debt or for general corporate purposes. We intend to target long-term leverage of six times net debt to EBITDA or less.

Although we are not required to maintain any particular leverage ratio, we intend, when appropriate, to employ prudent amounts of leverage and to use debt as a means of providing additional funds for the acquisition of assets, to refinance existing debt or for general corporate purposes. Our charter and bylaws do not limit the amount of debt that we may incur. Our board of directors has not adopted a policy limiting the total amount of debt that we may incur.

 

153


We anticipate that our Manager, under the supervision of our board of directors, will consider a number of factors in evaluating the amount of debt that we may incur. We may from time to time modify our view regarding the appropriate amount of debt financing in light of then-current economic conditions, relative costs of debt and equity capital, market values of our properties, general conditions in the market for debt and equity securities, fluctuations in the market price of our common stock, growth and investment opportunities and other factors. Our decision to use leverage in the future to finance our assets will be at the discretion of our board of directors, and will not be subject to the approval of our stockholders.

Equity Capital Policies

To the extent that our board of directors determines to obtain additional capital, we may issue debt or equity securities, including senior securities, retain earnings (subject to provisions in the Code requiring distributions of income to maintain REIT qualification), or pursue a combination of these methods.

Existing stockholders will have no preemptive right to common or preferred stock or units issued in any securities offering by us, and any such offering might cause a dilution of a stockholder’s investment in us. Although we have no current plans to do so, we may in the future issue shares of our common stock or units in our Operating Partnership in connection with acquisitions of property.

We may, under certain circumstances, purchase shares of our common stock or other securities in the open market or in private transactions with our stockholders, provided that those purchases are approved by our board of directors. Our board of directors has no present intention of causing us to repurchase any shares of our common stock or other securities, and any such action would only be taken in conformity with applicable federal and state laws and the applicable requirements for qualification as a REIT.

Conflict of Interest Policies

Conflicts of interest may exist or could arise in the future with CTO and its affiliates, including our Manager, the individuals who serve as our executive officers and executive officers of CTO, any individual who serves as a director of our company and as a director of CTO and any limited partner of our Operating Partnership. Conflicts may include, without limitation: conflicts arising from the enforcement of agreements between us and CTO or our Manager; conflicts in the amount of time that executive officers and employees of CTO, who are provided to us through our Manager, will spend on our affairs versus CTO’s affairs; and conflicts in future transactions that we may pursue with CTO and its affiliates. We do not generally expect to enter into joint ventures with CTO, but if we do so, the terms and conditions of our joint venture investment will be subject to the approval of a majority of disinterested directors of our board of directors.

In addition, we are subject to conflicts of interest arising out of our relationships with our Manager. Pursuant to the management agreement, our Manager is obligated to supply us with our senior management team. However, our Manager is not obligated to dedicate any specific CTO personnel exclusively to us, nor are the CTO personnel provided to us by our Manager obligated to dedicate any specific portion of their time to the management of our business. Additionally, our Manager is a wholly-owned subsidiary of CTO. All of our executive officers are executive officers and employees of CTO and one of our officers (John P. Albright) is also a member of CTO’s board of directors. As a result, our Manager and the CTO personnel it provides to us may have conflicts between their duties to us and their duties to, and interests in, CTO.

 

154


In addition to our initial portfolio, we may acquire or sell single-tenant, net leased properties in which our Manager or its affiliates have or may have an interest. Similarly, our Manager or its affiliates may acquire or sell single-tenant, net leased properties in which we have or may have an interest. Although such acquisitions or dispositions may present conflicts of interest, we nonetheless may pursue and consummate such transactions. Additionally, we may engage in transactions directly with our Manager or its affiliates, including the purchase and sale of all or a portion of a portfolio asset. If we acquire a single-tenant, net leased property from CTO or one of its affiliates or sell a single-tenant, net leased property to CTO or one of its affiliates, the purchase price we pay to CTO or one of its affiliates or the purchase price paid to us by CTO or one of its affiliates may be higher or lower, respectively, than the purchase price that would have been paid to or by us if the transaction were the result of arms’ length negotiations with an unaffiliated third party.

In deciding whether to issue additional debt or equity securities, we will rely in part on recommendations made by our Manager. While such decisions are subject to the approval of our board of directors, our Manager is entitled to be paid a base management fee that is based on our “total equity” (as defined in the management agreement). As a result, our Manager may have an incentive to recommend that we issue additional equity securities at dilutive prices.

All of our executive officers are executive officers and employees of CTO. These individuals and other CTO personnel provided to us through our Manager devote as much time to us as our Manager deems appropriate. However, our executive officers and other CTO personnel provided to us through our Manager may have conflicts in allocating their time and services between us, on the one hand, and CTO and its affiliates, on the other. During a period of prolonged economic weakness or another economic downturn affecting the real estate industry or at other times when we need focused support and assistance from our Manager and the CTO executive officers and other personnel provided to us through our Manager, we may not receive the necessary support and assistance we require or that we would otherwise receive if we were self-managed.

Additionally, although we will enter into the exclusivity and ROFO agreement with CTO, the agreement contains exceptions to CTO’s exclusivity for opportunities that include only an incidental interest in single-tenant, net leased properties. Accordingly, the exclusivity and ROFO agreement will not prevent CTO from pursuing certain acquisition opportunities involving only an incidental interest in single-tenant, net leased properties that otherwise satisfy our then-current investment criteria. See “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—Exclusivity and ROFO Agreement.”

Our directors and executive officers have duties to our company under applicable Maryland law in connection with their management of our company. At the same time, our wholly-owned subsidiary, Alpine Income Property GP, LLC, has fiduciary duties, as the general partner, to our Operating Partnership and to the limited partners under Delaware law in connection with the management of our Operating Partnership. These duties as a general partner to our Operating Partnership and its partners may come into conflict with the duties of our directors and executive officers to our company. Unless otherwise provided for in the relevant partnership agreement, Delaware law generally requires a general partner of a Delaware limited partnership to adhere to fiduciary duty standards under which it owes its limited partners the highest duties of loyalty and care and which generally prohibits such general partner from taking any action or engaging in any transaction as to which it has a conflict of interest. The partnership agreement provides that in the event of a conflict between the interests of our stockholders on the one hand and the limited partners of our Operating Partnership on the other hand, the general partner will endeavor in good faith to resolve the conflict in a manner not adverse to either our stockholders or the limited partners; provided, however, that so long as we own a controlling interest in our Operating

 

155


Partnership, any such conflict that we, in our sole and absolute discretion, determine cannot be resolved in a manner not adverse to either our stockholders or the limited partners of our Operating Partnership shall be resolved in favor of our stockholders, and we shall not be liable for monetary damages for losses sustained, liabilities incurred or benefits not derived by the limited partners in connection with such decisions.

Additionally, to the extent permitted by applicable law, the partnership agreement will provide for the indemnification of the general partner and our officers, directors, employees and any other persons the general partner may designate from and against any and all claims that relate to the operations of our Operating Partnership as set forth in the partnership agreement in which any indemnitee may be involved, or is threatened to be involved, as a party or otherwise, unless it is established that:

 

   

the act or omission of the indemnitee was material to the matter giving rise to the proceeding and either was committed in bad faith or was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty;

 

   

the indemnitee actually received an improper personal benefit in money, property or services; or

 

   

in the case of any criminal proceeding, the indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that the act or omission was unlawful.

Similarly, the general partner of our Operating Partnership and our officers, directors, agents or employees, will not be liable for monetary damages to our Operating Partnership or the limited partners for losses sustained or liabilities incurred as a result of errors in judgment or mistakes of fact or law or of any act or omission so long as any such party acted in good faith.

Our charter and bylaws do not restrict any of our directors, executive officers, stockholders or affiliates from having a pecuniary interest in an investment or transaction that we have an interest in or from conducting, for their own account, business activities of the type we conduct. We have, however, adopted certain policies designed to eliminate or minimize certain potential conflicts of interest. Specifically, we will adopt a code of business conduct and ethics that prohibits conflicts of interest between our executive officers, employees and directors on the one hand, and our company on the other hand, except in compliance with the policy. Our code of business conduct and ethics will state that a conflict of interest exists when a person’s private interest interferes with our interest. For example, a conflict of interest will arise when any of our employees, executive officers or directors or any immediate family member of such employee, executive officer or director receives improper personal benefits as a result of his or her position with us. Our code of business conduct and ethics will also limit our employees, executive officers and directors from engaging in any activity that is competitive with the business activities and operations of our company, except as disclosed in this prospectus. In addition, our code of business conduct and ethics will also restrict the ability of our employees, executive officers and directors to participate in a joint venture, partnership or other business arrangement with us, except in compliance with the policy. Waivers of our code of business conduct and ethics will be required to be disclosed in accordance with NYSE and SEC requirements. In addition, we will adopt corporate governance guidelines to assist our board of directors in the exercise of its responsibilities and to serve our interests and those of our stockholders. However, we cannot assure you these policies or provisions of law will always succeed in eliminating the influence of such conflicts. If they are not successful, decisions could be made that might fail to reflect the best interest of all stockholders.

 

156


Policies with Respect to Other Activities

We have authority to offer common stock, preferred stock, options to purchase stock or other securities (including common and preferred units of limited partnership interest in our Operating Partnership) in exchange for property, repurchase or otherwise acquire our common stock or other securities in the open market or otherwise, and we may engage in such activities in the future. As described in “Description of the Partnership Agreement of Alpine Income Property OP, LP,” we expect, but are not obligated, to issue shares of our common stock to holders of OP units upon exercise of their redemption rights. Except in connection with our organization, the formation transactions, this offering and the concurrent CTO private placement, we have not issued common stock, units or any other securities in exchange for property or any other purpose, although we may elect to do so. Our board of directors has no present intention of causing us to repurchase any common stock, although we may do so in the future. We may issue preferred stock from time to time, in one or more classes or series, as authorized by our board of directors without the need for stockholder approval. See “Description of Capital Stock.” We have not engaged in trading, underwriting or agency distribution or sale of securities of other issuers other than our Operating Partnership and do not intend to do so. At all times, we intend to make investments in a manner consistent with our qualification as a REIT unless our board of directors determines that it is no longer in our best interest to qualify as a REIT. We have not made any loans to third parties, although we may make loans to third parties in the future, including, without limitation, to joint ventures in which we participate. We intend to make investments in such a way that we will not be treated as an investment company under the Investment Company Act.

Reporting Policies

We intend to make available to our stockholders our annual reports, including our audited financial statements. After this offering, we will become subject to the information reporting requirements of the Exchange Act. Pursuant to those requirements, we will be required to file annual and periodic reports, proxy statements and other information, including audited financial statements, with the SEC.

 

157


DESCRIPTION OF THE PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT OF ALPINE INCOME PROPERTY OP, LP

The following summarizes the material terms of the first amended and restated limited partnership agreement of our Operating Partnership, a copy of which is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. See “Where You Can Find More Information.”

Management

We are the sole member of Alpine Income Property GP, LLC, which is the sole general partner of our Operating Partnership, a Delaware limited partnership. We will conduct substantially all of our operations and make substantially all of our investments through our Operating Partnership. Pursuant to the partnership agreement, the general partner will have full, complete and exclusive discretion to manage and control the business of our Operating Partnership, including the ability, among others, to cause our Operating Partnership to enter into certain major transactions including acquisitions, dispositions, refinancings and selection of lessees, to make distributions to partners and to cause changes in our Operating Partnership’s business activities.

Transferability of Interests

Holders of OP units of our Operating Partnership may not transfer their units without the consent of the general partner of our Operating Partnership. Neither the general partner nor our company may engage in any merger, consolidation or other combination, or sale of all or substantially all of our assets in a transaction that results in a change in control of the general partner or our company unless:

 

   

we receive the consent of limited partners holding more than 50% of the partnership interests of the limited partners (other than those held by the general partner, our company or any subsidiary of the general partner or our company);

 

   

as a result of such transaction, all limited partners (other than the general partner, our company or any subsidiary of the general partner or our company) will receive, or have the right to receive, for each OP unit an amount of cash, securities or other property equal or substantially equivalent in value, as determined by the general partner in good faith, to the product of the conversion factor and the greatest amount of cash, securities or other property paid in the transaction to a holder of one share of our common stock in consideration of one share of our common stock, provided that if, in connection with the transaction, a purchase, tender or exchange offer shall have been made to and accepted by the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding shares of our common stock, each holder of OP units (other than the general partner, our company or any subsidiary of the general partner or our company) shall be given the option to exchange its OP units for an amount of cash, securities or other property equal or substantially equivalent in value, as determined by the general partner in good faith, to the greatest amount of cash, securities or other property that a limited partner would have received had it (A) exercised its redemption right (described below) and (B) sold, tendered or exchanged pursuant to the offer the common stock received upon exercise of the redemption right immediately prior to the expiration of the offer; or

 

   

either the general partner or our company, as applicable, is the surviving entity in the transaction and either (A) our stockholders do not receive cash, securities or other property in the transaction or (B) all limited partners (other than the general partner, our company or any subsidiary of the general partner or our company) receive for each OP unit an amount

 

158


 

of cash, securities or other property (expressed as an amount per share of our common stock) equal or substantially equivalent in value, as determined by the general partner in good faith, to the product of the conversion factor and the greatest amount of cash, securities or other property (expressed as an amount per share of our common stock) received in the transaction by a holder of one share of our common stock.

The general partner or our company, as applicable, also may merge with or into or consolidate with another entity if immediately after such merger or consolidation (i) substantially all of the assets of the successor or surviving entity, other than OP units held by the general partner, our company or any subsidiary of the general partner or our company, are contributed, directly or indirectly, to our Operating Partnership as a capital contribution in exchange for OP units, or for economically equivalent partnership interests issued by a partnership or limited liability company in which the general partner, us, our Operating Partnership, or a wholly owned subsidiary of the general partner, us or our Operating Partnership owns a partnership or limited liability company interest, with a fair market value equal to the value of the assets so contributed as determined by the survivor of such merger or consolidation in good faith and (ii) the survivor expressly agrees to assume all of the obligations under the partnership agreement, including those of us and the general partner, and the partnership agreement shall be amended after any such merger or consolidation so as to arrive at a new method of calculating the amounts payable upon exercise of the redemption right that approximates the existing method for such calculation as closely as reasonably possible.

We also may (i) cause the general partner to transfer all or any portion of its general partnership interest to (A) a wholly-owned subsidiary of the general partner or (B) a parent company of the general partner, and following such transfer, may withdraw as the sole member of the general partner and (ii) engage in a transaction required by law or by the rules of any national securities exchange or OTC interdealer quotation system on which our common stock is listed or traded.

Without the consent of the limited partners, we may (i) merge or consolidate our Operating Partnership with or into any other domestic or foreign partnership, limited partnership, limited liability company or corporation or (ii) sell all or substantially all of the assets of our Operating Partnership in a transaction pursuant to which the limited partners (other than the general partner, our company or any subsidiary of the general partner or our company) receive consideration as set forth above.

Capital Contributions

We will contribute, directly, to our Operating Partnership the portion of our initial portfolio that we purchase from CTO and the remaining net proceeds of this offering and the concurrent CTO private placement as a capital contribution in exchange for OP units. Upon completion of this offering and such contributions, we will own an approximate 86.6% partnership interest in our Operating Partnership. The partnership agreement provides that if the general partner determines that it is in the best interests of our Operating Partnership to provide for additional funds for any Operating Partnership purpose, the general partner may (i) cause our Operating Partnership to obtain such funds from outside borrowings or (ii) elect to have the general partner or any of its affiliates provide such additional funds to our Operating Partnership through loans or otherwise. Under the partnership agreement, we are obligated to contribute the net proceeds of any future offering of shares as additional capital to our Operating Partnership. If we contribute additional capital to our Operating Partnership, we will receive additional OP units, and our percentage interest will be increased on a proportionate basis based upon the amount of such additional capital contributions and the value of our Operating Partnership at the time of such contributions.

 

159


Conversely, the percentage interests of the other limited partners will be decreased on a proportionate basis in the event of additional capital contributions by us. In addition, if we contribute additional capital to our Operating Partnership, the general partner will revalue the property of our Operating Partnership to its fair market value (as determined by the general partner in its sole and absolute discretion) and the capital accounts of the partners will be adjusted to reflect the manner in which the unrealized gain or loss inherent in such property (that has not been reflected in the capital accounts previously) would be allocated among the partners under the terms of the partnership agreement if there were a taxable disposition of such property for its fair market value (as determined by the general partner in its sole and absolute discretion) on the date of the revaluation. Our Operating Partnership may issue preferred partnership interests, in connection with acquisitions of property or otherwise, which could have priority over common partnership interests with respect to distributions from our Operating Partnership, including the partnership interests we own.

Redemption Rights

Pursuant to the partnership agreement, limited partners (other than the general partner, our company or any subsidiary of the general partner or our company) will receive redemption rights, which will enable them to require our Operating Partnership to redeem all or a portion of their OP units in exchange for cash or, at the option of the general partner (in its sole and absolute discretion), shares of our common stock based on the conversion factor commencing one year from the date of issuance of such units. Redemptions will generally occur only on the first day of each calendar quarter. Limited partners must submit an irrevocable notice to our Operating Partnership of the intention to be redeemed no less than 60 days prior to the redemption date, and each limited partner must submit for redemption at least 1,000 OP units or, if such limited partner holds less than 1,000 OP units, all the OP units owned by such limited partner. The number of shares of common stock issuable upon redemption of OP units held by limited partners may be adjusted upon the occurrence of certain events such as share dividends, share subdivisions or combinations. We expect to fund any cash redemptions out of available cash or borrowings. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a limited partner will not be entitled to exercise its redemption rights if the delivery of common stock to the redeeming limited partner would:

 

   

result in any person owning, directly or indirectly, shares of our common stock in excess of the stock ownership limit or excepted holder limit in our charter;

 

   

result in shares of our common stock being owned by fewer than 100 persons (determined without reference to any rules of attribution);

 

   

result in our being “closely held” within the meaning of Section 856(h) of the Code;

 

   

cause us to own, actually or constructively, 10% or more of the ownership interests in a tenant (other than a TRS) of ours, our Operating Partnership’s or a subsidiary partnership’s real property, within the meaning of Section 856(d)(2)(B) of the Code;

 

   

cause us to fail to qualify as a REIT under the Code; or

 

   

cause the acquisition of shares of our common stock by such redeeming limited partner to be “integrated” with any other distribution of our common stock or OP units for purposes of complying with the registration provisions of the Securities Act.

The general partner may, in its sole and absolute discretion, waive any of these restrictions.

 

160


The partnership agreement requires that our Operating Partnership be operated in a manner that enables us to satisfy the requirements for qualifying as a REIT, to avoid any U.S. federal income or excise tax liability imposed by the Code (other than any U.S. federal income tax liability associated with our retained capital gains) and to ensure that our Operating Partnership will not be classified as a “publicly traded partnership” taxable as a corporation under Section 7704 of the Code. Notwithstanding the foregoing, we may terminate or revoke our status as a REIT at any time, if our board of directors determines in good faith that it is no longer in our best interests.

Partnership Expenses

In addition to the administrative and operating costs and expenses incurred by our Operating Partnership, our Operating Partnership generally will pay all of our administrative costs and expenses, including:

 

   

all costs and expenses relating to our and our subsidiaries’ formation, continuity of existence and our subsidiaries’ operations;

 

   

all costs and expenses relating to offerings and registration of securities and expenses incidental thereto;

 

   

all costs and expenses associated with any repurchase by us of any securities;

 

   

all costs and expenses associated with the preparation and filing of any of our periodic or other reports and communications by us under federal, state or local laws or regulations;

 

   

all costs and expenses associated with our compliance with laws, rules and regulations promulgated by any regulatory body;

 

   

all administrative costs and expenses that we are required to pay pursuant to the management agreement (see “Our Manager and the Management Agreement—Management Agreement—Reimbursement of Expenses” for more information);

 

   

all costs and expenses associated with any health, dental, vision, disability, life insurance, 401(k) plan, incentive plan, bonus plan or other plan providing compensation or benefits for any employees we have in the future;

 

   

all costs and expenses incurred by us relating to any issuance or redemption of OP units; and

 

   

all of our other operating, administrative or financing costs incurred in the ordinary course of business on behalf of or related to our Operating Partnership.

These expenses, however, do not include any of our administrative costs and expenses incurred by us or the general partner that are attributable to properties or interests in a subsidiary that are owned by the general partner or us other than through ownership interests in our Operating Partnership.

Fiduciary Responsibilities

Our directors and officers have duties under applicable Maryland law to oversee our management in a manner consistent with our best interests. At the same time, the general partner of our Operating Partnership has fiduciary duties under Delaware law to manage our Operating

 

161


Partnership in a manner beneficial to our Operating Partnership and its partners. The general partner’s duties to our Operating Partnership and its limited partners, therefore, may come into conflict with the duties of our directors and officers to us. The partnership agreement provides that in the event of a conflict between the interests of our stockholders on the one hand and the limited partners of our Operating Partnership on the other hand, the general partner will endeavor in good faith to resolve the conflict in a manner not adverse to either our stockholders or the limited partners; provided, however, that so long as we or the general partner own a controlling interest in our Operating Partnership, any such conflict that the general partner, in its sole and absolute discretion, determines cannot be resolved in a manner not adverse to either our stockholders or the limited partners of our Operating Partnership shall be resolved in favor of our stockholders, and the general partner shall not be liable for monetary damages for losses sustained, liabilities incurred or benefits not derived by the limited partners in connection with such decisions.

Distributions

The partnership agreement provides that our Operating Partnership will distribute cash from operations at such time and in such amounts as determined by the general partner in its sole and absolute discretion, to us and the other limited partners in accordance with their respective percentage interests in our Operating Partnership.

Upon liquidation of our Operating Partnership, after payment of, or adequate provision for, debts and obligations of our Operating Partnership, including any partner loans, any remaining assets of our Operating Partnership will be distributed to us and the other limited partners with positive capital accounts in accordance with their respective positive capital account balances.

LTIP Units

LTIP units are a class of OP units in our Operating Partnership and, if issued, will receive the same regular per-unit profit distributions as the other outstanding units in our Operating Partnership. LTIP units, if issued, will not have full parity with other outstanding units with respect to liquidating distributions. Generally, under the terms of the LTIP units, if issued, our Operating Partnership will revalue its assets upon the occurrence of certain specified events, and any increase in valuation from the issuance of the LTIP units until such event will be allocated first to the LTIP unit holders to equalize the capital accounts of such holders with the capital accounts of holders of our Operating Partnership’s other outstanding OP units. Upon equalization of the capital accounts of the LTIP unit holders with the capital accounts of the other holders of our OP units, the LTIP units will achieve full parity with our other OP units for all purposes, including with respect to liquidating distributions. If such parity is reached, vested LTIP units may be converted into an equal number of OP units at any time, and thereafter enjoy all the rights of such units, including redemption rights. However, there are circumstances under which such parity would not be reached. Until and unless such parity is reached, the value for a given number of vested LTIP units will be less than the value of an equal number of shares of our common stock.

Allocations

Profits and losses of the partnership (including depreciation and amortization deductions) for each fiscal year generally will be allocated to us and the other limited partners in accordance with the respective percentage interests in the partnership. All of the foregoing allocations are subject to compliance with the provisions of Sections 704(b) and 704(c) of the Code and Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder. To the extent Treasury regulations promulgated pursuant to Section 704(c) of the Code permit, the general partner shall have the authority to elect the method to be used by our Operating Partnership for allocating items with respect to contributed property

 

162


acquired for OP units for which fair market value differs from the adjusted tax basis at the time of contribution. Any such election shall be binding on all partners. Upon the occurrence of certain specified events, our Operating Partnership will revalue its assets and any net increase in valuation will be allocated first to the LTIP units to equalize the capital accounts of such holders with the capital accounts of the holders of the other outstanding units in our Operating Partnership.

Registration Rights

Pursuant to the terms of our Operating Partnership’s partnership agreement, following the date on which we become eligible to use a registration statement on Form S-3 for the registration of securities under the Securities Act and subject to certain further conditions as set forth in our Operating Partnership’s partnership agreement, we will be obligated to file a shelf registration statement covering the issuance or resale of shares of our common stock received by limited partners upon redemption of their OP units. In furtherance of such registration rights, we have also agreed, among other agreements, as follows:

 

   

to use our commercially reasonable efforts to have the registration statement declared effective;

 

   

to register or qualify such shares under the securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions within the United States as required by law, and do such other reasonable acts and things as may be required by us to enable such holders to consummate the sale or other disposition in such jurisdictions of such shares, provided that we will not be required to (i) qualify as a foreign corporation or consent to a general or unlimited service or process in any jurisdictions in which we would not otherwise be required to be qualified or so consent or (ii) qualify as a dealer in securities;

 

   

to list shares of our common stock issued pursuant to the exercise of redemption rights on any securities exchange or national market system upon which our common stock is then listed; and

 

   

to indemnify limited partners exercising redemption rights against all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses (including reasonable costs of investigation) caused by any untrue, or alleged untrue, statement of a material fact contained in the registration statement, preliminary prospectus or prospectus or caused by any omission, or alleged omission, to state a material fact required to be stated or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, except insofar as such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses are caused by any untrue statement, alleged untrue statement, omission or alleged omission based upon information furnished to us by such limited partners.

As a condition to our obligations with respect to such registration, each limited partner will agree, among other agreements:

 

   

that no limited partner will offer or sell shares of common stock that are issued upon redemption of their OP units until such shares have been included in an effective registration statement;

 

   

that, if we determine in good faith, after consultation with counsel, that registration of shares for resale would require the disclosure of important information that we have a bona fide business purpose for preserving as confidential, the registration rights of each limited partner will be suspended until we notify such limited partners that suspension of their registration rights is no longer necessary (so long as we do not suspend their rights for more than 180 days in any 12-month period);

 

163


   

that if we propose an underwritten public offering, each limited partner will agree not to effect any offer, sale or distribution of any of our shares of common stock during the period commencing on the tenth day prior to the expected effective date of a registration statement filed with respect to the public offering or commencement date of a proposed offering and ending on the date specified by the managing underwriter for such offering (provided no limited partner shall be required to agree not to effect any offer, sale or distribution of our shares of common stock for a period of time that is longer than the greater of 90 days or the period of time for which any of our senior executive officers is required so to agree in connection with such offering); and

 

   

to indemnify us and each of our officers, directors and controlling persons against all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses (including reasonable costs of investigation) caused by any untrue, or alleged untrue, statement or omission, or alleged omission, contained in (or omitted from) any registration statement based upon information furnished to us by such limited partner.

Subject to certain exceptions, our Operating Partnership will pay all expenses in connection with the exercise of registration rights under our Operating Partnership’s partnership agreement.

Amendments of the Partnership Agreement

The general partner, without the consent of the limited partners, may amend the partnership agreement in any respect; provided that the following amendments require the consent of limited partners holding more than 50% of the partnership interests of the limited partners (other than those held by the general partner, our company or any subsidiary of the general partner or our company):

 

   

any amendment affecting the operation of the conversion factor or the redemption right (except as otherwise provided in the partnership agreement) in a manner that adversely affects the limited partners in any material respect;

 

   

any amendment that would adversely affect the rights of the limited partners to receive the distributions payable to them under the partnership agreement, other than with respect to the issuance of additional OP units pursuant to the partnership agreement;

 

   

any amendment that would alter our Operating Partnership’s allocations of profit and loss to the limited partners, other than with respect to the issuance of additional OP units pursuant to the partnership agreement;

 

   

any amendment that would impose on the limited partners any obligation to make additional capital contributions to our Operating Partnership; or

 

   

any amendment to the provisions of the partnership agreement that control amendments to the partnership agreement.

Indemnification and Limitation of Liability

The limited partners of our Operating Partnership expressly acknowledge that the general partner of our Operating Partnership is acting for the benefit of our Operating Partnership, the limited partners (including us) and our stockholders collectively and that the general partner is under no obligation to consider the separate interests of the limited partners (including, without limitation, the tax consequences to some or all of the limited partners) in deciding whether to

 

164


cause our Operating Partnership to take, or decline to take, any actions. The partnership agreement provides that in the event of a conflict between the interests of our stockholders on the one hand, and the limited partners of our Operating Partnership on the other hand, the general partner will endeavor in good faith to resolve the conflict in a manner not adverse to either our stockholders or the limited partners, provided however, that so long as we or the general partner own a controlling interest in our Operating Partnership, any such conflict that the general partner, in its sole and absolute discretion, determines cannot be resolved in a manner not adverse to either our stockholders or the limited partners of our Operating Partnership will be resolved in favor of our stockholders, and the general partner will not be liable for monetary damages for losses sustained, liabilities incurred or benefits not derived by the limited partners in connection with such decisions.

To the extent permitted by applicable law, the partnership agreement will provide for the indemnification of the general partner and its and our, and our subsidiaries’, officers, directors, employees and any other persons the general partner may designate from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, joint or several, expenses (including reasonable legal fees and expenses), judgments, fines, settlements, and other amounts arising from any and all claims, demands, actions, suits or proceedings, civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, that relate to the operations of our Operating Partnership as set forth in the partnership agreement in which any indemnitee may be involved, or is threatened to be involved, as a party or otherwise, unless it is established that:

 

   

the act or omission of the indemnitee was material to the matter giving rise to the proceeding and either was committed in bad faith or was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty;

 

   

the indemnitee actually received an improper personal benefit in money, property or services; or

 

   

in the case of any criminal proceeding, the indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that the act or omission was unlawful.

Similarly, the general partner of our Operating Partnership and our officers, directors, agents or employees, will not be liable for monetary damages to our Operating Partnership or the limited partners for losses sustained, liabilities incurred or benefits not derived by the limited partners as a result of errors in judgment or mistakes of fact or law or of any act or omission so long as any such party acted in good faith.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling our company pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

Term

Our Operating Partnership will continue indefinitely or until sooner dissolved upon:

 

   

an event of bankruptcy (as defined in the partnership agreement) as to the general partner or the dissolution, death, removal or withdrawal of the general partner (unless the limited partners elect to continue the partnership);

 

   

the passage of 90 days after the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of our Operating Partnership;

 

165


   

the redemption of all OP units (other than those held by the general partner) unless the general partner decides to continue the partnership by the admission of one or more limited partners; or

 

   

an election by us in our capacity as the sole member of the general partner.

Tax Matters

Our Operating Partnership agreement provides that the sole general partner of our Operating Partnership is the “partnership representative” of our Operating Partnership and, as such, has authority to handle tax audits and to make tax elections under the Code on behalf of our Operating Partnership.

 

166


PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth certain information regarding the beneficial ownership of shares of our common stock, including shares of our common stock into which OP units are exchangeable, immediately following the completion of this offering, the concurrent CTO private placement and the formation transactions for (1) each person who is expected to be the beneficial owner of 5% or more of our outstanding common stock, (2) each of our directors, director nominees and executive officers and (3) all of our directors, director nominees and executive officers as a group. This table assumes that this offering, the concurrent CTO private placement and the formation transactions are completed and gives effect to the expected issuance of common stock in connection with this offering and the concurrent CTO private placement and the expected issuance of OP units in connection with the formation transactions. Each person named in the table has sole voting and investment power with respect to all of the shares of our common stock shown as beneficially owned by such person, except as otherwise set forth in the notes to the table.

The SEC has defined “beneficial ownership” of a security to mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of voting power and/or investment power over such security. A stockholder is also deemed to be, as of any date, the beneficial owner of all securities that such stockholder has the right to acquire within 60 days after that date through (1) the exercise of any option, warrant or right, (2) the conversion of a security, (3) the power to revoke a trust, discretionary account or similar arrangement or (4) the automatic termination of a trust, discretionary account or similar arrangement. In computing the number of shares beneficially owned by a person and the percentage ownership of that person, shares of our common stock subject to options or other rights (as set forth above) held by that person that are exercisable as of the completion of this offering or will become exercisable within 60 days thereafter, are deemed outstanding, while such shares are not deemed outstanding for purposes of computing percentage ownership of any other person.

 

167


Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each named person is c/o Alpine Income Property Trust, Inc., 1140 N. Williamson Blvd., Suite 140, Daytona Beach, Florida 32114. No shares beneficially owned by any executive officer, director or director nominee have been pledged as security.

 

    Amount and Nature of Beneficial Ownership  
    Immediately Prior to this Offering     Upon Completion of this Offering  

Name and Address of Beneficial Owner

  Shares and OP
units Beneficially
Owned
    Percentage     Shares and OP
Units Beneficially
Owned
    Percentage
(1)
 

Directors, Director Nominees and Executive Officers:

       

John P. Albright

    100  (2)      100            

Mark E. Patten

                       

Steven R. Greathouse

                       

Daniel E. Smith

                       

Mark O. Decker, Jr

                2,000      

M. Carson Good

                2,000      

Andrew C. Richardson

                2,000      

Jeffrey S. Yarckin

                2,000      

All directors, director nominees and executive officers as a group (8 persons)

    100       100     8,000      

More than 5% Stockholders:

       

Consolidated-Tomoka Land Co.

                1,598,854       17.6

 

*

Represents less than 1% of the number of shares of our common stock outstanding upon the completion of this offering.

(1)

Assumes 7,883,000 shares of our common stock and 1,223,854 OP units (excluding OP units held by us) are outstanding immediately following this offering.

(2)

These shares will be repurchased by us at cost for $1,000 at the closing of this offering.

 

168


DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

The following is a summary of the material terms of our capital stock. For a complete description, you are urged to review in their entirety our charter and our bylaws, which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, and applicable Maryland law. See “Where You Can Find More Information.”

General

Following the completion of this offering, the concurrent CTO private placement and the formation transactions, our authorized capital stock will consist of 500,000,000 shares of our common stock, $0.01 par value per share, and 100,000,000 shares of preferred stock, $0.01 par value per share. A majority of our entire board of directors has the power, without stockholder approval, to amend our charter to increase or decrease the aggregate number of shares of stock or the number of shares of stock of any class or series that we are authorized to issue. Upon the completion of this offering and the concurrent CTO private placement, based upon the mid-point of the price range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus and assuming the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock, we expect that 7,883,000 shares of our common stock will be issued and outstanding.

Under Maryland law, our stockholders generally are not liable for our debts or obligations solely as a result of that stockholder’s status as a stockholder.

Common Stock

All shares of our common stock offered by this prospectus will be duly authorized, fully paid and nonassessable. Stockholders are entitled to receive distributions when authorized by our board of directors and declared by us out of assets legally available for the payment of dividends. Stockholders are also entitled to share ratably in our assets legally available for distribution to our stockholders in the event of our liquidation, dissolution, or winding up, after payment of, or adequate provision for, all of our known debts and liabilities. These rights are subject to the preferential rights of any other class or series of our stock, including any shares of preferred stock we may issue, and to the provisions of our charter regarding restrictions on ownership and transfer of our stock.

Subject to our charter restrictions on ownership and transfer of our stock and the terms of any other class or series of our stock, each outstanding share of our common stock entitles the holder thereof to one vote on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders, including the election of directors. Cumulative voting in the election of directors is not permitted. Directors will be elected by a plurality of the votes cast at the meeting in which directors are being elected and at which a quorum is present. This means that the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of our common stock can effectively elect all of the directors then standing for election, and the holders of the remaining shares will not be able to elect any directors.

Our common stockholders have no preference, conversion, exchange, sinking fund or redemption rights and have no preemptive rights to subscribe for any of our capital stock. Our charter provides that our stockholders generally have no appraisal rights unless our board of directors determines that appraisal rights will apply to one or more transactions in which our common stockholders would otherwise be entitled to exercise such rights. Subject to our charter restrictions on ownership and transfer of our stock, holders of shares of our common stock will initially have equal dividend, liquidation and other rights.

Under Maryland law, a Maryland corporation generally cannot dissolve, amend its charter, merge, sell all or substantially all of its assets, convert into another form of entity, engage in a

 

169


statutory share exchange or engage in similar transactions unless such transaction is declared advisable by the board of directors and approved by the affirmative vote of stockholders entitled to cast at least two-thirds of all of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter unless a lesser percentage (but not less than a majority of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter) is set forth in the corporation’s charter. Our charter provides for approval of these matters by the affirmative vote of stockholders entitled to cast a majority of the votes entitled to be cast on such matter, except that the affirmative vote of stockholders holding at least two-thirds of the shares entitled to vote on such matter is required to amend the provisions of our charter relating to the removal of directors or the vote required to amend the removal provisions. Maryland law also permits a corporation to transfer all or substantially all of its assets without the approval of its stockholders to an entity all of the equity interests of which are owned, directly or indirectly, by the corporation. Because our operating assets may be held by our Operating Partnership or its wholly-owned subsidiaries, these subsidiaries may be able to merge or transfer all or substantially all of their assets without the approval of our stockholders.

Our charter authorizes our board of directors to reclassify any unissued shares of our common stock into other classes or series of stock, including classes or series of preferred stock, and to establish the designation and number of shares of each such class or series and to set, subject to the provisions of our charter regarding the restrictions on ownership and transfer of our stock, the preferences, conversion or other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends or other distributions, qualifications or terms or conditions of redemption of each such class or series. Thus, our board of directors could authorize the issuance of shares of common stock or preferred stock with terms and conditions which could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a transaction or a change in control that might involve a premium price for our common stock or that our common stockholders otherwise believe to be in their best interests.

Preferred Stock

Under the terms of our charter, our board of directors is authorized to classify any unissued shares of our preferred stock and to reclassify any previously classified but unissued shares of preferred stock into other classes or series of stock. Before the issuance of shares of each class or series, our board of directors is required by Maryland law and by our charter to set, subject to our charter restrictions on ownership and transfer of stock, the preferences, conversion or other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends or other distributions, qualifications or terms or conditions of redemption for each class or series. Upon completion of this offering, we will have no preferred stock outstanding, and we have no present plans to issue preferred stock in the immediate future.

Power to Issue Additional Shares of Common Stock and Preferred Stock

We believe that the power to issue additional shares of our common stock or preferred stock and to classify or reclassify unissued shares of our common stock or preferred stock and to issue the classified or reclassified shares provides us with increased flexibility in structuring possible future financings and acquisitions and in meeting other needs which might arise. These actions can be taken without action by our stockholders, unless stockholder approval is required by applicable law, the terms of any class or series of our stock or the rules of any stock exchange or automated quotation system on which our stock may be listed or traded. Although we have no present intention of doing so, we could issue a class or series of stock that could delay, defer or prevent a transaction or a change in control of our company that might involve a premium price for our common stock or that our stockholders otherwise believe to be in their best interest. In addition, our issuance of additional shares of stock in the future could dilute the voting and other rights of your shares. See “Certain Provisions of Maryland Law and of Our Charter and Bylaws—Anti-takeover Effect of Certain Provisions of Maryland Law and of Our Charter and Bylaws.”

 

170


Restrictions on Ownership and Transfer

For us to qualify and maintain our qualification as a REIT for each taxable year commencing with our taxable year ending December 31, 2020, our shares of stock must be beneficially owned by 100 or more persons during at least 335 days of a taxable year of 12 months or during a proportionate part of a shorter taxable year. Also, not more than 50% of the value of our outstanding shares of stock may be owned, directly or indirectly, by five or fewer individuals (as defined in the Code to include certain entities) during the last half of a taxable year commencing with our taxable year ending December 31, 2020.

Because our board of directors believes it is at present essential for us to qualify as a REIT, our charter, subject to certain exceptions, restricts the amount of our shares of stock that a person may beneficially or constructively own. Our charter provides that, subject to certain exceptions, no person may beneficially or constructively own more than 9.8% in value or in number of shares, whichever is more restrictive, of the outstanding shares of any class or series of our capital stock.

Our charter also prohibits any person from (i) beneficially owning shares of our capital stock to the extent that such beneficial ownership would result in our being “closely held” within the meaning of Section 856(h) of the Code (without regard to whether the ownership interest is held during the last half of the taxable year), (ii) transferring shares of our capital stock to the extent that such transfer would result in shares of our capital stock being beneficially owned by less than 100 persons (determined under the principles of Section 856(a)(5) of the Code), (iii) beneficially or constructively owning shares of our capital stock to the extent such beneficial or constructive ownership would cause us to constructively own 10% or more of the ownership interests in a tenant (other than a TRS) of our real property within the meaning of Section 856(d)(2)(B) of the Code or (iv) beneficially or constructively owning or transferring shares of our capital stock if such ownership or transfer would otherwise cause us to fail to qualify as a REIT. Any person who acquires or attempts or intends to acquire beneficial or constructive ownership of shares of our capital stock that will or may violate any of the foregoing restrictions on transferability and ownership, or any person who would have owned shares of our capital stock that resulted in a transfer of shares of our capital stock to a charitable trust, is required to give written notice immediately to us, or in the case of a proposed or attempted transaction, to give at least 15 days’ prior written notice, and provide us with such other information as we may request in order to determine the effect of such transfer on our qualification as a REIT. The foregoing restrictions on transferability and ownership will not apply if our board of directors determines that it is no longer in our best interests to attempt to qualify, or to continue to qualify, as a REIT.

Our board of directors, in its sole discretion, may prospectively or retroactively exempt a person from the limits described above and may establish or increase an excepted holder percentage limit for such person. The person seeking an exemption must provide to our board of directors such representations, covenants and undertakings as our board of directors may deem appropriate in order to conclude that granting the exemption will not cause us to fail to qualify as a REIT. Our board of directors may not grant such an exemption to any person if such exemption would result in our failing to qualify as a REIT. Our board of directors may require a ruling from the IRS or an opinion of counsel, in either case in form and substance satisfactory to the board of directors, in its sole discretion, in order to determine or ensure our status as a REIT.

Any attempted transfer of shares of our capital stock which, if effective, would violate any of the restrictions described above will result in the number of shares causing the violation (rounded up to the nearest whole share) to be automatically transferred to a trust for the exclusive benefit of one or more charitable beneficiaries, except that any transfer that results in the violation of the restriction relating to shares of our capital stock being beneficially owned by fewer than 100 persons will be void

 

171


ab initio. In either case, the proposed transferee will not acquire any rights in such shares. The automatic transfer will be deemed to be effective as of the close of business on the business day prior to the date of the purported transfer or other event that results in the transfer to the trust. Shares held in the trust will be issued and outstanding shares. The proposed transferee will not benefit economically from ownership of any shares held in the trust, will have no rights to dividends or other distributions and will have no rights to vote or other rights attributable to the shares held in the trust. The trustee of the trust will have all voting rights and rights to dividends or other distributions with respect to shares held in the trust. These rights will be exercised for the exclusive benefit of the charitable beneficiary. Any dividend or other distribution paid prior to our discovery that shares have been transferred to the trust will be paid by the recipient to the trustee upon demand. Any distribution authorized but unpaid will be paid when due to the trustee. Any dividend or other distribution paid to the trustee will be held in trust for the charitable beneficiary. Subject to Maryland law, the trustee will have the authority (i) to rescind as void any vote cast by the proposed transferee prior to our discovery that the shares have been transferred to the trust and (ii) to recast the vote in accordance with the desires of the trustee acting for the benefit of the charitable beneficiary. However, if we have already taken irreversible corporate action, then the trustee will not have the authority to rescind and recast the vote.

Within 20 days of receiving notice from us that shares of our capital stock have been transferred to the trust, the trustee will sell the shares to a person designated by the trustee, whose ownership of the shares will not violate the above ownership and transfer limitations. Upon the sale, the interest of the charitable beneficiary in the shares sold will terminate and the trustee will distribute the net proceeds of the sale to the proposed transferee and to the charitable beneficiary as follows. The proposed transferee will receive the lesser of (i) the price paid by the proposed transferee for the shares or, if the proposed transferee did not give value for the shares in connection with the event causing the shares to be held in the trust (e.g., a gift, devise or other similar transaction), the market price (as defined in our charter) of the shares on the day of the event causing the shares to be held in the trust and (ii) the price received by the trustee (net of any commission and other expenses of sale) from the sale or other disposition of the shares. The trustee may reduce the amount payable to the proposed transferee by the amount of dividends or other distributions paid to the proposed transferee and owed by the proposed transferee to the trustee. Any net sale proceeds in excess of the amount payable to the proposed transferee will be paid immediately to the charitable beneficiary. If, prior to our discovery that shares of our capital stock have been transferred to the trust, the shares are sold by the proposed transferee, then (i) the shares shall be deemed to have been sold on behalf of the trust and (ii) to the extent that the proposed transferee received an amount for the shares that exceeds the amount he or she was entitled to receive, the excess shall be paid to the trustee upon demand.

In addition, shares of our capital stock held in the trust will be deemed to have been offered for sale to us, or our designee, at a price per share equal to the lesser of (i) the price per share in the transaction that resulted in the transfer to the trust (or, in the case of a devise or gift, the market price at the time of the devise or gift) and (ii) the market price on the date we, or our designee, accept the offer, which we may reduce by the amount of dividends and distributions paid to the proposed transferee and owed by the proposed transferee to the trustee. We will have the right to accept the offer until the trustee has sold the shares. Upon a sale to us, the interest of the charitable beneficiary in the shares sold will terminate and the trustee will distribute the net proceeds of the sale to the proposed transferee.

If a transfer to a charitable trust, as described above, would be ineffective for any reason to prevent a violation of a restriction, the transfer that would have resulted in such violation will be void ab initio, and the proposed transferee shall acquire no rights in such shares.

Every owner of more than 5% (or such lower percentage as required by the Code or the regulations promulgated thereunder) of shares of our capital stock, within 30 days after the end of

 

172


each taxable year, is required to give us written notice, stating his or her name and address, the number of shares of each class and/or series of our stock that he or she beneficially owns and a description of the manner in which the shares are held. Each such owner must provide us with such additional information as we may request in order to determine the effect, if any, of his or her beneficial ownership on our status as a REIT and to ensure compliance with the ownership limits. In addition, each stockholder will upon demand be required to provide us with such information as we may request in order to determine our status as a REIT and to comply with the requirements of any taxing authority or governmental authority or to determine such compliance and to ensure compliance with the ownership limit.

These ownership limitations could delay, defer or prevent a transaction or a change in control that might involve a premium price for our common stock or otherwise be in the best interest of our stockholders.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

We anticipate that the transfer agent and registrar for our shares of our common stock will be Computershare Trust Company, N.A.

 

173


CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF MARYLAND LAW AND OF OUR CHARTER AND BYLAWS

The following summary of certain provisions of Maryland law and of our charter and bylaws does not purport to be complete and is subject to and qualified in its entirety by reference to our charter and bylaws, copies of which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, and to Maryland law. See “Where You Can Find More Information.”

Our Board of Directors

Under our charter and bylaws, the number of directors of our company may be established, increased or decreased only by a majority of our entire board of directors but may not be fewer than the minimum number required under the MGCL (which is one) nor, unless our bylaws are amended, more than 15.

Removal of Directors

Our charter provides that, subject to the rights of holders of one or more classes or series of preferred stock to elect or remove one or more directors, a director may be removed only for cause (as defined in our charter) and only by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast generally in the election of directors.

Business Combinations

Under the MGCL, certain “business combinations” (including a merger, consolidation, statutory share exchange or, in certain circumstances specified under the statute, an asset transfer or issuance or reclassification of equity securities) between a Maryland corporation and any interested stockholder, or an affiliate of such an interested stockholder, are prohibited for five years after the most recent date on which the interested stockholder becomes an interested stockholder. Maryland law defines an interested stockholder as:

 

   

any person who beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, 10% or more of the voting power of the corporation’s outstanding voting stock; or

 

   

an affiliate or associate of the corporation who, at any time within the two-year period prior to the date in question, was the beneficial owner of 10% or more of the voting power of the then-outstanding voting stock of the corporation.

A person is not an interested stockholder under the MGCL if the board of directors approved in advance the transaction by which the person otherwise would have become an interested stockholder. In approving a transaction, the board of directors may provide that its approval is subject to compliance, at or after the time of the approval, with any terms and conditions determined by it.

After such five-year period, any such business combination must be recommended by the board of directors of the corporation and approved by the affirmative vote of at least:

 

   

80% of the votes entitled to be cast by holders of outstanding shares of voting stock of the corporation; and

 

   

two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast by holders of voting stock of the corporation other than shares held by the interested stockholder with whom (or with whose affiliate) the business combination is to be effected or held by an affiliate or associate of the interested stockholder.

 

174


These supermajority approval requirements do not apply if, among other conditions, the corporation’s common stockholders receive a minimum price (as defined in the MGCL) for their shares and the consideration is received in cash or in the same form as previously paid by the interested stockholder for its shares.

These provisions of the MGCL do not apply, however, to business combinations that are approved or exempted by a corporation’s board of directors prior to the time that the interested stockholder becomes an interested stockholder. As permitted by the MGCL, our board of directors has adopted a resolution exempting any business combination between us and any other person from the provisions of this statute. Consequently, the five-year prohibition and the supermajority vote requirements will not apply to business combinations involving us. As a result, any person will be able to enter into business combinations with us that may not be in the best interests of our stockholders, without compliance with the supermajority vote requirements and other provisions of the statute. However, our board of directors may repeal or modify this resolution at any time in the future, in which case the applicable provisions of the MGCL will become applicable to business combinations between us and interested stockholders.

Control Share Acquisitions

The MGCL provides that a holder of “control shares” of a Maryland corporation acquired in a “control share acquisition” has no voting rights with respect to those shares except to the extent approved by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast by stockholders entitled to exercise or direct the exercise of the voting power in the election of directors generally but excluding: (1) the person who has made or proposes to make the control share acquisition; (2) any officer of the corporation; or (3) any employee of the corporation who is also a director of the corporation. “Control shares” are voting shares of stock that, if aggregated with all other such shares of stock previously acquired by the acquirer or in respect of which the acquirer is able to exercise or direct the exercise of voting power (except solely by virtue of a revocable proxy), would entitle the acquirer to exercise voting power in electing directors within one of the following ranges:

 

   

one-tenth or more but less than one-third;

 

   

one-third or more but less than a majority; or

 

   

a majority or more of all voting power.

Control shares do not include shares that the acquiring person is then entitled to vote as a result of having previously obtained stockholder approval. A “control share acquisition” means the acquisition, directly or indirectly, of ownership of, or the power to direct the exercise of voting power with respect to, issued and outstanding control shares, subject to certain exceptions.

A person who has made or proposes to make a control share acquisition, upon satisfaction of certain conditions (including an undertaking to pay expenses and making an “acquiring person statement” as described in the MGCL), may compel the board of directors of the company to call a special meeting of stockholders to be held within 50 days of demand to consider the voting rights of the control shares. If no request for a special meeting is made, the corporation may itself present the question at any stockholders meeting.

If voting rights of control shares are not approved at the meeting or if the acquiring person does not deliver an “acquiring person statement” as required by the statute, then, subject to certain conditions and limitations, the corporation may redeem any or all of the control shares (except

 

175


those for which voting rights have previously been approved) for fair value determined, without regard to the absence of voting rights for the control shares, as of the date of the last control share acquisition by the acquirer or, if a meeting of stockholders at which the voting rights of such shares are considered and not approved is held, as of the date of such meeting. If voting rights for control shares are approved at a stockholders meeting and the acquirer becomes entitled to vote a majority of the shares entitled to vote, all other stockholders may exercise appraisal rights. The fair value of the shares as determined for purposes of such appraisal rights may not be less than the highest price per share paid by the acquirer in the control share acquisition.

The control share acquisition statute does not apply (1) to shares acquired in a merger, consolidation or statutory share exchange if the corporation is a party to the transaction or (2) to acquisitions approved or exempted by the charter or bylaws of the corporation.

Our bylaws contain a provision exempting from the control share acquisition statute any and all control share acquisitions by any person of shares of our stock. There can be no assurance that such provision will not be amended or eliminated at any time in the future by our board of directors.

Subtitle 8

Subtitle 8 of Title 3 of the MGCL permits a Maryland corporation with a class of equity securities registered under the Exchange Act and at least three independent directors to elect, by provision in its charter or bylaws or a resolution of its board of directors and notwithstanding any contrary provision in the charter or bylaws, to be subject to any or all of the following five provisions:

 

   

a classified board;

 

   

a two-thirds vote requirement for removing a director;

 

   

a requirement that the number of directors be fixed only by vote of the directors;

 

   

a requirement that a vacancy on the board be filled only by a vote of the remaining directors (whether or not they constitute a quorum) and for the remainder of the full term of the class of directors in which the vacancy occurred and until a successor is elected and qualifies; or

 

   

a majority requirement for the calling of a special meeting of stockholders.

Our charter will provide that, effective at such time as we are able to make a Subtitle 8 election, vacancies on our board of directors may be filled only by the remaining directors (whether or not they constitute a quorum) and that a director elected by the board of directors to fill a vacancy will serve for the remainder of the full term of the directorship. We have not elected to be subject to any of the other provisions of Subtitle 8, including the provisions that would permit us to classify our board of directors without stockholder approval. Moreover, our charter provides that, without the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes cast on the matter by stockholders entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, we may not elect to be subject to any of these additional provisions of Subtitle 8. Through provisions in our charter and bylaws unrelated to Subtitle 8, we (1) vest in our board of directors the exclusive power to fix the number of directors, (2) require, unless called by our chairman, our chief executive officer, our president or our board of directors, the request of stockholders entitled to cast not less than a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast at the meeting to call a special meeting of stockholders and (3) provide that a director may be removed only for cause and by the affirmative vote of two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast generally in the election of directors.

 

176


Amendments to Our Charter and Bylaws

Except as described herein and as provided in the MGCL, amendments to our charter must be advised by our board of directors and approved by the affirmative vote of our stockholders entitled to cast a majority of all of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter and our board of directors has the exclusive power to amend our bylaws.

Meetings of Stockholders

Under our bylaws and pursuant to Maryland law, annual meetings of stockholders will be held each year at a date and at the time and place determined by our board of directors. Special meetings of stockholders may be called by our board of directors, the chairman of our board of directors, our president or our chief executive officer. Additionally, subject to the provisions of our bylaws, special meetings of the stockholders to act on any matter must be called by our secretary upon the written request of stockholders entitled to cast a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast on such matter at such meeting who have requested the special meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in, and provided the information and certifications required by, our bylaws. Only matters set forth in the notice of the special meeting may be considered and acted upon at such a meeting. Our secretary will inform the requesting stockholders of the reasonably estimated cost of preparing and delivering the notice of meeting (including our proxy materials), and the requesting stockholder must pay such estimated cost before our secretary may prepare and deliver the notice of the special meeting.

Corporate Opportunities

Our charter provides that, to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law, each of CTO, its affiliates, each of their representatives, and each of our directors or officers who is also an officer, employee, agent, affiliate or designee of CTO or any of CTO’s affiliates has the right to, and has no duty not to, (x) directly or indirectly engage in the same or similar business activities or lines of business as us, including those deemed to be competing with us, or (y) directly or indirectly do business with any of our clients, customers or suppliers. In the event that CTO or any of its affiliates or employees, or any of their representatives or designees, acquires knowledge of a potential transaction or matter that may be a corporate opportunity for us, CTO, its affiliates and employees and any of their representatives or designees shall have no duty to communicate or present such corporate opportunity to us or any of our affiliates and shall not be liable to us or any of our affiliates, subsidiaries, stockholders or other equity holders for breach of any duty by reason of the fact that CTO or any of its affiliates or employees, or any of their representatives or designees, directly or indirectly, pursues or acquires such opportunity for themselves, directs such opportunity to another person, or does not present such opportunity to us or any of our affiliates; provided, however, that such corporate opportunity is not presented to such person in his or her capacity as a director or officer of us.

Advance Notice of Director Nominations and New Business

Our bylaws provide that:

 

   

with respect to an annual meeting of stockholders, nominations of individuals for election to our board of directors and the proposal of business to be considered by stockholders at the annual meeting may be made only:

 

   

pursuant to our notice of the meeting;

 

   

by or at the direction of our board of directors; or

 

177


   

by a stockholder who was a stockholder of record at the record date set by the board of directors for the meeting, at the time of giving of the notice of the meeting and at the time of the annual meeting (and any postponement or adjustment thereof), who is entitled to vote at the meeting in the election of each individual so nominated or on such other business and who has complied with the advance notice procedures set forth in, and provided the information and certifications required by, our bylaws; and

 

   

with respect to special meetings of stockholders, only the business specified in our company’s notice of meeting may be brought before the special meeting of stockholders, and nominations of individuals for election to our board of directors may be made only:

 

   

by or at the direction of our board of directors; or

 

   

provided that the special meeting has been called in accordance with our bylaws for the purpose of electing directors, by any stockholder who is a stockholder of record at the record date set by the board of directors for the special meeting, at the time of giving of the notice required by our bylaws and at the time of the meeting (and any postponement or adjustment thereof), who is entitled to vote at the meeting in the election of each individual so nominated and who has complied with the advance notice provisions set forth in, and provided the information and certifications required by, our bylaws.

The purpose of requiring stockholders to give advance notice of nominations and other proposals is to afford our board of directors and our stockholders the opportunity to consider the qualifications of the proposed nominees or the advisability of the other proposals and, to the extent considered necessary by our board of directors, to inform stockholders and make recommendations regarding the nominations or other proposals. Although our bylaws do not give our board of directors the power to disapprove timely stockholder nominations and proposals, our bylaws may have the effect of precluding a contest for the election of directors or proposals for other action if the proper procedures are not followed, and of discouraging or deterring a third party from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect its own slate of directors to our board of directors or to approve its own proposal.

Anti-takeover Effect of Certain Provisions of Maryland Law and of Our Charter and Bylaws

The restrictions on ownership and transfer of our stock, the supermajority vote required to remove directors, our election to be subject to the provision of Subtitle 8 vesting in our board of directors the exclusive power to fill vacancies on our board of directors, and the advance notice provisions of our bylaws could delay, defer or prevent a transaction or a change of control of our company. Likewise, if our board of directors were to elect to be subject to the business combination provisions of the MGCL or if the provision in our bylaws opting out of the control share acquisition provisions of the MGCL were amended or rescinded, in each instance requiring the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes cast on the matter by stockholders entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, these provisions of the MGCL could have similar anti-takeover effects.

Further, a majority of our entire board of directors has the power to increase or decrease the aggregate number of authorized shares of stock or the number of shares of any class or series of stock that we are authorized to issue, to classify and reclassify any unissued shares of our stock into other classes or series of stock and to authorize us to issue the newly classified shares, as discussed under the captions “Description of Capital Stock—Common Stock” and “—Power to Issue Additional Shares of Common Stock and Preferred Stock,” and could authorize the issuance of shares of common stock or another class or series of stock, including a class or series of

 

178


preferred stock, that could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of us. These actions may be taken without stockholder approval unless such approval is required by applicable law, the terms of any other class or series of our stock or the rules of any stock exchange or automated quotation system on which any of our stock is listed or traded. We believe that the power of our board of directors to increase or decrease the number of authorized shares of stock and to classify or reclassify unissued shares of our common stock or preferred stock and thereafter to cause us to issue such shares of stock will provide us with increased flexibility in structuring possible future financings and acquisitions and in meeting other needs which might arise.

Our charter and bylaws also provide that the number of directors may be established only by our board of directors, which prevents our stockholders from increasing the number of our directors and filling any vacancies created by such increase with their own nominees. The provisions of our bylaws discussed above under the captions “—Meetings of Stockholders” and “—Advance Notice of Director Nominations and New Business” require stockholders seeking to call a special meeting, nominate an individual for election as a director or propose other business at an annual or special meeting to comply with certain notice and information requirements. We believe that these provisions will help to assure the continuity and stability of our business strategies and policies as determined by our board of directors and promote good corporate governance by providing us with clear procedures for calling special meetings, information about a stockholder proponent’s interest in us and adequate time to consider stockholder nominees and other business proposals. However, these provisions, alone or in combination, could make it more difficult for our stockholders to remove incumbent directors or fill vacancies on our board of directors with their own nominees and could delay, defer or prevent a change in control, including a proxy contest or tender offer that might involve a premium price for our common stockholders or otherwise be in the best interest of our stockholders.

Exclusive Forum

Our bylaws provide that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Circuit Court for Baltimore City, Maryland, or, if that court does not have jurisdiction, the United States District Court for the District of Maryland, Baltimore Division, will be the sole and exclusive forum for (a) any Internal Corporate Claim, as such term is defined in the MGCL, (b) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf other than actions arising under the federal securities laws such as the Securities Act and the Exchange Act, (c) any action asserting a claim of breach of any duty owed by any of our directors, officers or other employees to us or to our stockholders, (d) any action asserting a claim against us or any of our directors, officers or other employees arising pursuant to any provision of the MGCL or our charter or bylaws or (e) any action asserting a claim against us or any of our directors, officers or other employees that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine.

Limitation of Liability and Indemnification of Directors and Officers

Maryland law permits a Maryland corporation to include in its charter a provision limiting the liability of its directors and officers to the corporation and its stockholders for money damages except for liability resulting from actual receipt of an improper benefit or profit in money, property or services or active and deliberate dishonesty that is established by a final judgment and is material to the cause of action. Our charter contains such a provision that eliminates such liability to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law.

The MGCL requires a Maryland corporation (unless its charter provides otherwise, which our charter does not) to indemnify a director or officer who has been successful, on the merits or

 

179


otherwise, in the defense of any proceeding to which he or she is made or threatened to be made a party by reason of his or her service in that capacity. The MGCL permits a Maryland corporation to indemnify its present and former directors and officers, among others, against judgments, penalties, fines, settlements and reasonable expenses actually incurred by them in connection with any proceeding to which they may be made or are threatened to be made a party by reason of their service in those or other capacities unless it is established that:

 

   

the act or omission of the director or officer was material to the matter giving rise to the proceeding and:

 

   

was committed in bad faith; or

 

   

was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty;

 

   

the director or officer actually received an improper personal benefit in money, property or services; or

 

   

in the case of any criminal proceeding, the director or officer had reasonable cause to believe that the act or omission was unlawful.

However, under the MGCL, a Maryland corporation may not indemnify a director or officer for an adverse judgment in a suit by or on behalf of the corporation or if the director or officer was adjudged liable on the basis that personal benefit was improperly received, unless, in either case, a court orders indemnification and then only for expenses. A court may order indemnification if it determines that the director or officer is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification, even though the director or officer did not meet the prescribed standard of conduct or was adjudged liable on the basis that personal benefit was improperly received.

In addition, the MGCL permits a Maryland corporation to advance reasonable expenses to a director or officer upon the corporation’s receipt of:

 

   

a written affirmation by the director or officer of his or her good faith belief that he or she has met the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification by the corporation; and

 

   

a written undertaking, which may be unsecured, by the director or officer or on the director’s or officer’s behalf to repay the amount paid if it shall ultimately be determined that the standard of conduct has not been met.

Our charter obligates us, to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law in effect from time to time, to indemnify and to pay or reimburse reasonable expenses in advance of final disposition of a proceeding without requiring a preliminary determination of the director’s or officer’s ultimate entitlement to indemnification to:

 

   

any present or former director or officer who is made or threatened to be made a party to or witness in the proceeding by reason of his or her service in that capacity; or

 

   

any individual who, while a director or officer of our company and at our request, serves or has served as a director, officer, partner, member, manager, trustee, employee or agent of another corporation, real estate investment trust, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or any other enterprise and who is made or threatened to be made a party to or witness in the proceeding by reason of his or her service in that capacity.

 

180


Our charter also permits us, with the approval of our board of directors, to indemnify and advance expenses to any person who served a predecessor of ours in any of the capacities described above and to any employee or agent of our company or a predecessor of our company.

Indemnification Agreements

We intend to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers as described in “Management—Indemnification.”

REIT Qualification

Our charter provides that our board of directors may revoke or otherwise terminate our REIT election, without approval of our stockholders, if it determines that it is no longer in our best interest to attempt to, or continue to, qualify as a REIT.

 

181


SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

General

Upon the completion of this offering and the concurrent CTO private placement, based upon the mid-point of the price range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus, we expect to have 7,883,000 outstanding shares of our common stock (9,008,000 shares if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full). In addition, a total of 1,223,854 shares of our common stock are issuable upon exchange of OP units that we expect to be outstanding upon completion of this offering.

Of these shares, the 7,500,000 shares of our common stock sold in this offering (8,625,000 shares of our common stock if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full) will be freely transferable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, subject to the restrictions on ownership and transfer of our stock set forth in our charter.

There is currently no public market for our common stock. Trading of our common stock on the NYSE is expected to commence following the pricing of this offering. No assurance can be given as to (i) the likelihood that an active market for common stock will develop, (ii) the liquidity of any such market, (iii) the ability of the stockholders to sell their shares or (iv) the prices that stockholders may obtain for any of their shares. No prediction can be made as to the effect, if any, that future sales of shares, or the availability of shares for future sale, will have on the market price prevailing from time to time. Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock (including shares of our common stock issued upon the exchange of OP units), or the perception that such sales could occur, may adversely affect prevailing market prices of our common stock. See “Risk Factors —Risks Related to Our Common Stock and this Offering.”

For a description of certain restrictions on ownership and transfer of shares of our common stock held by certain of our stockholders, see “Description of Capital Stock—Restrictions on Ownership and Transfer.”

Rule 144

After giving effect to this offering and the concurrent CTO private placement, we expect that 375,000 shares of our outstanding common stock (based on the mid-point of the price range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus) will be “restricted” securities under the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act, and may not be sold in the absence of registration under the Securities Act unless an exemption from registration is available, including the exemption provided by Rule 144.

In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a person who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of ours at any time during the three months preceding a sale and who has beneficially owned shares considered to be restricted securities under Rule 144 for at least six months would be entitled to sell those shares, subject only to the availability of current public information about us. A non-affiliated person who has beneficially owned shares considered to be restricted securities under Rule 144 for at least one year would be entitled to sell those shares without regard to the provisions of Rule 144.

 

182


An affiliate of ours who has beneficially owned shares of our common stock for at least six months would be entitled to sell, within any three-month period, a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

 

   

1% of the shares of our common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately 78,830 shares immediately after this offering and the concurrent CTO private placement (or, 90,080 shares if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full); or

 

   

the average weekly trading volume of our common stock on the NYSE during the four calendar weeks preceding the date on which notice of the sale is filed with the SEC;

provided, in each case, that we are subject to the Exchange Act periodic reporting requirements for at least 90 days before the sale and have filed all required reports during that time period. Such sales by affiliates must also comply with the manner of sale, current public information and notice provisions of Rule 144.

Redemption/Exchange Rights

Concurrently with the completion of this offering, we will enter into the partnership agreement of our Operating Partnership. See “Description of the Partnership Agreement of Alpine Income Property OP, LP.”

Pursuant to the partnership agreement, limited partners (other than the general partner, our company or any subsidiary of the general partner or our company) will receive certain redemption rights. See “Description of the Partnership Agreement of Alpine Income Property OP, LP—Redemption Rights.”

Lock-up Agreements

In addition to the limits placed on the sale of our common stock by operation of Rule 144 and other provisions of the Securities Act, subject to certain exceptions, we, our Manager, our executive officers, directors and director nominees and CTO have agreed with the underwriters not to offer, sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for, exercisable for, or repayable with our common stock, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus without first obtaining the written consent of Raymond James & Associates, Inc. See “Underwriting.”

Registration Rights

Upon the completion of this offering, the concurrent CTO private placement and the formation transactions, we will enter into a registration rights agreement with CTO pursuant to which we will agree to register the resale of the shares of common stock CTO has agreed to acquire in the concurrent CTO private placement. We refer to these shares of common stock, and any shares of common stock issued to a holder with respect to shares purchased in the concurrent CTO private placement by reason of or in connection with any stock dividend, stock distribution, stock split, purchase in any rights offering or in connection with any combination of shares, recapitalization, merger or consolidation, or any other equity securities issued pursuant to any other pro rata distribution with respect to the shares of common stock, as the “registrable shares.” The registration rights agreement requires us to file a “shelf registration statement” to register the resale of the registrable shares as soon as practicable after we become eligible to use Form S-3, and we must maintain the effectiveness of such shelf registration statement until all the registrable shares have been sold under the shelf registration statement or become eligible for sale, without restriction, pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

 

183


In addition, pursuant to the terms of our Operating Partnership’s partnership agreement, following the date on which we become eligible to use a registration statement on Form S-3 for the registration of securities and subject to certain further conditions as set forth in our Operating Partnership’s partnership agreement, we will be obligated to file a shelf registration statement covering the issuance or resale of shares of our common stock received by limited partners upon redemption of their OP units. See “Description of the Partnership Agreement of Alpine Income Property OP, LP—Registration Rights” for further details.

 

184


MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

This section summarizes the material U.S. federal income tax considerations that you, as a prospective holder of our common stock, may consider relevant in connection with the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock. Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. has acted as our counsel, has reviewed this summary, and is of the opinion that the discussion contained herein is accurate in all material respects. Because this section is a summary, it does not address all aspects of taxation that may be relevant to particular stockholders in light of their personal investment or tax circumstances, or to certain types of stockholders that are subject to special treatment under the U.S. federal income tax laws, such as:

 

   

insurance companies;

 

   

tax-exempt organizations (except to the limited extent discussed in “Tax Considerations for Holders of Our Common Stock—Taxation of Tax-Exempt Stockholders” below);

 

   

financial institutions or broker-dealers;

 

   

non-U.S. individuals and foreign corporations (except to the limited extent discussed in “Tax Considerations for Holders of Our Common Stock—Taxation of Non-U.S. Stockholders” below);

 

   

U.S. expatriates;

 

   

persons who mark-to-market our common stock;

 

   

subchapter S corporations;

 

   

U.S. stockholders (as defined below) whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar;

 

   

regulated investment companies and REITs;

 

   

trusts and estates;

 

   

holders who receive our common stock through the exercise of employee stock options or otherwise as compensation;

 

   

persons holding our common stock as part of a “straddle,” “hedge,” “conversion transaction,” “synthetic security” or other integrated investment;

 

   

persons subject to the alternative minimum tax provisions of the Code;

 

   

persons subject to special tax accounting rules as a result of their use of applicable financial statements within the meaning of Section 451(b)(3) of the Code; and

 

   

persons holding our common stock through a partnership or similar pass-through entity.

This summary assumes that stockholders hold our common stock as capital assets for U.S. federal income tax purposes, which generally means property held for investment.

The statements in this section are not intended to be, and should not be construed as, tax advice. The statements in this section are based on the Code, final, temporary and proposed

 

185


Treasury regulations, the legislative history of the Code, current administrative interpretations and practices of the IRS and court decisions. The reference to IRS interpretations and practices includes the IRS practices and policies endorsed in private letter rulings, which are not binding on the IRS except with respect to the taxpayer that receives the ruling. In each case, these sources are relied upon as they exist on the date of this discussion. Future legislation, Treasury regulations, administrative interpretations and court decisions could change the current law or adversely affect existing interpretations of current law on which the information in this section is based. Any such change could apply retroactively. We have not received any rulings from the IRS concerning our qualification as a REIT. Accordingly, even if there is no change in the applicable law, no assurance can be provided that the statements made in the following discussion, which do not bind the IRS or the courts, will not be challenged by the IRS or will be sustained by a court if so challenged.

WE URGE YOU TO CONSULT YOUR TAX ADVISOR REGARDING THE SPECIFIC TAX CONSEQUENCES TO YOU OF THE PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF OUR COMMON STOCK AND OF OUR ELECTION TO BE TAXED AS A REIT. SPECIFICALLY, WE URGE YOU TO CONSULT YOUR TAX ADVISOR REGARDING THE U.S. FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL, FOREIGN AND OTHER TAX CONSEQUENCES OF SUCH PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP, DISPOSITION AND ELECTION AND REGARDING POTENTIAL CHANGES IN APPLICABLE TAX LAWS.

Taxation of Our Company

We were formed in August 2019 as a Maryland corporation. We have in effect an election to be taxed as a pass-through entity under subchapter S of the Code, but intend to revoke our S election prior to the closing of this offering. We intend to elect to be taxed as a REIT for U.S. federal income tax purposes commencing with our short taxable year ending December 31, 2019. We believe that, commencing with such short taxable year, we will be organized and will operate in such a manner as to qualify for taxation as a REIT under the U.S. federal income tax laws, and we intend to continue to operate in such a manner, but no assurance can be given that we will operate in a manner so as to qualify or remain qualified as a REIT. This section discusses the laws governing the U.S. federal income tax treatment of a REIT and its stockholders. These laws are highly technical and complex.

In connection with this offering, Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. will render an opinion that, commencing with our short taxable year ending December 31, 2019, we will be organized in conformity with the requirements for qualification and taxation as a REIT under the U.S. federal income tax laws, and our proposed method of operations will enable us to satisfy the requirements for qualification and taxation as a REIT under the U.S. federal income tax laws for our short taxable year ending December 31, 2019 and subsequent taxable years. Investors should be aware that Vinson & Elkins L.L.P.’s opinion will be based upon various customary assumptions relating to our organization and operation, will be conditioned upon certain representations and covenants made by our management as to factual matters, including representations regarding our organization, the nature of our assets and income and the conduct of our business operations. Vinson & Elkins L.L.P.’s opinion is not binding upon the IRS or any court and speaks as of the date issued. In addition, Vinson & Elkins L.L.P.’s opinion will be based on existing U.S. federal income tax law governing qualification as a REIT, which is subject to change either prospectively or retroactively.

Moreover, our qualification and taxation as a REIT will depend upon our ability to meet, on a continuing basis, through actual annual and quarterly operating results, certain qualification tests set forth in the U.S. federal income tax laws. Those qualification tests involve the percentage of income that we earn from specified sources, the percentage of our assets that fall within specified

 

186


categories, the diversity of ownership of our stock and the percentage of our earnings that we distribute. Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. will not review our compliance with those tests on a continuing basis. Accordingly, no assurance can be given that our actual results of operations for any particular taxable year will satisfy such requirements. While we intend to operate so that we will qualify as a REIT, given the highly complex nature of the rules governing REITs, the ongoing importance of factual determinations and the possibility of future changes in our circumstances, no assurance can be given by tax counsel or by us that we will qualify as a REIT for any particular year. Vinson & Elkins L.L.P.’s opinion does not foreclose the possibility that we may have to use one or more of the REIT savings provisions described below, which could require us to pay an excise or penalty tax (which could be material) in order for us to maintain our REIT qualification. For a discussion of the tax consequences of our failure to qualify as a REIT, see “—Failure to Qualify.”

If we qualify as a REIT, we generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the taxable income that we distribute to our stockholders. The benefit of that tax treatment is that it avoids the “double taxation,” or taxation at both the corporate and stockholder levels, that generally applies to distributions by a corporation to its stockholders. However, even if we qualify as a REIT, we will be subject to U.S. federal tax in the following circumstances:

 

   

We will pay U.S. federal income tax on any taxable income, including net capital gain, that we do not distribute to stockholders during, or within a specified time period after, the calendar year in which the income is earned.

 

   

We will pay income tax at the highest U.S. federal corporate income tax rate on:

 

   

net income from the sale or other disposition of property acquired through foreclosure, or foreclosure property, that we hold primarily for sale to customers in the ordinary course of business, and

 

   

other non-qualifying income from foreclosure property.

 

   

We will pay a 100% tax on our net income from sales or other dispositions of property, other than foreclosure property, that we hold primarily for sale to customers in the ordinary course of business.

 

   

If we fail to satisfy one or both of the 75% gross income test or the 95% gross income test, as described below under “—Gross Income Tests,” and nonetheless continue to qualify as a REIT because we meet other requirements, we will pay a 100% tax on:

 

   

the gross income attributable to the greater of the amount by which we fail the 75% gross income test or the 95% gross income test, in either case, multiplied by

 

   

a fraction intended to reflect our profitability.

 

   

If, during a calendar year, we fail to distribute at least the sum of (1) 85% of our REIT ordinary income for the year, (2) 95% of our REIT capital gain net income for the year and (3) any undistributed taxable income required to be distributed from earlier periods, we will pay a 4% nondeductible excise tax on the excess of the required distribution over the amount we actually distributed.

 

   

We may elect to retain and pay income tax on our net long-term capital gain. In that case, a stockholder would be taxed on its proportionate share of our undistributed long-term

 

187


 

capital gain (to the extent that we made a timely designation of such gain to the stockholders) and would receive a credit or refund for its proportionate share of the tax we paid.

 

   

We will be subject to a 100% excise tax on transactions with any TRS we may form in the future that are not conducted on an arm’s-length basis.

 

   

If we fail to satisfy any of the asset tests, other than a de minimis failure of the 5% asset test, the 10% vote or the 10% value test, as described below under “—Asset Tests,” as long as the failure was due to reasonable cause and not to willful neglect, we file a schedule with the IRS describing each asset that caused such failure and we dispose of the assets causing the failure or otherwise comply with the asset tests within six months after the last day of the quarter in which we identify such failure, we will pay a tax equal to the greater of $50,000 or the highest U.S. federal corporate income tax rate (currently 21%) on the net income from the non-qualifying assets during the period in which we failed to satisfy the asset tests.

 

   

If we fail to satisfy one or more requirements for REIT qualification, other than the gross income tests and the asset tests, and such failure is due to reasonable cause and not to willful neglect, we will be required to pay a penalty of $50,000 for each such failure.

 

   

If we acquire any asset from an entity treated as a C corporation (i.e., a corporation that generally is subject to full corporate-level tax) in a merger or other transaction in which we acquire a basis in the asset that is determined by reference either to such entity’s basis in the asset or to another asset, we will pay tax at the highest applicable regular U.S. federal corporate income tax rate if we recognize gain on the sale or disposition of the asset during the five-year period after we acquire the asset provided no election is made for the transaction to be taxable on a current basis. The amount of gain on which we will pay tax is the lesser of:

 

   

the amount of gain that we recognize at the time of the sale or disposition, and

 

   

the amount of gain that we would have recognized if we had sold the asset at the time we acquired the asset.

 

   

We may be required to pay monetary penalties to the IRS in certain circumstances, including if we fail to meet recordkeeping requirements intended to monitor our compliance with rules relating to the composition of a REIT’s stockholders, as described below in “—Recordkeeping Requirements.”

 

   

The earnings of our lower-tier entities that are treated as C corporations, including any TRS we may form in the future, will be subject to U.S. federal corporate income tax.

In addition, notwithstanding our qualification as a REIT, we may also have to pay certain state and local income taxes because not all states and localities treat REITs in the same manner that they are treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Moreover, as further described below, any TRS we may form in the future will be subject to U.S. federal, state and local corporate income tax on its taxable income.

Requirements for Qualification

A REIT is a corporation, trust or association that meets each of the following requirements:

 

  1.

It is managed by one or more trustees or directors.

 

188


  2.

Its beneficial ownership is evidenced by transferable shares or by transferable certificates of beneficial interest.

 

  3.

It would be taxable as a domestic corporation, but for the REIT provisions of the U.S. federal income tax laws.

 

  4.

It is neither a financial institution nor an insurance company subject to special provisions of the U.S. federal income tax laws.

 

  5.

At least 100 persons are beneficial owners of its shares or ownership certificates.

 

  6.

Not more than 50% in value of its outstanding shares or ownership certificates is owned, directly or indirectly, by five or fewer individuals, which the Code defines to include certain entities, during the last half of any taxable year.

 

  7.

It elects to be a REIT, or has made such election for a previous taxable year, and satisfies all relevant filing and other administrative requirements established by the IRS that must be met to elect and maintain REIT status.

 

  8.

It meets certain other qualification tests, described below, regarding the nature of its income and assets and the distribution of its income.

 

  9.

It uses a calendar year for U.S. federal income tax purposes and complies with the recordkeeping requirements of the U.S. federal income tax laws.

 

  10.

It has not been a party to a spin-off transaction that is tax-deferred under section 355 of the Code during the applicable period.

We must meet requirements 1 through 4, 8 and 9 during our entire taxable year and must meet requirement 5 during at least 335 days of a taxable year of 12 months, or during a proportionate part of a taxable year of less than 12 months. Requirements 5 and 6 will apply to us beginning with our 2020 taxable year. If we comply with all the requirements for ascertaining the ownership of our outstanding stock in a taxable year and have no reason to know that we violated requirement 6, we will be deemed to have satisfied requirement 6 for that taxable year. For purposes of determining stock ownership under requirement 6, an “individual” generally includes a supplemental unemployment compensation benefits plan, a private foundation or a portion of a trust permanently set aside or used exclusively for charitable purposes. An “individual,” however, generally does not include a trust that is a qualified employee pension or profit sharing trust under the U.S. federal income tax laws, and beneficiaries of such a trust will be treated as holding our stock in proportion to their actuarial interests in the trust for purposes of requirement 6.

Our charter provides restrictions regarding the transfer and ownership of shares of our outstanding capital stock (see “Description of Capital Stock—Restrictions on Ownership and Transfer”). We believe that we will issue sufficient stock with sufficient diversity of ownership to satisfy requirements 5 and 6 above. The restrictions in our charter are intended (among other things) to assist us in continuing to satisfy requirements 5 and 6 above. These restrictions, however, may not ensure that we will, in all cases, be able to satisfy such stock ownership requirements. If we fail to satisfy these stock ownership requirements, we may fail to qualify as a REIT.

Qualified REIT Subsidiaries. A corporation that is a “qualified REIT subsidiary” is not treated as a corporation separate from its parent REIT. All assets, liabilities and items of income,

 

189


deduction and credit of a “qualified REIT subsidiary” are treated as assets, liabilities and items of income, deduction and credit of the REIT. A “qualified REIT subsidiary” is a corporation, other than a TRS, all of the stock of which is owned by the REIT. Thus, in applying the requirements described herein, any “qualified REIT subsidiary” that we own will be ignored, and all assets, liabilities and items of income, deduction and credit of such subsidiary will be treated as our assets, liabilities and items of income, deduction and credit.

Other Disregarded Entities and Partnerships. An unincorporated domestic entity, such as a partnership or limited liability company that has a single owner for U.S. federal income tax purposes, generally is not treated as an entity separate from its owner for U.S. federal income tax purposes. An unincorporated domestic entity with two or more owners for U.S. federal income tax purposes is generally treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes. In the case of a REIT that is a partner in a partnership that has other partners, the REIT is treated as owning its proportionate share of the assets of the partnership and as earning its allocable share of the gross income of the partnership for purposes of the applicable REIT qualification tests. Our proportionate share for purposes of the 10% vote or value test (see “—Asset Tests”) will be based on our proportionate interest in the equity interests and certain debt securities issued by the partnership. For all of the other asset and income tests, our proportionate share will be based on our proportionate interest in the capital interests in the partnership. Our proportionate share of the assets, liabilities and items of income of any partnership, joint venture or limited liability company that is treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes in which we acquire an equity interest, directly or indirectly, will be treated as our assets and gross income for purposes of applying the various REIT qualification requirements.

We have control of our Operating Partnership and intend to control any subsidiary partnerships and limited liability companies, and we intend to operate them in a manner consistent with the requirements for our qualification as a REIT. We may from time to time be a limited partner or non-managing member in some of our partnerships and limited liability companies. If a partnership or limited liability company in which we own an interest takes or expects to take actions that could jeopardize our status as a REIT or require us to pay tax, we may be forced to dispose of our interest in such entity. In addition, it is possible that a partnership or limited liability company could take an action which could cause us to fail a gross income or asset test and that we would not become aware of such action in time to dispose of our interest in the partnership or limited liability company or take other corrective action on a timely basis. In that case, we could fail to qualify as a REIT unless we were able to qualify for a statutory REIT “savings” provisions, which could require us to pay a significant penalty tax to maintain our REIT qualification.

Taxable REIT Subsidiaries. A REIT may own up to 100% of the stock of one or more TRSs. A TRS is a fully taxable corporation that may earn income that would not be qualifying income if earned directly by the parent REIT. The subsidiary and the REIT must jointly elect to treat the subsidiary as a TRS. A corporation (other than a REIT) of which a TRS directly or indirectly owns more than 35% of the voting power or value of the outstanding securities will automatically be treated as a TRS. We will not be treated as holding the assets of a TRS or as receiving any income that the TRS earns. Rather, the stock issued by a TRS to us will be an asset in our hands, and we will treat the distributions paid to us from such TRS, if any, as income. This treatment may affect our compliance with the gross income and asset tests. Because we will not include the assets and income of TRSs in determining our compliance with the REIT requirements, we may use such entities to undertake activities indirectly, such as earning fee income, that the REIT rules might otherwise preclude us from doing directly or through pass-through subsidiaries. Overall, no more than 20% of the value of a REIT’s assets may consist of stock or securities of one or more TRSs.

 

190


A TRS pays income tax at regular U.S. federal corporate income tax rates on any income that it earns. In addition, the TRS rules limit the deductibility of interest paid or accrued by a TRS to its parent REIT to assure that the TRS is subject to an appropriate level of corporate taxation. In addition, overall limitations on the deductibility of non-interest expense by businesses could apply to a TRS. Further, the rules impose a 100% excise tax on transactions between a TRS and its parent REIT or the REIT’s tenants that are not conducted on an arm’s-length basis.

Rent that we receive from a TRS will qualify as “rents from real property” as long as (1) at least 90% of the leased space in the property is leased to persons other than TRSs and related-party tenants and (2) the amount paid by the TRS to rent space at the property is substantially comparable to rents paid by other tenants of the property for comparable space, as described in further detail below under “—Gross Income Tests—Rents from Real Property.” If we lease space to a TRS in the future, we will seek to comply with these requirements.

Gross Income Tests

We must satisfy two gross income tests annually to qualify as a REIT. First, at least 75% of our gross income for each taxable year must consist of defined types of income that we derive, directly or indirectly, from investments relating to real property or mortgages on real property or qualified temporary investment income. Qualifying income for purposes of the 75% gross income test generally includes:

 

   

rents from real property;

 

   

interest on debt secured by mortgages on real property or on interests in real property;

 

   

dividends or other distributions on, and gain from the sale of, shares in other REITs;

 

   

gain from the sale of real estate assets, other than

 

   

property held primarily for sale to customers in the ordinary course of business, and

 

   

debt instruments issued by a “publicly offered REIT”, unless the debt instrument is secured by real property or an interest in real property;

 

   

income derived from the operation, and gain from the sale, of foreclosure property;

 

   

amounts (other than amounts the determination of which depends in whole or in part on the income or profits of any person) received or accrued as consideration for entering into agreements to purchase or lease real property (including interests in real property and interests in mortgages on real property); and

 

   

income derived from the temporary investment of new capital that is attributable to the issuance of our stock or a public offering of our debt with a maturity date of at least five years and that we receive during the one-year period beginning on the date on which we received such new capital.

Second, in general, at least 95% of our gross income for each taxable year must consist of income that is qualifying income for purposes of the 75% gross income test, other types of interest and dividends, gain from the sale or disposition of shares or securities, or any combination of these. Cancellation of indebtedness income and gross income from our sale of property that we hold primarily for sale to customers in the ordinary course of business are excluded from both the

 

191


numerator and the denominator in both gross income tests. In addition, income and gain from “hedging transactions” that we enter into to hedge indebtedness incurred or to be incurred to acquire or carry real estate assets and that are clearly and timely identified as such will be excluded from both the numerator and the denominator for purposes of the 75% and 95% gross income tests. See “—Hedging Transactions.” In addition, certain foreign currency gains will be excluded from gross income for purposes of one or both of the gross income tests. See “—Foreign Currency Gain.” The following paragraphs discuss the specific application of the gross income tests to us.

Rents from Real Property. “Rents from real property” is qualifying income for both the 75% and 95% gross income tests. Rents will qualify as “rents from real property” only if each of the following conditions is met:

 

   

First, the rent must not be based, in whole or in part, on the income or profits of any person, but may be based on a fixed percentage or percentages of receipts or sales.

 

   

Second, neither we nor a direct or indirect owner of 10% or more of our stock may own, actually or constructively, 10% or more of a tenant from whom we receive rent, other than a TRS.

 

   

Third, if the rent attributable to personal property leased in connection with a lease of real property is 15% or less of the total rent received under the lease, then the rent attributable to personal property will qualify as rents from real property. The allocation of rent between real and personal property is based on the relative fair market values of the real and personal property. However, if the 15% threshold is exceeded, the rent attributable to personal property will not qualify as rents from real property.

 

   

Fourth, we generally must not operate or manage our real property or furnish or render services to our tenants, other than through an “independent contractor” who is adequately compensated and from whom we do not derive revenue. However, we need not provide services through an “independent contractor,” but instead may provide services directly to our tenants, if the services are “usually or customarily rendered” in connection with the rental of space for occupancy only and are not considered to be provided for the tenants’ convenience. In addition, we may provide a minimal amount of “non-customary” services to the tenants of a property, other than through an independent contractor, as long as our income from the services (valued at not less than 150% of our direct cost of performing such services) does not exceed 1% of our income from the related property. Furthermore, we may own up to 100% of the stock of a TRS which may provide customary and non-customary services to our tenants without tainting our rental income from the related properties.

If a portion of the rent that we receive from a property does not qualify as “rents from real property” because the rent attributable to personal property exceeds 15% of the total rent for a taxable year, the portion of the rent that is attributable to personal property will not be qualifying income for purposes of either the 75% or 95% gross income test. Thus, if such rent attributable to personal property, plus any other income that is non-qualifying income for purposes of the 95% gross income test, during a taxable year exceeds 5% of our gross income during the year, we would lose our REIT qualification. If, however, the rent from a particular property does not qualify as “rents from real property” because either (1) the rent is considered based on the income or profits of the related tenant, (2) the tenant either is a related party tenant or fails to qualify for the exceptions to the related party tenant rule for TRSs or (3) we furnish non-customary services to tenants of the property in excess of the 1% threshold, other than through a qualifying independent

 

192


contractor or a TRS, none of the rent from that property would qualify as “rents from real property.”

We do not anticipate leasing significant amounts of personal property pursuant to our leases. Moreover, we do not intend to perform any services other than customary ones for our tenants, unless such services are provided through independent contractors from whom we do not receive or derive income or a TRS. Accordingly, we anticipate that our leases will generally produce rent that qualifies as “rents from real property” for purposes of the 75% and 95% gross income tests.

In addition to the rent, the tenants may be required to pay certain additional charges. To the extent that such additional charges represent reimbursements of amounts that we are obligated to pay to third parties such charges generally will qualify as “rents from real property.” To the extent such additional charges represent penalties for nonpayment or late payment of such amounts, such charges should qualify as “rents from real property.” However, to the extent that late charges do not qualify as “rents from real property,” they instead will be treated as interest that qualifies for the 95% gross income test.

In addition, as described above, we may own up to 100% of the stock of one or more TRSs. Under an exception to the related-party tenant rule described above, rent that we receive from a TRS will qualify as “rents from real property” as long as (1) at least 90% of the leased space at the property is leased to persons other than TRSs and related-party tenants and (2) the amount paid by the TRS to rent space at the property is substantially comparable to rents paid by other tenants of the property for comparable space. The “substantially comparable” requirement must be satisfied when the lease is entered into, when it is extended, and when the lease is modified, if the modification increases the rent paid by the TRS. If the requirement that at least 90% of the leased space in the related property is rented to unrelated tenants is met when a lease is entered into, extended or modified, such requirement will continue to be met as long as there is no increase in the space leased to any TRS or related party tenant. Any increased rent attributable to a modification of a lease with a TRS in which we own directly or indirectly more than 50% of the voting power or value of the stock (a “controlled TRS”) will not be treated as “rents from real property.” If in the future we receive rent from a TRS, we will seek to comply with this exception.

Interest. The term “interest” generally does not include any amount received or accrued, directly or indirectly, if the determination of such amount depends in whole or in part on the income or profits of any person. However, interest generally includes the following:

 

   

an amount that is based on a fixed percentage or percentages of receipts or sales; and

 

   

an amount that is based on the income or profits of a debtor, as long as the debtor derives substantially all of its income from the real property securing the debt by leasing substantially all of its interest in the property, and only to the extent that the amounts received by the debtor would be qualifying “rents from real property” if received directly by a REIT.

If a loan contains a provision that entitles a REIT to a percentage of the borrower’s gain upon the sale of the real property securing the loan or a percentage of the appreciation in the property’s value as of a specific date, income attributable to that loan provision will be treated as gain from the sale of the property securing the loan, which generally is qualifying income for purposes of both gross income tests.

We currently do not intend to, but may in the future, on a limited basis, originate or invest in mortgage debt and/or mezzanine loans. Interest on debt secured by a mortgage on real property or

 

193


on interests in real property generally is qualifying income for purposes of the 75% gross income test. Other than to the extent described below, if a loan is secured by real property and other property and the highest principal amount of a loan outstanding during a taxable year exceeds the fair market value of the real property securing the loan as of the date the REIT agreed to originate or acquire the loan (or, if there has been a “significant modification” to the loan since its origination or acquisition by the REIT, then as of the date of that “significant modification”), a portion of the interest income from such loan will not be qualifying income for purposes of the 75% gross income test, but will be qualifying income for purposes of the 95% gross income test. The portion of the interest income that will not be qualifying income for purposes of the 75% gross income test will be equal to the interest income attributable to the portion of the principal amount of the loan that is not secured by real property, that is, the amount by which the loan exceeds the value of the real estate that is security for the loan. However, in the case of a loan that is secured by both real property and personal property, if the fair market value of such personal property does not exceed 15% of the total fair market value of all property securing the loan, then the personal property securing the loan will be treated as real property for purposes of determining the interest on such loan is qualifying income for purposes of the 75% gross income test.

Mezzanine loans are loans secured by equity interests in an entity that directly or indirectly owns real property, rather than by a direct mortgage of the real property. IRS Revenue Procedure 2003-65 provides a safe harbor pursuant to which a mezzanine loan, if it meets each of the requirements contained in the Revenue Procedure, will be treated by the IRS as a real estate asset for purposes of the REIT asset tests described below, and interest derived from it will be treated as qualifying mortgage interest for purposes of the 75% gross income test. Although the Revenue Procedure provides a safe harbor on which taxpayers may rely, it does not prescribe rules of substantive tax law. Moreover, we anticipate that any mezzanine loans we may originate or acquire may not meet all of the requirements for reliance on this safe harbor. We intend to invest in any mortgage debt and mezzanine loans in a manner that will enable us to continue to satisfy the gross income tests.

Dividends. Our share of any dividends received from any corporation (including any TRS, but excluding any REIT) in which we own an equity interest will qualify for purposes of the 95% gross income test but not for purposes of the 75% gross income test. Our share of any dividends received from any other REIT in which we own an equity interest, if any, will be qualifying income for purposes of both gross income tests.

Prohibited Transactions. A REIT will incur a 100% tax on the net income (including foreign currency gain) derived from any sale or other disposition of property, other than foreclosure property, that the REIT holds primarily for sale to customers in the ordinary course of a trade or business. We believe that none of our properties will be held primarily for sale to customers and that a sale of any of our properties will not be in the ordinary course of our business. Whether a REIT holds a property “primarily for sale to customers in the ordinary course of a trade or business” depends, however, on the facts and circumstances in effect from time to time, including those related to a particular property. A safe harbor to the characterization of the sale of property that is a real estate asset by a REIT as a prohibited transaction and the 100% prohibited transaction tax is available if the following requirements are met:

 

   

the REIT has held the property for not less than two years;

 

   

the aggregate expenditures made by the REIT, or any partner of the REIT, during the two-year period preceding the date of the sale that are includable in the basis of the property do not exceed 30% of the selling price of the property;

 

194


   

either (1) during the year in question, the REIT did not make more than seven sales of property other than foreclosure property or sales to which Section 1033 of the Code applies, (2) the aggregate adjusted bases of all such properties sold by the REIT during the year did not exceed 10% of the aggregate bases of all of the assets of the REIT at the beginning of the year, (3) the aggregate fair market value of all such properties sold by the REIT during the year did not exceed 10% of the aggregate fair market value of all of the assets of the REIT at the beginning of the year, (4) (i) the aggregate adjusted bases of all such property sold by the REIT during the year did not exceed 20% of the aggregate adjusted bases of all property of the REIT at the beginning of the year and (ii) the average annual percentage of properties sold by the REIT compared to all the REIT’s properties (measured by adjusted bases) in the current and two prior years did not exceed 10% or (5) (i) the aggregate fair market value of all such property sold by the REIT during the year did not exceed 20% of the aggregate fair market value of all property of the REIT at the beginning of the year and (ii) the average annual percentage of properties sold by the REIT compared to all the REIT’s properties (measured by fair market value) in the current and two prior years did not exceed 10%;

 

   

in the case of property not acquired through foreclosure or lease termination, the REIT has held the property for at least two years for the production of rental income; and

 

   

if the REIT has made more than seven sales of non-foreclosure property during the taxable year, substantially all of the marketing and development expenditures with respect to the property were made through an independent contractor from whom the REIT derives no income or a TRS.

We will attempt to comply with the terms of the safe-harbor provisions in the U.S. federal income tax laws prescribing when a property sale will not be characterized as a prohibited transaction. We cannot assure you, however, that we can comply with the safe-harbor provisions or that we will avoid owning property that may be characterized as property that we hold “primarily for sale to customers in the ordinary course of a trade or business.” The 100% tax will not apply to gains from the sale of property that is held through a TRS or other taxable corporation, although such income will be taxed to the TRS at regular U.S. federal corporate income tax rates.

Fee Income. Fee income generally will not be qualifying income for purposes of the 75% and 95% gross income tests. Any fees earned by any TRS we form will not be included for purposes of the gross income tests, but will be subject to U.S. federal corporate income tax, as described above. In addition, we will be subject to a 100% excise tax on any fees earned by a TRS for services provided to us if such fees were pursuant to an agreement determined by the IRS to be not on an arm’s-length basis.

Foreclosure Property. We will be subject to tax at the maximum U.S. federal corporate income tax rate (currently 21%) on any income from foreclosure property, which includes certain foreign currency gains and related deductions, other than income that otherwise would be qualifying income for purposes of the 75% gross income test, less expenses directly connected with the production of that income. However, gross income from foreclosure property will qualify under the 75% and 95% gross income tests. Foreclosure property is any real property, including interests in real property, and any personal property incident to such real property:

 

   

that is acquired by a REIT as the result of the REIT having bid on such property at foreclosure, or having otherwise reduced such property to ownership or possession by agreement or process of law, after there was a default or when default was imminent on a lease of such property or on indebtedness that such property secured;

 

195


   

for which the related loan was acquired by the REIT at a time when the default was not imminent or anticipated; and

 

   

for which the REIT makes a proper election to treat the property as foreclosure property.

A REIT will not be considered to have foreclosed on a property where the REIT takes control of the property as a mortgagee-in-possession and cannot receive any profit or sustain any loss except as a creditor of the mortgagor. Property generally ceases to be foreclosure property at the end of the third taxable year following the taxable year in which the REIT acquired the property, or longer if an extension is granted by the Secretary of the Treasury. However, this grace period terminates and foreclosure property ceases to be foreclosure property on the first day:

 

   

on which a lease is entered into for the property that, by its terms, will give rise to income that does not qualify for purposes of the 75% gross income test, or any amount is received or accrued, directly or indirectly, pursuant to a lease entered into on or after such day that will give rise to income that does not qualify for purposes of the 75% gross income test;

 

   

on which any construction takes place on the property, other than completion of a building or any other improvement where more than 10% of the construction was completed before default became imminent; or

 

   

which is more than 90 days after the day on which the REIT acquired the property and the property is used in a trade or business which is conducted by the REIT, other than through an independent contractor from whom the REIT itself does not derive or receive any income or a TRS.

Hedging Transactions. From time to time, we or our Operating Partnership may enter into hedging transactions with respect to one or more of our assets or liabilities. Our hedging activities may include entering into interest rate swaps, caps and floors, options to purchase such items and futures and forward contracts. Income and gain from “hedging transactions” will be excluded from gross income for purposes of both the 75% and 95% gross income tests provided we satisfy the indemnification requirements discussed below. A “hedging transaction” means either (1) any transaction entered into in the normal course of our or our operating partnership’s trade or business primarily to manage the risk of interest rate, price changes or currency fluctuations with respect to borrowings made, or to be made, or ordinary obligations incurred or to be incurred, to acquire or carry real estate assets, (2) any transaction entered into primarily to manage the risk of currency fluctuations with respect to any item of income or gain that would be qualifying income under the 75% or 95% gross income test (or any property which generates such income or gain) and (3) any transaction entered into to “offset” transactions described in (1) or (2) if a portion of the hedged indebtedness is extinguished or the related property disposed of. We are required to clearly identify any such hedging transaction before the close of the day on which it was acquired, originated or entered into and to satisfy other identification requirements. We intend to structure any hedging transactions in a manner that does not jeopardize our qualification as a REIT.

Foreign Currency Gain. Certain foreign currency gains will be excluded from gross income for purposes of one or both of the gross income tests. “Real estate foreign exchange gain” will be excluded from gross income for purposes of the 75% and 95% gross income tests. Real estate foreign exchange gain generally includes foreign currency gain attributable to any item of income or gain that is qualifying income for purposes of the 75% gross income test, foreign currency gain attributable to the acquisition or ownership of (or becoming or being the obligor under) obligations secured by mortgages on real property or an interest in real property and certain foreign currency gain attributable to certain “qualified business units” of a REIT. “Passive foreign exchange gain”

 

196


will be excluded from gross income for purposes of the 95% gross income test. Passive foreign exchange gain generally includes real estate foreign exchange gain as described above and also includes foreign currency gain attributable to any item of income or gain that is qualifying income for purposes of the 95% gross income test and foreign currency gain attributable to the acquisition or ownership of (or becoming or being the obligor under) obligations. These exclusions for real estate foreign exchange gain and passive foreign exchange gain do not apply to any certain foreign currency gain derived from dealing, or engaging in substantial and regular trading, in securities. Such gain is treated as non-qualifying income for purposes of both the 75% and 95% gross income tests.

Failure to Satisfy Gross Income Tests. If we fail to satisfy one or both of the gross income tests for any taxable year, we nevertheless may qualify as a REIT for that year if we qualify for relief under certain provisions of the U.S. federal income tax laws. Those relief provisions are generally available if:

 

   

our failure to meet those tests is due to reasonable cause and not to willful neglect; and

 

   

following such failure for any taxable year, we file a schedule of the sources of our income in accordance with regulations prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury.

We cannot predict, however, whether in all circumstances we would qualify for the relief provisions. In addition, as discussed above in “—Taxation of Our Company,” even if the relief provisions apply, we would incur a 100% tax on the gross income attributable to the greater of the amount by which we fail the 75% gross income test or the 95% gross income test multiplied, in either case, by a fraction intended to reflect our profitability.

Asset Tests

To qualify as a REIT, we also must satisfy the following asset tests at the end of each quarter of each taxable year. First, at least 75% of the value of our total assets must consist of:

 

   

cash or cash items, including certain receivables and money market funds and, in certain circumstances, foreign currencies;

 

   

government securities;

 

   

interests in real property, including leaseholds, options to acquire real property and leaseholds and personal property, to the extent such personal property is leased in connection with real property and rents attributable to such personal property are treated as “rents from real property”;

 

   

interests in mortgage loans secured by real property;

 

   

shares in other REITs and debt instruments issued by “publicly offered REITs”; and

 

   

investments in shares or debt instruments during the one-year period following our receipt of new capital that we raise through equity offerings or public offerings of debt with at least a five-year term.

Second, of our investments not included in the 75% asset class, the value of our interest in any one issuer’s securities (other than a TRS) may not exceed 5% of the value of our total assets, or the 5% asset test.

 

197


Third, of our investments not included in the 75% asset class, we may not own more than 10% of the voting power of any one issuer’s outstanding securities or 10% of the value of any one issuer’s outstanding securities, or the 10% vote test and the 10% value test, respectively.

Fourth, no more than 20% of the value of our total assets may consist of the securities of one or more TRSs.

Fifth, no more than 25% of the value of our total assets may consist of the securities of TRSs, other non-TRS taxable subsidiaries, and other assets that are not qualifying assets for purposes of the 75% asset test, or the 25% securities test.

Sixth, no more than 25% of the value of our total assets may consist of debt instruments issued by “publicly offered REITs” to the extent not secured by real property or interests in real property.

For purposes of the 5% asset test, the 10% vote and the 10% value test, the term “securities” does not include shares in another REIT, debt of “publicly offered REITs”, equity or debt securities of a qualified REIT subsidiary or a TRS, mortgage loans that constitute real estate assets or equity interests in a partnership. The term “securities,” however, generally includes debt securities issued by a partnership or another REIT (other than a “publicly offered REIT”), except that for purposes of the 10% value test, the term “securities” does not include:

 

   

“Straight debt” securities, which is defined as a written unconditional promise to pay on demand or on a specified date a sum certain in money if (1) the debt is not convertible, directly or indirectly, into equity and (2) the interest rate and interest payment dates are not contingent on profits, the borrower’s discretion or similar factors. “Straight debt” securities do not include any securities issued by a partnership or a corporation in which we or any controlled TRS (i.e., a TRS in which we own directly or indirectly more than 50% of the voting power or value of the stock) hold non-“straight debt” securities that have an aggregate value of more than 1% of the issuer’s outstanding securities. However, “straight debt” securities include debt subject to the following contingencies:

 

   

a contingency relating to the time of payment of interest or principal, as long as either (1) there is no change to the effective yield of the debt obligation, other than a change to the annual yield that does not exceed the greater of 0.25% or 5% of the annual yield or (2) neither the aggregate issue price nor the aggregate face amount of the issuer’s debt obligations held by us exceeds $1 million and no more than 12 months of unaccrued interest on the debt obligations can be required to be prepaid; and

 

   

a contingency relating to the time or amount of payment upon a default or prepayment of a debt obligation, as long as the contingency is consistent with customary commercial practice.

 

   

Any loan to an individual or an estate;

 

   

Any “Section 467 rental agreement,” other than an agreement with a related party tenant;

 

   

Any obligation to pay “rents from real property”;

 

   

Certain securities issued by governmental entities;

 

   

Any security issued by a REIT;

 

198


   

Any debt instrument issued by an entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes in which we are a partner to the extent of our proportionate interest in the equity and debt securities of the partnership; and

 

   

Any debt instrument issued by an entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes not described in the preceding bullet points if at least 75% of the partnership’s gross income, excluding income from prohibited transactions, is qualifying income for purposes of the 75% gross income test described above in “—Gross Income Tests.”

For purposes of the 10% value test, our proportionate share of the assets of a partnership is our proportionate interest in any securities issued by the partnership, without regard to the securities described in the last two bullet points above.

As described above, we currently do not intend to, but may in the future, on a limited basis, originate or invest in mortgage debt and/or mezzanine loans. We expect that any investments in mortgage loans will generally be treated as real estate assets. Although we expect that any investments in mezzanine loans will generally be treated as real estate assets, we anticipate that the mezzanine loans in which we would invest may not meet all the requirements of the safe harbor in IRS Revenue Procedure 2003-65. Thus, no assurance can be provided that the IRS will not challenge our treatment of any mezzanine loans as real estate assets. We intend to invest in any mortgage debt and mezzanine loans in a manner that will enable us to continue to satisfy the asset income test requirements.

We will monitor the status of our assets for purposes of the various asset tests and will manage our portfolio in order to comply at all times with such tests. However, there is no assurance that we will not inadvertently fail to comply with such tests. If we fail to satisfy the asset tests at the end of a calendar quarter, we will not lose our REIT qualification if:

 

   

we satisfied the asset tests at the end of the preceding calendar quarter; and

 

   

the discrepancy between the value of our assets and the asset test requirements arose from changes in the market values of our assets and was not wholly or partly caused by the acquisition of one or more non-qualifying assets.

If we did not satisfy the condition described in the second item, above, we still could avoid disqualification by eliminating any discrepancy within 30 days after the close of the calendar quarter in which it arose.

If we violate the 5% asset test, the 10% vote test or the 10% value test described above at the end of any quarter of each taxable year, we will not lose our REIT qualification if (1) the failure is de minimis (up to the lesser of 1% of the value of our assets or $10 million) and (2) we dispose of assets causing the failure or otherwise comply with the asset tests within six months after the last day of the quarter in which we identify such failure. In the event of a failure of any of the asset tests (other than de minimis failures described in the preceding sentence), as long as the failure was due to reasonable cause and not to willful neglect, we will not lose our REIT qualification if we (1) dispose of assets causing the failure or otherwise comply with the asset tests within six months after the last day of the quarter in which we identify the failure, (2) we file a schedule with the IRS describing each asset that caused the failure and (3) pay a tax equal to the greater of $50,000 or 21% of the net income from the assets causing the failure during the period in which we failed to satisfy the asset tests.

We believe that the assets that we will hold will satisfy the foregoing asset test requirements. However, we will not obtain independent appraisals to support our conclusions as to the value of

 

199


our assets. Moreover, the values of some assets may not be susceptible to a precise determination. As a result, there can be no assurance that the IRS will not contend that our ownership of assets violates one or more of the asset tests applicable to REITs.

Distribution Requirements

Each taxable year, we must distribute dividends, other than capital gain dividends and deemed distributions of retained capital gain, to our stockholders in an aggregate amount at least equal to:

 

   

the sum of:

 

   

90% of our “REIT taxable income,” computed without regard to the dividends paid deduction and our net capital gain or loss; and

 

   

90% of our after-tax net income, if any, from foreclosure property; minus

 

   

the excess of the sum of specified items of non-cash income over 5% of our REIT taxable income, computed without regard to the dividends paid deduction and our net capital gain.

We must pay such distributions in the taxable year to which they relate, or in the following taxable year if either (1) we declare the distribution before we timely file our U.S. federal income tax return for the year, pay the distribution on or before the first regular dividend payment date after such declaration and elect in our tax return to have a specified dollar amount of such distribution treated as if paid during the prior year or (2) we declare the distribution in October, November or December of the taxable year, payable to stockholders of record on a specified day in any such month, and we actually pay the dividend before the end of January of the following year. The distributions under clause (1) are taxable to the stockholders in the year in which paid, and the distributions in clause (2) are treated as paid on December 31st of the prior taxable year. In both instances, these distributions relate to our prior taxable year for purposes of the 90% distribution requirement.

Further, to the extent we are not a “publicly offered REIT,” in order for our distributions to be counted as satisfying the annual distribution requirement for REITs and to provide us with the REIT-level tax deduction, such distributions must not be “preferential dividends.” A dividend is not a preferential dividend if that distribution is (1) pro rata among all outstanding shares within a particular class and (2) in accordance with the preferences among different classes of shares as set forth in our organizational documents. However, the preferential dividend rule does not apply to “publicly offered REITs.” We expect to qualify as a “publicly offered REIT” following this offering.

We will pay U.S. federal income tax on taxable income, including net capital gain, that we do not distribute to stockholders. Furthermore, if we fail to distribute during a calendar year, or by the end of January following the calendar year in the case of distributions with declaration and record dates falling in the last three months of the calendar year, at least the sum of:

 

   

85% of our REIT ordinary income for such year;

 

   

95% of our REIT capital gain income for such year; and

 

   

any undistributed taxable income (ordinary and capital gain) from all prior periods,

we will incur a 4% nondeductible excise tax on the excess of such required distribution over the amounts we actually distribute.

 

200


We may elect to retain and pay income tax on the net long-term capital gain we receive in a taxable year. If we so elect, we will be treated as having distributed any such retained amount for purposes of the 4% nondeductible excise tax described above. We intend to make timely distributions sufficient to satisfy the annual distribution requirements and to avoid U.S. federal corporate income tax and the 4% nondeductible excise tax.

It is possible that, from time to time, we may experience timing differences between the actual receipt of income and actual payment of deductible expenses and the inclusion of that income and deduction of such expenses in arriving at our REIT taxable income. For example, we may not deduct recognized capital losses from our “REIT taxable income.” Further, we may be allocated a share of net capital gain attributable to the sale of depreciated property that exceeds our allocable share of cash attributable to that sale. Additionally, we generally will be required to recognize certain amounts as income no later than the time such amounts are reflected on certain financial statements.

In addition, a taxpayer’s net interest expense deduction may be limited to 30% of the sum of adjusted taxable income, business interest and certain other amounts. Adjusted taxable income does not include items of income or expense not allocable to a trade or business, business interest or expense, the deduction for qualified business income, net operating losses, and for years prior to 2022, deductions for depreciation, amortization or depletion. Disallowed interest expense is carried forward indefinitely (subject to special rules for partnerships). A “real property trade or business” may elect out of this interest limit so long as it uses a 40-year recovery period for nonresidential real property, a 30-year recovery period for residential real property and a 20-year recovery period for related improvements. For this purpose, a real property trade or business is any real property development, redevelopment, construction, reconstruction, acquisition, conversion, rental, operating, management, leasing or brokerage trade or business. We believe this definition encompasses our business and thus will allow us the option of electing out of the limits on interest deductibility should we determine it is prudent to do so.

As a result of the foregoing, we may have less cash than is necessary to distribute taxable income sufficient to avoid U.S. federal corporate income tax and the excise tax imposed on certain undistributed income or even to meet the 90% distribution requirement. In such a situation, we may need to borrow funds or, if possible, pay taxable dividends of our stock or debt securities.

We may satisfy the 90% distribution test with taxable distributions of our stock or debt securities. On August 11, 2017, the IRS issued Revenue Procedure 2017-45 authorizing elective cash/stock dividends to be made by “publicly offered REITs.” Pursuant to Revenue Procedure 2017-45, effective for distributions declared on or after August 11, 2017, the IRS will treat the distribution of stock pursuant to an elective cash/stock dividend as a distribution of property under Section 301 of the Code (i.e., a dividend), as long as at least 20% of the total dividend is available in cash and certain other parameters detailed in the Revenue Procedure are satisfied. We expect to qualify as a “publicly offered REIT” following this offering. Although we do not currently intend to pay dividends in our stock, if in the future we choose to pay dividends in our stock, our stockholders may be required to pay tax in excess of the cash that they receive.

Under certain circumstances, we may be able to correct a failure to meet the distribution requirement for a year by paying “deficiency dividends” to our stockholders in a later year. We may include such deficiency dividends in our deduction for dividends paid for the earlier year. Although we may be able to avoid income tax on amounts distributed as deficiency dividends, we will be required to pay interest to the IRS based upon the amount of any deduction we take for deficiency dividends.

 

201


Recordkeeping Requirements

We must maintain certain records in order to qualify as a REIT. In addition, to avoid a monetary penalty, we must request on an annual basis information from our stockholders designed to disclose the actual ownership of our outstanding stock. We intend to comply with these requirements.

Failure to Qualify

If we fail to satisfy one or more requirements for REIT qualification, other than the gross income tests and the asset tests, we could avoid disqualification if our failure is due to reasonable cause and not to willful neglect and we pay a penalty of $50,000 for each such failure. In addition, there are relief provisions for a failure of the gross income tests and asset tests, as described in “—Gross Income Tests” and “—Asset Tests.”

If we fail to qualify as a REIT in any taxable year, and no relief provision applies, we would be subject to U.S. federal income tax on our taxable income at regular U.S. federal corporate income tax rates, plus potential penalties and/or interest. In calculating our taxable income in a year in which we fail to qualify as a REIT, we would not be able to deduct amounts paid out to stockholders. In fact, we would not be required to distribute any amounts to stockholders in that year. In such event, to the extent of our current and accumulated earnings and profits, distributions to stockholders generally would be taxable as ordinary dividend income. Subject to certain limitations of the U.S. federal income tax laws, corporate stockholders may be eligible for the dividends received deduction and non-corporate U.S. stockholders may be eligible for the reduced U.S. federal income tax rate of up to 20% on such dividends. Unless we qualified for relief under specific statutory provisions, we also would be disqualified from taxation as a REIT for the four taxable years following the year during which we ceased to qualify as a REIT. We cannot predict whether we would qualify for such statutory relief in all circumstances.

Taxation of Taxable U.S. Stockholders

This section is a summary of the rules governing the U.S. federal income taxation of U.S. stockholders and is for general information only. We urge you to consult your tax advisors to determine the impact of U.S. federal, state and local income tax laws on the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock.

As used herein, the term “U.S. stockholder” means a beneficial owner of our common stock that for U.S. federal income tax purposes is:

 

   

a citizen or resident of the United States;

 

   

a corporation (including an entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any of its states or the District of Columbia;

 

   

an estate whose income is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or

 

   

any trust if (1) a court is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of such trust and one or more United States persons (as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code) have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (2) it has a valid election in place to be treated as a United States person.

 

202


If a partnership, entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds our common stock, the U.S. federal income tax treatment of a partner in the partnership will generally depend on the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. If you are a partner in a partnership holding our common stock, you should consult your tax advisor regarding the consequences of the ownership and disposition of our common stock by the partnership.

Distributions

As long as we qualify as a REIT, a taxable U.S. stockholder must generally take into account as ordinary income distributions made out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits that we do not designate as capital gain dividends or retained long-term capital gain. For purposes of determining whether a distribution is made out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits, our earnings and profits will be allocated first to our preferred stock dividends, if any, and then to our common stock dividends. Individuals, trusts and estates generally may deduct 20% of the “qualified REIT dividends” (i.e., REIT dividends other than capital gain dividends and portions of REIT dividends designated as “qualified dividend income,” which in each case are already eligible for capital gain tax rates) they receive. The deduction for qualified REIT dividends is not subject to the wage and property basis limits that apply to other types of “qualified business income.” However, to qualify for this deduction, the U.S. stockholder receiving such dividends must hold the dividend-paying REIT stock for at least 46 days (taking into account certain special holding period rules) of the 91-day period beginning 45 days before the stock becomes ex-dividend and cannot be under an obligation to make related payments with respect to a position in substantially similar or related property. The 20% deduction for qualified REIT dividends results in a maximum 29.6% U.S. federal income tax rate on REIT dividends, not including the 3.8% Medicare tax, discussed below. Without further legislation, this deduction will sunset after 2025.

A U.S. stockholder will not qualify for the dividends received deduction generally available to corporations. Additionally, because we are not generally subject to U.S. federal income tax on the portion of our REIT taxable income distributed to our stockholders (See “—Taxation of Our Company” above), our dividends generally will not be eligible for the 20% U.S. federal income tax rate on “qualified dividend income” (generally, dividends paid by domestic C corporations and certain qualified foreign corporations to U.S. stockholders that are taxed at individual rates). As a result, our ordinary REIT dividends will be taxed at the higher tax rate applicable to ordinary income. The maximum income tax rate for qualified dividend income received by U.S. stockholders taxed at individual rates is currently 20%, plus the 3.8% Medicare tax on net investment income, if applicable. By contrast, the maximum U.S. federal income tax rates on ordinary income and REIT dividend income are currently 37% and 29.6%, respectively, plus the 3.8% Medicare tax on net investment income, if applicable.

However, the 20% U.S. federal income tax rate for qualified dividend income will apply to our ordinary REIT dividends, if any, that are (1) attributable to dividends received by us from non-REIT corporations, such as any TRS we may form and (2) attributable to income upon which we have paid U.S. federal corporate income tax (e.g., to the extent that we distribute less than 100% of our taxable income). In general, to qualify for the reduced tax rate on qualified dividend income, a stockholder must hold our common stock for more than 60 days during the 121-day period beginning on the date that is 60 days before the date on which our common stock becomes ex-dividend.

Individuals, trusts and estates whose income exceeds certain thresholds are also subject to an additional 3.8% Medicare tax on dividends received from us. U.S. stockholders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the implications of the additional Medicare tax resulting from an investment in our common stock.

 

203


A U.S. stockholder generally will recognize distributions that we designate as capital gain dividends as long-term capital gain without regard to how long the U.S. stockholder has held our common stock. We generally will designate our capital gain dividends as either 20% or 25% U.S. federal income tax rate distributions. See “—Capital Gains and Losses.” A corporate U.S. stockholder, however, may be required to treat up to 20% of certain capital gain dividends as ordinary income.

We may elect to retain and pay income tax on the net long-term capital gain that we recognize in a taxable year. In that case, to the extent that we designate such amount in a timely notice to such stockholder, a U.S. stockholder would be taxed on its proportionate share of our undistributed long-term capital gain. The U.S. stockholder would receive a credit for its proportionate share of the tax we paid. The U.S. stockholder would increase the basis in its common stock by the amount of its proportionate share of our undistributed long-term capital gain, minus its share of the tax we paid.

A U.S. stockholder will not incur tax on a distribution in excess of our current and accumulated earnings and profits if the distribution does not exceed the adjusted basis of the U.S. stockholder’s common stock. Instead, the distribution will reduce the U.S. stockholder’s adjusted basis in such stock. If a U.S. stockholder receives a distribution in excess of both our current and accumulated earnings and profits and the U.S. stockholder’s adjusted basis in his or her stock, the U.S. stockholder will recognize the distribution as long-term capital gain, or short-term capital gain if the stock has been held for one year or less, assuming the stock is a capital asset in the hands of the U.S. stockholder. In addition, if we declare a distribution in October, November or December of any year that is payable to a U.S. stockholder of record on a specified date in any such month, such distribution will be treated as both paid by us and received by the U.S. stockholder on December 31 of such year, provided that we actually pay the distribution during January of the following calendar year.

U.S. stockholders may not include in their individual income tax returns any of our net operating losses or capital losses. Instead, these losses are generally carried over by us for potential offset against our future income. Taxable distributions from us and gain from the disposition of our common stock will not be treated as passive activity income and, therefore, stockholders generally will not be able to apply any “passive activity losses,” such as losses from certain types of limited partnerships in which the U.S. stockholder is a limited partner, against such income or gain. In addition, taxable distributions from us and gain from the disposition of our common stock generally will be treated as investment income for purposes of the investment interest limitations. We will notify U.S. stockholders after the close of our taxable year as to the portions of the distributions attributable to that year that constitute ordinary income, return of capital and capital gain.

Taxation of U.S. Stockholders on the Disposition of Common Stock

A U.S. stockholder who is not a dealer in securities must generally treat any gain or loss realized upon a taxable disposition of our common stock as long-term capital gain or loss if the U.S. stockholder has held our common stock for more than one year and otherwise as short-term capital gain or loss. In general, a U.S. stockholder will realize gain or loss in an amount equal to the difference between the sum of the fair market value of any property and the amount of cash received in such disposition and the U.S. stockholder’s adjusted tax basis. A stockholder’s adjusted tax basis generally will equal the U.S. stockholder’s acquisition cost, increased by the excess of net capital gains deemed distributed to the U.S. stockholder (discussed above) less tax deemed paid on such gains and reduced by any returns of capital. However, a U.S. stockholder must treat any loss upon a sale or exchange of common stock held by such stockholder for six

 

204


months or less as a long-term capital loss to the extent of capital gain dividends and any other actual or deemed distributions from us that such U.S. stockholder treats as long-term capital gain. All or a portion of any loss that a U.S. stockholder realizes upon a taxable disposition of our common stock may be disallowed if the U.S. stockholder purchases substantially identical stock within 30 days before or after the disposition.

Capital Gains and Losses

A taxpayer generally must hold a capital asset for more than one year for gain or loss derived from its sale or exchange to be treated as long-term capital gain or loss. The highest marginal U.S. federal individual income tax rate currently is 37%. The maximum U.S. federal income tax rate on long-term capital gain applicable to U.S. taxpayers taxed at individual rates is 20%. The maximum U.S. federal income tax rate on long-term capital gain from the sale or exchange of “Section 1250 property,” or depreciable real property, is 25%, which applies to the lesser of the total amount of the gain or the accumulated depreciation on the Section 1250 property.

Individuals, trusts and estates whose income exceeds certain thresholds are also subject to an additional 3.8% Medicare tax on gain from the sale of our common stock. U.S. stockholders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the implications of the additional Medicare tax resulting from an investment in our stock.

With respect to distributions that we designate as capital gain dividends and any retained capital gain that we are deemed to distribute, we generally may designate whether such a distribution is taxable at a 20% or 25% rate to our U.S. stockholders taxed at individual rates. Thus, the tax rate differential between capital gain and ordinary income for those taxpayers may be significant. In addition, the characterization of income as capital gain or ordinary income may affect the deductibility of capital losses. A non-corporate taxpayer may deduct capital losses not offset by capital gains against its ordinary income only up to a maximum annual amount of $3,000 ($1,500 for married individuals filing separate returns). A non-corporate taxpayer may carry forward unused capital losses indefinitely. A corporate taxpayer must pay tax on its net capital gain at ordinary U.S. federal corporate income tax rates. A corporate taxpayer may deduct capital losses only to the extent of capital gains, with unused losses being carried back three years and forward five years.

FATCA Withholding

Under the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act, or FATCA, a U.S. withholding tax at a 30% rate will be imposed on dividends paid to certain U.S. stockholders who own our shares through foreign accounts or foreign intermediaries if certain disclosure requirements related to U.S. accounts or ownership are not satisfied. We will not pay any additional amounts in respect of any amounts withheld.

Taxation of Tax-Exempt Stockholders

This section is a summary of rules governing the U.S. federal income taxation of U.S. stockholders that are tax-exempt entities and is for general information only. We urge tax-exempt stockholders to consult their tax advisors to determine the impact of U.S. federal, state and local income tax laws on the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock, including any reporting requirements.

Tax-exempt entities, including qualified employee pension and profit sharing trusts and individual retirement accounts, generally are exempt from U.S. federal income taxation. However,

 

205


they are subject to taxation on their unrelated business taxable income, or UBTI. Although many investments in real estate generate UBTI, the IRS has issued a ruling that dividend distributions from a REIT to an exempt employee pension trust do not constitute UBTI so long as the exempt employee pension trust does not otherwise use the shares of the REIT in an unrelated trade or business of the pension trust. Based on that ruling, amounts that we distribute to tax-exempt stockholders generally should not constitute UBTI. However, if a tax-exempt stockholder were to finance (or be deemed to finance) its acquisition of our common stock with debt, a portion of the income that it receives from us would constitute UBTI pursuant to the “debt-financed property” rules. Moreover, social clubs, voluntary employee benefit associations, supplemental unemployment benefit trusts and qualified group legal services plans that are exempt from taxation under special provisions of the U.S. federal income tax laws are subject to different UBTI rules, which generally will require them to characterize distributions that they receive from us as UBTI. Finally, in certain circumstances, a qualified employee pension or profit sharing trust that owns more than 10% of our stock must treat a percentage of the dividends that it receives from us as UBTI. Such percentage is equal to the gross income we derive from an unrelated trade or business, determined as if we were a pension trust, divided by our total gross income for the year in which we pay the dividends. That rule applies to a pension trust holding more than 10% of our stock only if:

 

   

the percentage of our dividends that the tax-exempt trust must treat as UBTI is at least 5%;

 

   

we qualify as a REIT by reason of the modification of the rule requiring that no more than 50% of our stock be owned by five or fewer individuals that allows the beneficiaries of the pension trust to be treated as holding our stock in proportion to their actuarial interests in the pension trust; and

 

   

either:

 

   

one pension trust owns more than 25% of the value of our stock; or

 

   

a group of pension trusts individually holding more than 10% of the value of our stock collectively owns more than 50% of the value of our stock.

Taxation of Non-U.S. Stockholders

This section is a summary of the rules governing the U.S. federal income taxation of non-U.S. stockholders. As used herein, the term “non-U.S. stockholder” means a beneficial owner of our common stock that is not a U.S. stockholder, a partnership (or entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) or a tax-exempt stockholder. The rules governing U.S. federal income taxation of non-U.S. stockholders are complex, and this summary is for general information only. We urge non-U.S. stockholders to consult their tax advisors to determine the impact of U.S. federal, state and local income tax laws on the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock, including any reporting requirements.

Distributions

A non-U.S. stockholder that receives a distribution that is not attributable to gain from our sale or exchange of a “United States real property interest,” or a USRPI, as defined below, and that we do not designate as a capital gain dividend or retained capital gain will recognize ordinary income to the extent that we pay such distribution out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits. A withholding tax equal to 30% of the gross amount of the distribution ordinarily will apply to such distribution unless an applicable tax treaty reduces or eliminates the tax.

 

206


However, if a distribution is treated as effectively connected with the non-U.S. stockholder’s conduct of a U.S. trade or business, the non-U.S. stockholder generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the distribution at graduated rates, in the same manner as U.S. stockholders are taxed with respect to such distribution, and a non-U.S. stockholder that is a corporation also may be subject to a 30% branch profits tax with respect to that distribution. The branch profits tax may be reduced by an applicable tax treaty. We plan to withhold U.S. income tax at the rate of 30% on the gross amount of any such distribution paid to a non-U.S. stockholder unless either:

 

   

a lower treaty rate applies and the non-U.S. stockholder provides us with an IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E, as applicable, evidencing eligibility for that reduced rate;

 

   

the non-U.S. stockholder provides us with an IRS Form W-8ECI claiming that the distribution is effectively connected with the conduct of a U.S. trade or business; or

 

   

the distribution is treated as attributable to a sale of a USRPI under the Foreign Investment in Real Property Tax Act of 1980, or FIRPTA (discussed below).

A non-U.S. stockholder will not incur tax on a distribution in excess of our current and accumulated earnings and profits if the excess portion of such distribution does not exceed the adjusted basis of its common stock. Instead, the excess portion of such distribution will reduce the non-U.S. stockholder’s adjusted basis in such stock. A non-U.S. stockholder will be subject to tax on a distribution that exceeds both our current and accumulated earnings and profits and the adjusted basis of its common stock, if the non-U.S. stockholder otherwise would be subject to tax on gain from the sale or disposition of its common stock, as described below. We must withhold 15% of any distribution that exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits. Consequently, although we intend to withhold at a rate of 30% on the entire amount of any distribution, to the extent that we do not do so, we will withhold at a rate of 15% on any portion of a distribution not subject to withholding at a rate of 30%. Because we generally cannot determine at the time we make a distribution whether the distribution will exceed our current and accumulated earnings and profits, we normally will withhold tax on the entire amount of any distribution at the same rate as we would withhold on a dividend. However, by filing a U.S. tax return, a non-U.S. stockholder may claim a refund of amounts that we withhold if we later determine that a distribution in fact exceeded our current and accumulated earnings and profits.

For any year in which we qualify as a REIT, a non-U.S. stockholder may incur tax on distributions that are attributable to gain from our sale or exchange of a USRPI under FIRPTA. A USRPI includes certain interests in real property and shares in corporations at least 50% of whose assets consist of interests in real property. Under FIRPTA, subject to the exceptions discussed below for (1) distributions on a class of stock that is regularly traded on an established securities market to a less-than-10% holder of such stock and (2) distributions to “qualified shareholders” and a “qualified foreign pension funds,” a non-U.S. stockholder is taxed on distributions attributable to gain from sales of USRPIs as if such gain were effectively connected with a U.S. business of the non-U.S. stockholder. A non-U.S. stockholder thus would be taxed on such a distribution at the normal U.S. federal capital gains rates applicable to U.S. stockholders, subject to applicable alternative minimum tax and a special alternative minimum tax in the case of a nonresident alien individual. A corporate non-U.S. stockholder not entitled to treaty relief or exemption also may be subject to the 30% branch profits tax on such a distribution. Unless the exception described in the next paragraph applies, we must withhold 35% of any distribution that we could designate as a capital gain dividend. A non-U.S. stockholder may receive a credit against its tax liability for the amount we withhold.

However, if our common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market in the United States, capital gain distributions on our common stock that are attributable to our sale of a

 

207


USRPI will be treated as ordinary dividends rather than as gain from the sale of a USRPI, as long as the non-U.S. stockholder did not own more than 10% of our common stock at any time during the one-year period preceding the distribution or the non-U.S. stockholder was treated as a “qualified shareholder” and “qualified foreign pension fund.” In such a case, non-U.S. stockholders generally will be subject to withholding tax on such capital gain distributions in the same manner as they are subject to withholding tax on ordinary dividends. We anticipate that our common stock will be regularly traded on an established securities market in the United States immediately following this offering. If our common stock is not regularly traded on an established securities market in the United States or the non-U.S. stockholder owned more than 10% of our common stock at any time during the one-year period preceding the distribution, capital gain distributions that are attributable to our sale of USRPIs will be subject to tax under FIRPTA, as described above. In that case, we must withhold 35% of any distribution that we could designate as a capital gain dividend. A non-U.S. stockholder may receive a credit against its tax liability for the amount we withhold.

Moreover, if a non-U.S. stockholder disposes of our common stock during the 30-day period preceding a dividend payment, and such non-U.S. stockholder (or a person related to such non-U.S. stockholder) acquires or enters into a contract or option to acquire our common stock within 61 days of the first day of the 30-day period described above, and any portion of such dividend payment would, but for the disposition, be treated as a USRPI capital gain to such non-U.S. stockholder, then such non-U.S. stockholder will be treated as having USRPI capital gain in an amount that, but for the disposition, would have been treated as USRPI capital gain.

Although the law is not clear on the matter, it appears that amounts we designate as retained capital gains in respect of our common stock held by U.S. stockholders generally should be treated with respect to non-U.S. stockholders in the same manner as actual distributions by us of capital gain dividends. Under this approach, a non-U.S. stockholder would be able to offset as a credit against its U.S. federal income tax liability resulting from its proportionate share of the tax paid by us on such retained capital gains, and to receive from the IRS a refund to the extent of the non-U.S. stockholder’s proportionate share of such tax paid by us exceeds its actual federal income tax liability, provided that the non-U.S. stockholder furnishes required information to the IRS on a timely basis.

Qualified Shareholders. Subject to the exception discussed below, any distribution to a “qualified shareholder” who holds our common stock directly or indirectly (through one or more partnerships) will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax as income effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business and thus will not be subject to FIRPTA withholding as described above. However, while a “qualified shareholder” will not be subject to FIRPTA withholding on our distributions, non-United States persons who hold interests in the “qualified shareholder” (other than interests solely as a creditor) and hold more than 10% of our common stock, either through the “qualified shareholder” or otherwise, will still be subject to FIRPTA withholding. REIT distributions received by a “qualified shareholder” that are exempt from FIRPTA withholding may still be subject to regular U.S. federal withholding tax.

A “qualified shareholder” is a foreign person that either (1) is eligible for the benefits of a comprehensive income tax treaty that includes an exchange of information program and whose principal class of interests is listed and regularly traded on one or more recognized stock exchanges (as defined in such income tax treaty), or is a foreign partnership that is created or organized under foreign law as a limited partnership in a jurisdiction that has an agreement for the exchange of information with respect to taxes with the United States and has a class of limited partnership units that represents more than 50% of the value of all of the partnership’s units and is regularly traded on the NYSE or NASDAQ markets, (2) is a “qualified collective investment

 

208


vehicle” (as defined below) and (3) maintains records of the identity of each person who, at any time during the foreign person’s taxable year, is the direct owner of 5% or more the class of interests or units (as applicable) described in (1), above.

A “qualified collective investment vehicle” is a foreign person that (1) would be eligible for a reduced rate of withholding under the comprehensive income tax treaty described above, even if such entity owns more than 10% of the stock of the REIT, (2) is publicly traded, is treated as a partnership under the Code, is a withholding foreign partnership and would be treated as “United States real property holding corporation,” or a USRPHC, under FIRPTA if it were a domestic corporation or (3) is designated as such by the Secretary of the Treasury and is either (a) “fiscally transparent” within the meaning of Section 894 of the Code or (b) required to include dividends in its gross income, but is entitled to a deduction for distributions to its investors.

Qualified Foreign Pension Funds. Any distribution to a “qualified foreign pension fund” or an entity all of the interests of which are held by one or more “qualified foreign pension funds” who holds our common stock directly or indirectly (through one or more partnerships) generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax as income effectively connected with the conduct of a U.S. trade or business and thus will not be subject to FIRPTA withholding as described above. REIT distributions received by a “qualified foreign pension fund” that are exempt from FIRPTA withholding may still be subject to regular U.S. federal withholding tax.

A “qualified foreign pension fund” is any trust, corporation or other organization or arrangement (1) which is created or organized under the laws of a country other than the United States or a political subdivision thereof, (2) which is established to provide retirement or pension benefits to participants or beneficiaries that are current or former employees (or persons designated by such employees) of one or more employers in consideration for services rendered, (3) which does not have a single participant or beneficiary with a right to more than 5% of its assets or income, taking in account certain attribution rules, (4) which is subject to government regulation and provides annual information reporting about its beneficiaries to the relevant tax or other governmental authorities in the country in which it is established or operates and (5) with respect to which, under the laws of the country in which it is established or operates, and subject to a de minimis exception, (a) contributions to such organization or arrangement that would otherwise be subject to tax under such laws are deductible or excluded from the gross income of such entity or taxed at a reduced rate or (b) taxation of any investment income of such organization or arrangement is deferred or such income is taxed a reduced rate.

FATCA. Under FATCA, a U.S. withholding tax at a 30% rate will be imposed on dividends paid to certain non-U.S. stockholders if certain disclosure requirements related to U.S. accounts or ownership are not satisfied. If payment of withholding taxes is required, non-U.S. stockholders that are otherwise eligible for an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. withholding taxes with respect to such dividends will be required to seek a refund from the IRS to obtain the benefit of such exemption or reduction. We will not pay any additional amounts in respect of any amounts withheld.

Dispositions

Subject to the discussion below regarding dispositions by “qualified shareholders” and “qualified foreign pension funds,” non-U.S. stockholders could incur tax under FIRPTA with respect to gain realized upon a disposition of our common stock if we are a United States real property holding corporation during a specified testing period. If at least 50% of a REIT’s assets are USRPIs, then the REIT will be a USRPHC. We anticipate that we will be a USRPHC based on our investment strategy. However, even if we are a USRPHC, a non-U.S. stockholder generally would

 

209


not incur tax under FIRPTA on gain from the sale of our common stock if we are a “domestically controlled qualified investment entity.”

A “domestically controlled qualified investment entity” includes a REIT in which, at all times during a specified testing period, less than 50% in value of its shares are held directly or indirectly by non-U.S. stockholders. We cannot assure you that this test will be met.

If our common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market, an additional exception to the tax under FIRPTA will be available with respect to a non-U.S. stockholder’s disposition of such stock, even if we do not qualify as a domestically controlled qualified investment entity at the time the non-U.S. stockholder sells such stock. Under this additional exception, the gain from such a sale by a non-U.S. stockholder will not be subject to tax under FIRPTA if (1) our common stock is treated as being regularly traded on an established securities market under applicable Treasury Regulations and (2) the non-U.S. stockholder owned, actually or constructively, 10% or less of our common stock at all times during a specified testing period. As noted above, we anticipate that our common stock will be regularly traded on an established securities market immediately following this offering.

In addition, a sale of our common stock by a “qualified shareholder” or a “qualified foreign pension fund” who holds our common stock directly or indirectly (through one or more partnerships) will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax under FIRPTA. However, while a “qualified shareholder” will not be subject to FIRPTA withholding on a sale of our common stock, non- United States persons who hold interests in the “qualified shareholder” (other than interests solely as a creditor) and hold more than 10% of our common stock, either through the “qualified shareholder” or otherwise, will still be subject to FIRPTA withholding.

If the gain on the sale of our common stock were taxed under FIRPTA, a non-U.S. stockholder would be taxed on that gain in the same manner as U.S. stockholders, subject to applicable alternative minimum tax and a special alternative minimum tax in the case of nonresident alien individuals. In addition, distributions that are subject to tax under FIRPTA also may be subject to a 30% branch profits tax when made to a non-U.S. stockholder treated as a corporation (under U.S. federal income tax principles) that is not otherwise entitled to treaty exemption. Finally, if we are not a domestically controlled qualified investment entity at the time our common stock is sold and the non-U.S. stockholder does not qualify for the exemptions described in the preceding paragraph, under FIRPTA the purchaser of our common stock also may be required to withhold 15% of the purchase price and remit this amount to the IRS on behalf of the selling non-U.S. stockholder.

With respect to individual non-U.S. stockholders, even if not subject to FIRPTA, capital gains recognized from the sale of our common stock will be taxable to such non-U.S. stockholder if he or she is a non-resident alien individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more during the taxable year and some other conditions apply, in which case the non-resident alien individual may be subject to a U.S. federal income tax on his or her U.S. source capital gain.

Information Reporting Requirements and Withholding

We will report to our stockholders and to the IRS the amount of distributions we pay during each calendar year and the amount of tax we withhold, if any. Under the backup withholding rules, a stockholder may be subject to backup withholding at a rate of 24% with respect to distributions unless the stockholder:

 

   

is a corporation or qualifies for certain other exempt categories and, when required, demonstrates this fact; or

 

210


   

provides a taxpayer identification number, certifies as to no loss of exemption from backup withholding and otherwise complies with the applicable requirements of the backup withholding rules.

A stockholder who does not provide us with its correct taxpayer identification number also may be subject to penalties imposed by the IRS. Any amount paid as backup withholding will be creditable against the stockholder’s income tax liability. In addition, we may be required to withhold a portion of capital gain distributions to any stockholders who fail to certify their non-foreign status to us.

Backup withholding will generally not apply to payments of dividends made by us or our paying agents, in their capacities as such, to a non-U.S. stockholder provided that the non-U.S. stockholder furnishes to us or our paying agent the required certification as to its non-U.S. status, such as providing a valid IRS Form W-8BEN, W-8BEN-E or W-8ECI, or certain other requirements are met. Notwithstanding the foregoing, backup withholding may apply if either we or our paying agent has actual knowledge, or reason to know, that the holder is a United States person that is not an exempt recipient. Payments of the proceeds from a disposition or a redemption effected outside the United States by a non-U.S. stockholder made by or through a foreign office of a broker generally will not be subject to information reporting or backup withholding. However, information reporting (but not backup withholding) generally will apply to such a payment if the broker has certain connections with the United States unless the broker has documentary evidence in its records that the beneficial owner is a non-U.S. stockholder and specified conditions are met or an exemption is otherwise established. Payment of the proceeds from a disposition by a non-U.S. stockholder of common stock made by or through the U.S. office of a broker is generally subject to information reporting and backup withholding unless the non-U.S. stockholder certifies under penalties of perjury that it is not a United States person and satisfies certain other requirements, or otherwise establishes an exemption from information reporting and backup withholding.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be refunded or credited against the stockholder’s U.S. federal income tax liability if certain required information is furnished to the IRS. Stockholders should consult their tax advisors regarding application of backup withholding to them and the availability of, and procedure for obtaining an exemption from, backup withholding.

Other Tax Consequences

Tax Aspects of Our Investments in Our Operating Partnership and Subsidiary Partnerships

The following discussion summarizes certain U.S. federal income tax considerations applicable to our direct or indirect investments in our Operating Partnership and any subsidiary partnerships or limited liability companies that we form or acquire, or each individually a Partnership and, collectively, the Partnerships. The discussion does not cover state or local tax laws or any U.S. federal tax laws other than income tax laws.

Classification as Partnerships. We will include in our income our distributive share of each Partnership’s income and deduct our distributive share of each Partnership’s losses only if such Partnership is classified for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a partnership (or an entity that is disregarded for U.S. federal income tax purposes if the entity is treated as having only one owner for U.S. federal income tax purposes) rather than as a corporation or an association taxable as a

 

211


corporation. An unincorporated entity with at least two owners or members will be classified as a partnership, rather than as a corporation, for U.S. federal income tax purposes if it:

 

   

is treated as a partnership under the Treasury Regulations relating to entity classification, or the check-the-box regulations; and

 

   

is not a “publicly traded partnership.”

Under the check-the-box regulations, an unincorporated entity with at least two owners or members may elect to be classified either as an association taxable as a corporation or as a partnership. If such an entity does not make an election, it will generally be treated as a partnership (or an entity that is disregarded for U.S. federal income tax purposes if the entity is treated as having only one owner or member for U.S. federal income tax purposes) for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Our operating partnership intends to be classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes and will not elect to be treated as an association taxable as a corporation under the check-the-box regulations.

A publicly traded partnership is a partnership whose interests are traded on an established securities market or are readily tradable on a secondary market or the substantial equivalent thereof. A publicly traded partnership will not, however, be treated as a corporation for any taxable year if, for each taxable year beginning after December 31, 1987 in which it was classified as a publicly traded partnership, 90% or more of the partnership’s gross income for such year consists of certain passive-type income, including real property rents, gains from the sale or other disposition of real property, interest and dividends, or the 90% passive income exception. Treasury Regulations provide limited safe harbors from the definition of a publicly traded partnership. Pursuant to one of those safe harbors, or the private placement exclusion, interests in a partnership will not be treated as readily tradable on a secondary market or the substantial equivalent thereof if (1) all interests in the partnership were issued in a transaction or transactions that were not required to be registered under the Securities Act and (2) the partnership does not have more than 100 partners at any time during the partnership’s taxable year. In determining the number of partners in a partnership, a person owning an interest in a partnership, grantor trust or S corporation that owns an interest in the partnership is treated as a partner in such partnership only if (1) substantially all of the value of the owner’s interest in the entity is attributable to the entity’s direct or indirect interest in the partnership and (2) a principal purpose of the use of the entity is to permit the partnership to satisfy the 100-partner limitation. We expect that our operating partnership and any other partnership in which we own an interest will qualify for the private placement exception.

We have not requested, and do not intend to request, a ruling from the IRS that our operating partnership will be classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes. If for any reason our operating partnership were taxable as a corporation, rather than as a partnership, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, we likely would not be able to qualify as a REIT unless we qualified for certain relief provisions. See “—Gross Income Tests” and “—Asset Tests.” In addition, any change in a Partnership’s status for tax purposes might be treated as a taxable event, in which case we might incur tax liability without any related cash distribution. Further, items of income and deduction of such Partnership would not pass through to its partners, and its partners would be treated as stockholders for tax purposes. Consequently, such Partnership would be required to pay tax at U.S. federal corporate income tax rates on its net income, and distributions to its partners would constitute dividends that would not be deductible in computing such Partnership’s taxable income.

 

212


Income Taxation of the Partnerships and their Partners

Partners, Not the Partnerships, Subject to Tax. A partnership is generally not a taxable entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Rather, we are required to take into account our allocable share of each Partnership’s income, gains, losses, deductions and credits for any taxable year of such Partnership ending within or with our taxable year, without regard to whether we have received or will receive any distribution from such Partnership. However, as discussed below, the tax liability for adjustments to a partnership’s tax returns made as a result of an audit by the IRS will be imposed on the partnership itself in certain circumstances absent an election to the contrary (if available).

Partnership Allocations. Although a partnership agreement generally will determine the allocation of income and losses among partners, such allocations will be disregarded for tax purposes if they do not comply with the provisions of the U.S. federal income tax laws governing partnership allocations. If an allocation is not recognized for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the item subject to the allocation will be reallocated in accordance with the partners’ interests in the partnership, which will be determined by taking into account all of the facts and circumstances relating to the economic arrangement of the partners with respect to such item. Each Partnership’s allocations of taxable income, gain and loss are intended to comply with the requirements of the U.S. federal income tax laws governing partnership allocations.

Tax Allocations with Respect to Partnership Properties. Income, gain, loss and deduction attributable to appreciated or depreciated property that is contributed to a partnership in exchange for an interest in the partnership must be allocated in a manner such that the contributing partner is charged with, or benefits from, respectively, the unrealized gain or unrealized loss associated with the property at the time of the contribution, or the 704(c) Allocations. The amount of the unrealized gain or unrealized loss, or built-in gain or built-in loss, respectively, is generally equal to the difference between the fair market value of the contributed property at the time of contribution and the adjusted tax basis of such property at the time of contribution, or a book-tax difference. Any property purchased for cash initially will have an adjusted tax basis equal to its fair market value, resulting in no book-tax difference. A book-tax difference generally is decreased on an annual basis as a result of depreciation deductions to the contributing partner for book purposes but not for tax purposes. The 704(c) Allocations are solely for U.S. federal income tax purposes and do not affect the book capital accounts or other economic or legal arrangements among the partners. In the future, our operating partnership may acquire property that may have a built-in gain or a built-in loss in exchange for OP units. Our operating partnership will have a carryover, rather than a fair market value, adjusted tax basis in such contributed assets equal to the adjusted tax basis of the contributors in such assets, resulting in a book-tax difference. As a result of that book-tax difference, we will have a lower adjusted tax basis with respect to that portion of our operating partnership’s assets than we would have with respect to assets having a tax basis equal to fair market value at the time of acquisition. This could result in lower depreciation deductions with respect to the portion of our operating partnership’s assets attributable to such contributions.

The U.S. Treasury Department has issued regulations requiring partnerships to use a “reasonable method” for allocating items with respect to which there is a book-tax difference and outlining several reasonable allocation methods. Under certain available methods, the carryover basis of contributed properties in the hands of our operating partnership (1) could cause us to be allocated lower amounts of depreciation deductions for tax purposes than would be allocated to us if all contributed properties were to have a tax basis equal to their fair market value at the time of the contribution and (2) in the event of a sale of such properties, could cause us to be allocated taxable gain in excess of the economic or book gain allocated to us as a result of such sale, with a

 

213


corresponding benefit to the contributing partners. An allocation described in (2) above might cause us to recognize taxable income in excess of cash proceeds in the event of a sale or other disposition of property, which may adversely affect our ability to comply with the REIT distribution requirements and may result in a greater portion of our distributions being taxed as dividends. We have not yet decided what method our Operating Partnership will use to account for book-tax differences.

Sale of a Partnership’s Property

Generally, any gain realized by a Partnership on the sale of property held by the Partnership for more than one year will be long-term capital gain, except for any portion of such gain that is treated as depreciation or cost recovery recapture. Under Section 704(c) of the Code, any gain or loss recognized by a Partnership on the disposition of contributed properties will be allocated first to the partners of the Partnership who contributed such properties to the extent of their built-in gain or built-in loss on those properties for U.S. federal income tax purposes. The partners’ built-in gain or built-in loss on such contributed properties will equal the difference between the partners’ proportionate share of the book value of those properties and the partners’ tax basis allocable to those properties at the time of the contribution as reduced for any decrease in the “book-tax difference.” See “—Income Taxation of the Partnerships and their Partners—Tax Allocations with Respect to Partnership Properties.” Any remaining gain or loss recognized by the Partnership on the disposition of the contributed properties, and any gain or loss recognized by the Partnership on the disposition of the other properties, will be allocated among the partners in accordance with their respective percentage interests in the Partnership.

Our share of any gain realized by a Partnership on the sale of any property held by the Partnership as inventory or other property held primarily for sale to customers in the ordinary course of the Partnership’s trade or business will be treated as income from a prohibited transaction that is subject to a 100% penalty tax. Such prohibited transaction income may have an adverse effect upon our ability to satisfy the income tests for REIT status. See “—Gross Income Tests.” We do not presently intend to acquire or hold or to allow any Partnership to acquire or hold any property that represents inventory or other property held primarily for sale to customers in the ordinary course of our or such Partnership’s trade or business.

Partnership Audit Rules

Under the Bipartisan Budget Act of 2015, any audit adjustments to items of income, gain, loss, deduction or credit of a partnership (and any partner’s distributive share thereof) are now determined, and taxes, interest or penalties attributable thereto are assessed and collected, at the partnership level. Although it is not entirely clear how these new rules will be implemented, it is possible that they could result in partnerships in which we directly or indirectly invest being required to pay additional taxes, interest and penalties as a result of an audit adjustment, and we, as a direct or indirect partner of those partnerships, could be required to bear the economic burden of those taxes, interest and penalties even though we, as a REIT, may not otherwise have been required to pay additional corporate-level taxes as a result of the related audit adjustment. The changes created by these new rules are sweeping and in many respects dependent on the promulgation of future regulations or other guidance by the U.S. Treasury Department. Investors are urged to consult their tax advisors with respect to these changes and their potential impact on their investment in our common stock.

Legislative or Other Actions Affecting REITs

The present U.S. federal income tax treatment of REITs may be modified, possibly with retroactive effect, by legislative, judicial or administrative action at any time, which could affect

 

214


the U.S. federal income tax treatment of an investment in our common stock. The REIT rules are constantly under review by persons involved in the legislative process and by the IRS and the U.S. Treasury Department, which may result in statutory changes as well as revisions to regulations and interpretations. Additionally, several of the tax considerations described herein are currently under review and are subject to change. Prospective stockholders are urged to consult with their tax advisors regarding the effect of potential changes to the U.S. federal tax laws on an investment in our common stock.

State and Local Taxes

We and/or our stockholders may be subject to taxation by various states and localities, including those in which we or a stockholder transacts business, owns property or resides. The state and local tax treatment may differ from the U.S. federal income tax treatment described above. Consequently, prospective stockholders should consult their tax advisors regarding the effect of state and local tax laws upon an investment in our common stock.

 

215


ERISA CONSIDERATIONS

The following is a summary of certain considerations associated with the acquisition and holding of our common stock by employee benefit plans that are subject to Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), plans, individual retirement accounts and other arrangements that are subject to Section 4975 of the Code or employee benefit plans that are governmental plans (as defined in Section 3(32) of ERISA), certain church plans (as defined in Section 3(33) of ERISA), non-U.S. plans (as described in Section 4(b)(4) of ERISA) or other plans that are not subject to the foregoing but may be subject to provisions under any other federal, state, local, non-U.S. or other laws or regulations that are similar to such provisions of ERISA or the Code (collectively, “Similar Laws”) and entities whose underlying assets are considered to include “plan assets” of any such plan, account or arrangement (each, a “Plan”).

This summary is based on the provisions of ERISA and the Code (and related regulations and administrative and judicial interpretations) as of the date of this prospectus. This summary does not purport to be complete, and no assurance can be given that future legislation, court decisions, regulations, rulings or pronouncements will not significantly modify the requirements summarized below. Any of these changes may be retroactive and may thereby apply to transactions entered into prior to the date of their enactment or release. This discussion is general in nature and is not intended to be all inclusive, nor should it be construed as investment or legal advice.

General Fiduciary Matters

ERISA and the Code impose certain duties on persons who are fiduciaries of a Plan subject to Title I of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code (an “ERISA Plan”) and prohibit certain transactions involving the assets of an ERISA Plan and its fiduciaries or other interested parties. Under ERISA and the Code, any person who exercises any discretionary authority or control over the administration of an ERISA Plan or the management or disposition of the assets of an ERISA Plan, or who renders investment advice for a fee or other compensation to an ERISA Plan, is generally considered to be a fiduciary of the ERISA Plan.

In considering an investment in our common stock with a portion of the assets of any Plan, a fiduciary should consider the Plan’s particular circumstances and all of the facts and circumstances of the investment and determine whether the acquisition and holding of our common stock is in accordance with the documents and instruments governing the Plan and the applicable provisions of ERISA, the Code or any Similar Law relating to the fiduciary’s duties to the Plan, including, without limitation:

 

   

whether the investment is prudent under Section 404(a)(1)(B) of ERISA and any other applicable Similar Laws;

 

   

whether, in making the investment, the ERISA Plan will satisfy the diversification requirements of Section 404(a)(1)(C) of ERISA and any other applicable Similar Laws;

 

   

whether the investment is permitted under the terms of the applicable documents governing the Plan;

 

   

whether the acquisition or holding of our common stock will constitute a “prohibited transaction” under Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code (please see the discussion under “—Prohibited Transaction Issues” below); and

 

216


   

whether the Plan will be considered to hold, as plan assets, (i) only our common stock or (ii) an undivided interest in our underlying assets (please see the discussion under “—Plan Asset Issues” below).

Prohibited Transaction Issues

Section 406 of ERISA and Section 4975 of the Code prohibit ERISA Plans from engaging in specified transactions involving plan assets with persons or entities who are “parties in interest,” within the meaning of ERISA, or “disqualified persons,” within the meaning of Section 4975 of the Code, unless an exemption is available. A party in interest or disqualified person who engages in a non-exempt prohibited transaction may be subject to excise taxes and other penalties and liabilities under ERISA and the Code. In addition, the fiduciary of the ERISA Plan that engages in such a non-exempt prohibited transaction may be subject to penalties and liabilities under ERISA and the Code. The acquisition and/or holding of our common stock by an ERISA Plan with respect to which the issuer, the initial purchaser or a guarantor is considered a party in interest or a disqualified person may constitute or result in a direct or indirect prohibited transaction under Section 406 of ERISA and/or Section 4975 of the Code, unless the investment is acquired and is held in accordance with an applicable statutory, class or individual prohibited transaction exemption.

Because of the foregoing, our common stock should not be acquired or held by any person investing “plan assets” of any Plan, unless such acquisition and holding will not constitute a non-exempt prohibited transaction under ERISA and the Code or a similar violation of any applicable Similar Laws.

Plan Asset Issues

Additionally, a fiduciary of a Plan should consider whether the Plan will, by investing in us, be deemed to own an undivided interest in our assets, with the result that we would become a fiduciary of the Plan and our operations would be subject to the regulatory restrictions of ERISA, including its prohibited transaction rules, as well as the prohibited transaction rules of the Code and any other applicable Similar Laws.

The Department of Labor (the “DOL”) regulations provide guidance with respect to whether the assets of an entity in which ERISA Plans acquire equity interests would be deemed “plan assets” under some circumstances. Under these regulations, an entity’s assets generally would not be considered to be “plan assets” if, among other things:

(a) the equity interests acquired by ERISA Plans are “publicly offered securities” (as defined in the DOL regulations)—i.e., the equity interests are part of a class of securities that is widely held by 100 or more investors independent of the issuer and each other, are freely transferable and are either registered under certain provisions of the federal securities laws or sold to the ERISA Plan as part of a public offering under certain conditions;

(b) the entity is an “operating company” (as defined in the DOL regulations)—i.e., it is primarily engaged in the production or sale of a product or service, other than the investment of capital, either directly or through a majority-owned subsidiary or subsidiaries; or

(c) there is no significant investment by “benefit plan investors” (as defined in the DOL regulations)—i.e., immediately after the most recent acquisition by an ERISA Plan of any equity interest in the entity, less than 25% of the total value of each class of equity interest (disregarding certain interests held by persons (other than benefit plan investors) with discretionary authority or

 

217


control over the assets of the entity or who provide investment advice for a fee (direct or indirect) with respect to such assets, and any affiliates thereof) is held by ERISA Plans, IRAs and certain other Plans (but not including governmental plans, foreign plans and certain church plans), and entities whose underlying assets are deemed to include plan assets by reason of a Plan’s investment in the entity.

Due to the complexity of these rules and the excise taxes, penalties and liabilities that may be imposed upon persons involved in non-exempt prohibited transactions, it is particularly important that fiduciaries, or other persons considering acquiring and/or holding our common stock on behalf of, or with the assets of, any Plan, consult with their counsel regarding the potential applicability of ERISA, Section 4975 of the Code and any Similar Laws to such investment and whether an exemption would be applicable to the acquisition and holding of our common stock. Purchasers of our common stock have the exclusive responsibility for ensuring that their acquisition and holding of our common stock complies with the fiduciary responsibility rules of ERISA and does not violate the prohibited transaction rules of ERISA, the Code or applicable Similar Laws. The sale of our common stock to a Plan is in no respect a representation by us or any of our affiliates or representatives that such an investment meets all relevant legal requirements with respect to investments by any such Plan or that such investment is appropriate for any such Plan.

 

218


UNDERWRITING

Raymond James & Associates, Inc. is acting as representative of each of the underwriters named below. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in an underwriting agreement among us, our Operating Partnership, our Manager and the underwriters, we have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each of the underwriters has agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase from us, the number of shares of common stock set forth opposite its name below.

 

Underwriter

   Number of
Shares
 

Raymond James & Associates, Inc.

                   

Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated

  

B. Riley FBR, Inc.

  

BMO Capital Markets Corp.

  

Janney Montgomery Scott LLC

  

D.A. Davidson & Co.

  

Total

     7,500,000  
  

 

 

 

Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the underwriting agreement, the underwriters have agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase all of the shares of our common stock sold under the underwriting agreement if any of these shares of common stock are purchased. If an underwriter defaults, the underwriting agreement provides that the purchase commitments of the nondefaulting underwriters may be increased or the underwriting agreement may be terminated.

We and our Operating Partnership have agreed to indemnify the several underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.

The underwriters are offering the shares of our common stock, subject to prior sale, when, as and if issued to and accepted by them, subject to approval of legal matters by their counsel, including the validity of the shares, and other conditions contained in the underwriting agreement, such as the receipt by the underwriters of officers’ certificates and legal opinions. The underwriters reserve the right to withdraw, cancel or modify offers to the public and to reject orders in whole or in part.

Commissions and Discounts

The representative has advised us that the underwriters propose initially to offer the shares of our common stock to the public at the public offering price set forth on the front cover of this prospectus and to dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $        per share. The underwriters may allow, and the dealers may reallow, a discount not in excess of $         per share to other dealers. After this offering, the public offering price, concession or any other term of this offering may be changed.

 

219


The following table shows the public offering price, underwriting discount and proceeds, before expenses, to us. The information assumes either no exercise or full exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock.

 

     Per Share      Without
Option
     With
Option
 

Public offering price

   $                $                $            

Underwriting discount (1)

        

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

   $                $                $            

 

(1)

Includes a structuring fee payable to Raymond James & Associates, Inc. equal to 0.5% of the gross proceeds of this offering. Excludes certain other compensation payable to the underwriters.

The estimated expenses of this offering payable by us, exclusive of the underwriting discount, are approximately $2.3 million. We have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for the legal fees and other reasonable disbursements of counsel for the underwriters in connection with any required Blue Sky filings and the filing for review of the public offering of our common stock by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. We estimate that the total amount we will be required to reimburse the underwriters for these fees and disbursements will be $            .

Option to Purchase Additional Shares

We have granted an option to the underwriters to purchase up to 1,125,000 additional shares of our common stock at the public offering price less the underwriting discount. The underwriters may exercise this option for 30 days from the date of this prospectus solely to cover any over-allotments. If the underwriters exercise this option, each underwriter will be obligated, subject to certain conditions contained in the underwriting agreement, to purchase a number of additional shares of our common stock proportionate to that underwriter’s initial amount reflected in the above table.

No Sales of Similar Securities

Subject to certain exceptions, we, our Manager, our executive officers, directors and director nominees and CTO have agreed with the underwriters not to offer, sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for, exercisable for, or repayable with our common stock, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus without first obtaining the written consent of the representative. Specifically, we and these other parties have agreed, with certain limited exceptions, not to directly or indirectly:

 

   

offer, pledge, sell or contract to sell any of our common stock;

 

   

sell any option or contract to purchase any of our common stock;

 

   

purchase any option or contract to sell any of our common stock;

 

   

grant any option, right or warrant for the sale of any of our common stock;

 

   

lend or otherwise dispose of or transfer any of our common stock;

 

   

file or cause to be filed any registration statement related to our common stock; or

 

220


   

enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, the economic consequence of ownership of any of our common stock whether any such swap or transaction is to be settled by delivery of shares or other securities, in cash or otherwise (other than issuances of OP units issued as consideration to third parties).

This lock-up provision applies to our common stock and to securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for or repayable with our common stock. It also applies to our common stock owned now or acquired later by the person executing the agreement or for which the person executing the agreement later acquires the power of disposition.

Raymond James & Associates, Inc., in its sole discretion, may release the common stock and other securities subject to the lock-up agreements described above in whole or in part at any time with or without notice; provided, however, that if the release is granted for one of our officers or directors, (i) Raymond James & Associates, Inc. agrees, on behalf of the underwriters, that at least three business days before the effective date of the release or waiver, Raymond James & Associates, Inc. will, on behalf of the underwriters, notify us of the impending release or waiver, and (ii) we are obligated to announce the impending release or waiver by press release through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver.

Listing

We have applied to list our common stock on the NYSE under the symbol “PINE.” In order to meet the requirements for listing on that exchange, the underwriters will undertake to sell a minimum number of shares of our common stock to a minimum number of beneficial owners as required by that exchange.

Determination of Offering Price

Before this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The public offering price will be determined through negotiations between us and the representative. In addition to prevailing market conditions, the factors to be considered in determining the public offering price include:

 

   

the valuation multiples of publicly traded companies that the representative believes to be comparable to us;

 

   

our financial information;

 

   

the history of, and the prospects for, our company and the industry in which we compete;

 

   

an assessment of our management, its past and present operations, and the prospects for, and timing of, our future revenues; and

 

   

the above factors in relation to market values and various valuation measures of other companies engaged in activities similar to ours.

An active trading market for our common stock may not develop. It is also possible that, after this offering, our common stock will not trade in the public market at or above the public offering price.

The underwriters do not expect to sell more than 10% of the shares of our common stock to be sold in this offering to accounts over which they exercise discretionary authority.

 

221


Price Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids

Until the distribution of the shares of our common stock to be sold in this offering is completed, SEC rules may limit underwriters and selling group members from bidding for and purchasing our common stock. However, the underwriters may engage in transactions that stabilize the price of our common stock, such as bids or purchases to peg, fix or maintain that price.

In connection with this offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell our common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, purchases on the open market to cover positions created by short sales and stabilizing transactions. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares of our common stock than they are required to purchase in this offering. “Covered” short sales are sales made in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of our common stock. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their option or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares of our common stock to close out the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares of our common stock available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares of our common stock through the option. “Naked” short sales are sales in excess of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of our common stock. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares of our common stock in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of our common stock in the open market after the pricing of this offering that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of shares of our common stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of this offering.

The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the underwriters have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

Similar to other purchase transactions, the underwriters’ purchases to cover syndicate short sales may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our common stock. As a result, the price of our common stock may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. The underwriters may conduct these transactions on the NYSE, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

Neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of our common stock. In addition, neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation that the underwriters will engage in these transactions or that these transactions, once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.

Electronic Distribution

In connection with this offering, certain of the underwriters or securities dealers may distribute prospectuses by electronic means, such as e-mail. In addition, the underwriters may facilitate Internet distribution for this offering to certain of their Internet subscription customers. The underwriters may allocate a limited number of shares of our common stock for sale to their online brokerage customers. An electronic prospectus may be available on the websites maintained

 

222


by the underwriters. Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on the underwriters’ websites is not part of this prospectus.

Other Relationships

We will pay Raymond James & Associates, Inc. a structuring fee equal to 0.5% of the gross proceeds of this offering, or $         (or $         if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock) in connection with this offering.

CTO has agreed to retain Raymond James & Associates, Inc. (or any affiliate designated by Raymond James & Associates, Inc.) for select capital markets activities by August 21, 2020 or CTO will pay Raymond James & Associates, Inc. $500,000, subject to certain exceptions. The rights of Raymond James & Associates, Inc. described in this paragraph will terminate upon the consummation of this offering. In addition, CTO has agreed to pay B. Riley FBR, Inc. $50,000 in connection with certain unrelated advisory services, the payment of which is not contingent on the completion of this offering.

Concurrently with the completion of this offering, we expect to enter into a $100 million unsecured revolving credit facility with several lenders, for whom Bank of Montreal will act as administrative agent, and which will include affiliates of BMO Capital Markets Corp. and Raymond James & Associates, Inc. In their capacity as lenders, these affiliates of BMO Capital Markets Corp. and Raymond James & Associates, Inc. will receive certain financing fees in connection with the revolving credit facility in addition to the underwriting discounts payable to the underwriters in connection with this offering.

In addition, in the ordinary course of their business activities, the underwriters and their affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers. Such investments and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of ours or our affiliates. The underwriters and their affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or financial instruments and may hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.

Concurrent CTO Private Placement

CTO has indicated it intends to purchase, in a concurrent private placement, $7.5 million in shares of our common stock, at a per share price equal to the public offering price per share. The shares of common stock to be offered and sold in the concurrent CTO private placement will be offered and sold directly by us to CTO without the payment of any placement fee or underwriting discounts or commission.

Selling Restrictions

Notice to Prospective Investors in Canada

The shares may be sold in Canada only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the shares must be made in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.

 

223


Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.

Pursuant to section 3A.3 of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts (NI 33-105), the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Switzerland

Each copy of this prospectus is addressed to a specifically named recipient and may not be copied, reproduced, distributed or passed on to third parties.

The distribution of shares or units in foreign collective investment schemes in or from Switzerland are subject to the Collective Investment Schemes Act of June 23, 2006, as amended from time to time (the “CISA”). Art. 3 CISA defines the term “distribution” as any offer of, or advertisement for, collective investment schemes that is not exclusively directed towards supervised financial intermediaries as per art. 10 para. 3 lit. (a) CISA and supervised insurance companies as per art. 10 para. 3 lit. (b) CISA and qualifies certain other activities as not being “distribution”. The distribution of shares or units in foreign collective investment schemes in or from Switzerland to non-qualified investors is subject to authorization by the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority (FINMA) and certain other requirements. Shares or units in a foreign collective investment scheme may be distributed in Switzerland to unregulated qualified investors without such authorization by the FINMA, provided that certain other requirements are met, in particular, that a representative and a paying agent was appointed in Switzerland for the shares or units distributed in Switzerland.

The Company qualifies as a foreign collective investment scheme for the purposes of the CISA. The distribution of our common stock to non-qualified investors has not been approved by the FINMA, and no representative or payment agent was appointed by our company in Switzerland. Any offering of our common stock, and any other form of solicitation of investors in relation to our company (including by way of circulation of offering materials or information, including this prospectus) in Switzerland, shall be made or directed only (i) towards supervised financial intermediaries such as banks, securities dealers, fund management companies, asset managers of collective investment schemes and central banks as per art. 10 para. 3 lit. (a) CISA, (ii) towards supervised insurance companies as per art. 10 para. 3 lit. (b) CISA and/or (iii) otherwise in a way not qualifying as “distribution” as per art. 3 CISA, all pursuant to the prerequisites laid out in the CISA and its implementing ordinances as well as any applicable FINMA guidelines and practice, including, in particular, FINMA Circular 2013/9 dated August 28, 2013, as amended from time to time. Failure to comply with the above-mentioned requirements may constitute a breach of the CISA.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Hong Kong

The shares of our common stock have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold in Hong Kong, by means of any document, other than (a) to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571) of Hong Kong and any rules made under that Ordinance; or (b) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” as defined in the Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance (Cap. 32)

 

224


of Hong Kong or which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of that Ordinance. No advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares of our common stock has been or may be issued or has been or may be in the possession of any person for the purposes of issue, whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere, which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public of Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares of our common stock which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules made under that Ordinance.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Japan

The shares of common stock to be offered in this offering have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Act of Japan (the “Financial Instruments and Exchange Act”), and the underwriters have agreed that they will not offer or sell any of the shares of common stock to be offered in this offering, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Financial Instruments and Exchange Act and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Singapore

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares of common stock may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares of common stock be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the “SFA”), (ii) to a relevant person pursuant to Section 275(1), or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

Where the shares of common stock are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 by a relevant person which is:

(a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)), the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or

(b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments, and each beneficiary of the trust is an individual who is an accredited investor, securities (as defined in Section 239 (1) of the SFA) of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferable within 6 months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares of common stock pursuant to an offer made under Section 275 except: (1) to an institutional investor or to a relevant person defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA, or to any person arising from an offer referred to in Section 275 (1A) or Section 276(4)(i)(B) of the SFA; (2) where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer; (3) where the transfer is by operation of law; or (4) as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA.

 

225


LEGAL MATTERS

Certain legal matters relating to this offering will be passed upon for us by Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. In addition, the description of U.S. federal income tax consequences contained in the section of the prospectus entitled “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations” is based on the opinion Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. Certain matters of Maryland law will be passed upon for us by Pillsbury Winthrop Shaw Pittman LLP. Certain legal matters in connection with this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Hunton Andrews Kurth LLP.

EXPERTS

The audited financial statements included in this prospectus and elsewhere in the registration statement have been so included in reliance on the reports of Grant Thornton LLP, independent registered public accountants, upon the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

Unless otherwise indicated, all statistical and economic market data included in this prospectus, including information relating to the economic conditions in the single-tenant market contained in “Prospectus Summary” and “Market Opportunity,” is derived from market information prepared for us by RCG, a nationally-recognized real estate consulting firm, and is included in this prospectus in reliance on RCG’s authority as an expert in such matters.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-11, including exhibits filed with the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, under the Securities Act, with respect to the shares of our common stock to be sold in this offering. This prospectus does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement and exhibits to the registration statement. For further information with respect to us and the shares of our common stock to be sold in this offering, reference is made to the registration statement, including the exhibits to the registration statement. Our SEC filings, including our registration statement, are also available to you, free of charge, on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.

Upon the completion of this offering, we will be subject to the information and periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act applicable to a company with securities registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act. In accordance therewith, we will file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. All documents filed with the SEC are available at the website of the SEC referred to above. We maintain a website at www.alpinereit.com. You may access our reports, proxy statements and other information free of charge at this website as soon as reasonably practicable after such material is electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. The information contained in, or that can be accessed through, our website is not incorporated by reference in and is not a part of this prospectus or the registration statement of which it forms a part.

 

226


INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Alpine Income Property Trust, Inc. Consolidated Pro Forma Financial Statements (unaudited):

  

Introduction to Consolidated Pro Forma Financial Statements

     F-2  

Pro Forma Consolidated Balance Sheet as of September 30, 2019

     F-5  

Notes to Pro Forma Consolidated Balance Sheet

     F-6  

Pro Forma Consolidated Statements of Operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and the year ended December 31, 2018

     F-8  

Notes to Pro Forma Consolidated Statement of Operations

     F-9  

Historical Financial Statements of Alpine Income Property Trust

  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-11  

Balance Sheet as of August 27, 2019

     F-12  

Notes to Balance Sheet as of August 27, 2019

     F-13  

Alpine Income Property Trust Predecessor Combined Financial Statements

  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-15  

Combined Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2018 and 2017

     F-16  

Combined Statements of Operations for the years ended December  31, 2018 and 2017

     F-17  

Combined Statements of Changes in Equity for the years ended December  31, 2018 and 2017

     F-18  

Combined Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December  31, 2018 and 2017

     F-19  

Notes to Combined Financial Statements for the years ended December  31, 2018 and 2017

     F-20  

Financial Statement Schedules:

  

Schedule III-Real Estate and Accumulated Depreciation

     F-30  

Alpine Income Property Trust Predecessor Condensed Combined Interim Financial Statements (unaudited):

  

Condensed Combined Balance Sheets as of September  30, 2019 and December 31, 2018

     F-32  

Condensed Combined Statements of Operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2018

     F-33  

Condensed Combined Statements of Changes in Equity for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2018

     F-34  

Condensed Combined Statements of Cash Flows for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2018

     F-35  

Notes to Condensed Combined Financial Statements for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2018

     F-36  

2019 Acquisition Properties Combined Statements of Revenue:

  

Report of Independent Certified Public Accounts

     F-41  

Combined Statements of Revenue for the years ended December  31, 2018 and 2017 and the (unaudited) nine months ended September 30, 2019

     F-42  

Notes to Combined Statements of Revenue

     F-43  

 

F-1


ALPINE INCOME PROPERTY TRUST, INC.

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

As used in these unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements, unless the context otherwise requires, “we,” “us,” and “our company” means Alpine Income Property Trust, Inc, a Maryland corporation, and its consolidated subsidiaries upon consummation of this offering, the concurrent CTO Private Placement and the Formation Transactions, in each case, as described and defined below.

Upon completion of this offering, the concurrent CTO Private Placement (as defined below) and the Formation Transactions (as defined below), we will (i) acquire our initial portfolio of 20 single-tenant properties from Consolidated-Tomoka Land Co. (“CTO”), a publicly-traded real estate company specializing in land, income property investments, and other real estate related investments, (ii) enter into a management agreement between us and a wholly-owned subsidiary of CTO who will be our external manager and (iii) conduct substantially all of our operations, through our operating partnership, Alpine Income Property Trust OP, LP. Our wholly-owned subsidiary, Alpine Income Property Trust GP, LLC, will be the sole general partner of our operating partnership.

This Offering

We will issue and sell 7,500,000 shares of our common stock in this offering and an additional approximately 1,125,000 shares of our common stock if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock in full (the “Offering”). We estimate that the net proceeds to us from this offering and the concurrent CTO Private Placement described below will be approximately $144.7 million, or approximately $165.6 million if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares, after deducting underwriting discounts and other estimated expenses, in each case, based on an assumed public offering price of $20.00 per share, which is the mid-point of the price range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus. These unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements assume no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares.

Concurrent CTO Private Placement

Concurrently with the completion of this offering, we will issue and sell, and CTO will purchase, $7.5 million in shares of our common stock in a separate private placement (the “CTO Private Placement”) that closes concurrent with the closing of the offering. CTO will purchase these shares at a price per share equal to the public offering price per share in the offering without payment of any placement fee or underwriting discount. Based on an assumed public offering price of $20.00 per share, which is the mid-point of the price range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus, we will issue and sell, and CTO will purchase, 375,000 shares of our common stock, representing approximately 4.8% of our outstanding shares of common stock upon completion of the Offering and the CTO Private Placement.

Formation Transactions

Concurrently with the completion of the Offering and the CTO Private Placement, we will engage in a series of formation transactions (the “Formation Transactions”) pursuant to which we will, amongst other things, acquire 20 single-tenant properties from CTO that constitute our initial portfolio (the “Initial Portfolio”) and enter into a management agreement with an affiliate of CTO. The acquisition of the Initial Portfolio will be accounted for as a business combination with the Company having been identified as both the legal and accounting acquirer due to its accounting substance, the control of the Company resting with our independent directors, and the significance

 

F-2


of the ownership in our Company not held by CTO. Accordingly, the assets (including identifiable intangible assets) and liabilities (including executory contracts and commitments) of the Predecessor will be recorded at their respective fair values as of the date of the acquisition. The estimated fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed may change until such time that the Offering and the acquisition closes. We intend to elect to be taxed as a real estate investment trust (“REIT”) for U.S. federal income tax purposes commencing with our short taxable year ending December 31, 2019. The following Formation Transactions have occurred or will occur prior to or concurrently with the completion of the Offering and the CTO Private Placement:

 

   

We were formed as a Maryland corporation on August 19, 2019.

 

   

Our operating partnership was formed as a Delaware limited partnership on August 20, 2019.

 

   

We will use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering and the CTO Private Placement to acquire two single-tenant properties in our initial portfolio for aggregate cash consideration of approximately $9.1 million. We will contribute these properties to our operating partnership in exchange for OP units.

 

   

We will contribute the remaining net proceeds from this offering and the CTO Private Placement to our operating partnership in exchange for OP units. Our operating partnership will use such net proceeds, in part, to purchase 13 of the 20 properties in our initial portfolio for aggregate cash consideration of approximately $116.8 million.

 

   

Our operating partnership will enter into a contribution agreement with CTO and certain ownership entities, pursuant to which they will contribute to our operating partnership five single-tenant properties in exchange for an aggregate of 1,223,854 OP units, which have an assumed initial value of approximately $24.5 million based on the mid-point of the price range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus.

 

   

Concurrently with the completion of the Offering and the CTO Private Placement, we and our operating partnership expect to enter into a $100 million unsecured revolving credit facility that will be available for general corporate purposes, including for funding future acquisitions. Affiliates of BMO Capital Markets Corp. and Raymond James & Associates, Inc. are expected to be lenders under our new revolving credit facility.

 

   

We will enter into a management agreement with an affiliate of CTO whereby, our Manager will manage, operate, and administer our day-to-day operations, business and affairs, subject to the direction and supervision of our board of directors, a majority of whom are independent of our Company and our Manager. The material aspects of the Manager’s activities and authorities pursuant to the management agreement, including but not limited to the investment guidelines for acquisition of single-tenant net lease assets and the operating budget for our operations, are subject to the approval and direction of the independent directors.

Our wholly-owned subsidiary is the sole general partner of our operating partnership and has control over all of the business of the operating partnership, including the decisions related to the sale or refinancing of its properties. Substantially all of our business activities will be conducted through our operating partnership.

The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements as of and for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and for the year ended December 31, 2018 are presented as if (i) the Offering, the CTO Private Placement, (ii) our acquisition of the properties in our initial portfolio

 

F-3


through the series of transactions described above, and (iii) certain other adjustments described below had all occurred on September 30, 2019 for the unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet and on January 1, 2018 for the unaudited pro forma consolidated statements of operations.

The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the historical financial statements of Alpine Income Property Trust Predecessor, including the notes thereto, and other financial information and analysis, including the section captioned “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” presented elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements (i) are based on available information and assumptions that we deem reasonable; (ii) are presented for informational purposes only; (iii) do not purport to represent our financial position or results of operations or cash flows that would actually have occurred assuming completion of the Offering, the CTO Private Placement and the formation transactions and other adjustments described above had all occurred on September 30, 2019 for the unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet or on January 1, 2018 for the unaudited pro consolidated statements of operations; and (iv) do not purport to be indicative of our future results of operations or our financial position.

 

F-4


ALPINE INCOME PROPERTY TRUST, INC.

PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET

AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 2019

(Unaudited)

 

    [A]
Predecessor
    [B]
Acquisition
Accounting
Adjustments
    Company     [C]
Offering
and CTO
Private
Placement
    [D]
Other
Adjustments
    Company
Pro Forma
 

ASSETS

           

Real Estate:

           

Land, at cost

  $ 52,024,389     $ (2,895,643   $ 49,128,746     $     $     $ 49,128,746  

Building and Improvements, at cost

    91,919,239       (6,071,476     85,847,763                   85,847,763  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Real Estate, at cost

    143,943,628       (8,967,119     134,976,509                   134,976,509  

Less, Accumulated Depreciation

    (11,605,022     11,605,022                          
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Real Estate—Net

    132,338,606       2,637,903       134,976,509                   134,976,509  

Cash and Cash Equivalents

    60,267       (60,267           157,500,000       (139,329,250     18,170,750  

Intangible Lease Assets—Net

    12,890,412       4,893,552       17,783,964                   17,783,964  

Straight-Line Rent Adjustment

    1,819,372       (1,819,372                        

Deferred Expenses

    2,911,836       (2,911,836                 585,000       585,000  

Other Assets

    220,713       (220,713                        
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Assets

  $ 150,241,206     $ 2,519,267     $ 152,760,473     $ 157,500,000     $ (138,744,250   $ 171,516,223  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

           

Liabilities:

           

Accounts Payable, Accrued Expenses, and Other Liabilities

  $ 426,778     $ (426,778   $     $     $     $  

Prepaid Rent and Deferred Revenue

    337,466       (337,466                        

Intangible Lease Liabilities—Net

    1,899,047       464,775       2,363,822                   2,363,822  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Liabilities

    2,663,291       (299,469     2,363,822                   2,363,822  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Equity:

           

Alpine Income Property Trust, Inc. Predecessor Equity

    147,577,915       (147,577,915                        

Common Stock

                      78,830             78,830  

Additional Paid in Capital

          150,396,651       150,396,651       132,944,090       (138,744,250     144,596,491  

Retained Earnings

                                   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Equity

    147,577,915       2,818,736       150,396,651       133,022,920       (138,744,250     144,675,321  

Non-Controlling Interest

                      24,477,080             24,477,080  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Capitalization

    147,577,915       2,818,736       150,396,651       157,500,000       (138,744,250     169,152,401  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Liabilities and Equity

  $ 150,241,206     $ 2,519,267     $ 152,760,473     $ 157,500,000     $ (138,744,250   $ 171,516,223  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-5


ALPINE INCOME PROPERTY TRUST, INC.

NOTES TO PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET

AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 2019

(Unaudited)

The adjustments to the unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet as of September 30, 2019 are as follows:

[A] Reflects the historical cost basis of the 20 single-tenant properties as of September 30, 2019.

[B] Represents the acquisitions by our company of the assets and liabilities, the corresponding adjustment in basis to measure identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed at fair value, in accordance with the provisions of ASC 805-10 Business Combinations. Includes depreciation and amortization of assets utilizing the remaining useful life and the remaining lease terms, as applicable.

In making estimates of fair values for purposes of allocating purchase price, we utilize a number of sources, including real estate valuations prepared by independent valuation firms. We also consider other information and factors, including market conditions, the industry that the tenant operates in, characteristics of the real estate (for example, location, size, demographics, value and comparative rental rates), tenant credit profile and the importance of the location of the real estate to the operations of the tenant’s business. We also consider information obtained about each property as a result of CTO’s prior ownership and/or pre-acquisition due diligence, marketing and leasing activities in estimating the fair value of the tangible and intangible assets acquired. We utilized valuations by a third party valuation specialist performed for CTO in the year of acquisition by CTO as a preliminary basis for determining the allocation of the determined fair value of the asset group to the individual tangible and intangible assets and liabilities. We performed a pro-rata allocation of the assets and liabilities based on these historical valuations. This preliminary purchase price allocation has been used to prepare pro forma adjustments in the unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet and unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of operations. The final purchase price allocation will be determined when we have completed our valuations and calculations. The final allocation could differ materially from the preliminary allocation used in the pro forma adjustments. The historical valuations obtained in connection with CTO’s acquisition utilized the following considerations:

 

   

The fair value of the tangible assets of an acquired property with an in-place operating lease is determined by valuing the property as if it were vacant, and the “as-if-vacant” value is then allocated to the tangible assets based on the fair value of the tangible assets.

 

   

The fair value of in-place leases is determined by considering estimates of carrying costs during the expected lease-up periods, current market conditions, as well as costs to execute similar leases based on the specific characteristics of each tenant’s lease, including leasing commissions, legal and other related expenses. In estimating carrying costs, we include real estate taxes, insurance and other operating expenses and estimates of lost rentals at market rates during the expected lease-up periods, which primarily range from six to 12 months.

 

   

The fair value of above- or below-market leases is recorded based on the net present value (using a discount rate that reflects the risks associated with the leases acquired) of the difference between the contractual amount to be paid pursuant to the in-place lease and our estimate of the fair market lease rate for the corresponding in-place lease, measured over the remaining non-cancelable term of the lease, including any below-market fixed rate renewal options for below-market leases.

 

F-6


   

Depreciation and amortization of the tangible and intangible assets was calculated on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of the asset.

[C] Represents the estimated net proceeds from the Offering and the CTO Private Placement.

[D] Represents the payment to CTO of approximately $125.9 million for 15 of the 20 properties in our initial portfolio, the payment of approximately $12.8 million of offering expenses, which were recorded as a reduction in Additional Paid in Capital, and the payment of approximately $585,000 for lender fees in connection with the anticipated closing of the $100 million unsecured revolving credit facility we expect to enter into concurrently with the completion of this offering.

 

F-7


ALPINE INCOME PROPERTY TRUST, INC.

PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(Unaudited)

 

    [A]
Predecessor
    [B]
Acquisition Accounting
Adjustments
    Company     [C]
Other
Adjustments
    Company
Pro Forma
 

For the Year Ended December 31, 2018

         

Revenues

         

Lease Income

  $ 11,719,549     $ 2,464,187     $ 14,183,736     $     $ 14,183,736  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Revenues

    11,719,549       2,464,187       14,183,736             14,183,736  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Direct Costs of Revenues

         

Real Estate Expenses

    1,619,523             1,619,523             1,619,523  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Direct Costs of Revenues

    1,619,523             1,619,523             1,619,523  

Interest Expense

                      172,500       172,500  

General and Administrative Expenses

    1,184,352       (1,184,352           4,328,000       4,328,000  

Depreciation and Amortization

    4,900,719       788,757       5,689,476             5,689,476  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Operating Expenses

    7,704,594       (395,595     7,308,999       4,500,500       11,809,499  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Income

  $ 4,014,955     $ 2,859,782     $ 6,874,737       (4,500,500     2,374,237  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Less: Net Income Attributable to Noncontrolling Interest

          (319,070     (319,070
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Income Attributable to Alpine Income Property Trust, Inc. 

        $ (4,819,570   $ 2,055,167  
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2019

         

Revenues

         

Lease Income

  $ 9,426,482     $ 1,166,825     $ 10,593,307     $     $ 10,593,307  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Revenues

    9,426,482       1,166,825       10,593,307             10,593,307  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Direct Costs of Revenues

         

Real Estate Expenses

    1,138,539             1,138,539             1,138,539  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Direct Costs of Revenues

    1,138,539             1,138,539             1,138,539  

Interest Expense

                      129,375       129,375  

General and Administrative Expenses

    1,415,330       (1,415,330           3,246,000       3,246,000  

Depreciation and Amortization

    3,946,794       320,312       4,267,106             4,267,106  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Operating Expenses

    6,500,663       (1,095,018     5,405,645       3,375,375       8,781,020  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Income

  $ 2,925,819     $ 2,261,843     $ 5,187,662       (3,375,375     1,812,287  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Less: Net Income Attributable to Noncontrolling Interest

          (243,550     (243,550
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Income Attributable to Alpine Income Property Trust, Inc. 

        $ (3,618,925   $ 1,568,737  
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-8


ALPINE INCOME PROPERTY TRUST, INC.

NOTES TO PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND THE NINE MONTHS

ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2019

(Unaudited)

The adjustments to the unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of operations for the nine months and year ended September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively, are as follows:

[A] Reflects the historical combined statements of operations of Alpine Income Property Trust Predecessor as of and for the year ended December 31, 2018 and the nine months ended September 30, 2019.

[B] Represents adjustments to Lease Income to annualize base rent that would have been recorded had all properties within the Initial Portfolio been owned by the Predecessor for the entire nine- and twelve-month periods presented. The increase in revenue related to the annualization of base rent totaled approximately $894,000 and $2.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and the year ended December 31, 2018, respectively.

Lease Income has been adjusted to increase straight-line rent based on a straight-line start date of January 1, 2018, the beginning date for the pro forma periods presented. The increase in revenue related to straight-line rent totaled approximately $81,000 and $168,000 for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and the year ended December 31, 2018, respectively.

Lease Income has been adjusted to eliminate the Predecessor’s amortization of deferred expenses to Lease Income for the pro forma periods presented. The increase in revenue related to the amortization of deferred expenses totaled approximately $227,000 and $302,000 for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and the year ended December 31, 2018, respectively.

The Predecessor’s historical General and Administrative expenses have been eliminated which totaled approximately $1.4 million and $1.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and the year ended December 31, 2018, respectively.

Also represents the acquisition by our company of the assets and liabilities associated with the 20 single-tenant properties from CTO, including the corresponding step up in basis to measure identifiable assets and liabilities at fair market value. Includes depreciation and amortization utilizing the remaining useful life and the remaining lease terms, as applicable. The resulting adjustment to Lease Income for the change in amortization of above- and below-market lease intangibles was a decrease of approximately $35,000 and $19,000 for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and the year ended December 31, 2018, respectively. The resulting adjustment to Depreciation and Amortization was an increase of approximately $320,000 and $788,000 for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and the year ended December 31, 2018, respectively.

As a result of these adjustments for the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company Pro Forma included approximately $618,000 in non-cash straight-line rent and approximately $210,000 of amortization of above- and below- market lease intangibles. For the nine months ended September 30, 2019, the Company Pro Forma included approximately $417,000 in non-cash straight-line rent and approximately $158,000 of amortization of above- and below- market lease intangibles.

 

F-9


[C] Represents the following interim and annual general and administrative expenses that we expect to begin incurring upon completion of this offering, in the amounts provided below:

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30, 2019
     Year Ended
December 31, 2018
 

General and Administrative Expenses:

     

Management fee to Manager

   $ 2,047,500      $ 2,730,000  

Director stock compensation expense

     120,000        160,000  

Director & Officer insurance

     375,000        500,000  

Additional general and administrative expenses

     703,500        938,000  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total General and Administrative Expenses

   $ 3,246,000      $ 4,328,000  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The unaudited pro forma consolidated statements of operations may not be indicative of our future results of operations because we expect to incur additional general and administrative expenses in order to operate as a public company. Estimated additional general and administrative expenses, included in the table above, includes but is not limited to incremental legal, audit, tax and other compliance-related fees and expenses. Management estimates these costs will be approximately $938,000 on an annual basis.

Additionally, represents the amortization of approximately $585,000 of lender fees to interest expense expected to be incurred with the closing of the $100 million unsecured revolving credit facility we expect to enter into concurrently with the completion of this offering. The approximately $585,000 of lender fees consists of approximately $550,000 of up-front arrangement fees which will be amortized over the anticipated 4-year term of the credit facility, for annual amortization of approximately $137,500 per year and an annual fee of approximately $35,000, for total annual estimated amortization of approximatley $172,500. For the nine-month interim period, such amortization would total approximately $103,125 for the up-front arrangement fee and approximately $26,250 for the annual fee for total estimated amortization of approximately $129,375.

Other adjustments also reflects the allocation of net income attributable to the noncontrolling interests.

 

F-10


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Board of Directors and Stockholder

Alpine Income Property Trust, Inc.:

Opinion on the financial statements

We have audited the accompanying balance sheet of Alpine Income Property Trust, Inc. (the “Company”) as of August 27, 2019, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of August 27, 2019, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Basis for opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audit we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audit included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audit also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

/s/ Grant Thornton LLP

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2019.

Jacksonville, Florida

August 27, 2019

 

F-11


ALPINE INCOME PROPERTY TRUST, INC.

BALANCE SHEET

AS OF AUGUST 27, 2019

 

ASSETS

  

Cash and Cash Equivalents

   $ 1,000  
  

 

 

 

Total Assets

   $ 1,000  
  

 

 

 

Equity:

  

Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share; 100,000,000 shares authorized; 100 shares issued and outstanding

   $ 1  

Additional paid-in-capital

     999  
  

 

 

 

Total Equity

   $ 1,000  
  

 

 

 

Total Liabilities and Equity

   $ 1,000  
  

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of this balance sheet.

 

F-12


ALPINE INCOME PROPERTY TRUST, INC.

NOTES TO BALANCE SHEET

AS OF AUGUST 27, 2019

NOTE 1. BUSINESS AND ORGANIZATION

Alpine Income Property Trust, Inc. (the “Company”) is a Maryland corporation that was formed on August 19, 2019.

The Company intends to conduct an initial public offering of shares of its common stock (the “Offering”) as well as a concurrent private placement of shares of common stock to Consolidated-Tomoka Land Co. (“CTO”). Net proceeds from the Offering and the concurrent CTO private placement will be used to purchase 15 single-tenant properties from CTO. CTO and Indigo Group Ltd., an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of CTO, will also contribute to Alpine Income Property OP, LP, which will become the Company’s operating partnership (the “Operating Partnership”), five additional single-tenant properties in exchange for operating partnership units. The Company will contribute the purchased properties and the remaining net proceeds from the Offering and the concurrent CTO private placement to the Operating Partnership in exchange for operating partnership units. The Company intends to cause the Operating Partnership to use the remaining net proceeds from the Offering and the concurrent CTO private placement for general corporate and working capital purposes, including possible future property acquisitions.

Substantially all of the Company’s assets will be held by, and its operations will be conducted through, the Operating Partnership. A wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, Alpine Income Property GP, LLC, will be the sole general partner of the Operating Partnership. As of August 27, 2019, the Company has not commenced operations; accordingly, no statement of operations or statement of cash flows is presented.

The sole stockholder of the Company is John P. Albright (“Sponsor”). The Sponsor’s initial investment in the Company was $1,000, made on August 27, 2019, in exchange for 100 shares of the Company’s common stock.

NOTE 2. BASIS OF PRESENTATION

The accompanying balance sheet of the Company is prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”) and with the rules and regulations of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

NOTE 3. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

USE OF ESTIMATES IN THE PREPARATION OF FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The preparation of the balance sheet in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts on the balance sheet. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

Cash and cash equivalents include cash in the Company’s bank account. The Company considers all cash balances and highly-liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less to be cash and cash equivalents. The Company deposits cash with high quality financial institutions. These deposits are guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) up to an insurance limit. As of August 27, 2019, the Company did not have any deposits in excess of the amount insured by the FDIC.

 

F-13


FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENT

As of August 27, 2019, the Company’s only financial instrument was cash and cash equivalents, the fair value of which was estimated to approximate its carrying amount.

INCOME TAXES

The Company has in effect an election to be taxed as a pass-through entity under subchapter S of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, but intends to revoke this S election prior to the closing of the Offering. The Company intends to elect to be taxed as a real estate investment trust (“REIT”) for U.S. federal income tax purposes commencing with its short taxable year beginning on the date of the revocation of the subchapter S election and ending on December 31, 2019. The Company expects to have little or no taxable income prior to electing REIT status. To qualify as a REIT, the Company must meet certain organizational and operational requirements, including a requirement to distribute at least 90% annual REIT taxable income, without regard to the dividends paid deduction or net capital gain, to its stockholders (which is computed and which does not necessarily equal net income as calculated in accordance with GAAP). As a REIT, the Company will generally not be subject to U.S. federal corporate income tax to the extent of its distributions to stockholders. If the Company fails to qualify as a REIT in any taxable year, the Company will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on its taxable income at regular corporate rates and generally will not be permitted to qualify for treatment as a REIT for the four taxable years following the year during which qualification is lost unless the Internal Revenue Service grants the Company relief under certain statutory provisions. Such an event could materially adversely affect the Company’s net income and net cash available for distribution to stockholders. Even if the Company qualifies for taxation as a REIT, the Company may be subject to state and local taxes on its income and property and federal income and excise taxes on its undistributed income.

OFFERING COSTS

In connection with the Offering, affiliates of the Company have or will incur legal, accounting, and related costs, which will be reimbursed by the Company upon the consummation of the Offering. Such costs will be deducted from the proceeds of the Offering when it is consummated or expensed by the affiliates if the Offering is not consummated.

UNDERWRITING DISCOUNTS AND COSTS

Underwriting discounts and costs to be incurred in connection with the Offering will be reflected as a reduction of additional paid-in capital.

NOTE 4. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

The Company has evaluated all events and transactions that occurred after August 27, 2019 through August 27, 2019, the date this balance sheet was available to be issued and noted there have been no events that have occurred that would require recognition or disclosure in the financial statements.

 

F-14


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Board of Directors and Stockholder

Alpine Income Property Trust Predecessor:

Opinion on the financial statements

We have audited the accompanying combined balance sheets of Alpine Income Property Trust Predecessor (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, and the related statements of operations, changes in equity and cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2018, and the related notes and financial statement schedules included under Item 15(a (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the combined financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2018 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Basis for opinion

These combined financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s combined financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB and in accordance with standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the combined financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the combined financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures include examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the combined financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the combined financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

/s/ Grant Thornton LLP

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2019.

Jacksonville, Florida

August 27, 2019

 

F-15


ALPINE INCOME PROPERTY TRUST PREDECESSOR

COMBINED BALANCE SHEETS

 

     As of December 31,  
     2018     2017  

ASSETS

    

Real Estate:

    

Land, at cost

   $ 42,008,362     $ 37,268,855  

Building and Improvements, at cost

     78,143,602       78,073,615  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Real Estate, at cost

     120,151,964       115,342,470  

Less, Accumulated Depreciation

     (9,000,328     (5,758,548
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Real Estate—Net

     111,151,636       109,583,922  

Cash and Cash Equivalents

     8,258       6,900  

Intangible Lease Assets—Net

     10,555,596       11,545,306  

Straight-Line Rent Adjustment

     1,483,390       1,032,824  

Deferred Expenses

     3,223,768       3,640,039  

Other Assets

     128,300       169,402  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Assets

   $ 126,550,948     $ 125,978,393  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

    

Liabilities:

    

Accounts Payable, Accrued Expenses, and Other Liabilities

   $ 307,133     $ 3,464,844  

Prepaid Rent and Deferred Revenue

     344,682       371,937  

Intangible Lease Liabilities—Net

     1,710,037       1,761,764  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Liabilities

     2,361,852       5,598,545  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commitments and Contingencies—See Note 10

    

Equity:

    

Alpine Income Property Trust Predecessor Equity

     124,189,096       120,379,848  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Equity

     124,189,096       120,379,848  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Liabilities and Equity

   $ 126,550,948     $ 125,978,393  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial statements.

 

F-16


ALPINE INCOME PROPERTY TRUST PREDECESSOR

COMBINED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

 

     For the Years Ended December 31,  
                2018                            2017             

Revenues

     

Lease Income

   $ 11,719,549      $ 8,454,498  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Revenues

     11,719,549        8,454,498  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Direct Costs of Revenues

     

Real Estate Expenses

     1,619,523        1,468,792  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Direct Costs of Revenues

     1,619,523        1,468,792  

General and Administrative Expenses

     1,184,352        829,349  

Depreciation and Amortization

     4,900,719        3,057,346  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Operating Expenses

     7,704,594        5,355,487  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Operating Income Before Income Tax Expense

     4,014,955        3,099,011  

Interest Expense

            286,242  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net Income

   $ 4,014,955      $ 2,812,769  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial statements.

 

F-17


ALPINE INCOME PROPERTY TRUST PREDECESSOR

COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

 

     Total
Equity
 

Balance January 1, 2017—Predecessor Equity

   $ 56,424,956  

Net Income

     2,812,769  

Stock-Compensation Expense from Consolidated-Tomoka Land Co.

     136,536  

Net Transactions with Consolidated-Tomoka Land Co.

     61,005,587  
  

 

 

 

Balance December 31, 2017—Predecessor Equity

   $ 120,379,848  

Net Income

     4,014,955  

Stock-Compensation Expense from Consolidated-Tomoka Land Co.

     232,426  

Net Transactions with Consolidated-Tomoka Land Co.

     (438,133
  

 

 

 

Balance December 31, 2018—Predecessor Equity

   $ 124,189,096  
  

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial statements.

 

F-18


ALPINE INCOME PROPERTY TRUST PREDECESSOR

COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

     For the Years Ended December 31,  
                2018                         2017             

Cash Flow from Operating Activities:

    

Net Income

   $ 4,014,955     $ 2,812,769  

Adjustments to Reconcile Net Income to Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities:

    

Depreciation and Amortization

     4,900,719       3,057,346  

Amortization of Intangible Assets and Liabilities to Lease Income

     (229,329     (165,973

Amortization of Deferred Expenses to Lease Income

     302,431       50,405  

Loan Cost Amortization included in Interest Expense

           30,509  

Non-Cash Compensation

     232,426       136,536  

Decrease (Increase) in Assets:

    

Straight-Line Rent Adjustment

     (450,566     (384,055

Deferred Expenses

     (909     (3,358,642

Other Assets

     41,102       (110,984

Increase (Decrease) in Liabilities:

    

Accounts Payable, Accrued Expenses, and Other Liabilities

     (3,157,711     3,160,104  

Prepaid Rent and Deferred Revenue

     (27,255     52,822  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Cash Provided By Operating Activities

     5,625,863       5,280,837  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash Flow from Investing Activities:

    

Acquisition of Real Estate

     (5,186,372     (59,404,024
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Cash Used In Investing Activities

     (5,186,372     (59,404,024
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash Flow from Financing Activities:

    

Payments on Long-Term Debt

           (7,300,000

Net Transactions with Consolidated-Tomoka Land Co.

     (438,133     61,005,587  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Cash Provided By (Used In) Financing Activities

     (438,133     53,705,587  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Increase (Decrease) in Cash

     1,358       (417,600

Cash, Beginning of Year

     6,900       424,500  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash, End of Year

   $ 8,258     $ 6,900  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial statements.

 

F-19


ALPINE INCOME PROPERTY TRUST PREDECESSOR

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2018 and 2017

NOTE 1. BUSINESS AND ORGANIZATION

These combined financial statements of Alpine Income Property Trust Predecessor (the “Predecessor”) reflect the financial position and results of operations of 15 single-tenant properties located in 14 markets in eight states (the “Initial Portfolio”), which are owned by Consolidated-Tomoka Land Co. (NYSE: CTO or “CTO”). Alpine Income Property Trust, Inc., a Maryland corporation that was formed on August 19, 2019 (the “REIT”), intends to acquire the 15 single-tenant properties constituting the Predecessor, together with four single-tenant properties owned by CTO which were acquired by CTO during the six months ended June 30, 2019, in connection with the underwritten initial public offering of common stock of the REIT. The properties in the Initial Portfolio are subject to long-term, primarily triple-net leases, which generally require the tenant to pay all of the property operating expenses such as real estate taxes, insurance, assessments and other governmental fees, utilities, repairs and maintenance, and certain capital expenditures.

The REIT has in effect an election to be taxed as a pass-through entity under subchapter S of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, but intends to revoke this S election prior to the closing of the REIT’s initial public offering. The REIT intends to elect to be taxed as a real estate investment trust (“REIT”) for U.S. federal income tax purposes commencing with its short taxable year beginning on the date of the revocation of the subchapter S election and ending on December 31, 2019.

The combined financial statements of Alpine Income Property Trust Predecessor (see Note 2) include combined balance sheets as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 and combined statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 which have been derived from CTO’s audited historical consolidated financial statements. The Predecessor is not a legal entity. These financial statements were prepared for the purpose of inclusion in a registration statement on Form S-11 and to comply with the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission.

The Predecessor operates its business through one segment by owning, managing, acquiring and financing commercial properties subject to long-term, primarily triple-net leases.

NOTE 2. BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND PRINCIPLES OF COMBINATION

The accompanying combined financial statements of the Predecessor do not represent the financial position and results of operations of one legal entity, but rather a combination of entities under common control that have been “carved out” from CTO’s consolidated financial statements. Historically, financial statements of the Predecessor have not been prepared as it has not operated separately from CTO. These combined financial statements reflect the revenues and expenses of the Predecessor and include certain material assets and liabilities of CTO that are specifically identifiable and generated through, or associated with, an in-place net lease, which have been reflected at CTO’s historical basis.

The preparation of these combined financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (“GAAP”) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the dates of the financial statements and the reported

 

F-20


amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. These combined financial statements include an allocation of general and administrative expenses to the Predecessor from CTO. In addition, general and administrative expenses include an allocation of the costs of certain CTO corporate functions, including executive oversight, treasury, finance, human resources, tax compliance and planning, internal audit, financial reporting, information technology and investor relations. General and administrative expenses (including stock-based compensation) represent a pro rata allocation of costs from CTO based on the revenues of the Predecessor as a percentage of CTO’s total revenue. The Company believes the allocation methodology for general and administrative expenses is reasonable. However, the allocated general and administrative expense presented in our combined statements of operations for historical periods does not necessarily reflect what our general and administrative expenses will be as a stand-alone public company for future reporting periods.

Most of the Predecessor entities included in CTO’s financial statements did not have separately established bank accounts for the periods presented, and most cash transactions were historically transacted through bank accounts owned by CTO. The combined statements of cash flows for the periods presented were prepared as if operating, investing, and financing transactions had been transacted through separate bank accounts of the Predecessor.

The combined financial statements include, on a carve-out basis, the historical balance sheets and statements of operations and cash flows attributed to the Company.

NOTE 3. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

USE OF ESTIMATES IN THE PREPARATION OF FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period presented. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Because of, among other factors, the fluctuating market conditions that currently exist in the national real estate markets, and the volatility and uncertainty in the financial and credit markets, it is possible that the estimates and assumptions, most notably those related to the Predecessor’s investment in income properties, could change materially due to the continued volatility of the real estate and financial markets or as a result of a significant dislocation in those markets.

REAL ESTATE

Real estate, which is primarily comprised of the income properties in our portfolio, is stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Such income properties are depreciated on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives. Renewals and betterments are capitalized to the applicable income property accounts. The cost of maintenance and repairs is expensed as incurred. The cost of property retired or otherwise disposed of, and the related accumulated depreciation or amortization, are removed from the accounts, and any resulting gain or loss is recorded in the statement of operations. The amount of depreciation of real estate, exclusive of amortization related to intangible assets, recognized for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, was approximately $3.2 million and $2.0 million, respectively. No interest was capitalized for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017.

 

F-21


LONG-LIVED ASSETS

The Predecessor follows Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) ASC Topic 360-10, Property, Plant, and Equipment in conducting its impairment analyses. The Predecessor reviews the recoverability of long-lived assets, primarily real estate, for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Examples of situations considered to be triggering events include: a substantial decline in operating cash flows during the period, a current or projected loss from operations, an income property not fully leased or leased at rates that are less than current market rates, and any other quantitative or qualitative events deemed significant by management. Long-lived assets are evaluated for impairment by using an undiscounted cash flow approach, which considers future estimated capital expenditures. Impairment of long-lived assets is measured at fair value less cost to sell.

PURCHASE ACCOUNTING FOR ACQUISITIONS OF REAL ESTATE SUBJECT TO A LEASE

In accordance with the FASB guidance on business combinations, the fair value of the real estate acquired with in-place leases is allocated to the acquired tangible assets, consisting of land, building and tenant improvements, and identified intangible assets and liabilities, consisting of the value of above-market and below-market leases, the value of in-place leases, and the value of leasing costs, based in each case on their relative fair values.

The fair value of the tangible assets of an acquired leased property is determined by valuing the property as if it were vacant, and the “as-if-vacant” value is then allocated to land, building and tenant improvements based on the determination of the fair values of these assets.

In allocating the fair value of the identified intangible assets and liabilities of an acquired property, above-market and below-market in-place lease values are recorded as other assets or liabilities based on the present value (using an interest rate which reflects the risks associated with the leases acquired) of the difference between (i) the contractual amounts to be paid pursuant to the in-place leases, and (ii) management’s estimate of fair market lease rates for the corresponding in-place leases, measured over a period equal to the remaining term of the lease, including the probability of renewal periods. The capitalized above-market lease values are amortized as a reduction of rental income over the remaining terms of the respective leases. The capitalized below-market lease values are amortized as an increase to rental income over the initial term unless the management believes that it is likely that the tenant will renew the option whereby the Predecessor amortizes the value attributable to the renewal over the renewal period.

The aggregate value of other acquired intangible assets, consisting of in-place leases, is measured by the excess of (i) the purchase price paid for a property after adjusting existing in-place leases to market rental rates over (ii) the estimated fair value of the property as-if-vacant, determined as set forth above. The value of in-place leases exclusive of the value of above-market and below-market in-place leases is amortized to expense over the remaining non-cancelable periods of the respective leases. If a lease were to be terminated prior to its stated expiration, all unamortized amounts relating to that lease would be written off. The value of tenant relationships is reviewed on individual transactions to determine if future value was derived from the acquisition.

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-01, Business Combinations which clarified the definition of a business. Pursuant to ASU 2017-01, the acquisition of an income property subject to a lease no longer qualifies as a business combination, but rather is determined to be an asset acquisition. Accordingly, for income property acquisitions during the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, acquisition costs have been capitalized.

 

F-22


INCOME PROPERTY LEASE REVENUE

The rental arrangements associated with the Predecessor’s income property portfolio are classified as operating leases. The Predecessor recognizes lease income on these properties on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. Accordingly, contractual lease payment increases are recognized evenly over the term of the lease. The periodic difference between lease income recognized under this method and contractual lease payment terms (i.e., straight-line rent) is recorded as a deferred operating lease receivable and is included in Straight-line Rent Adjustment on the Predecessor’s combined balance sheets as of December 31, 2018 and 2017.

The collectability of tenant receivables and straight-line rent adjustments is determined based on, among other things, the aging of the tenant receivable, management’s evaluation of credit risk associated with the tenant and industry of the tenant, and a review of specifically identified accounts using judgment. As of December 31, 2018, and 2017, no allowance for doubtful accounts was required.

DEFERRED EXPENSES

Deferred expenses include tenant lease incentives and leasing costs such as brokerage commissions, legal, and other costs which are amortized over the term of the respective lease agreements. Tenant lease incentives are amortized as an offset to operating lease income while leasing costs are amortized and included in depreciation and amortization in the Predecessor’s combined statements of operations.

INCOME TAXES

The REIT has in effect an election to be taxed as a pass-through entity under subchapter S of the Code, but intends to revoke its S election prior to the closing of the REIT’s initial public offering. The REIT intends to elect to be taxed as a REIT for U.S. federal income tax purposes commencing with its short taxable year ending December 31, 2019, and believes that its organization and proposed method of operation will enable it to meet the requirements for qualification and taxation as a REIT commencing with such taxable year. As a REIT, the REIT will be subject to U.S. federal and state income taxation at corporate rates on its net taxable income; the REIT, however, may claim a deduction for the amount of dividends paid to its stockholders. Amounts distributed as dividends by the REIT will be subject to taxation at the stockholder level only. While the REIT must distribute at least 90% of its REIT taxable income, determined without regard to the dividends paid deduction and excluding any net capital gain, to qualify as a REIT, the REIT intends to distribute all of its net taxable income, if any, and eliminate U.S. federal and state income taxes on undistributed net taxable income. The REIT is allowed certain other non-cash deductions or adjustments, such as depreciation expense, when computing its REIT taxable income and distribution requirement. These deductions permit the REIT to reduce its dividend payout requirement under U.S. federal income tax laws. Certain states may impose minimum franchise taxes. The REIT may form one or more taxable REIT subsidiaries (“TRSs”), which will be subject to applicable U.S. federal, state and local corporate income tax on their taxable income. For the periods presented, the REIT did not have any TRSs that would be subject to taxation.

CONCENTRATION OF CREDIT RISK

Certain of the Predecessor’s tenants in the portfolio of 15 single-tenant properties, on a revenue basis, accounted for more than 10% of total revenues during the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017. During the year ended December 31, 2018, the properties leased to Wells Fargo Bank, NA and Hilton Grand Vacations represented approximately 31% and 18% of

 

F-23


total revenues, respectively. During the year ended December 31, 2017, the properties leased to Hilton Grand Vacations represented approximately 26% of total revenues.

As of December 31, 2018, and 2017, approximately 29% and 30%, respectively, of the Predecessor’s real estate portfolio, based on square footage, was located in the State of Oregon. Additionally, during the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, individually more than 10% of the Predecessor’s real estate portfolio, based on square footage, was located in the states of Florida, Georgia, and North Carolina. Uncertainty of the duration of a prolonged real estate and economic downturn could have an adverse impact on the Predecessor’s real estate values.

RECENTLY ISSUED ACCOUNTING STANDARDS

In May 2014, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2014-09, which amends its guidance on the recognition and reporting of revenue from contracts with customers. In April 2016, the FASB Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers was issued. The amendments in this update are effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017. The guidance in ASU 2014-09 does not apply to contracts within the scope of ASC 840, Leases. The Predecessor’s revenue is accounted for under the leasing standard, and therefore is not subject to this standard.

In January 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-01, relating to the recognition and measurement of financial assets and financial liabilities. The amendments in this update are effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017. The Predecessor adopted ASU 2016-01 effective January 1, 2018 and determined there was no material impact on its combined financial statements.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, which requires entities to recognize assets and liabilities that arise from financing and operating leases and to classify those finance and operating lease payments in the financing or operating sections, respectively, of the statement of cash flows pursuant to FASB ASC Topic 842, Leases. The amendments in this update are effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2018.

During the Predecessor’s evaluation of FASB ASC Topic 842, Leases, the following practical expedients and accounting policies with respect to ASC 842 will be elected and/or adopted effective January 1, 2019:

 

   

The Predecessor, as lessor, will not reassess (i) whether any expired or existing contracts are or contain leases (ii) lease classification for any expired or existing leases or (iii) initial direct costs for any expired or existing leases.

 

   

The Predecessor, as lessor, will not separate nonlease components from lease components and, instead, will account for each separate lease component and the nonlease components associated with that lease as a single component if the nonlease components otherwise would be accounted for under ASC Topic 606. The primary reason for this election is related to instances where common area maintenance is, or may be, a component of base rent within a lease agreement.

NOTE 4. INCOME PROPERTY PORTFOLIO

As of December 31, 2018, the Predecessor’s income property portfolio consisted of 15 single-tenant properties with total square footage of approximately 723,000.

 

F-24


Minimum Future Rental Receipts. Minimum future rental receipts under non-cancelable operating leases, excluding percentage rent and other lease payments that are not fixed and determinable, having remaining terms in excess of one year as of December 31, 2018, are summarized as follows:

 

Year Ending December 31,

   Amounts
($000’s)
 

2019

   $ 10,726  

2020

     10,853  

2021

     10,539  

2022

     10,673  

2023

     10,805  

2024 and thereafter (cumulative)

     42,508  
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 96,104  
  

 

 

 

2018 Activity. During the year ended December 31, 2018, the Predecessor acquired two single-tenant net lease properties, for an aggregate acquisition cost of approximately $5.1 million, including capitalized acquisition costs. Based on independent third-party purchase price allocation valuations, of the total acquisition cost, approximately $4.7 million was allocated to land, approximately $0.6 million was allocated to intangible assets pertaining to the in-place lease value, leasing fees and above market lease value, and approximately $0.2 million was allocated to intangible liabilities for the below market lease value. The weighted average amortization period for the intangible assets and liabilities was approximately 18.6 years at acquisition. No income properties were disposed of during the year ended December 31, 2018.

2017 Activity. During the year ended December 31, 2017, the Predecessor acquired three single-tenant net lease properties, for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $58.8 million, or an aggregate acquisition cost of approximately $59.2 million, including capitalized acquisition costs. Based on independent third-party purchase price allocation valuations, of the total acquisition cost, approximately $14.4 million was allocated to land, approximately $39.2 million was allocated to buildings and improvements, approximately $6.8 million was allocated to intangible assets pertaining to the in-place lease value, leasing fees and above market lease value, and approximately $1.2 million was allocated to intangible liabilities for the below market lease value. The weighted average amortization period for the intangible assets and liabilities was approximately 10.2 years at acquisition. No income properties were disposed of during the year ended December 31, 2017.

 

F-25


NOTE 5. INTANGIBLE LEASE ASSETS AND LIABILITIES

Intangible assets and liabilities consist of the value of above-market and below-market leases, the value of in-place leases, and the value of leasing costs, based in each case on their fair values. Intangible assets and liabilities consisted of the following as of December 31, 2018 and 2017:

 

     As of December 31,  
     2018     2017  

Intangible Lease Assets:

    

Value of In-Place Leases

   $ 10,151,243     $ 9,973,508  

Value of Above Market In-Place Leases

     82,534       19,350  

Value of Intangible Leasing Costs

     4,942,754       4,627,177  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Sub-total Intangible Lease Assets

     15,176,531       14,620,035  

Accumulated Amortization

     (4,620,935     (3,074,730
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Sub-total Intangible Lease Assets—Net

     10,555,596       11,545,305  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Intangible Lease Liabilities:

    

Value of Below Market In-Place Leases

     (2,125,750     (1,946,134
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Sub-total Intangible Lease Liabilities

     (2,125,750     (1,946,134

Accumulated Amortization

     415,713       184,370  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Sub-total Intangible Lease Liabilities—Net

     (1,710,037     (1,761,764
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Intangible Assets and Liabilities—Net

   $ 8,845,559     $ 9,783,541  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following table reflects the net amortization of intangible assets and liabilities during the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017:

 

     For the Years Ended December 31,  
             2018                     2017          
     ($000’s)     ($000’s)  

Depreciation and Amortization Expense

   $ 1,544     $ 1,045  

Increase to Income Properties Revenue

     (229     (166
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Amortization of Intangible Assets and Liabilities

   $ 1,315     $ 879  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-26


The estimated future amortization expense (income) related to net intangible assets and liabilities is as follows:

 

Year Ending December 31,

   Future
Amortization
Amount
     Future Accretion
to Income
Property
Revenue
    Net Future
Amortization of
Intangible Assets
and Liabilities
 

2019

   $ 1,544,812      $ (235,987   $ 1,308,825  

2020

     1,215,358        (166,482     1,048,876  

2021

     1,181,111        (166,482     1,014,629  

2022

     1,035,388        (166,482     868,906  

2023

     1,035,388        (166,482     868,906  

2024 and thereafter (cumulative)

     4,464,681        (729,264     3,735,417  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 10,476,738      $ (1,631,179   $ 8,845,559  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

NOTE 6. DEFERRED EXPENSES

Deferred expenses consisted of the following:

 

     As of December 31,  
     2018      2017  

Income Property Lease Incentive, Net of Amortization

   $ 2,394,246      $ 2,696,677  

Leasing Costs, Net of Amortization

     829,522        943,362  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Deferred Expenses

   $ 3,223,768      $ 3,640,039  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income Property Lease Incentive. As of December 31, 2018, the Income Property Lease Incentive, net of amortization, of approximately $2.4 million relates primarily to a tenant improvement allowance of approximately $2.7 million provided to Hilton Grand Vacations in conjunction with the extension of their leases of two buildings from November 30, 2021 to November 30, 2026. The amount of income property lease incentive amortization, which has been recognized as an offset to operating lease income, totaled approximately $302,000 and $50,000 for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. The remaining balance will be amortized over the remaining term of the leases.

Leasing Costs. Leasing costs consist of the unamortized portion of leasing commissions and lease extension fees, which are amortized over the remaining term of the respective leases and included in depreciation and amortization. The amount of leasing cost amortization included in depreciation and amortization totaled approximately $115,000 and $58,000 for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

NOTE 7. ACCOUNTS PAYABLE, ACCRUED EXPENSES, AND OTHER LIABILITIES

Reserve for Tenant Improvements. The reduction of the balance of Accounts Payable, Accrued Expenses, and Other Liabilities during the year ended December 31, 2018 reflects the payment of approximately $2.7 million for a tenant improvement allowance provided to Hilton Grand Vacations in conjunction with the extension of their leases of two buildings from November 30, 2021 to November 30, 2026 which was accrued for as of December 31, 2017.

 

F-27


NOTE 8. CTO STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION

CTO maintains an equity incentive plan. The Predecessor’s stock-based compensation expense, included in general and administrative expenses in the combined statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, reflects an allocation of a portion of the stock compensation expense of CTO for the applicable periods. CTO’s equity incentive plan will not be adopted by Alpine Income Property Trust, Inc. The amount of stock-based compensation expense allocated to the Predecessor totaled approximately $232,000 and $137,000 for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively, which is included in general and administrative expenses in the combined statements of operations.

NOTE 9. EQUITY

The Predecessor Equity represents net contributions from and distributions to CTO. Most of the entities included in the Predecessor’s financial statements did not have bank accounts for the periods presented and most cash transactions for the Predecessor were transacted through bank accounts owned by CTO and are included in the Predecessor Equity.

NOTE 10. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

From time to time, the Predecessor may be a party to certain legal proceedings, incidental to the normal course of business. While the outcome of the legal proceedings cannot be predicted with certainty, the Predecessor does not expect that these proceedings will have a material effect upon our financial condition or results of operations.

CONTRACTUAL COMMITMENTS—EXPENDITURES

The Predecessor does not have any contractual commitments.

NOTE 11. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

The Predecessor has evaluated events and transactions that have occurred since December 31, 2018 through August 27, 2019, the date the financial statements were available for issuance.

 

F-28


The Predecessor acquired four properties at an aggregate purchase price of approximately $19.3 million during the second quarter of 2019 which have been identified to be included in the real estate assets comprising Alpine Income Property Trust, Inc. These properties are summarized as follows:

 

Tenant Description

  Tenant
Type
    Property
Location
    Date of
Acquisition
    Property
Square-
Feet
    Property
Acres
    Purchase Price     Remaining
Lease Term at
Acquisition Date
(in years)
 

Hobby Lobby Stores, Inc.

   
Single-
Tenant

 
   
Winston-
Salem, NC

 
    05/16/19       55,000       7.63     $ 8,075,000       10.9  

Walgreen Co.

   
Single-
Tenant

 
   
Birmingham,
AL
 
 
    06/05/19       14,516       2.05       5,500,000       9.8  

Family Dollar Stores of Massachusetts, Inc.

   
Single-
Tenant

 
    Lynn, MA       06/12/19       9,228       0.57       2,100,000       4.8  

Walgreen Co.

   
Single-
Tenant

 
    Albany, GA       06/21/19       14,770       3.55       3,634,000       13.6  
       

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total / Weighted Average

          93,514       $ 19,309,000       10.4  
     

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

 

There were no other reportable subsequent events or transactions.

 

F-29


SCHEDULE III

REAL ESTATE AND ACCUMULATED DEPRECIATION

AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2018

 

    As of December 31, 2018  
    Initial Cost to Predecessor           Gross Amount Carried at Close of Period                     

Description

  Land     Buildings &
Improvements
    Costs
Capitalized
Subsequent to
Acquisition
    Land     Buildings     Total     Accumulated
Depreciation
    Date
Acquired
    Life  
    $     $     $     $     $     $     $              

Income Properties:

                 

At Home, Raleigh, NC

    2,118,420       5,774,284             2,118,420       5,774,284       7,892,704       773,460       09/29/16       20 Yrs.  

Best Buy, McDonough, GA

    2,622,682       3,150,000       82,264       2,622,682       3,232,264       5,854,946       977,578       06/15/06       40 Yrs.  

Century Theatre, Reno, NV

    1,669,377       4,484,938       11,140       1,669,377       4,496,078       6,165,455       501,592       11/30/16       23 Yrs.  

Cheddar’s, Jacksonville, FL

    2,599,048                   2,599,048             2,599,048             10/10/18       N/A  

Container Store, Glendale, AZ

    1,968,398       5,493,102             1,968,398       5,493,102       7,461,500       464,736       05/18/15       55 Yrs.  

Dick’s Sporting Goods, McDonough, GA

    3,934,022       4,725,000             3,934,022       4,725,000       8,659,022       1,507,307       06/15/06       40 Yrs.  

Hilton Grand Vacations, Orlando, FL

    2,810,942       6,590,681       20,188       2,810,942       6,610,869       9,421,811       1,046,384       01/30/13       40 Yrs.  

Hilton Grand Vacations, Orlando, FL

    1,210,138       2,453,690       282,099       1,210,138       2,735,789       3,945,927       327,140       01/30/13       40 Yrs.  

Joann’s, Saugus, MA

    1,574,664       4,769,946             1,574,664       4,769,946       6,344,610       227,948       04/06/17       50 Yrs.  

LA Fitness, Brandon, FL

    2,792,227       8,492,958             2,792,227       8,492,958       11,285,185       595,687       04/28/17       30 Yrs.  

Outback Steakhouse, Charlottesville, VA

    1,308,881       3,135,515             1,308,881       3,135,515       4,444,396       283,094       09/15/16       30 Yrs.  

Outback Steakhouse, Huntersville, NC

    1,987,831       1,299,018             1,987,831       1,299,018       3,286,849       190,830       09/15/16       20 Yrs.  

Scrubbles Car Wash, Jacksonville, FL

    2,140,459                   2,140,459             2,140,459             10/10/18       N/A  

Walgreens, Alpharetta, GA

    3,265,623       1,406,160       69,987       3,265,623       1,476,147       4,741,770       521,146       03/31/04       40 Yrs.  

Wells Fargo, Hillsboro, OR

    10,005,650       25,902,632             10,005,650       25,902,632       35,908,282       1,583,426       10/27/17       35 Yrs.  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     
    42,008,362       77,677,924       465,678       42,008,362       78,143,602       120,151,964       9,000,328      
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

F-30


SCHEDULE III

REAL ESTATE AND ACCUMULATED DEPRECIATION

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018

The following tables reconcile total real estate, at cost, and accumulated depreciation from January 1, 2018 to December 31, 2018:

 

Total Real Estate, at Cost:

  

Balance at January 1, 2018

   $ 115,342,470  

Additions and Improvements

     4,809,494  

Cost of Real Estate Sold

      
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2018

   $ 120,151,964  
  

 

 

 

Accumulated Depreciation:

  

Balance at January 1, 2018

   $ 5,758,548  

Depreciation and Amortization

     3,241,780  

Depreciation on Real Estate Sold

      
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2018

   $ 9,000,328  
  

 

 

 

 

F-31


ALPINE INCOME PROPERTY TRUST PREDECESSOR

CONDENSED COMBINED BALANCE SHEETS (Unaudited)

 

     As of  
     September 30, 2019     December 31, 2018  

ASSETS

    

Real Estate:

    

Land, at cost

   $ 52,024,389     $ 42,008,362  

Building and Improvements, at cost

     91,919,239       78,143,602  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Real Estate, at cost

     143,943,628       120,151,964  

Less, Accumulated Depreciation

     (11,605,022     (9,000,328
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Real Estate—Net

     132,338,606       111,151,636  

Cash and Cash Equivalents

     60,267       8,258  

Intangible Lease Assets—Net

     12,890,412       10,555,596  

Straight-Line Rent Adjustment

     1,819,372       1,483,390  

Deferred Expenses

     2,911,836       3,223,768  

Other Assets

     220,713       128,300  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Assets

   $ 150,241,206     $ 126,550,948  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

    

Liabilities:

    

Accounts Payable, Accrued Expenses, and Other Liabilities

   $ 426,778     $ 307,133  

Prepaid Rent and Deferred Revenue

     337,466       344,682  

Intangible Lease Liabilities—Net

     1,899,047       1,710,037  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Liabilities

     2,663,291       2,361,852  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commitments and Contingencies—See Note 8

    

Equity:

    

Alpine Income Property Trust Predecessor Equity

     147,577,915       124,189,096  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Equity

     147,577,915       124,189,096  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Liabilities and Equity

   $ 150,241,206     $ 126,550,948  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed combined financial statements.

 

F-32


ALPINE INCOME PROPERTY TRUST PREDECESSOR

CONDENSED COMBINED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(Unaudited)

 

     Nine Months Ended  
     September 30,
2019
     September 30,
2018
 

Revenues

     

Lease Income

   $ 9,426,482      $ 8,834,994  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Revenues

     9,426,482        8,834,994  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Direct Costs of Revenues

     

Real Estate Expenses

     1,138,539        1,064,257  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Direct Costs of Revenues

     1,138,539        1,064,257  

General and Administrative Expenses

     1,415,330        966,685  

Depreciation and Amortization

     3,946,794        3,643,709  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Operating Expenses

     6,500,663        5,674,651  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net Income

   $ 2,925,819      $ 3,160,343  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed combined financial statements.

 

F-33


ALPINE INCOME PROPERTY TRUST PREDECESSOR

CONDENSED COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

(Unaudited)

 

     Total
Equity
 

Balance January 1, 2018—Predecessor Equity

   $ 120,379,848  

Net Income

     3,160,343  

Stock-Compensation Expense from Consolidated-Tomoka Land Co.

     225,883  

Net Transactions with Consolidated-Tomoka Land Co.

     (3,326,182
  

 

 

 

Balance September 30, 2018—Predecessor Equity

   $ 120,439,892  
  

 

 

 

Balance January 1, 2019—Predecessor Equity

   $ 124,189,096  

Net Income

     2,925,819  

Stock-Compensation Expense from Consolidated-Tomoka Land Co.

     438,603  

Net Transactions with Consolidated-Tomoka Land Co.

     20,024,397  
  

 

 

 

Balance September 30, 2019—Predecessor Equity

   $ 147,577,915  
  

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed combined financial statements.

 

F-34


ALPINE INCOME PROPERTY TRUST PREDECESSOR

CONDENSED COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(Unaudited)

 

     Nine Months Ended  
     September 30, 2019     September 30, 2018  

Cash Flow from Operating Activities:

    

Net Income

   $ 2,925,819     $ 3,160,343  

Adjustments to Reconcile Net Income to Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities:

    

Depreciation and Amortization

     3,946,794       3,706,122  

Amortization of Intangible Assets and Liabilities to Lease Income

     (193,018     (169,363

Amortization of Deferred Expenses to Lease Income

     226,823       226,823  

Non-Cash Compensation

     438,603       225,883  

Decrease (Increase) in Assets:

    

Straight-Line Rent Adjustment

     (335,982     (342,939

Deferred Expenses

     (411     10,384  

Other Assets

     (92,413     52,396  

Increase (Decrease) in Liabilities:

    

Accounts Payable, Accrued Expenses, and Other Liabilities

     119,645       (2,967,798

Prepaid Rent and Deferred Revenue

     (7,216     (313,473
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Cash Provided By Operating Activities

     7,028,644       3,588,378  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash Flow from Investing Activities:

    

Acquisition of Real Estate

     (27,001,032     (69,987
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Cash Used In Investing Activities

     (27,001,032     (69,987
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash Flow from Financing Activities:

    

Net Transactions with Consolidated-Tomoka Land Co.

     20,024,397       (3,326,182
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Cash Provided By (Used In) Financing Activities

     20,024,397       (3,326,182
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Increase in Cash

     52,009       192,209  

Cash, Beginning of Year

     8,258       6,900  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash, End of Period

   $ 60,267     $ 199,109  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed combined financial statements.

 

F-35


ALPINE INCOME PROPERTY TRUST PREDECESSOR

NOTES TO CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Unaudited)

NOTE 1. BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND PRINCIPLES OF COMBINATION

The accompanying condensed combined financial statements of Alpine Income Property Trust Predecessor (the “Predecessor”) do not represent the financial position and results of operations of one legal entity, but rather a combination of entities under common control that have been “carved” out from Consolidated-Tomoka Land Co.’s (“CTO”) consolidated financial statements. Historically, financial statements of the Predecessor have not been prepared as it has not operated separately from CTO. These condensed combined financial statements reflect the revenues and expenses of the Predecessor and include certain material assets and liabilities of CTO that are specifically identifiable and generated through, or associated with, an in-place net lease, which have been reflected at CTO’s historical basis.

The unaudited condensed combined financial statements and notes thereto of the Predecessor have been prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (“GAAP”) for interim financial information and in accordance with the rules and regulations of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). In the opinion of management, these condensed combined financial statements and notes reflect all adjustments necessary for a fair presentation of the results of operations, financial position, and cash flows for the periods presented. These condensed combined financial statements and notes should be read in conjunction with the financial statements and supplementary data included elsewhere in this prospectus for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017.

These condensed combined financial statements include an allocation of general and administrative expenses to the Predecessor from CTO. In addition, general and administrative expenses include an allocation of the costs of certain CTO corporate functions, including executive oversight, treasury, finance, human resources, tax compliance and planning, internal audit, financial reporting, information technology and investor relations. General and administrative expenses (including stock-based compensation) represent a pro rata allocation of costs from CTO based on the revenues of the Predecessor as a percentage of CTO’s total revenue. The Company believes the allocation methodology for general and administrative expenses is reasonable. However, the allocated general and administrative expense presented in our condensed combined statements of operations for historical periods does not necessarily reflect what our general and administrative expenses will be as a stand-alone public company for future reporting periods.

Most of the Predecessor entities included in CTO’s financial statements did not have separately established bank accounts for the periods presented, and most cash transactions were historically transacted through bank accounts owned by CTO. The condensed combined statements of cash flows for the periods presented were prepared as if operating, investing and financing transactions had been transacted through separate bank accounts of the Predecessor.

The condensed combined financial statements include, on a carve-out basis, the historical balance sheets and statements of operations and cash flows attributed to the Company.

NOTE 2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

CONCENTRATION OF CREDIT RISK

Certain of the Predecessor’s tenants, presented in these combined statements of revenues, accounted for more than 10% of the total combined revenue during the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2018. During the nine months ended September 30, 2019, the properties

 

F-36


leased to Wells Fargo Bank, NA and Hilton Grand Vacations represented approximately 26% and 17% of total revenues, respectively. During the nine months ended September 30, 2018, the properties leased to Wells Fargo Bank, NA and Hilton Grand Vacations represented approximately 31% and 18% of total revenues, respectively.

As of September 30, 2019, and 2018, approximately 26% and 30%, respectively, of the Predecessor’s real estate portfolio, based on square footage, was located in the State of Oregon. As of September 30, 2019, and 2018, approximately 23% and 25%, respectively, of the Predecessor’s real estate portfolio, based on square footage, was located in the State of Florida. Additionally, during the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2018, individually more than 10% the Company’s real estate portfolio, based on square footage, was located in the states of Georgia and North Carolina. Uncertainty of the duration of a prolonged real estate and economic downturn could have an adverse impact on the Predecessor’s real estate values.

NOTE 3. INCOME PROPERTY PORTFOLIO

As of September 30, 2019, the Predecessor’s income property portfolio consisted of 20 single-tenant properties with total square footage of approximately 817,000.

Minimum Future Rental Receipts. Minimum future rental receipts under non-cancelable operating leases, excluding percentage rent and other lease payments that are not fixed and determinable, having remaining terms in excess of one year as of September 30, 2019, are summarized as follows:

 

Year Ending December 31,

   Amounts
($000’s)
 

Remainder of 2019

   $ 3,141  

2020

     12,645  

2021

     12,744  

2022

     12,927  

2023

     13,074  

2024

     12,598  

2025 and thereafter (cumulative)

     42,655  
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 109,784  
  

 

 

 

 

F-37


2019 Acquisitions. During the nine months ended September 30, 2019, the Predecessor acquired five single-tenant net lease income properties for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $26.8 million, or an aggregate acquisition cost of approximately $27.0 million including capitalized acquisition costs. Of the total acquisition cost, approximately $10.0 million was allocated to land, approximately $13.8 million was allocated to buildings and improvements, approximately $3.6 million was allocated to intangible assets pertaining to the in-place lease value, leasing fees, and above market lease value, and approximately $0.4 million was allocated to intangible liabilities for the below market lease value. The weighted average amortization period for the intangible assets and liabilities was approximately 10.6 years at acquisition. The properties acquired during the nine months ended September 30, 2019 are described below:

 

Tenant Description

  Property Location     Date of
Acquisition
    Property
Square-
Feet
    Property
Acres
    Purchase Price     Remaining
Lease Term at
Acquisition
Date (in years)
 

Hobby Lobby Stores, Inc.

   
Winston-
Salem, NC

 
    05/16/19       55,000       7.63     $ 8,075,000       10.9  

Walgreen Co.

   
Birmingham,
AL
 
 
    06/05/19       14,516       2.05       5,500,000       9.8  

Family Dollar Stores of Massachusetts, Inc.

    Lynn, MA       06/07/19       9,228       0.67       2,100,000       4.8  

Walgreen Co.

    Albany, GA       06/21/19       14,770       3.55       3,634,000       13.6  

Live Nation Entertainment, Inc.

    East Troy, WI       08/30/19       N/A       158.00       7,500,000       10.6  
     

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total / Weighted Average

        93,514       $ 26,809,000       10.5  
     

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

 

NOTE 4. INTANGIBLE LEASE ASSETS AND LIABILITIES

Intangible assets and liabilities consist of the value of above-market and below-market leases, the value of in-place leases, and the value of leasing costs, based in each case on their fair values. Intangible assets and liabilities consisted of the following as of September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018:

 

     As of  
     September 30, 2019     December 31, 2018  

Intangible Lease Assets:

    

Value of In-Place Leases

   $ 12,692,464     $ 10,151,243  

Value of Above Market In-Place Leases

     202,021       82,534  

Value of Intangible Leasing Costs

     5,877,894       4,942,754  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Sub-total Intangible Lease Assets

     18,772,379       15,176,531  

Accumulated Amortization

     (5,881,967     (4,620,935
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Sub-total Intangible Lease Assets—Net

     12,890,412       10,555,596  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Intangible Lease Liabilities:

    

Value of Below Market In-Place Leases

     (2,512,347     (2,125,750
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Sub-total Intangible Lease Liabilities

     (2,512,347     (2,125,750

Accumulated Amortization

     613,300       415,713  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Sub-total Intangible Lease Liabilities—Net

     (1,899,047     (1,710,037
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Intangible Assets and Liabilities—Net

   $ 10,991,365     $ 8,845,559  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-38


The following table reflects the net amortization of intangible assets and liabilities during the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2018:

 

     Nine Months Ended September 30,  
     2019     2018  
     ($000’s)     ($000’s)  

Depreciation and Amortization Expense

   $  1,257     $  1,152  

Increase to Income Properties Revenue

     (193     (169
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Amortization of Intangible Assets and Liabilities

   $ 1,064     $ 983  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The estimated future amortization expense (income) related to net intangible assets and liabilities is as follows:

 

Year Ending December 31,

   Future
Amortization
Amount
     Future Accretion
to Income
Property
Revenue
    Net Future
Amortization of
Intangible Assets
and Liabilities
 

Remainder of 2019

   $ 450,457      $ (59,968   $ 390,489  

2020

     1,558,050        (189,325     1,368,725  

2021

     1,523,803        (189,325     1,334,478  

2022

     1,378,080        (189,325     1,188,755  

2023

     1,378,080        (189,325     1,188,755  

2024

     1,344,958        (189,325     1,155,633  

Thereafter

     5,063,089        (698,559     4,364,530  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 12,696,517      $ (1,705,152   $ 10,991,365  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

NOTE 5. DEFERRED EXPENSES

Deferred expenses consisted of the following:

 

     As of  
     September 30, 2019      December 31, 2018  

Income Property Lease Incentive, Net of Amortization

   $ 2,167,423      $ 2,394,246  

Leasing Costs, Net of Amortization

     744,413        829,522  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Deferred Expenses

   $ 2,911,836      $ 3,223,768  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income Property Lease Incentive. As of September 30, 2019, the Income Property Lease Incentive, net of amortization, of approximately $2.2 million relates primarily to a tenant improvement allowance of approximately $2.7 million provided to Hilton Grand Vacations in conjunction with the extension of their leases of two buildings from November 30, 2021 to November 30, 2026. The amount of income property lease incentive amortization, which has been recognized as an offset to operating lease income, totaled approximately $227,000 for both the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2018. The remaining balance will be amortized over the remaining term of the leases.

Leasing Costs. Leasing costs consist of the unamortized portion of leasing commissions and lease extension fees, which are amortized over the remaining term of the respective leases and included in depreciation and amortization. The amount of leasing cost amortization included in depreciation and amortization totaled approximately $86,000 for both the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2018.

 

F-39


NOTE 6. CTO STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION

CTO maintains an equity incentive plan. The Predecessor’s stock-based compensation expense, included in general and administrative expenses in the condensed combined statements of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2018, reflects an allocation of a portion of the stock compensation expense of CTO for the applicable periods. CTO’s equity incentive plan will not be adopted by Alpine Income Property Trust, Inc. The amount of stock-based compensation expense allocated to the Predecessor totaled approximately $439,000 and $226,000 for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2018, respectively, which is included in general and administrative expenses in the condensed combined statements of operations.

NOTE 7. EQUITY

The Predecessor Equity represents net contributions from and distributions to CTO. Most of the entities included in the Predecessor’s financial statements did not have bank accounts for the periods presented and most cash transactions for the Predecessor were transacted through bank accounts owned by CTO and are included in the Predecessor Equity.

NOTE 8. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

From time to time, the Predecessor may be a party to certain legal proceedings, incidental to the normal course of business. While the outcome of the legal proceedings cannot be predicted with certainty, the Predecessor does not expect that these proceedings will have a material effect upon our financial condition or results of operations.

CONTRACTUAL COMMITMENTS—EXPENDITURES

The Predecessor does not have any contractual commitments.

NOTE 9. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

The Predecessor has evaluated events and transactions that have occurred since September 30, 2019 through October 29, 2019, the date the financial statements were available for issuance, and noted that there have been no events that have occurred that would require recognition or disclosure in the financial statements.

 

F-40


Report of Independent Certified Public Accountants

Board of Directors and Stockholder

Alpine Income Property Trust, Inc.:

We have audited the accompanying combined statements of revenues of the properties located in Winston-Salem, North Carolina; Birmingham, Alabama; Lynn, Massachusetts; Albany, Georgia; and East Troy, Wisconsin (the “Properties”), for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, and the related notes to the combined financial statements (the “financial statements”).

Management’s responsibility for the financial statements

Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of these combined financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America; this includes the design, implementation, and maintenance of internal controls relevant to the preparation and fair presentation of combined financial statements that are free from material misstatements, whether due to fraud or error.

Auditors’ Responsibility

Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these combined financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the combined financial statements are free from material misstatement.

An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the combined financial statements. The procedures selected depend on the auditor’s judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the combined financial statements, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, the auditor considers internal control relevant to the entity’s preparation and fair presentation of the combined financial statements in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the entity’s internal control. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of significant accounting estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the combined financial statements.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion.

Opinion

In our opinion, the combined financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the revenue (described in Note 1) of the Properties for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Emphasis of Matter

We draw attention to Note 1 to the combined financial statements, which describes that the accompanying combined financial Statements were prepared for the purposes of complying with certain rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and is not intended to be a complete presentation of the Properties’ revenues. Our opinion is not modified with respect to this matter.

 

/s/ Grant Thornton LLP

Jacksonville, Florida
October 3, 2019

 

F-41


2019 ACQUISITION PROPERTIES

COMBINED STATEMENTS OF REVENUES

For the Years Ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 and

For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2019 (Unaudited)

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30, 2019
     Year Ended December 31,  
     2018      2017  
     (Unaudited)                

Revenues

        

Lease Income

   $ 1,337,667      $ 1,783,556      $ 1,783,556  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Revenues

   $ 1,337,667      $ 1,783,556      $ 1,783,556  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined statements of revenues.

 

F-42


2019 ACQUISITION PROPERTIES

NOTES TO COMBINED STATEMENTS OF REVENUES

For the Years Ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 and

For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2019 (Unaudited)

NOTE 1. BUSINESS AND ORGANIZATION

The accompanying combined statements of revenue include the operations of the properties acquired during the nine months ended September 30, 2019 located in Winston-Salem, North Carolina; Birmingham, Alabama; Lynn, Massachusetts; Albany, Georgia; and East Troy, Wisconsin (the “2019 Acquisition Properties”) leased to four different tenants under triple net leases as described below:

 

Tenant Description

   Tenant Type     

Property Location

   Property
Square-
Feet
     Property
Acres
 

Hobby Lobby Stores, Inc.

     Single-Tenant      Winston-Salem, NC      55,000        7.63  

Walgreen Co.

     Single-Tenant      Birmingham, AL      14,516        2.05  

Family Dollar Stores of Massachusetts, Inc.

     Single-Tenant      Lynn, MA      9,228        0.57  

Walgreen Co.

     Single-Tenant      Albany, GA      14,770        3.55  

Live Nation Entertainment, Inc.

     Single-Tenant      East Troy, WI      N/A        158.00  
        

 

 

    

Total

           93,514     
     

 

 

    

NOTE 2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

BASIS OF PRESENTATION

The accompanying combined statements of revenues have been prepared for the purpose of complying with Rule 8-06 of Regulation S-X promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Accordingly, the statements are not representative of the actual results of operations for the periods presented as revenues and certain expenses, which may not be directly attributable to the revenue and expenses to be incurred in the future operations of the 2019 Acquisition Properties, have been excluded. Such excluded items include depreciation and amortization, related party fees, management fees, and non-recurring professional fees.

INTERIM UNAUDITED INFORMATION

The combined statement of revenues for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2019 is unaudited. In the opinion of the Predecessor, such statement reflects all adjustments necessary for a fair presentation of revenue in accordance with Rule 8-06 of Regulation S-X as described above. All such adjustments are of a normal recurring nature.

INCOME PROPERTY LEASE REVENUE

The rental arrangements associated with the four single-tenant net lease properties are classified as operating leases. Accordingly, lease income on these properties is recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. In addition, contractual lease payment increases are recognized evenly over the term of the lease.

 

F-43


USE OF ESTIMATES IN THE PREPARATION OF FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The preparation of a financial statement in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that in certain circumstances may affect the reported revenues. Actual results could materially differ from these estimates.

NOTE 3. MINIMUM FUTURE RENTAL RECEIPTS

Minimum future rental receipts under non-cancelable operating leases, excluding percentage rent and other lease payments that are not fixed and determinable, having remaining terms in excess of one year as of September 30, 2019, are summarized as follows:

 

Year Ending December 31,

   Amounts
($000’s)
 

Remainder of 2019

   $ 463  

2020

     1,882  

2021

     1,903  

2022

     1,917  

2023

     1,932  

2024 and thereafter (cumulative)

     11,985  
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 20,082  
  

 

 

 

NOTE 4. CONCENTRATION OF CREDIT RISK

Certain of the Predecessor’s tenants, presented in these combined statements of revenues, accounted for more than 10% of the total combined revenue during the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 and during the nine months ended September 30, 2019. During the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 and during the nine months ended September 30, 2019, the properties leased to Walgreen Co., Hobby Lobby Stores, Inc., and Live Nation Entertainment, Inc. represented approximately 35%, 31% and 25% of combined total revenues, respectively.

NOTE 5. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

The Predecessor has evaluated events and transactions that have occurred since September 30, 2019 through October 28, 2019, the date the financial statements were available for issuance, and noted that there have been no events that have occurred that would require recognition or disclosure in the financial statements.

 

F-44


 

 

7,500,000 Shares

 

LOGO

Alpine Income Property Trust, Inc.

Common Stock

 

 

PROSPECTUS

                    , 2019

 

 

 

Raymond James

Baird

B. Riley FBR

BMO Capital Markets

Janney Montgomery Scott

D.A. Davidson & Co.

 

Until             , 2019 (25 days after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that effect transactions in shares of our common stock, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to unsold allotments or subscriptions.

 

 

 

 


PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 31. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

The following table itemizes the expenses incurred by us in connection with the issuance and registration of the securities being registered hereunder. All amounts shown are estimates except for the SEC registration fee and the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc., or FINRA, filing fee and the NYSE listing fee.

 

SEC registration fee

   $ 23,510  

FINRA filing fee

     27,670  

New York Stock Exchange listing fee

     150,000  

Legal fees and expenses

     1,200,000  

Printing fees and expenses

     350,000  

Accounting fees and expenses

     500,000  

Transfer agent’s fees and expenses

     4,000  

Miscellaneous

     70,000  
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 2,325,180  
  

 

 

 

 

*

To be furnished by amendment.

Item 32. Sales to Special Parties

None.

Item 33. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

In connection with our formation and initial capitalization in August 2019, we issued 100 shares of our common stock, $0.01 par value per share, to John P. Albright for an aggregate purchase price of $1,000. These securities were issued in reliance on the exemption set forth in Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Concurrently with the closing of this offering, we will sell to Consolidated-Tomoka Land Co. in a separate private placement $7.5 million in shares of our common stock, at a per share price equal to the public offering price per share (without payment of any placement fee or underwriting discount). The foregoing issuance will be exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) thereof.

In connection with the formation transactions, an aggregate of 1,223,854 common units of limited partnership interest in Alpine Income Property OP, LP, a Delaware limited partnership through which we hold substantially all of our assets and conduct our operations, with an assumed aggregate initial value of approximately $24.5 million, based on the mid-point of the price range set forth on the front cover of the prospectus that forms a part of this registration statement, will be issued to Consolidated-Tomoka Land Co. and Indigo Group Ltd. as consideration in the formation transactions. The foregoing issuance will be exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) thereof.

 

II-1


Item 34. Indemnification of Directors and Officers

Maryland law permits a Maryland corporation to include in its charter a provision limiting the liability of its directors and officers to the corporation and its stockholders for money damages except for liability resulting from actual receipt of an improper benefit or profit in money, property or services or active and deliberate dishonesty that is established by a final judgment and is material to the cause of action. Our charter contains such a provision that eliminates such liability to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law.

The MGCL requires a Maryland corporation (unless its charter provides otherwise, which our charter does not) to indemnify a director or officer who has been successful, on the merits or otherwise, in the defense of any proceeding to which he or she is made or threatened to be made a party by reason of his or her service in that capacity. The MGCL permits a Maryland corporation to indemnify its present and former directors and officers, among others, against judgments, penalties, fines, settlements and reasonable expenses actually incurred by them in connection with any proceeding to which they may be made or are threatened to be made a party by reason of their service in those or other capacities unless it is established that:

 

   

the act or omission of the director or officer was material to the matter giving rise to the proceeding and:

 

   

was committed in bad faith; or

 

   

was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty;

 

   

the director or officer actually received an improper personal benefit in money, property or services; or

 

   

in the case of any criminal proceeding, the director or officer had reasonable cause to believe that the act or omission was unlawful.

However, under the MGCL, a Maryland corporation may not indemnify a director or officer for an adverse judgment in a suit by or on behalf of the corporation or if the director or officer was adjudged liable on the basis that personal benefit was improperly received, unless, in either case, a court orders indemnification and then only for expenses. A court may order indemnification if it determines that the director or officer is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification, even though the director or officer did not meet the prescribed standard of conduct or was adjudged liable on the basis that personal benefit was improperly received.

In addition, the MGCL permits a Maryland corporation to advance reasonable expenses to a director or officer upon the corporation’s receipt of:

 

   

a written affirmation by the director or officer of his or her good faith belief that he or she has met the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification by the corporation; and

 

   

a written undertaking, which may be unsecured, by the director or officer or on the director’s or officer’s behalf to repay the amount paid if it shall ultimately be determined that the standard of conduct has not been met.

Our charter obligates us, to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law in effect from time to time, to indemnify and to pay or reimburse reasonable expenses in advance of final

 

II-2


disposition of a proceeding without requiring a preliminary determination of the director’s or officer’s ultimate entitlement to indemnification to:

 

   

any present or former director or officer who is made or threatened to be made a party to, or witness in, the proceeding by reason of his or her service in that capacity; or

 

   

any individual who, while a director or officer of our company and at our request, serves or has served as a director, officer, partner, member, manager or trustee of another corporation, real estate investment trust, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or any other enterprise and who is made or threatened to be made a party to, or witness in, the proceeding by reason of his or her service in that capacity.

Our charter also permits us, with the approval of our board of directors, to indemnify and advance expenses to any person who served a predecessor of ours in any of the capacities described above and to any employee or agent of our company or a predecessor of our company.

We intend to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers that will obligate us to indemnify them to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law. The indemnification agreements will provide that, if a director or executive officer is a party to, or witness in, or is threatened to be made a party to, or witness in, any proceeding by reason of his or her service as a director, officer, employee or agent of our company or as a director, officer, partner, member, manager, fiduciary, employee, agent or trustee of any other foreign or domestic corporation, real estate investment trust, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise that he or she is or was serving in such capacity at our request, or the request of our Manager, we must indemnify the director or executive officer for all expenses and liabilities actually and reasonably incurred by him or her, or on his or her behalf, to the maximum extent permitted under Maryland law, including in any proceeding brought by the director or executive officer to enforce his or her rights under the indemnification agreement, to the extent provided by the agreement. The indemnification agreements will also require us to advance reasonable expenses incurred by the indemnitee within ten days of the receipt by us of a statement from the indemnitee requesting the advance, provided the statement evidences the expenses and is accompanied or preceded by:

 

   

a written affirmation of the indemnitee’s good faith belief that he or she has met the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification; and

 

   

a written undertaking, which may be unsecured, by the indemnitee or on his or her behalf to repay the amount paid if it shall ultimately be established that the standard of conduct has not been met.

The indemnification agreements will also provide for procedures for the determination of entitlement to indemnification, including requiring such determination be made by independent counsel after a change of control of us.

In addition, our directors and officers may be entitled to indemnification pursuant to the terms of the partnership agreement of our operating partnership.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling our company pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

 

II-3


Item 35. Treatment of Proceeds from Stock Being Registered

None of the proceeds of this offering will be credited to an account other than the appropriate capital account.

Item 36. Financial Statements and Exhibits

(a)    Financial Statements and Financial Statement Schedule. See page F-1 for an index of the financial statements included in this registration statement on Form S-11.

(b)    Exhibits. The following exhibits are filed as part of this registration statement on Form S-11:

 

Exhibit
Number

 

Description

  1.1*   Form of Underwriting Agreement
  3.1**   Form of Articles of Amendment and Restatement of Alpine Income Property Trust, Inc., to be in effect upon the completion of this offering
  3.2**   Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of Alpine Income Property Trust, Inc., to be in effect upon the completion of this offering
  4.1**   Specimen Common Stock Certificate of Alpine Income Property Trust, Inc.
  5.1   Opinion of Pillsbury Winthrop Shaw Pittman LLP regarding the validity of the securities being registered
  8.1   Opinion of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. regarding tax matters
10.1**   Form of Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Alpine Income Property OP, LP, to be in effect upon the completion of this offering
10.2**   Form of Management Agreement among Alpine Income Property Trust, Inc., Alpine Income Property OP, LP and Alpine Income Property Manager, LLC
10.3**   Form of Stock Purchase Agreement between Alpine Income Property Trust, Inc. and Consolidated-Tomoka Land Co.
10.4**   Form of Registration Rights Agreement between Alpine Income Property Trust, Inc. and Consolidated-Tomoka Land Co.
10.5**   Form of Exclusivity and Right of First Offer Agreement between Alpine Income Property Trust, Inc. and Consolidated-Tomoka Land Co.
10.6**   Form of Membership Interest Purchase and Sale Agreement
10.7**   Form of Contribution Agreement
10.8**   Form of Purchase and Sale Agreement
10.9†**   Form of Alpine Income Property Trust, Inc. 2019 Individual Equity Incentive Plan
10.10†**   Form of Alpine Income Property Trust, Inc. 2019 Manager Equity Incentive Plan
10.11†**   Form of Non-Employee Director Restricted Stock Award Agreement under the Alpine Income Property Trust, Inc. 2019 Individual Equity Incentive Plan
10.12†**   Form of Indemnification Agreement

 

II-4


Exhibit
Number

 

Description

10.13**   Form of Tax Protection Agreement among Alpine Income Property Trust, Inc., Alpine Income Property Trust OP, LP, Consolidated-Tomoka Land Co. and Indigo Group Ltd.
10.14   Form of Credit Agreement (for the revolving credit facility to be in effect upon the completion of this offering, the concurrent CTO private placement and the formation transactions)
21.1**   List of Subsidiaries of Alpine Income Property Trust, Inc.
23.1   Consent of Pillsbury Winthrop Shaw Pittman LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)
23.2   Consent of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. (included in Exhibit 8.1)
23.3   Consent of Grant Thornton LLP
23.4   Consent of Grant Thornton LLP
23.5   Consent of Grant Thornton LLP
23.6**   Consent of Rosen Consulting Group
24.1**   Power of Attorney (included on the signature page to this registration statement)
99.1**   Consent of Mark O. Decker, Jr. to be named as an Independent Director
99.2**   Consent of M. Carson Good to be named as an Independent Director
99.3**   Consent of Andrew C. Richardson to be named as an Independent Director
99.4**   Consent of Jeffrey S. Yarckin to be named as an Independent Director

 

*

To be filed by amendment.

**

Previously filed.

Indicates management contract or compensatory plan.

Item 37. Undertakings

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

The undersigned registrant hereby further undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for

 

II-5


indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

II-6


INDEX TO EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit
Number

 

Description

  1.1*   Form of Underwriting Agreement
  3.1**   Form of Articles of Amendment and Restatement of Alpine Income Property Trust, Inc., to be in effect upon the completion of this offering
  3.2**   Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of Alpine Income Property Trust, Inc., to be in effect upon the completion of this offering
  4.1**   Specimen Common Stock Certificate of Alpine Income Property Trust, Inc.
  5.1   Opinion of Pillsbury Winthrop Shaw Pittman LLP regarding the validity of the securities being registered
  8.1   Opinion of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. regarding tax matters
10.1**   Form of Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Alpine Income Property OP, LP, to be in effect upon the completion of this offering
10.2**   Form of Management Agreement among Alpine Income Property Trust, Inc., Alpine Income Property OP, LP and Alpine Income Property Manager, LLC
10.3**   Form of Stock Purchase Agreement between Alpine Income Property Trust, Inc. and Consolidated-Tomoka Land Co.
10.4**   Form of Registration Rights Agreement between Alpine Income Property Trust, Inc. and Consolidated-Tomoka Land Co.
10.5**   Form of Exclusivity and Right of First Offer Agreement between Alpine Income Property Trust, Inc. and Consolidated-Tomoka Land Co.
10.6**   Form of Membership Interest Purchase and Sale Agreement
10.7**   Form of Contribution Agreement
10.8**   Form of Purchase and Sale Agreement
10.9†**   Form of Alpine Income Property Trust, Inc. 2019 Individual Equity Incentive Plan
10.10†**   Form of Alpine Income Property Trust, Inc. 2019 Manager Equity Incentive Plan
10.11†**   Form of Non-Employee Director Restricted Stock Award Agreement under the Alpine Income Property Trust, Inc. 2019 Individual Equity Incentive Plan
10.12†**   Form of Indemnification Agreement
10.13**   Form of Tax Protection Agreement among Alpine Income Property Trust, Inc., Alpine Income Property Trust OP, LP, Consolidated-Tomoka Land Co. and Indigo Group Ltd.
10.14   Form of Credit Agreement (for the revolving credit facility to be in effect upon the completion of this offering, the concurrent CTO private placement and the formation transactions)
21.1**   List of Subsidiaries of Alpine Income Property Trust, Inc.
23.1   Consent of Pillsbury Winthrop Shaw Pittman LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)
23.2   Consent of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. (included in Exhibit 8.1)
23.3   Consent of Grant Thornton LLP
23.4   Consent of Grant Thornton LLP
23.5   Consent of Grant Thornton LLP
23.6**   Consent of Rosen Consulting Group

 

II-7


Exhibit
Number

 

Description

24.1**   Power of Attorney (included on the signature page to this registration statement)
99.1**   Consent of Mark O. Decker, Jr. to be named as an Independent Director
99.2**   Consent of M. Carson Good to be named as an Independent Director
99.3**   Consent of Andrew C. Richardson to be named as an Independent Director
99.4**   Consent of Jeffrey S. Yarckin to be named as an Independent Director

 

*

To be filed by amendment.

**

Previously filed.

Indicates management contract or compensatory plan.

 

II-8


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form S-11 and has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Daytona Beach, State of Florida, on this 18th day of November, 2019.

 

ALPINE INCOME PROPERTY TRUST, INC.
By:  

/s/ John P. Albright

Name:   John P. Albright
Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Name

 

Title

 

Date

/s/ John P. Albright

John P. Albright

 

President and Chief Executive Officer and Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

  November 18, 2019

/s/ Mark E. Patten

Mark E. Patten

 

Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

  November 18, 2019

 

II-9

EX-5.1

Exhibit 5.1

 

LOGO

Pillsbury Winthrop Shaw Pittman LLP

1200 Seventeenth Street NW | Washington, DC 20036-3006 | tel 202.663.8000 | fax 202.663.8007

November 18, 2019

Alpine Income Property Trust, Inc.

1140 N. Williamson Blvd., Suite 140

Daytona Beach, FL 32114

Re: Registration Statement on Form S-11 (File No. 333-234304)

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We have acted as counsel for Alpine Income Property Trust, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “Company”), in connection with certain matters relating to the registration by the Company of up to $181,125,000 of shares (the “Shares”) of Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share, of the Company, covered by the above-referenced Registration Statement, and all amendments thereto (the “Registration Statement”), filed by the Company with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”).

In connection with our representation of the Company, and as a basis for the opinions hereinafter set forth, we have examined originals, or copies certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of the following documents (hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Documents”):

1. The Registration Statement and the related form of prospectus included therein in the form in which it was transmitted to the Commission under the 1933 Act;

2. The charter of the Company represented by the Articles of Incorporation filed with the State Department of Assessments and Taxation of Maryland (the “SDAT”) on August 19, 2019;

3. The form of Articles of Amendment and Restatement of the Company to be filed with the SDAT prior to the issuance of the Shares (the “Charter”), certified as of the date hereof by an officer of the Company;

4. The Bylaws of the Company, certified as of the date hereof by an officer of the Company;

5. The form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company, certified as of the date hereof by an officer of the Company;

6. A certificate of the SDAT as to the good standing of the Company, dated as of a recent date;

7. Resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) relating to, among other matters, the registration, sale and issuance of the Shares (the “Resolutions”), certified as of the date hereof by an officer of the Company;

8. A certificate executed by an officer of the Company, dated as of the date hereof; and

9. Such other documents and matters as we have deemed necessary or appropriate to express the opinion set forth below, subject to the assumptions, limitations and qualifications stated herein.


In expressing the opinion set forth below, we have assumed the following:

1. Each individual executing any of the Documents, whether on behalf of such individual or another person, is legally competent to do so.

2. Each individual executing any of the Documents on behalf of a party (other than the Company) is duly authorized to do so.

3. Each of the parties (other than the Company) executing any of the Documents has duly and validly executed and delivered each of the Documents to which such party is a signatory, and such party’s obligations set forth therein are legal, valid and binding and are enforceable in accordance with all stated terms.

4. All Documents submitted to us as originals are authentic. The form and content of all Documents submitted to us as unexecuted drafts do not differ in any respect relevant to this opinion from the form and content of such Documents as executed and delivered. All Documents submitted to us as certified or photostatic copies conform to the original documents. All signatures on all Documents are genuine. All public records reviewed or relied upon by us or on our behalf are true and complete. All representations, warranties, statements and information contained in the Documents are true and complete. There has been no oral or written modification of or amendment to any of the Documents, and there has been no waiver of any provision of any of the Documents, by action or omission of the parties or otherwise.

5. The Shares will not be issued or transferred in violation of any restrictions on transfer and ownership contained in the Charter.

Based upon the foregoing, and subject to the assumptions, limitations and qualifications stated herein, it is our opinion that:

1. The Company is a corporation duly incorporated and existing under and by virtue of the laws of the State of Maryland and is in good standing with the SDAT.

2. The issuance of the Shares has been duly authorized and, when issued and delivered by the Company in accordance with the Resolutions and the Registration Statement against payment of the consideration set forth therein, the Shares will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

The foregoing opinion is limited to the Maryland General Corporation Law and we do not express any opinion herein concerning federal law or the laws of any other state. We express no opinion as to the applicability or effect of federal or state securities laws, including the securities laws of the Maryland, or as to federal or state laws regarding fraudulent transfers. To the extent that any matter as to which our opinion is expressed herein would be governed by the laws other than the Maryland General Corporation Law, we do not express any opinion on such matter. The opinion expressed herein is subject to the effect of any judicial decision which may permit the introduction of parol evidence to modify the terms or the interpretation of agreements.

The opinions expressed herein are limited to the matters specifically set forth herein and no other opinion shall be inferred beyond the matters expressly stated. We assume no obligation to supplement this opinion if any applicable law changes after the date hereof or if we become aware of any fact that might change the opinion expressed herein after the date hereof.

This opinion is being furnished to you for submission to the Commission as an exhibit to the Registration Statement. We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and to the use of the name of our firm therein. In giving this consent, we do not admit that we are within the category of persons whose consent is required by Section 7 of the 1933 Act.

Very truly yours,

/s/ Pillsbury Winthrop Shaw Pittman LLP

 

2

EX-8.1

Exhibit 8.1

 

LOGO

November 18, 2019

Alpine Income Property Trust, Inc.

1140 N. Williamson Boulevard, Suite 140

Daytona Beach, FL 32114

 

Re:

Alpine Income Property Trust, Inc. Qualification as Real Estate Investment Trust

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We have acted as counsel to Alpine Income Property Trust, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “Company”), in connection with the preparation of a Registration Statement on Form S-11 (File No. 333-234304) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 23, 2019, as amended through the date hereof (the “Registration Statement”), with respect to the offer and sale (the “Offering”) of shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company. You have requested our opinion regarding certain U.S. federal income tax matters in connection with the Offering.

In connection with the opinions rendered in (a) and (b) below (together, the “Tax Opinion”), we have examined the following:

 

1.

the Registration Statement and the prospectus (the “Prospectus”) filed as part of the Registration Statement;

 

2.

the Company’s Articles of Incorporation, filed with the Department of Assessments and Taxation of the State of Maryland and effective as of August 19, 2019, and the Company’s Articles of Amendment and Restatement (the “Amended Articles”), in the form attached as an exhibit to the Registration Statement;

 

3.

the Company’s Bylaws (the “Bylaws”), in the form attached as an exhibit to the Registration Statement;

 

4.

the Agreement of Limited Partnership of Alpine Income Property OP, LP a Delaware limited partnership (the “Operating Partnership”) effective as of August 20, 2019, and the Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of the Operating Partnership (the “Operating Partnership Agreement”), in the form attached as an exhibit to the Registration Statement; and

 

5.

such other documents as we have deemed necessary or appropriate for purposes of this opinion.

 

Vinson & Elkins LLP Attorneys at Law

Austin Beijing Dallas Dubai Hong Kong Houston London

New York Richmond Riyadh San Francisco Tokyo Washington

  

2200 Pennsylvania Avenue NW, Suite 500 West

Washington, DC 20037-1701

Tel +1.202.639.6500 Fax +1.202.639.6604 velaw.com


LOGO       November 18, 2019 Page 2

 

In connection with the opinions rendered below, we have assumed, with your consent, that:

 

1.

each of the documents referred to above is authentic, if an original, or is accurate, if a copy; and has not been amended;

 

2.

the Amended Articles, the Bylaws and the Operating Partnership Agreement will be executed, delivered, adopted, and filed, as applicable, in a form substantially similar to the forms filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement;

 

3.

during its short taxable year ending December 31, 2019, and future taxable years, the Company will operate in a manner that will make the factual representations contained in a certificate, dated the date hereof and executed by a duly appointed officer of the Company (the “Officer’s Certificate”), true for such years;

 

4.

the Company will not make any amendments to its organizational documents or the organizational documents of the Operating Partnership after the date of this opinion that would affect its qualification as a real estate investment trust (a “REIT”) for any taxable year; and

 

5.

no action will be taken by the Company or the Operating Partnership after the date hereof that would have the effect of altering the facts upon which the opinions set forth below are based.

In connection with the opinions rendered below, we also have relied upon the correctness of the factual representations contained in the Officer’s Certificate. No facts have come to our attention that would cause us to question the accuracy and completeness of such factual representations.

Based solely on the documents and assumptions set forth above, the representations set forth in the Officer’s Certificate and the discussion in the Prospectus under the caption “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations” (which is incorporated herein by reference), we are of the opinion that:

 

  (a)

commencing with its short taxable year ending December 31, 2019, the Company will be organized in conformity with the requirements for qualification and taxation as a REIT pursuant to sections 856 through 860 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and the Company’s proposed method of operation will enable it to satisfy the requirements for qualification and taxation as a REIT under the Code for its short taxable year ending December 31, 2019 and thereafter; and

 

  (b)

the descriptions of the law and the legal conclusions in the Prospectus under the caption “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations” are correct in all material respects.


LOGO       November 18, 2019 Page 3

 

We will not review on a continuing basis the Company’s compliance with the documents or assumptions set forth above, or the factual representations set forth in the Officer’s Certificate. Accordingly, no assurance can be given that the actual results of the Company’s operations for any given taxable year will satisfy the requirements for qualification and taxation as a REIT. Although we have made such inquiries and performed such investigations as we have deemed necessary to fulfill our professional responsibilities as counsel, we have not undertaken an independent investigation of all of the facts referred to in this letter or the Officer’s Certificate.

The foregoing Tax Opinion is based on current provisions of the Code, the Treasury regulations thereunder (the “Regulations”), published administrative interpretations thereof, and published court decisions. The Internal Revenue Service has not issued Regulations or administrative interpretations with respect to various provisions of the Code relating to REIT qualification. No assurance can be given that the law will not change in a way that will prevent the Company from qualifying as a REIT.

The foregoing Tax Opinion is limited to the U.S. federal income tax matters addressed herein, and no other opinions are rendered with respect to other U.S. federal tax matters or to any issues arising under the tax laws of any other country, or any state or locality. We undertake no obligation to update the Tax Opinion expressed herein after the date of this letter. This opinion letter speaks only as of the date hereof. Except as provided in the next paragraph, this opinion letter may not be distributed, quoted in whole or in part or otherwise reproduced in any document, or filed with any governmental agency without our express written consent.

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and to the use of our name under the captions “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations” and “Legal Matters” in the Prospectus. In giving this consent, we do not admit that we are in the category of persons whose consent is required by Section 7 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder by the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Very truly yours,
/s/ Vinson & Elkins LLP
Vinson & Elkins LLP
EX-10.14

Exhibit 10.14

 

 

 

CREDIT AGREEMENT

DATED AS OF NOVEMBER [__], 2019

AMONG

ALPINE INCOME PROPERTY OP, LP,

ALPINE INCOME PROPERTY TRUST, INC., AS GUARANTOR

THE OTHER GUARANTORS FROM TIME TO TIME PARTIES HERETO,

THE LENDERS FROM TIME TO TIME PARTIES HERETO,

BANK OF MONTREAL,

AS ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT,

 

 

 

BMO CAPITAL MARKETS CORP., and

[____________________]

AS JOINT LEAD ARRANGERS AND JOINT BOOK RUNNERS


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

SECTION   HEADING    PAGE  

SECTION 1.

  THE CREDIT FACILITY      1  

Section 1.1.

  Revolving Credit Commitments      1  

Section 1.2.

  Reserved      1  

Section 1.3.

  Letters of Credit      1  

Section 1.4.

  Applicable Interest Rates      5  

Section 1.5.

  Minimum Borrowing Amounts; Maximum Eurodollar Loans      7  

Section 1.6.

  Manner of Borrowing Loans and Designating Applicable Interest Rates      7  

Section 1.7.

  Maturity of Loans      10  

Section 1.8.

  Prepayments      10  

Section 1.9.

  Default Rate      10  

Section 1.10.

  Evidence of Indebtedness      11  

Section 1.11.

  Funding Indemnity      12  

Section 1.12.

  Commitment Terminations      12  

Section 1.13.

  Substitution of Lenders      13  

Section 1.14.

  Defaulting Lenders      13  

Section 1.15.

  Increase in Revolving Credit Commitments      14  

Section 1.16.

  Extension of Revolving Credit Termination Date      15  

Section 1.17.

  Swing Loans      15  

SECTION 2.

  FEES      17  

Section 2.1.

  Fees      17  

SECTION 3.

  PLACE AND APPLICATION OF PAYMENTS      18  

Section 3.1.

  Place and Application of Payments      18  

SECTION 4.

  GUARANTIES      19  

Section 4.1.

  Guaranties      19  

Section 4.2.

  Further Assurances      20  

SECTION 5.

  DEFINITIONS; INTERPRETATION      20  

Section 5.1.

  Definitions      20  

Section 5.2.

  Interpretation      46  

Section 5.3.

  Change in Accounting Principles      46  

SECTION 6.

  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES      47  

Section 6.1.

  Organization and Qualification      47  

Section 6.2.

  Subsidiaries      47  


Section 6.3.

  Authority and Validity of Obligations      47  

Section 6.4.

  Use of Proceeds; Margin Stock      48  

Section 6.5.

  Financial Reports      48  

Section 6.6.

  No Material Adverse Effect      49  

Section 6.7.

  Full Disclosure      49  

Section 6.8.

  Trademarks, Franchises, and Licenses      49  

Section 6.9.

  Governmental Authority and Licensing      49  

Section 6.10.

  Good Title      50  

Section 6.11.

  Litigation and Other Controversies      50  

Section 6.12.

  Taxes      50  

Section 6.13.

  Approvals      50  

Section 6.14.

  Affiliate Transactions      50  

Section 6.15.

  Investment Company      50  

Section 6.16.

  ERISA      50  

Section 6.17.

  Compliance with Laws      51  

Section 6.18.

  OFAC      52  

Section 6.19.

  Other Agreements      52  

Section 6.20.

  Solvency      52  

Section 6.21.

  No Default      52  

Section 6.22.

  No Broker Fees.      53  

Section 6.23.

  Condition of Property; Casualties; Condemnation      53  

Section 6.24.

  Legal Requirements, and Zoning      53  

Section 6.25.

  No Defaults; Landlord is in Compliance with Leases      53  

Section 6.26.

  EEA Financial Institution      54  

Section 6.26.

  EEA Financial Institution      54  

SECTION 7.

  CONDITIONS PRECEDENT      54  

Section 7.1.

  All Credit Events      54  

Section 7.2.

  Initial Credit Event      55  

Section 7.3.

  Eligible Property Additions and Deletions to the Borrowing Base      57  

SECTION 8.

  COVENANTS      57  

Section 8.1.

  Maintenance of Existence      57  

Section 8.2.

  Maintenance of Properties, Agreements      58  

Section 8.3.

  Taxes and Assessments      58  

Section 8.4.

  Insurance      58  

Section 8.5.

  Financial Reports      58  

Section 8.6.

  Inspection      61  

Section 8.7.

  Liens      61  

Section 8.8.

  Investments, Acquisitions, Loans and Advances      62  

Section 8.9.

  Mergers, Consolidations and Sales      63  

Section 8.10.

  Maintenance of Subsidiaries      64  

Section 8.11.

  ERISA      64  

Section 8.12.

  Compliance with Laws      64  

 

-ii-


Section 8.13.

  Compliance with OFAC Sanctions Programs and Anti-Corruption Laws      65  

Section 8.14.

  Burdensome Contracts With Affiliates      66  

Section 8.15.

  No Changes in Fiscal Year      66  

Section 8.16.

  Formation of Subsidiaries      66  

Section 8.17.

  Change in the Nature of Business      67  

Section 8.18.

  Use of Proceeds      67  

Section 8.19.

  No Restrictions      67  

Section 8.20.

  Financial Covenants      67  

Section 8.21.

  Borrowing Base Covenant      68  

Section 8.22.

  Electronic Delivery of Certain Information      68  

Section 8.23.

  Evidence of Payment of Florida Intangibles Tax      68  

Section 8.24.

  REIT Status      69  

SECTION 9.

  EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES      69  

Section 9.1.

  Events of Default      69  

Section 9.2.

  Non-Bankruptcy Defaults      71  

Section 9.3.

  Bankruptcy Defaults      71  

Section 9.4.

  Collateral for Undrawn Letters of Credit      72  

Section 9.5.

  Notice of Default      72  

SECTION 10.

  CHANGE IN CIRCUMSTANCES      72  

Section 10.1.

  Change of Law      72  

Section 10.2.

  Unavailability of Deposits or Inability to Ascertain, or Inadequacy of, LIBOR      73  

Section 10.3.

  Increased Cost and Reduced Return      73  

Section 10.4.

  Lending Offices      75  

Section 10.5.

  Discretion of Lender as to Manner of Funding      75  

Section 10.6.

  Effect of Benchmark Transition Event      75  

SECTION 11.

  THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT      76  

Section 11.1.

  Appointment and Authority      76  

Section 11.2.

  Rights as a Lender      76  

Section 11.3.

  Action by Administrative Agent; Exculpatory Provisions      77  

Section 11.4.

  Reliance by Administrative Agent      78  

Section 11.5.

  Delegation of Duties      78  

Section 11.6.

  Resignation of Administrative Agent; Removal of Administrative Agent      78  

Section 11.7.

  Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent and Other Lenders      79  

Section 11.8.

  L/C Issuer and Swing Line Lender.      80  

Section 11.9.

  Hedging Liability and Funds Transfer and Deposit Account Liability      81  

Section 11.10.

  Designation of Additional Agents      81  

Section 11.11.

  Reserved      81  

 

-iii-


Section 11.12.

  Authorization to Release Guaranties      81  

Section 11.13.

  Authorization of Administrative Agent to File Proofs of Claim      81  

SECTION 12.

  MISCELLANEOUS      82  

Section 12.1.

  Withholding Taxes      82  

Section 12.2.

  No Waiver, Cumulative Remedies      85  

Section 12.3.

  Non-Business Days      85  

Section 12.4.

  Documentary Taxes      85  

Section 12.5.

  Survival of Representations      85  

Section 12.6.

  Survival of Indemnities      85  

Section 12.7.

  Sharing of Set-Off      85  

Section 12.8.

  Notices      86  

Section 12.9.

  Counterparts      87  

Section 12.10.

  Successors and Assigns      88  

Section 12.11.

  Participants      88  

Section 12.12.

  Assignments      88  

Section 12.13.

  Amendments      91  

Section 12.14.

  Headings      92  

Section 12.15.

  Costs and Expenses; Indemnification      92  

Section 12.16.

  Set-off      93  

Section 12.17.

  Entire Agreement      93  

Section 12.18.

  Governing Law      93  

Section 12.19.

  Severability of Provisions      94  

Section 12.20.

  Excess Interest      94  

Section 12.21.

  Construction      94  

Section 12.22.

  Lender’s and L/C Issuer’s Obligations Several      94  

Section 12.23.

  Submission to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial      95  

Section 12.24.

  USA Patriot Act      95  

Section 12.25.

  Confidentiality      95  

Section 12.26.

  Limitation of Recourse      96  

Section 12.27.

  Other Taxes      96  

Section 12.28.

  Acknowledgement and Consent to Bail-In of EEA Financial Institutions      97  

Section 12.29.

  Acknowledgement Regarding Any Supported QFCs      97  

SECTION 13.

  THE GUARANTEES      98  

Section 13.1.

  The Guarantees      98  

Section 13.2.

  Guarantee Unconditional      99  

Section 13.3.

  Discharge Only upon Payment in Full; Reinstatement in Certain Circumstances      100  

Section 13.4.

  Subrogation      100  

Section 13.5.

  Waivers      100  

Section 13.6.

  Limit on Recovery      100  

Section 13.7.

  Stay of Acceleration      100  

 

-iv-


Section 13.8.

  Benefit to Guarantors      101  

Section 13.9.

  Guarantor Covenants      101  

Section 13.10.

  Keepwell      101  

Signature Page

     1  

 

EXHIBIT A

         

Notice of Payment Request

EXHIBIT B

         

Notice of Borrowing

EXHIBIT C

         

Notice of Continuation/Conversion

EXHIBIT D-1

         

Revolving Note

EXHIBIT D-2

         

Swing Note

EXHIBIT E

         

Compliance Certificate

EXHIBIT F

         

Assignment and Acceptance

EXHIBIT G

         

Additional Guarantor Supplement

EXHIBIT H

         

Commitment Amount Increase Request

EXHIBIT I

         

Borrowing Base Certificate

SCHEDULE 1

         

Revolving Credit Commitments

SCHEDULE 1.1

         

Initial Properties

SCHEDULE 6.2

         

Subsidiaries

SCHEDULE 6.6

         

Material Adverse Effect

SCHEDULE 6.11

         

Litigation

SCHEDULE 6.12

         

Tax Returns

SCHEDULE 6.17

         

Environmental Issues

SCHEDULE 6.23

         

Maintenance and Condition

SCHEDULE 6.25

         

Significant Leases

SCHEDULE 8.7

         

Existing Liens

 

 

-v-


CREDIT AGREEMENT

This Credit Agreement (this “Agreement”) is entered into as of November [__], 2019, by and among ALPINE INCOME PROPERTY OP, LP, a Delaware limited partnership (the “Borrower”), ALPINE INCOME PROPERTY TRUST, INC., a Maryland corporation, as a Guarantor (“Parent”), and each Material Subsidiary from time to time party to this Agreement, as Guarantors, the several financial institutions from time to time party to this Agreement, as Lenders, and BANK OF MONTREAL, as Administrative Agent as provided herein. All capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the same meanings herein as such terms are defined in Section 5.1 hereof.

PRELIMINARY STATEMENT

The Borrower has requested, and the Lenders have agreed to extend, certain credit facilities on the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements contained herein, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

SECTION 1. THE CREDIT FACILITY.

Section 1.1. Revolving Credit Commitments. Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, each Lender, by its acceptance hereof, severally agrees to make a loan or loans (individually a Revolving Loan and collectively for all the Lenders the Revolving Loans) in U.S. Dollars to the Borrower from time to time on a revolving basis up to the amount of such Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment, subject to any reductions thereof pursuant to the terms hereof, before the Revolving Credit Termination Date. The sum of the aggregate principal amount of Revolving Loans, Swing Loans and L/C Obligations at any time outstanding shall not exceed the lesser of (i) the Revolving Credit Commitments of all Lenders in effect at such time and (ii) the Borrowing Base as then determined and computed. Each Borrowing of Revolving Loans shall be made ratably by the Lenders in proportion to their respective Revolver Percentages. As provided in Section 1.6(a) hereof, the Borrower may elect that each Borrowing of Revolving Loans be either Base Rate Loans or Eurodollar Loans. Revolving Loans may be repaid and the principal amount thereof reborrowed before the Revolving Credit Termination Date, subject to the terms and conditions hereof.

Section 1.2. Reserved.

Section 1.3. Letters of Credit. (a) General Terms. Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, as part of the Revolving Credit, the L/C Issuer shall issue standby and commercial letters of credit (each a Letter of Credit) or amend or extend Letters of Credit issued by it for the account of the Borrower or for the account of the Borrower and one or more of its Subsidiaries in an aggregate undrawn face amount up to the L/C Sublimit. Each Letter of Credit shall be issued by the L/C Issuer, but each Lender shall be obligated to reimburse the L/C Issuer for such Lender’s Revolver Percentage of the amount of each drawing thereunder and, accordingly, each Letter of Credit shall constitute usage of the Revolving Credit Commitment of each Lender pro rata in an amount equal to its Revolver Percentage of the L/C Obligations then outstanding.


(b) Applications. At any time before the Revolving Credit Termination Date, the L/C Issuer shall, at the request of the Borrower, issue one or more Letters of Credit in U.S. Dollars, in a form satisfactory to the L/C Issuer, with expiration dates no later than the earlier of 12 months from the date of issuance (or which are cancelable not later than 12 months from the date of issuance and each renewal) or thirty (30) days prior to the Revolving Credit Termination Date (provided that such expiration date may extend up to 12 months beyond the Revolving Credit Termination Date if any such Letter of Credit is cash collateralized at one hundred three percent (103%) of its face amount (to cash collateralize fees and interest as well as the amount of the Letter of Credit) in the manner set forth in Section 9.4 no less than thirty (30) days prior to the Revolving Credit Termination Date), in an aggregate face amount as set forth above, upon the receipt of an application duly executed by the Borrower and, if such Letter of Credit is for the account of one of its Subsidiaries, such Subsidiary for the relevant Letter of Credit, in the form then customarily prescribed by the L/C Issuer for the Letter of Credit requested (each an “Application”). Notwithstanding anything contained in any Application to the contrary: (i) the Borrower shall pay fees in connection with each Letter of Credit as set forth in Section 2.1(b) hereof, (ii) except as otherwise provided in Section 1.8(b) or Section 1.14 hereof, unless an Event of Default exists, the L/C Issuer will not call for the funding by the Borrower of any amount under a Letter of Credit before being presented with a drawing thereunder, and (iii) if the L/C Issuer is not timely reimbursed for the amount of any drawing under a Letter of Credit on the date such drawing is paid, the Borrower’s obligation to reimburse the L/C Issuer for the amount of such drawing shall bear interest (which the Borrower hereby promises to pay) from and after the date such drawing is paid at a rate per annum equal to the sum of the Applicable Margin plus the Base Rate from time to time in effect (computed on the basis of a year of 365 or 366 days, as the case may be, and the actual number of days elapsed). If the L/C Issuer issues any Letter of Credit with an expiration date that is automatically extended unless the L/C Issuer gives notice that the expiration date will not so extend beyond its then scheduled expiration date, then the L/C Issuer will give such notice of non-renewal before the time necessary to prevent such automatic extension if before such required notice date: (i) the expiration date of such Letter of Credit if so extended would be after the date that is thirty (30) days prior to the Revolving Credit Termination Date (provided that such expiration date may extend up to 12 months beyond the Revolving Credit Termination Date if any such Letter of Credit is cash collateralized at one hundred three percent (103%) of its face amount (to cash collateralize fees and interest as well as the amount of the Letter of Credit) in the manner set forth in Section 9.4 no less than thirty (30) days prior to the Revolving Credit Termination Date), (ii) the Revolving Credit Commitments have been terminated, or (iii) a Default or an Event of Default exists and either the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders (with notice to the Administrative Agent) have given the L/C Issuer instructions to not permit the extension of the expiration date of such Letter of Credit. The L/C Issuer agrees to issue amendments to the Letter(s) of Credit increasing the amount, or extending the expiration date, thereof at the request of the Borrower subject to the conditions of Section 7 hereof and the other terms of this Section 1.3. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, if a default of any Lender’s obligations to fund under Section 1.3(c) exists or any Lender is at such time a Defaulting Lender hereunder, the L/C Issuer shall be under no obligation to issue, extend or amend any Letter of Credit unless the L/C Issuer has entered into arrangements with Borrower (including for cash collateralization as set forth above) or such Lender satisfactory to the L/C Issuer to eliminate the L/C Issuer’s risk with respect to such Lender.

 

-2-


(c) The Reimbursement Obligations. Upon receipt from the beneficiary of any Letter of Credit of any notice of a drawing under such Letter of Credit, the L/C Issuer shall promptly notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent thereof. Subject to Section 1.3(b) hereof, the obligation of the Borrower to reimburse the L/C Issuer for all drawings under a Letter of Credit (a “Reimbursement Obligation”) shall be governed by the Application related to such Letter of Credit, except that reimbursement shall be made by no later than 1:00 p.m. (Chicago time) on the date when each drawing is to be paid if the Borrower has been informed of such drawing by the L/C Issuer on or before 11:00 a.m. (Chicago time) on the date when such drawing is to be paid or, if notice of such drawing is given to the Borrower after 11:00 a.m. (Chicago time) on the date when such drawing is to be paid, by no later than 12:00 Noon (Chicago time) on the following Business Day, in immediately available funds at the Administrative Agent’s principal office in Chicago, Illinois or such other office as the Administrative Agent may designate in writing to the Borrower (who shall thereafter cause to be distributed to the L/C Issuer such amount(s) in like funds). If the Borrower does not make any such reimbursement payment on the date due and the Participating Lenders fund their participations therein in the manner set forth in Section 1.3(e) below, then all payments thereafter received by the Administrative Agent in discharge of any of the relevant Reimbursement Obligations shall be distributed in accordance with Section 1.3(e) below; provided, however, if the Borrower does not make any such reimbursement payment on the due date, the Borrower shall be deemed to have requested a Borrowing of Base Rate Loans under the Revolving Credit and, subject to satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 7.1 except for 7.1(c) hereof, a Loan shall be made on such date in the amount of the Reimbursement Obligations then due which Loan proceeds shall be applied to pay the Reimbursement Obligations then due.

(d) Obligations Absolute. The Borrower’s obligation to reimburse L/C Obligations as provided in subsection (c) of this Section shall be absolute, unconditional and irrevocable, and shall be performed strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the relevant Application under any and all circumstances whatsoever and irrespective of (i) any lack of validity or enforceability of any Letter of Credit or this Agreement, or any term or provision therein, (ii) any draft or other document presented under a Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent or invalid in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect, (iii) payment by the L/C Issuer under a Letter of Credit against presentation of a draft or other document that does not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit, or (iv) any other event or circumstance whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing, that might, but for the provisions of this Section 1.3, constitute a legal or equitable discharge of, or provide a right of setoff against, the Borrower’s obligations hereunder, except for events or circumstances arising from the willful misconduct or gross negligence on behalf of the L/C Issuer. None of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders, or the L/C Issuer shall have any liability or responsibility by reason of or in connection with the issuance or transfer of any Letter of Credit or any payment or failure to make any payment thereunder (irrespective of any of the circumstances referred to in the preceding sentence), or any error, omission, interruption, loss or delay in transmission or delivery of any draft, notice or other communication under or relating to any Letter of Credit (including any document required to make a drawing thereunder), any error in interpretation of technical

 

-3-


terms or any consequence arising from causes beyond the control of the L/C Issuer; provided that the foregoing shall not be construed to excuse the L/C Issuer from liability to the Borrower to the extent of any direct damages (as opposed to consequential damages, claims in respect of which are hereby waived by the Borrower to the extent permitted by applicable law) suffered by the Borrower that are caused by the L/C Issuer’s (i) failure to exercise care when determining whether drafts and other documents presented under a Letter of Credit comply with the terms thereof or (ii) willful misconduct or gross negligence. The parties hereto expressly agree that, in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part of the L/C Issuer (as finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction), the L/C Issuer shall be deemed to have exercised care in each such determination. In furtherance of the foregoing and without limiting the generality thereof, the parties agree that, with respect to documents presented which appear on their face to be in substantial compliance with the terms of a Letter of Credit, the L/C Issuer may, in its sole good faith discretion, either accept and make payment upon such documents without responsibility for further investigation, regardless of any notice or information to the contrary, or refuse to accept and make payment upon such documents if such documents are not in strict compliance with the terms of such Letter of Credit.

(e) The Participating Interests. Each Lender (other than the Lender acting as L/C Issuer in issuing the relevant Letter of Credit), by its acceptance hereof, severally agrees to purchase from the L/C Issuer, and the L/C Issuer hereby agrees to sell to each such Lender (a “Participating Lender”), an undivided percentage participating interest (a “Participating Interest”), to the extent of its Revolver Percentage, in each Letter of Credit issued by, and each Reimbursement Obligation owed to, the L/C Issuer. Upon any failure by the Borrower to pay any Reimbursement Obligation at the time required on the date the related drawing is to be paid, as set forth in Section 1.3(c) above, or if the L/C Issuer is required at any time to return to the Borrower or to a trustee, receiver, liquidator, custodian or other Person any portion of any payment of any Reimbursement Obligation, each Participating Lender shall, not later than the Business Day it receives a certificate in the form of Exhibit A hereto from the L/C Issuer (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) to such effect, if such certificate is received before 1:00 p.m. (Chicago time), or not later than 1:00 p.m. (Chicago time) the following Business Day, if such certificate is received after such time, pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of the L/C Issuer an amount equal to such Participating Lender’s Revolver Percentage of such unpaid or recaptured Reimbursement Obligation together with interest on such amount accrued from the date the related payment was made by the L/C Issuer to the date of such payment by such Participating Lender at a rate per annum equal to: (i) from the date the related payment was made by the L/C Issuer to the date two (2) Business Days after payment by such Participating Lender is due hereunder, the Federal Funds Rate for each such day and (ii) from the date two (2) Business Days after the date such payment is due from such Participating Lender to the date such payment is made by such Participating Lender, the Base Rate in effect for each such day. Each such Participating Lender shall thereafter be entitled to receive its Revolver Percentage of each payment received in respect of the relevant Reimbursement Obligation and of interest paid thereon, with the L/C Issuer retaining its Revolver Percentage thereof as a Lender hereunder. The several obligations of the Participating Lenders to the L/C Issuer under this Section 1.3 shall be absolute, irrevocable, and unconditional under any and all circumstances whatsoever and shall not be subject to any set-off, counterclaim or defense to payment which any Participating Lender may have or have had against the Borrower, the L/C Issuer, the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any other Person whatsoever. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, such obligations shall not be affected by any Default or Event of Default or by any reduction or termination of any Revolving Credit Commitment of any Lender, and each payment by a Participating Lender under this Section 1.3 shall be made without any offset, abatement, withholding or reduction whatsoever.

 

-4-


(f) Indemnification. The Participating Lenders shall, to the extent of their respective Revolver Percentages, indemnify the L/C Issuer (to the extent not reimbursed by the Borrower) against any cost, expense (including reasonable counsel fees and disbursements), claim, demand, action, loss or liability (except such as result from such L/C Issuer’s gross negligence or willful misconduct) that the L/C Issuer may suffer or incur in connection with any Letter of Credit issued by it. The obligations of the Participating Lenders under this Section 1.3(f) and all other parts of this Section 1.3 shall survive termination of this Agreement and of all Applications, Letters of Credit, and all drafts and other documents presented in connection with drawings thereunder.

(g) Manner of Requesting a Letter of Credit. The Borrower shall provide at least five (5) Business Days’ advance written notice to the Administrative Agent of each request for the issuance of a Letter of Credit, such notice in each case to be accompanied by an Application for such Letter of Credit properly completed and executed by the Borrower and, in the case of an extension or amendment or an increase in the amount of a Letter of Credit, a written request therefor, in a form acceptable to the Administrative Agent and the L/C Issuer, in each case, together with the fees called for by this Agreement. The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the L/C Issuer of the Administrative Agent’s receipt of each such notice (and the L/C Issuer shall be entitled to assume that the conditions precedent to any such issuance, extension, amendment or increase have been satisfied unless notified to the contrary by the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders) and the L/C Issuer shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent and the Lenders of the issuance of the Letter of Credit so requested.

(h) Replacement of the L/C Issuer. The L/C Issuer may be replaced at any time by written agreement among the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the replaced L/C Issuer and the successor L/C Issuer. The Administrative Agent shall notify the Lenders of any such replacement of the L/C Issuer. At the time any such replacement shall become effective, the Borrower shall pay all unpaid fees accrued for the account of the replaced L/C Issuer. From and after the effective date of any such replacement (i) the successor L/C Issuer shall have all the rights and obligations of the L/C Issuer under this Agreement with respect to Letters of Credit to be issued thereafter and (ii) references herein to the term “L/C Issuer” shall be deemed to refer to such successor or to any previous L/C Issuer, or to such successor and all previous L/C Issuers, as the context shall require. After the replacement of a L/C Issuer hereunder, the replaced L/C Issuer shall remain a party hereto and shall continue to have all the rights and obligations of a L/C Issuer under this Agreement with respect to Letters of Credit issued by it prior to such replacement, but shall not be required to issue additional Letters of Credit.

Section 1.4. Applicable Interest Rates. (a) Base Rate Loans. Each Base Rate Loan made or maintained by a Lender shall bear interest (computed on the basis of a year of 365 or 366 days, as the case may be, and the actual days elapsed) on the unpaid principal amount thereof from the date such Loan is advanced, or created by conversion from a Eurodollar Loan, until maturity (whether by acceleration or otherwise) at a rate per annum equal to the sum of the Applicable Margin plus the Base Rate from time to time in effect, payable by the Borrower on each Interest Payment Date and at maturity (whether by acceleration or otherwise).

 

-5-


“Base Rate” means, for any day, the rate per annum equal to the greatest of: (a) the rate of interest announced or otherwise established by the Administrative Agent from time to time as its prime commercial rate, or its equivalent, for U.S. Dollar loans to borrowers located in the United States as in effect on such day, with any change in the Base Rate resulting from a change in said prime commercial rate to be effective as of the date of the relevant change in said prime commercial rate (it being acknowledged and agreed that such rate may not be the Administrative Agent’s best or lowest rate), (b) the sum of (i) the Federal Funds Rate for such day, plus (ii) 1/2 of 1%, and (c) the LIBOR Quoted Rate for such day plus 1.00%. As used herein, the term “LIBOR Quoted Rate” means, for any day, the rate per annum equal to the quotient of (i) the rate per annum (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next higher one hundred-thousandth of a percentage point) for deposits in U.S. Dollars for a one-month interest period as reported on the applicable Bloomberg screen page (or such other commercially available source providing such quotations as may be designated by the Administrative Agent from time to time) as of 11:00 a.m. (London, England time) on such day (or, if such day is not a Business Day, on the immediately preceding Business Day) divided by (ii) one (1) minus the Eurodollar Reserve Percentage, provided that in no event shall the “LIBOR Quoted Rate” be less than 0.00%.

“Federal Funds Rate” means, for any day, the rate per annum equal to the weighted average of the rates on overnight federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System, as published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York on the Business Day next succeeding such day; provided that (a) if such day is not a Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be such rate on such transactions on the next preceding Business Day as so published on the next succeeding Business Day, and (b) if no such rate is so published on such next succeeding Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be the average rate (rounded upward, if necessary, to a whole multiple of 1/100 of 1%) charged to the Administrative Agent on such day on such transactions as determined by the Administrative Agent; provided that in no event shall the Federal Funds Rate be less than 0.00%.

(b) Eurodollar Loans. Each Eurodollar Loan made or maintained by a Lender shall bear interest during each Interest Period it is outstanding (computed on the basis of a year of 360 days and actual days elapsed) on the unpaid principal amount thereof from the date such Loan is advanced or continued, or created by conversion from a Base Rate Loan, until maturity (whether by acceleration or otherwise) at a rate per annum equal to the sum of the Applicable Margin plus the Adjusted LIBOR applicable for such Interest Period, payable by the Borrower on each Interest Payment Date and at maturity (whether by acceleration or otherwise).

“Adjusted LIBOR” means, for any Borrowing of Eurodollar Loans, a rate per annum determined in accordance with the following formula:

 

Adjusted LIBOR    =   

LIBOR

  
      1 - Eurodollar Reserve Percentage   

 

-6-


“Eurodollar Reserve Percentage” means the maximum reserve percentage, expressed as a decimal, at which reserves (including, without limitation, any emergency, marginal, special, and supplemental reserves) are imposed by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (or any successor) on “eurocurrency liabilities”, as defined in such Board’s Regulation D (or any successor thereto), subject to any amendments of such reserve requirement by such Board or its successor, taking into account any transitional adjustments thereto. For purposes of this definition, the relevant Loans shall be deemed to be “eurocurrency liabilities” as defined in Regulation D without benefit or credit for any prorations, exemptions or offsets under Regulation D. The Eurodollar Reserve Percentage shall be adjusted automatically on and as of the effective date of any change in any such reserve percentage.

“LIBOR” means, for an Interest Period for a Borrowing of Eurodollar Loans, (a) the LIBOR Index Rate for such Interest Period, if such rate is available, and (b) if the LIBOR Index Rate cannot be determined, the arithmetic average of the rates of interest per annum (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the nearest 1/100 of 1%) at which deposits in U.S. Dollars in immediately available funds are offered to the Administrative Agent at 11:00 a.m. (London, England time) two (2) Business Days before the beginning of such Interest Period by three (3) or more major banks in the interbank eurodollar market selected by the Administrative Agent for delivery on the first day of and for a period equal to such Interest Period and in an amount equal or comparable to the principal amount of the Eurodollar Loan scheduled to be made as part of such Borrowing, provided that in no event shall “LIBOR” be less than 0.00%.

“LIBOR Index Rate” means, for any Interest Period, the greater of (a) the rate per annum (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next higher one hundred-thousandth of a percentage point) for deposits in U.S. Dollars for a period equal to such Interest Period, as reported on the applicable Bloomberg screen page (or such other commercially available source providing such quotations as may be designated by the Administrative Agent from time to time) as of 11:00 a.m. (London, England time) on the day two (2) Business Days before the commencement of such Interest Period and (b) 0% per annum.

(c) Rate Determinations. The Administrative Agent shall determine each interest rate applicable to the Loans and the Reimbursement Obligations hereunder, and its determination thereof shall be conclusive and binding except in the case of manifest error.

Section 1.5. Minimum Borrowing Amounts; Maximum Eurodollar Loans. Each Borrowing of Base Rate Loans shall be in an amount not less than $100,000. Each Borrowing of Eurodollar Loans advanced, continued or converted to a Eurodollar Loan shall be in an amount equal to $100,000 or such greater amount which is an integral multiple of $100,000. Without the Administrative Agent’s consent, there shall not be more than eight (8) Borrowings of Eurodollar Loans outstanding hereunder.

Section 1.6. Manner of Borrowing Loans and Designating Applicable Interest Rates. (a) Notice to the Administrative Agent. The Borrower shall give notice to the Administrative Agent by no later than 10:00 a.m. (Chicago time): (i) at least three (3) Business Days before the date on which the Borrower requests the Lenders to advance a Borrowing of Eurodollar Loans and (ii) on the date the Borrower requests the Lenders to advance a Borrowing of Base Rate Loans. The

 

-7-


Loans included in each Borrowing shall bear interest initially at the type of rate specified in such notice of a new Borrowing. Thereafter, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Borrower may from time to time elect to change or continue the type of interest rate borne by each Borrowing or, subject to the minimum amount requirement for each outstanding Borrowing set forth in Section 1.5 hereof, a portion thereof, as follows: (i) if such Borrowing is of Eurodollar Loans, on the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto, the Borrower may continue part or all of such Borrowing as Eurodollar Loans or convert part or all of such Borrowing into Base Rate Loans or (ii) if such Borrowing is of Base Rate Loans, on any Business Day, the Borrower may convert all or part of such Borrowing into Eurodollar Loans for an Interest Period or Interest Periods specified by the Borrower. The Borrower shall give all such notices requesting the advance, continuation or conversion of a Borrowing to the Administrative Agent by telephone, telecopy, or other telecommunication device acceptable to the Administrative Agent (which notice shall be irrevocable once given and, if by telephone, shall be promptly confirmed in writing), substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B (Notice of Borrowing) or Exhibit C (Notice of Continuation/Conversion), as applicable, or in such other form acceptable to the Administrative Agent. Notice of the continuation of a Borrowing of Eurodollar Loans for an additional Interest Period or of the conversion of part or all of a Borrowing of Base Rate Loans into Eurodollar Loans must be given by no later than 10:00 a.m. (Chicago time) at least three (3) Business Days before the date of the requested continuation or conversion. All such notices concerning the advance, continuation or conversion of a Borrowing shall specify the date of the requested advance, continuation or conversion of a Borrowing (which shall be a Business Day), the amount of the requested Borrowing to be advanced, continued or converted, the type of Loans to comprise such new, continued or converted Borrowing and, if such Borrowing is to be comprised of Eurodollar Loans, the Interest Period applicable thereto. No Borrowing of Eurodollar Loans shall be advanced, continued, or created by conversion if any Default or Event of Default then exists. The Borrower agrees that the Administrative Agent may rely on any such telephonic, telecopy or other telecommunication notice given by any person the Administrative Agent in good faith believes is an Authorized Representative without the necessity of independent investigation, and in the event any such notice by telephone conflicts with any written confirmation such telephonic notice shall govern if the Administrative Agent has acted in reliance thereon.

(b) Notice to the Lenders. The Administrative Agent shall give prompt telephonic, telecopy or other telecommunication notice to each Lender of any notice from the Borrower received pursuant to Section 1.6(a) above and, if such notice requests the Lenders to make Eurodollar Loans, the Administrative Agent shall give notice to the Borrower and each Lender by like means of the interest rate applicable thereto promptly after the Administrative Agent has made such determination.

(c) Borrower’s Failure to Notify. If the Borrower fails to give notice pursuant to Section 1.6(a) above of the continuation or conversion of any outstanding principal amount of a Borrowing of Eurodollar Loans before the last day of its then current Interest Period within the period required by Section 1.6(a) and such Borrowing is not prepaid in accordance with Section 1.8(a), the Borrower shall be deemed to have given the notice three (3) Business Days prior to the end of the then current Interest Period and such Borrowing shall automatically be continued as a Borrowing of a Eurodollar Loan with a one (1) month Interest Period; provided that all Lenders are able to accommodate such one (1) month Interest Period and such Eurodollar Loan

 

-8-


shall be subject to the funding indemnity set forth in Section 1.11 hereof in the event it is prepaid prior to the end of the Interest Period. In the event the Borrower fails to give notice pursuant to Section 1.6(a) above of a Borrowing equal to the amount of a Reimbursement Obligation and has not notified the Administrative Agent by 12:00 noon (Chicago time) on the day such Reimbursement Obligation becomes due that it intends to repay such Reimbursement Obligation through funds not borrowed under this Agreement, the Borrower shall be deemed to have requested a Borrowing of Base Rate Loans under the Revolving Credit (or at the option of the Swing Line Lender under the Swing Line) on such day in the amount of the Reimbursement Obligation then due, which Borrowing shall be applied to pay the Reimbursement Obligation then due.

(d) Disbursement of Loans. Not later than 1:00 p.m. (Chicago time) on the date of any requested advance of a new Borrowing, subject to Section 7 hereof, each Lender shall make available its Loan comprising part of such Borrowing in funds immediately available at the principal office of the Administrative Agent in Chicago, Illinois (or at such other location as the Administrative Agent shall designate). The Administrative Agent shall make the proceeds of each new Borrowing available to the Borrower no later than 2:00 p.m. (Chicago time) on the date of such Borrowing as instructed by the Borrower.

(e) Administrative Agent Reliance on Lender Funding. Unless the Administrative Agent shall have been notified by a Lender prior to (or, in the case of a Borrowing of Base Rate Loans, by 1:00 p.m. (Chicago time) on) the date on which such Lender is scheduled to make payment to the Administrative Agent of the proceeds of a Loan (which notice shall be effective upon receipt) that such Lender does not intend to make such payment, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made such payment when due and the Administrative Agent may in reliance upon such assumption (but shall not be required to) make available to the Borrower the proceeds of the Loan to be made by such Lender and, if any Lender has not in fact made such payment to the Administrative Agent, (1) such Lender shall, on demand, pay to the Administrative Agent the amount made available to the Borrower attributable to such Lender together with interest thereon in respect of each day during the period commencing on the date such amount was made available to the Borrower and ending on (but excluding) the date such Lender pays such amount to the Administrative Agent at a rate per annum equal to: (i) from the date the related advance was made by the Administrative Agent to the date two (2) Business Days after payment by such Lender is due hereunder, the Federal Funds Rate for each such day and (ii) from the date two (2) Business Days after the date such payment is due from such Lender to the date such payment is made by such Lender, the Base Rate in effect for each such day, and (2) the Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower of such Lender’s failure to pay. If such amount is not received from such Lender by the Administrative Agent immediately upon demand, the Borrower will, on demand, promptly, and in no event later than 11:00 a.m. (Chicago time) on the date that is two (2) Business Days following such demand, repay to the Administrative Agent the proceeds of the Loan attributable to such Lender with interest thereon at a rate per annum equal to the interest rate applicable to the relevant Loan, which payment may be in the form of a Base Rate Loan under this Agreement, but without such payment being considered a payment or prepayment of a Loan under Section 1.11 hereof so that the Borrower will have no liability under such Section with respect to such payment.

 

-9-


Section 1.7. Maturity of Loans. Each Revolving Loan and Swing Loan, both for principal and interest not sooner paid, shall mature and be due and payable by the Borrower on the Revolving Credit Termination Date.

Section 1.8. Prepayments. (a) Optional. The Borrower may prepay in whole or in part (but, if in part, then: (i) if such Borrowing is of Base Rate Loans, in an amount not less than $100,000, (ii) if such Borrowing is of Eurodollar Loans, in an amount not less than $100,000, and (iii) in each case, in an amount such that the minimum amount required for a Borrowing pursuant to Section 1.5 hereof remains outstanding) any Borrowing of Eurodollar Loans at any time upon three (3) Business Days prior notice by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent or, in the case of a Borrowing of Base Rate Loans, notice delivered by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent no later than 10:00 a.m. (Chicago time) on the date of prepayment (or, in any case, such shorter period of time then agreed to by the Administrative Agent), such prepayment to be made by the payment of the principal amount to be prepaid and, in the case of any Eurodollar Loans, accrued interest thereon to the date fixed for prepayment plus any amounts due the Lenders under Section 1.11 hereof.

(b) Mandatory.

(i) If at any time the sum of the unpaid principal balance of the Revolving Loans, Swing Loans and the L/C Obligations then outstanding shall be in excess of the lesser of the aggregate Revolving Credit Commitments and the Borrowing Base as then determined and computed, as contained in the most recent Borrowing Base Certificate delivered in accordance with Section 8.5(d) hereof, the Borrower shall promptly, and in no event later than 11:00 a.m. (Chicago time) on the date that is two (2) Business Days following such delivery, and without notice or demand pay the amount of the excess to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders as a mandatory prepayment on such Obligations, with each such prepayment first to be applied to the Revolving Loans and Swing Loans until paid in full with any remaining balance to be held by the Administrative Agent in the Collateral Account as security for the Obligations owing with respect to the Letters of Credit.

(ii) Unless the Borrower otherwise directs, prepayments of Loans under this Section 1.8(b) shall be applied first to Borrowings of Base Rate Loans until payment in full thereof with any balance applied to Borrowings of Eurodollar Loans in the order in which their Interest Periods expire. Each prepayment of Loans under this Section 1.8(b) shall be made by the payment of the principal amount to be prepaid and, in the case of any Eurodollar Loans, accrued interest thereon to the date of prepayment together with any amounts due the Lenders under Section 1.11 hereof. Each prefunding of L/C Obligations shall be made in accordance with Section 9.4 hereof.

(c) No Reborrowing. Any amount of Revolving Loans or Swing Loans paid or prepaid before the Revolving Credit Termination Date may, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, be borrowed, repaid and borrowed again.

Section 1.9. Default Rate. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, while any Event of Default exists or after acceleration, if so directed by the Required Lenders, the Borrower shall pay interest (after as well as before entry of judgment thereon to the extent permitted by law) on the principal amount of all Loans and Reimbursement Obligations, and letter of credit fees at a rate per annum equal to:

(a) for any Base Rate Loan, the sum of 2.0% plus the Applicable Margin plus the Base Rate from time to time in effect;

 

-10-


(b) for any Eurodollar Loan, the sum of 2.0% plus the rate of interest in effect thereon at the time of such default until the end of the Interest Period applicable thereto plus the Applicable Margin and, thereafter, at a rate per annum equal to the sum of 2.0% plus the Applicable Margin for Base Rate Loans plus the Base Rate from time to time in effect;

(c) for any Reimbursement Obligation, the sum of 2.0% plus the amounts due under Section 1.3 with respect to such Reimbursement Obligation; and

(d) for any Letter of Credit, the sum of 2.0% plus the letter of credit fee due under Section 2.1 with respect to such Letter of Credit;

provided, however, that in the absence of acceleration, any adjustments pursuant to this Section 1.9 shall be made by the Administrative Agent, acting at the request or with the consent of the Required Lenders, with written notice to the Borrower. While any Event of Default exists or after acceleration, interest shall be paid on the demand of the Administrative Agent at the request or with the consent of the Required Lenders.

Section 1.10. Evidence of Indebtedness. (a) Each Lender shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice an account or accounts evidencing the indebtedness of the Borrower to such Lender resulting from each Loan made by such Lender from time to time, including the amounts of principal and interest payable and paid to such Lender from time to time hereunder.

(b) The Administrative Agent shall also maintain accounts in which it will record (i) the amount of each Loan made hereunder, the type thereof and the Interest Period with respect thereto, (ii) the amount of any principal or interest due and payable or to become due and payable from the Borrower to each Lender hereunder and (iii) the amount of any sum received by the Administrative Agent hereunder from the Borrower and each Lender’s share thereof.

(c) The entries maintained in the accounts maintained pursuant to paragraphs (a) and (b) above shall be prima facie evidence of the existence and amounts of the Obligations therein recorded absent manifest error; provided, however, that the failure of the Administrative Agent or any Lender to maintain such accounts or any error therein shall not in any manner affect the obligation of the Borrower to repay the Obligations in accordance with their terms.

(d) Any Lender may request that its Loans be evidenced by a promissory note or notes in the forms of Exhibit D-1 (in the case of its Revolving Loans, a “Revolving Note” and collectively, the “Revolving Notes”) or Exhibit D-2 (in the case of its Swing Loans, a “Swing Note”), as applicable (the Revolving Notes and Swing Note being herein referred to collectively as the “Notes” and individually as a “Note”). In such event, the Borrower shall prepare, execute and

 

-11-


deliver to such Lender a Note payable to such Lender or its registered assigns in the amount of the Revolving Credit Commitment or Swing Line Sublimit, as applicable. Thereafter, the Loans evidenced by such Note or Notes and interest thereon shall at all times (including after any assignment pursuant to Section 12.12) be represented by one or more Notes payable to the order of the payee named therein or any assignee pursuant to Section 12.12, except to the extent that any such Lender or assignee subsequently returns any such Note for cancellation and requests that such Loans once again be evidenced as described above.

Section 1.11. Funding Indemnity. If any Lender shall incur any loss, cost or reasonable expense (including, without limitation, any loss, cost or reasonable expense incurred by reason of the liquidation or re-employment of deposits or other funds acquired by such Lender to fund or maintain any Eurodollar Loan or the relending or reinvesting of such deposits or amounts paid or prepaid to such Lender) as a result of:

(a) any payment, prepayment or conversion of a Eurodollar Loan on a date other than the last day of its Interest Period,

(b) any failure (because of a failure to meet the conditions of Section 7 or otherwise) by the Borrower to borrow or continue a Eurodollar Loan, or to convert a Base Rate Loan into a Eurodollar Loan, on the date specified in a notice given pursuant to Section 1.6(a) hereof,

(c) any failure by the Borrower to make any payment of principal on any Eurodollar Loan when due (whether by acceleration or otherwise), or

(d) any acceleration of the maturity of a Eurodollar Loan as a result of the occurrence of any Event of Default hereunder,

then, upon the demand of such Lender, the Borrower shall pay to such Lender such amount as will reimburse such Lender for such loss, cost or reasonable expense. If any Lender makes such a claim for compensation, it shall provide to the Borrower, with a copy to the Administrative Agent, a certificate setting forth the amount of such loss, cost or reasonable expense in reasonable detail and the amounts shown on such certificate shall be conclusive if reasonably determined absent manifest error.

Section 1.12. Commitment Terminations. (a) Optional Revolving Credit Terminations. The Borrower shall have the right at any time and from time to time, upon five (5) Business Days prior written notice to the Administrative Agent (or such shorter period of time agreed to by the Administrative Agent), to terminate the Revolving Credit Commitments without premium or penalty and in whole or in part, any partial termination to be (i) in an amount not less than $1,000,000 and (ii) allocated ratably among the Lenders in proportion to their respective Revolver Percentages, provided that the Revolving Credit Commitments may not be reduced to an amount less than the sum of the aggregate principal amount of Revolving Loans, Swing Loans and L/C Obligations then outstanding. Any termination of the Revolving Credit Commitments below the L/C Sublimit or the Swing Line Sublimit then in effect shall reduce the L/C Sublimit or the Swing Line Sublimit, as applicable, by a like amount. The Administrative Agent shall give prompt notice to each Lender of any such termination of the Revolving Credit Commitments.

 

-12-


(b) Any termination of the Revolving Credit Commitments pursuant to this Section 1.12 may not be reinstated.

Section 1.13. Substitution of Lenders. In the event (a) the Borrower receives a claim from any Lender for compensation under Section 10.3 or 12.1 hereof, (b) the Borrower receives notice from any Lender of any illegality pursuant to Section 10.1 hereof, (c) any Lender is then a Defaulting Lender or such Lender is a Subsidiary or Affiliate of a Person who has been deemed insolvent or becomes the subject of a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding or a receiver or conservator has been appointed for any such Person, or (d) a Lender fails to consent to an amendment or waiver requested under Section 12.13 hereof at a time when the Required Lenders have approved such amendment or waiver (any such Lender referred to in clause (a), (b), (c), or (d) above being hereinafter referred to as an Affected Lender), the Borrower may, in addition to any other rights the Borrower may have hereunder or under applicable law, require, at its expense, any such Affected Lender to assign, at par, without recourse (other than with respect to claims or Liens arising by, through or under such Affected Lender), all of its interest, rights, and obligations hereunder (including all of its Revolving Credit Commitments and the Loans and participation interests in Letters of Credit and other amounts at any time owing to it hereunder and the other Loan Documents) to an Eligible Assignee specified by the Borrower, provided that (i) such assignment shall not conflict with or violate any law, rule or regulation or order of any court or other governmental authority, (ii) the Borrower shall have paid to the Affected Lender all monies (together with amounts due such Affected Lender under Section 1.11 hereof as if the Loans owing to it were prepaid rather than assigned) other than such principal owing to it hereunder, and (iii) the assignment is entered into in accordance with, and subject to the consents required by, Section 12.12 hereof (provided any reimbursable expenses due thereunder shall be paid by the Borrower and any assignment fees shall be waived).

Section 1.14. Defaulting Lenders. Anything contained herein to the contrary notwithstanding, in the event that any Lender at any time is a Defaulting Lender, then (a) during any Defaulting Lender Period with respect to such Defaulting Lender, such Defaulting Lender shall be deemed not to be a Lender for purposes of voting on any matters (including the granting of any consents or waivers) with respect to any of the Loan Documents and such Defaulting Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitments shall be excluded for purposes of determining Required Lenders (provided that the foregoing shall not permit an increase in such Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitments or an extension of the maturity date of such Lender’s Loans or other Obligations without such Lender’s consent); (b) to the extent permitted by applicable law, until such time as the Defaulting Lender Excess with respect to such Defaulting Lender shall have been reduced to zero, any voluntary prepayment of the Loans shall, if the Administrative Agent so directs at the time of making such voluntary prepayment, be applied to the Loans of other Lenders as if such Defaulting Lender had no Loans outstanding; (c) such Defaulting

 

-13-


Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitments and outstanding Loans shall be excluded for purposes of calculating any commitment fee payable to Lenders pursuant to Section 2.1 in respect of any day during any Defaulting Lender Period with respect to such Defaulting Lender, and such Defaulting Lender shall not be entitled to receive any fee pursuant to Section 2.1 with respect to such Defaulting Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment in respect of any Defaulting Lender Period with respect to such Defaulting Lender (and any Letter of Credit fee otherwise payable to a Lender who is a Defaulting Lender shall instead be paid to the L/C Issuer for its use and benefit); (d) the utilization of Revolving Credit Commitments as at any date of determination shall be calculated as if such Defaulting Lender had funded all Loans of such Defaulting Lender; and (e) if so requested by the L/C Issuer at any time during the Defaulting Lender Period with respect to such Defaulting Lender, the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent cash collateral in an amount equal to such Defaulting Lender’s Revolver Percentage of L/C Obligations then outstanding (to be, held by the Administrative Agent as set forth in Section 9.4 hereof). No Revolving Credit Commitment of any Lender shall be increased or otherwise affected, and, except as otherwise expressly provided in this Section 1.14, performance by the Borrower of its obligations hereunder and the other Loan Documents shall not be excused or otherwise modified as a result of the operation of this Section 1.14. The rights and remedies against a Defaulting Lender under this Section 1.14 are in addition to other rights and remedies which the Borrower may have against such Defaulting Lender and which the Administrative Agent or any Lender may have against such Defaulting Lender.

Section 1.15. Increase in Revolving Credit Commitments. The Borrower may, from time to time, on any Business Day prior to the Revolving Credit Termination Date, increase the aggregate amount of the Revolving Credit Commitments by delivering a Commitment Amount Increase Request substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit H or in such other form acceptable to the Administrative Agent at least five (5) Business Days prior to the desired effective date of such increase (the Commitment Amount Increase) identifying one or more additional Lenders (or additional Revolving Credit Commitments for existing Lender(s) or by a combination of existing Lenders and additional Lenders) and the amount of its Revolving Credit Commitment (or additional amount of its Revolving Credit Commitment(s)); provided, however, that (i) the aggregate amount of the Revolving Credit Commitments shall not be increased to an amount in excess of $150,000,000, (ii) any Commitment Amount Increase shall be in an amount not less than $5,000,000 or such lesser amount as approved by the Administrative Agent, (iii) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of the request or the effective date of the Commitment Amount Increase and (iv) all representations and warranties contained in Section 6 hereof shall be true and correct in all material respects (except in the case of a representation or warranty qualified by materiality, in which case such representation or warranty shall be true and correct in all respects) at the time of such request and on the effective date of such Commitment Amount Increase except for representations and warranties that relate to a prior date, which shall have been true and correct in all material respects (except in the case of a representation or warranty qualified by materiality, in which case such representation or warranty shall be true and correct in all respects) as of the applicable date on which they were made. The effective date of the Commitment Amount Increase shall be agreed upon by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent. Upon the effectiveness thereof, the new Lender(s) (or, if applicable, existing Lender(s)) shall advance Revolving Loans in an amount sufficient such that after giving effect to its advance each Lender shall have outstanding its Revolver Percentage of Revolving Loans. It shall be a condition to such effectiveness that if any Eurodollar Loans are outstanding under the Revolving Credit on the date of such effectiveness, such Eurodollar Loans shall be deemed to be prepaid on such date and the Borrower shall pay any amounts owing to the Lenders pursuant to Section 1.11 hereof. In the event that the Borrower shall have terminated any portion of the Revolving Credit Commitments pursuant to Section 1.11 hereof, the terminated commitment amount shall reduce

 

-14-


the Commitment Amount Increase by the terminated commitment amount. The Borrower agrees to pay any reasonable expenses of the Administrative Agent relating to any Commitment Amount Increase and arrangement fees related thereto as agreed upon in writing between Administrative Agent and the Borrower, if any. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, no Lender shall have any obligation to increase its Revolving Credit Commitment and no Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment shall be increased without its consent thereto, and each Lender may at its option, unconditionally and without cause, decline to increase its Revolving Credit Commitment.

Section 1.16. Extension of Revolving Credit Termination Date. Borrower may, by notice to Administrative Agent (which shall promptly deliver a copy to each of the Lenders) given at least thirty (30) days and not more than ninety (90) days prior to the then Revolving Credit Termination Date (the Existing Commitment Termination Date), request that Lenders extend the Existing Commitment Termination Date for one additional one-year period. Upon the Borrower’s timely delivery of such notice to Administrative Agent and provided, that (i) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing (both on the date the notice is delivered and on the then Existing Commitment Revolving Credit Termination Date), (ii) the Borrower and the Subsidiaries are in compliance with all covenants contained in Section 8 hereof, (iii) all representations and warranties contained in Section 6 hereof shall be true and correct in all material respects (except in the case of a representation or warranty qualified by materiality in which case such representation or warranty shall be true and correct in all respects) on the date the notice is delivered and on the then Existing Commitment Termination Date except for representations and warranties that relate to a prior date, which shall have been true and correct in all material respects (except in the case of a representation or warranty qualified by materiality in which case such representation or warranty shall be true and correct in all respects) as of the applicable date on which they were made and (iv) the Borrower has paid in immediately available funds the Extension Fee on or prior to the first day of any requested extension period, then the Revolving Credit Termination Date shall be extended to the first anniversary of the then Existing Commitment Termination Date. Should the Revolving Credit Termination Date be extended, the terms and conditions of this Agreement will apply during any such extension period, and from and after the date of such extension, the term Revolving Credit Termination Date shall mean the last day of the extended term.

Section 1.17. Swing Loans. (a) Generally. Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, as part of the Revolving Credit, the Swing Line Lender may, in its sole discretion, make loans in U.S. Dollars to the Borrower under the Swing Line (individually a Swing Loan and collectively the Swing Loans) which shall not in the aggregate at any time outstanding exceed the Swing Line Sublimit; provided, that if the Swing Line Lender declines to make a Swing Loan, the Borrower shall be deemed to have requested a Borrowing of a Base Rate Loan under Section 1.6 hereof in the amount of such requested Swing Loan. Swing Loans may be availed of from time to time and borrowings thereunder may be repaid and used again during the period ending on the Revolving Credit Termination Date. Each Swing Loan shall be in a minimum amount of $100,000 or such greater amount which is an integral multiple of $100,000.

(b) Interest on Swing Loans. Each Swing Loan shall bear interest until maturity (whether by acceleration or otherwise) at a rate per annum equal to the sum of the Base Rate plus the Applicable Margin for Base Rate Loans under the Revolving Credit as from time to time in effect (computed on the basis of a year of 365 or 366 days, as the case may be, for the actual number of days elapsed). Interest on each Swing Loan shall be due and payable by the Borrower on each Interest Payment Date and at maturity (whether by acceleration or otherwise).

 

-15-


(c) Requests for Swing Loans. The Borrower shall give the Administrative Agent prior notice (which may be written or oral) no later than 12:00 Noon (Chicago time) on the date upon which the Borrower requests that any Swing Loan be made, of the amount and date of such Swing Loan. The Administrative Agent shall promptly advise the Swing Line Lender of any such notice received from the Borrower. Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the proceeds of each Swing Loan extended to the Borrower shall be deposited or otherwise wire transferred as agreed to by the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, and the Swing Line Lender. Anything contained in the foregoing to the contrary notwithstanding, the undertaking of the Swing Line Lender to make Swing Loans shall be subject to all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement (provided that the Swing Line Lender shall be entitled to assume that the conditions precedent to an advance of any Swing Loan have been satisfied unless notified to the contrary by the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders).

(d) Refunding Loans. In its sole and absolute discretion, the Swing Line Lender may at any time, on behalf of the Borrower (which hereby irrevocably authorizes the Swing Line Lender to act on its behalf for such purpose) and with notice to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, request each Lender to make a Revolving Loan in the form of a Base Rate Loan in an amount equal to such Lender’s Revolver Percentage of the amount of the Swing Loans outstanding on the date such notice is given. Unless an Event of Default described in Section 9.1(j) or 9.1(k) exists with respect to the Borrower, regardless of the existence of any other Event of Default, each Lender shall make the proceeds of its requested Revolving Loan available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Swing Line Lender, in immediately available funds, at the Administrative Agent’s office in Chicago, Illinois (or such other location designated by the Administrative Agent), before 12:00 Noon (Chicago time) on the Business Day following the day such notice is given. The Administrative Agent shall promptly remit the proceeds of such Borrowing to the Swing Line Lender to repay the outstanding Swing Loans.

(e) Participations. If any Lender refuses or otherwise fails to make a Revolving Loan when requested by the Swing Line Lender pursuant to Section 1.17(d) above (because an Event of Default described in Section 9.1(j) or 9.1(k) exists with respect to the Borrower or otherwise), such Lender will, by the time and in the manner such Revolving Loan was to have been funded to the Swing Line Lender, purchase from the Swing Line Lender an undivided participating interest in the outstanding Swing Loans in an amount equal to its Revolver Percentage of the aggregate principal amount of Swing Loans that were to have been repaid with such Revolving Loans. Each Lender that so purchases a participation in a Swing Loan shall thereafter be entitled to receive its Revolver Percentage of each payment of principal received on the Swing Loan and of interest received thereon accruing from the date such Lender funded to the Swing Line Lender its participation in such Loan. The several obligations of the Lenders under this Section shall be absolute, irrevocable, and unconditional under any and all circumstances whatsoever and shall not be subject to any set-off, counterclaim or defense to payment which any Lender may have or have had against the Borrower, any other Lender, or any other Person whatsoever. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, such obligations shall not be affected by any Default or Event of Default or by any reduction or termination of the Revolving Credit Commitments of any Lender, and each payment made by a Lender under this Section shall be made without any offset, abatement, withholding, or reduction whatsoever.

 

-16-


(f) Sweep to Loan Arrangement. So long as a Sweep to Loan Arrangement is in effect, and subject to the terms and conditions thereof, Swing Loans may be advanced and prepaid hereunder notwithstanding any notice, minimum amount, or funding and payment location requirements hereunder for any advance of Swing Loans or for any prepayment of any Swing Loans. The making of any such Swing Loans shall otherwise be subject to the other terms and conditions of this Agreement. All Swing Loans advanced or prepaid pursuant to such Sweep to Loan Arrangement shall be Base Rate Loans; and, so long as a Sweep to Loan Arrangement is in effect, all Swing Loans (whether or not advanced pursuant to the Sweep to Loan Arrangement) shall be Base Rate Loans. The Swing Line Lender shall have the right in its sole discretion to suspend or terminate the making and/or prepayment of Swing Loans pursuant to such Sweep to Loan Arrangement with notice to the Sweep Depositary and the Borrower (which may be provided on a same-day basis), whether or not any Default or Event of Default exists. The Swing Line Lender shall not be liable to the Borrower or any other Person for any losses directly or indirectly resulting from events beyond the Swing Line Lender’s reasonable control, including without limitation any interruption of communications or data processing services or legal restriction or for any special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages in connection with any Sweep to Loan Arrangement.

SECTION 2. FEES.

Section 2.1. Fees. (a) Revolving Credit Unused Commitment Fee. The Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the ratable account of the Lenders in accordance with their Revolver Percentages an unused commitment fee at a rate per annum equal to (x) 0.15% if the average daily Unused Revolving Credit Commitments are less than 50% of the Revolving Credit Commitments then in effect and (y) 0.25% if the average daily Unused Revolving Credit Commitments are equal to or greater than 50% of the Revolving Credit Commitments then in effect (computed on the basis of a year of 360 days and the actual number of days elapsed) and determined based on the average daily Unused Revolving Credit Commitments during such previous quarter. Such commitment fee shall be payable quarterly in arrears on the last day of each March, June, September, and December in each year (commencing on the first such date occurring after the date hereof) and on the Revolving Credit Termination Date, unless the Revolving Credit Commitments are terminated in whole on an earlier date, in which event the commitment fee for the period to the date of such termination in whole shall be calculated and paid on the date of such termination.

(b) Letter of Credit Fees. On the date of issuance or extension, or increase in the amount, of any Letter of Credit pursuant to Section 1.3 hereof, the Borrower shall pay to the L/C Issuer for its own account a fronting fee equal to 0.20% of the face amount of (or of the increase in the face amount of) such Letter of Credit. Quarterly in arrears, on the last day of each March, June, September, and December, commencing on the first such date occurring after the date hereof, the Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Lenders in accordance with their Revolver Percentages, a letter of credit fee at a rate per annum equal to the

 

-17-


Applicable Margin (computed on the basis of a year of 360 days and the actual number of days elapsed) in effect during each day of such quarter applied to the daily average face amount of Letters of Credit outstanding during such quarter. If no Letters of Credit were outstanding during such quarter, no such fee shall be owed. In addition, the Borrower shall pay to the L/C Issuer for its own account the L/C Issuer’s standard issuance, drawing, negotiation, amendment, cancellation, assignment, and other administrative fees for each Letter of Credit as established by the L/C Issuer from time to time.

(c) Administrative Agent and Other Fees. The Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent, for its own use and benefit and for the benefit of the Lenders, as applicable, the fees agreed to between the Administrative Agent and the Borrower in a fee letter dated October 18, 2019, or as otherwise agreed to in writing between them.

SECTION 3. PLACE AND APPLICATION OF PAYMENTS.

Section 3.1. Place and Application of Payments. All payments of principal of and interest on the Loans and the Reimbursement Obligations, and of all other Obligations payable by the Borrower under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, shall be made by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent by no later than 12:00 Noon (Chicago time) on the due date thereof at the office of the Administrative Agent in Chicago, Illinois (or such other location as the Administrative Agent may designate to the Borrower) for the benefit of the Lender(s) or L/C Issuer entitled thereto. Any payments received after such time shall be deemed to have been received by the Administrative Agent on the next Business Day. All such payments shall be made in U.S. Dollars, in immediately available funds at the place of payment, in each case without set-off or counterclaim. The Administrative Agent will promptly thereafter cause to be distributed like funds relating to the payment of principal or interest on Revolving Loans and on Reimbursement Obligations in which the Lenders have purchased Participating Interests ratably to the Lenders and like funds relating to the payment of any other amount payable to any Lender to such Lender, in each case to be applied in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. If the Administrative Agent causes amounts to be distributed to the Lenders in reliance upon the assumption that the Borrower will make a scheduled payment and such scheduled payment is not so made, each Lender shall, on demand, repay to the Administrative Agent the amount distributed to such Lender together with interest thereon in respect of each day during the period commencing on the date such amount was distributed to such Lender and ending on (but excluding) the date such Lender repays such amount to the Administrative Agent, at a rate per annum equal to: (i) from the date the distribution was made to the date two (2) Business Days after payment by such Lender is due hereunder, the Federal Funds Rate for each such day and (ii) from the date two (2) Business Days after the date such payment is due from such Lender to the date such payment is made by such Lender, the Base Rate in effect for each such day.

 

-18-


Anything contained herein to the contrary notwithstanding (including, without limitation, Section 1.8(b) hereof), all payments and collections received in respect of the Obligations by the Administrative Agent or any of the Lenders after acceleration or the final maturity of the Obligations or termination of the Revolving Credit Commitments as a result of an Event of Default shall be remitted to the Administrative Agent and distributed as follows:

(a) first, to the payment of any outstanding costs and expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent in protecting, preserving or enforcing rights under the Loan Documents, and in any event including all costs and expenses of a character which the Borrower has agreed to pay the Administrative Agent under Section 12.15 hereof (such funds to be retained by the Administrative Agent for its own account unless it has previously been reimbursed for such costs and expenses by the Lenders, in which event such amounts shall be remitted to the Lenders to reimburse them for payments theretofore made to the Administrative Agent);

(b) second, to the payment of Swing Loans, both for principal and accrued but unpaid interest;

(c) third, to the payment of any outstanding interest and fees due under the Loan Documents to be allocated pro rata in accordance with the aggregate unpaid amounts owing to each holder thereof;

(d) fourth, to the payment of principal on the Revolving Loans, unpaid Reimbursement Obligations, together with amounts to be held by the Administrative Agent as collateral security for any outstanding L/C Obligations pursuant to Section 9.4 hereof (until the Administrative Agent is holding an amount of cash equal to the then outstanding amount of all such L/C Obligations), and Hedging Liability, the aggregate amount paid to, or held as collateral security for, the Lenders and L/C Issuer and, in the case of Hedging Liability, their Affiliates to be allocated pro rata in accordance with the aggregate unpaid amounts owing to each holder thereof;

(e) fifth, to the payment of all other unpaid Obligations and all other indebtedness, obligations, and liabilities of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries evidenced by the Loan Documents (including, without limitation, Funds Transfer and Deposit Account Liability) to be allocated pro rata in accordance with the aggregate unpaid amounts owing to each holder thereof; and

(f) finally, to the Borrower or whoever else may be lawfully entitled thereto.

SECTION 4. GUARANTIES.

Section 4.1. Guaranties. The payment and performance of the Obligations, Hedging Liability, and Funds Transfer and Deposit Account Liability shall at all times be guaranteed by (i) Parent and (ii) each direct and indirect Material Subsidiary of the Borrower pursuant to Section 13 hereof or pursuant to one or more guaranty agreements in form and substance acceptable to the Administrative Agent, as the same may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time (individually a Guaranty and collectively the Guaranties and each such Material Subsidiary executing and delivering a Guaranty being referred to herein as a Guarantor and collectively the Guarantors); provided, however, that, with respect to any Guarantor, Hedging Liability guaranteed by such Guarantor shall exclude all Excluded Swap Obligations.

 

-19-


Section 4.2. Further Assurances. In the event the Borrower or any Guarantor forms or acquires any other Material Subsidiary after the date hereof, except as otherwise provided in Section 4.1, the Borrower shall promptly upon such formation or acquisition cause such newly formed or acquired Material Subsidiary to execute a Guaranty or an Additional Guarantor Supplement in the form of Exhibit G attached hereto (the Additional Guarantor Supplement) as the Administrative Agent may then require, and the Borrower shall also deliver to the Administrative Agent, or cause such Material Subsidiary to deliver to the Administrative Agent, at the Borrower’s cost and expense, such other instruments, documents, certificates, and opinions reasonably required by the Administrative Agent in connection therewith.

SECTION 5. DEFINITIONS; INTERPRETATION.

Section 5.1. Definitions. The following terms when used herein shall have the following meanings:

“1031 Cash Proceeds” means cash proceeds from the sale of Property in a transaction under Section 1031 of the Code held by a qualifying intermediary; provided, that, such proceeds shall cease to be 1031 Cash Proceeds as of the last day on which Borrower or the applicable Subsidiary can consummate a tax-deferred transaction under Section 1031 of the Code.

“1031 Property” means, as of any Borrowing Base Determination Date, any Property owned by a 1031 Property Holder which is intended to qualify for tax treatment under, Section 1031 of the Code and which satisfies the following conditions:

(i) the Property meets all of the requirements of the definition of Eligible Property; and

(ii) the Borrower or a Guarantor has the unconditional contractual right to require and cause fee simple title to such Property to be transferred at any time to any Person as directed by the Borrower or a Guarantor.

For purposes of determining Total Asset Value, such 1031 Property shall be deemed to have been owned or leased by the Borrower or a Guarantor from the date acquired by the 1031 Property Holder that owns such 1031 Property.

“1031 Property Holder” means the “qualified intermediary” or “exchange accommodation titleholder” with respect to a 1031 Property as contemplated under Section 1031 of the Code, the regulations of the U.S. Department of Treasury adopted thereunder and related revenue procedures related thereto.

“Additional Guarantor Supplement” is defined in Section 4.2 hereof.

“Adjusted EBITDA” means EBITDA minus the Annual Capital Expenditure Reserve.

 

-20-


“Adjusted LIBOR” is defined in Section 1.4(b) hereof.

“Administrative Agent” means Bank of Montreal, in its capacity as Administrative Agent hereunder, and any successor in such capacity pursuant to Section 11.6 hereof.

“Administrative Questionnaire” means an Administrative Questionnaire in a form supplied by the Administrative Agent.

“Affected Lender” is defined in Section 1.13 hereof.

“Affiliate” means any Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by, or under direct or indirect common control with, another Person. A Person shall be deemed to control another Person for purposes of this definition if such Person possesses, directly or indirectly, the power to direct, or cause the direction of, the management and policies of the other Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, common directors, trustees or officers, by contract or otherwise; provided that, in any event for purposes of this definition, any Person that owns, directly or indirectly, 20% or more of the securities having the ordinary voting power for the election of directors or governing body of a corporation or 20% or more of the partnership or other ownership interest of any other Person (other than as a limited partner of such other Person) will be deemed to control such corporation or other Person.

“Agreement” means this Credit Agreement, as the same may be amended, modified, restated or supplemented from time to time pursuant to the terms hereof.

“Alpine Income Property Predecessor” means the financial position and results of operations of 15 single-tenant properties, which are owned by Consolidated-Tomoka Land Co. and its Subsidiaries (collectively, “CTO”) immediately prior to the Alpine IPO, and which, along with four single-tenant properties owned by CTO which were acquired by CTO during the six months ended June 30, 2019, will be acquired by Borrower and its Subsidiaries in coinnecton with the Alpine IPO.

“Alpine IPO” means the initial public offering common stock of Parent on the New York Stock Exchange raising an amount not less than $140,000,000 of gross common stock proceeds.

“Annual Capital Expenditure Reserve” means the sum of (a) an amount equal to the product of (i) $0.15 multiplied by (ii) the aggregate net rentable area, determined on a square footage basis, for retail and industrial properties, plus (b) an amount equal to the product of (i) $0.50 multiplied by (ii) the aggregate net rentable area, determined on a square footage basis, for office properties; provided, however, this definition of Annual Capital Expenditure Reserve shall not apply to any Land Assets or any Ground Leases; provided that the Borrower is not obligated for Capital Expenditures.

“Anti-Corruption Law” means the FCPA and any law, rule or regulation of any jurisdiction concerning or relating to bribery or corruption that are applicable to Borrower or any Subsidiary or Affiliate.

 

-21-


“Applicable Margin” means, with respect to Loans, Reimbursement Obligations, and the commitment fees and letter of credit fees payable under Section 2.1 hereof, until the first Pricing Date, the rates shown opposite Level [I] [BMO TO CONFIRM] below, and thereafter, from one Pricing Date to the next the rates per annum determined in accordance with the following schedule:

 

LEVEL    TOTAL INDEBTEDNESS TO TOTAL ASSET VALUE RATIO FOR SUCH PRICING DATE    APPLICABLE MARGIN
FOR BASE RATE LOANS
AND REIMBURSEMENT
OBLIGATIONS SHALL BE:
  APPLICABLE MARGIN FOR
EURODOLLAR LOANS AND
LETTER OF CREDIT FEE
SHALL BE:
I    Less than or equal to 0.45 to 1.00    0.35%   1.35%
II    Less than or equal to 0.50 to 1.00, but greater than 0.45 to 1.00    0.50%   1.50%
III    Less than or equal to 0.55 to 1.00, but greater than 0.50 to 1.00    0.65%   1.65%
IV    Greater than 0.55 to 1.00    0.95%   1.95%

For purposes hereof, the term “Pricing Date” means, for any fiscal quarter of the Borrower, the last date on which the Borrower’s most recent Compliance Certificate and financial statements (and, in the case of the year-end financial statements, audit report) for the fiscal quarter then ended are due, pursuant to Section 8.5 hereof. The Applicable Margin shall be established based on the Total Indebtedness to Total Asset Value Ratio for the most recently completed fiscal quarter and the Applicable Margin established on a Pricing Date shall remain in effect until the next Pricing Date. If the Borrower has not delivered its Compliance Certificate and financial statements by the date the Compliance Certificate and financial statements (and, in the case of the year-end financial statements, audit report) are required to be delivered under Section 8.5 hereof, then until such Compliance Certificate and financial statements and/or audit report are delivered, the Applicable Margin shall be the highest Applicable Margin (i.e., Level IV shall apply). If the Borrower subsequently delivers such Compliance Certificate and financial statements before the next Pricing Date, the Applicable Margin established by such late delivered Compliance Certificate and financial statements shall take effect from the date of delivery until the next Pricing Date. In all other circumstances, the Applicable Margin established by such Compliance Certificate and financial statements shall be in effect from the Pricing Date that occurs immediately after the end of the fiscal quarter covered by such financial statements until the next Pricing Date. Borrower, Administrative Agent, L/C Issuer and Lenders understand that the applicable interest rate for the Obligations and certain fees set forth herein may be determined and/or adjusted from time to time based upon certain financial ratios and/or other information to be provided or certified to the Administrative Agent and Lenders by Borrower (the “Borrower Information”). If it is subsequently determined that any such Borrower Information was incorrect (for whatever reason,

 

-22-


including, without limitation, because of a subsequent restatement of earnings by the Borrower or Parent) at the time it was delivered to the Administrative Agent, and if the applicable interest rate or fees calculated for any period were lower than they should have been had the correct information been timely provided, then, such interest rate and such fees for such period shall be automatically recalculated using correct Borrower Information; provided that no recalculation shall be done for any period that is more than 2 years earlier than the date of recalculation. The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify Borrower in writing of any additional interest and fees due because of such recalculation, and the Borrower shall pay such additional interest or fees due to the Administrative Agent, for the account of each Lender or the L/C Issuer, within five (5) Business Days of receipt of such written notice. Any recalculation of interest or fees required by this provision shall survive the termination of this Agreement, and this provision shall not in any way limit any of the Administrative Agent’s, the L/C Issuer’s, or any Lender’s other rights under this Agreement. Each determination of the Applicable Margin made by the Administrative Agent in accordance with the foregoing shall be conclusive, absent manifest error, and binding on the Borrower and the Lenders if reasonably determined.

“Application” is defined in Section 1.3(b) hereof.

“Approved Fund” means any Fund that is administered or managed by (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender or (c) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers or manages a Lender.

“Assets Under Development” means any real property under construction (excluding any completed Property under minor renovation) until such property has received a certificate of occupancy.

“Assignment and Acceptance” means an assignment and acceptance entered into by a Lender and an Eligible Assignee (with the consent of any party whose consent is required by Section 12.12 hereof), and accepted by the Administrative Agent, in substantially the form of Exhibit F or any other form approved by the Administrative Agent.

“Authorized Representative” means those persons shown on the list of officers provided by the Borrower pursuant to Section 7.2 hereof or on any update of any such list provided by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent, or any further or different officers of the Borrower so named by any Authorized Representative of the Borrower in a written notice to the Administrative Agent.

“Bail-In Action” means the exercise of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers by the applicable EEA Resolution Authority in respect of any liability of an EEA Financial Institution.

“Bail-In Legislation” means, with respect to any EEA Member Country implementing Article 55 of Directive 2014/59/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of the European Union, the implementing law for such EEA Member Country from time to time which is described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule.

 

-23-


“Bankruptcy Event” means, with respect to any Person, any event of the type described in clause (j) or (k) of Section 9.1 hereof with respect to such Person.

“Base Rate” is defined in Section 1.4(a) hereof.

“Base Rate Loan” means a Loan bearing interest at a rate specified in Section 1.4(a) hereof.

“Benchmark Replacement” means the sum of: (a) the alternate benchmark rate (which may include Term SOFR) that has been selected by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower giving due consideration to (i) any selection or recommendation of a replacement rate or the mechanism for determining such a rate by the Relevant Governmental Body or (ii) any evolving or then-prevailing market convention for determining a rate of interest as a replacement to the LIBOR Index Rate for U.S. dollar-denominated syndicated credit facilities and (b) the Benchmark Replacement Adjustment; provided that, if the Benchmark Replacement as so determined would be less than zero, the Benchmark Replacement will be deemed to be zero for the purposes of this Agreement; provided further that if the Administrative Agent determines that there is an industry accepted substitute or successor rate for the LIBOR Index Rate, such rate shall be deemed to be the Benchmark Replacement hereunder.

“Benchmark Replacement Adjustment” means, with respect to any replacement of the LIBOR Index Rate with an Unadjusted Benchmark Replacement for each applicable Interest Period, the spread adjustment, or method for calculating or determining such spread adjustment, (which may be a positive or negative value or zero) that has been selected by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower giving due consideration to (i) any selection or recommendation of a spread adjustment, or method for calculating or determining such spread adjustment, for the replacement of the LIBOR Index Rate with the applicable Unadjusted Benchmark Replacement by the Relevant Governmental Body or (ii) any evolving or then-prevailing market convention for determining a spread adjustment, or method for calculating or determining such spread adjustment, for the replacement of the LIBOR Index Rate with the applicable Unadjusted Benchmark Replacement for U.S. dollar-denominated syndicated credit facilities at such time.

“Benchmark Replacement Conforming Changes” means, with respect to any Benchmark Replacement, any technical, administrative or operational changes (including changes to the definition of “Base Rate,” the definition of “Interest Period,” timing and frequency of determining rates and making payments of interest and other administrative matters) that the Administrative Agent decides may be appropriate to reflect the adoption and implementation of such Benchmark Replacement and to permit the administration thereof by the Administrative Agent in a manner substantially consistent with market practice (or, if the Administrative Agent decides that adoption of any portion of such market practice is not administratively feasible or if the Administrative Agent determines that no market practice for the administration of the Benchmark Replacement exists, in such other manner of administration as the Administrative Agent decides is reasonably necessary in connection with the administration of this Agreement).

 

-24-


“Benchmark Replacement Date” means the earlier to occur of the following events with respect to the LIBOR Index Rate: (1) in the case of clause (1) or (2) of the definition of “Benchmark Transition Event,” the later of (a) the date of the public statement or publication of information referenced therein and (b) the date on which the administrator of the LIBOR Index Rate permanently or indefinitely ceases to provide the LIBOR Index Rate; or (2) in the case of clause (3) of the definition of “Benchmark Transition Event,” the date of the public statement or publication of information referenced therein.

“Benchmark Transition Event” means the occurrence of one or more of the following events with respect to the LIBOR Index Rate: (1) a public statement or publication of information by or on behalf of the administrator of the LIBOR Index Rate announcing that such administrator has ceased or will cease to provide the LIBOR Index Rate, permanently or indefinitely, provided that, at the time of such statement or publication, there is no successor administrator that will continue to provide the LIBOR Index Rate; (2) a public statement or publication of information by the regulatory supervisor for the administrator of the LIBOR Index Rate, the U.S. Federal Reserve System, an insolvency official with jurisdiction over the administrator for the LIBOR Index Rate, a resolution authority with jurisdiction over the administrator for the LIBOR Index Rate or a court or an entity with similar insolvency or resolution authority over the administrator for the LIBOR Index Rate, which states that the administrator of the LIBOR Index Rate has ceased or will cease to provide the LIBOR Index Rate permanently or indefinitely, provided that, at the time of such statement or publication, there is no successor administrator that will continue to provide the LIBOR Index Rate; or (3) a public statement or publication of information by the regulatory supervisor for the administrator of the LIBOR Index Rate announcing that the LIBOR Index Rate is no longer representative.

“Benchmark Transition Start Date” means (a) in the case of a Benchmark Transition Event, the earlier of (i) the applicable Benchmark Replacement Date and (ii) if such Benchmark Transition Event is a public statement or publication of information of a prospective event, the ninetieth (90th) day prior to the expected date of such event as of such public statement or publication of information (or if the expected date of such prospective event is fewer than ninety (90) days after such statement or publication, the date of such statement or publication) and (b) in the case of an Early Opt-in Election, the date specified by the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders, as applicable, by notice to the Borrower, the Administrative Agent (in the case of such notice by the Required Lenders) and the Lenders.

“Benchmark Unavailability Period” means, if a Benchmark Transition Event and its related Benchmark Replacement Date have occurred with respect to the LIBOR Index Rate and solely to the extent that the LIBOR Index Rate has not been replaced with a Benchmark Replacement, the period (x) beginning at the time that such Benchmark Replacement Date has occurred if, at such time, no Benchmark Replacement has replaced the LIBOR Index Rate for all purposes hereunder in accordance with Section 10.6 and (y) ending at the time that a Benchmark Replacement has replaced the LIBOR Index Rate for all purposes hereunder pursuant to Section 10.6.

“Beneficial Ownership Certification” means a certification regarding beneficial ownership as required by the Beneficial Ownership Regulation.

“Beneficial Ownership Regulation” means 31 C.F.R. § 1010.230.

 

-25-


“Borrower” is defined in the introductory paragraph of this Agreement.

“Borrowing” means the total of Loans of a single type advanced, continued for an additional Interest Period, or converted from a different type into such type by the Lenders on a single date and, in the case of Eurodollar Loans, for a single Interest Period. Borrowings of Loans are made and maintained ratably from each of the Lenders according to their Revolver Percentages. A Borrowing is “advanced” on the day Lenders advance funds comprising such Borrowing to the Borrower, is “continued” on the date a new Interest Period for the same type of Loans commences for such Borrowing, and is “converted” when such Borrowing is changed from one type of Loans to the other, all as determined pursuant to Section 1.6 hereof. Borrowings of Swing Loans are made by the Swing Line Lender in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 1.17 hereof.

“Borrowing Base” means, at any date of its determination, an amount equal to the lesser of (A) 60% of the Borrowing Base Value of all Eligible Properties on such date and (B) the Debt Service Coverage Amount of all Eligible Properties on such date.

“Borrowing Base Certificate” means the certificate in the form of Exhibit I hereto, or in such other form acceptable to the Administrative Agent, to be delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Sections 7.2(i), 7.3 and 8.5(d) hereof.

“Borrowing Base Determination Date” means each date on which the Borrowing Base is certified in writing to the Administrative Agent, as follows:

(a) Quarterly. As of the last day of each Fiscal Quarter.

(b) Property Adjustments. Following each addition or deletion of an Eligible Property, the Borrowing Base Value shall be adjusted accordingly.

“Borrowing Base NOI” means for the most recent Rolling Period, the aggregate Property NOI attributable to the Eligible Properties.

“Borrowing Base Requirements” means with respect to the calculation of the Borrowing Base, collectively that (a) at all times such calculation shall be based on no less than ten (10) Eligible Properties; (b) the Borrowing Base Value shall at all times be equal to or in excess of $100,000,000; (c) no more than 20% of the Borrowing Base Value may be comprised of Eligible Properties which are not used as retail, office or mixed-use retail/office Properties; (d) no more than (i) prior to January 1, 2021, 30% and (ii) on and after January 1, 2021, 25% of the Borrowing Base Value may be comprised of any one Eligible Property (for the avoidance of doubt, an Eligible Property that exceeds this sublimit may be included in the calculation of Borrowing Base Value, provided any amount over 30% or 25%, as applicable, of the Borrowing Base Value is excluded from the calculation of the Borrowing Base Value); (e) no more than 20% of Borrowing Base Value may be from any single Tenant unless such Tenant’s Rating is equal to or better than BBB-/Baa3 from S&P or Moody’s, respectively (for the avoidance of doubt, an Eligible Property that exceeds this sublimit may be included in the calculation of Borrowing Base Value, provided any amount over 20% of the Borrowing Base Value is excluded from the calculation of the Borrowing Base Value), (f) no more than 30% of Borrowing Base Value may be comprised of Permitted

 

-26-


Ground Lease Investments; (g) the Eligible Properties (other than Permitted Ground Lease Investments) must have an aggregate Occupancy Rate of at least 85%; and (h) no more than 35% of the Borrowing Base Value may be comprised of Eligible Properties which are located in the same MSA (for the avoidance of doubt, an Eligible Property that exceeds this sublimit may be included in the calculation of Borrowing Base Value, provided any amount over 35% of the Borrowing Base Value is excluded from the calculation of the Borrowing Base Value).

“Borrowing Base Value” means an amount equal to the sum of (a) for all Eligible Properties owned for more than twelve (12) months, the quotient of (i) the Borrowing Base NOI divided by (ii) the Capitalization Rate plus (b) for all Eligible Properties owned for twelve (12) months or less, the lesser of (i) the book value (as defined by GAAP) of any such Eligible Property and (ii), the value of any such Eligible Property as determined by the calculation in clause (a) above measured on an annualized basis rather than for the most recently ended period of four quarters; provided that Borrowing Base Value shall be reduced by excluding a portion of the Property NOI or book value of any Eligible Properties attributable to any Eligible Properties that exceed the concentration limits in the Borrowing Base Requirements.

“Business Day” means any day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which banks are not authorized or required to close in Chicago, Illinois and, if the applicable Business Day relates to the advance or continuation of, or conversion into, or payment of a Eurodollar Loan, on which banks are dealing in U.S. Dollar deposits in the interbank eurodollar market in London, England.

“Capital Expenditures” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate amount of all expenditures (whether paid in cash or accrued as a liability) by such Person during that period for the acquisition or leasing (pursuant to a Capital Lease) of fixed or capital assets or additions to property, plant, or equipment (including replacements, capitalized repairs, and improvements) which are required to be capitalized on the balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP.

“Capital Lease” means any lease of Property which in accordance with GAAP is required to be capitalized on the balance sheet of the lessee.

“Capitalization Rate” means (i) 6.25% for single-tenant Properties occupied by tenants maintaining a BBB- or Baa3 Rating or better from S&P’s or Moody’s, respectively, (ii) 7.00% for all retail Properties, including mixed-use retail/office Properties not covered under the foregoing clause (i), (iii) 7.50% for all office and entertainment Properties not covered under the foregoing clause (i), and (iv) 10% for all other Properties not covered under the foregoing clauses (i), (ii), or (iii); provided, for all Properties that are subject to Permitted Ground Lease Investments, the applicable Capitalization Rate shall be determined as if Borrower was the owner of the fully-completed building located on such Property.

“Capitalized Lease Obligation” means, for any Person, the amount of the liability shown on the balance sheet of such Person in respect of a Capital Lease determined in accordance with GAAP.

 

-27-


“CERCLA” means the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as amended by the Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act of 1986, 42 U.S.C. §§9601 et seq., and any future amendments.

Change in Law means the occurrence, after the date of this Agreement, of any of the following: (a) the adoption or taking effect of any law, rule, regulation or treaty, (b) any change in any law, rule, regulation or treaty or in the administration, interpretation, implementation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority, or (c) the making or issuance of any request, rule, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law) by any Governmental Authority; provided that notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (x) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, regulations, guidelines or directives thereunder or issued in connection therewith shall be deemed to be a “Change in Law”, regardless of the date enacted, adopted or issued and (y) all requests, rules, guidelines or directives promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States or foreign regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III, shall in each case be deemed to be a “Change in Law”, regardless of the date enacted, adopted or issued.

“Change of Control” means any of (a) the acquisition by any “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) at any time that causes such person or group to become the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) of 51% or more of the outstanding capital stock or other equity interests of Parent on a fully-diluted basis, other than acquisitions of such interests by any party who is an officer or director of Parent as of the Closing Date (b) the failure of individuals who are members of the board of directors (or similar governing body) of Parent on the Closing Date (together with any new or replacement directors whose initial nomination for election was approved by a majority of the directors who were either directors on the Closing Date or previously so approved) to constitute a majority of the board of directors (or similar governing body) of Parent or (c) the failure of Parent or a Wholly-owned Susbidiary of Parent to (i) serve as the sole general partner of Borrower and (ii) to directly own [__]% of the Equity Interests of Borrower.

“Closing Date” means the date of this Agreement or such later Business Day upon which each condition described in Section 7.2 shall be satisfied or waived in a manner acceptable to the Administrative Agent in its discretion.

“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any successor statute thereto.

“Collateral Account” is defined in Section 9.4(b) hereof.

Commodity Exchange Act” means the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. § 1 et seq.), as amended from time to time, and any successor statute.

“Compliance Certificate” is defined in Section 8.5(e) hereof.

 

-28-


“Connection Income Taxes” means Other Connection Taxes that are imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated) or that are franchise Taxes or branch profit Taxes.

“Controlled Group” means all members of a controlled group of corporations and all trades or businesses (whether or not incorporated) under common control which, together with the Borrower, are treated as a single employer under Section 414 of the Code.

“Credit Event” means the advancing of any Loan, or the issuance of, or extension of the expiration date or increase in the amount of, any Letter of Credit.

“Debt Service Coverage Amount” means the principal amount of a loan that would be serviced by the Borrowing Base NOI for the Rolling Period most recently ended for which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 8.5 hereof at a debt service coverage ratio of 1.50 to 1.00 with interest and principal payments (in each case assuming a 30-year amortization) at the greater of (i) 6.5% per annum, (ii) a Eurodollar Loan with an Interest Period of one (1) month (including the Applicable Margin) and (iii) the 10-year treasury rate on the last day of such period plus 2.5%; provided that Borrowing Base NOI shall be reduced by excluding a portion of Property NOI attributable to Eligible Properties that exceed the concentration limits in the Borrowing Base Requirements.

Debtor Relief Laws means the Bankruptcy Code of the United States of America, and all other liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization, or similar debtor relief Laws of the United States or other applicable jurisdictions from time to time in effect.

“Default” means any event or condition the occurrence of which would, with the passage of time or the giving of notice, or both, constitute an Event of Default.

“Defaulted Loan” is defined in the definition of “Defaulting Lender” in this Section 5.1.

“Defaulting Lender” means any Lender that (a) has failed to fund any portion of the Loans or participations in L/C Obligations or Swing Loans required to be funded by it hereunder (herein, a “Defaulted Loan”) within two (2) Business Days of the date required to be funded by it hereunder unless such failure has been cured, (b) has otherwise failed to pay over to the Administrative Agent or any other Lender any other amount required to be paid by it hereunder (except for up to $25,000 in the aggregate from a Lender which is owing for less than five (5) Business Days) within two (2) Business Days of the date when due, unless the subject of a good faith dispute or unless such failure has been cured, (c) has experienced a Bankruptcy Event or (d) a receiver or conservator has been appointed for such Lender or (e) has become the subject of a Bail-In Action.

“Defaulting Lender Excess” means, with respect to any Defaulting Lender, the excess, if any, of such Defaulting Lender’s Revolver Percentage of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Loans of all Lenders (calculated as if all Defaulting Lenders other than such Defaulting Lender had funded all of their respective Defaulted Loans) over the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all Loans of such Defaulting Lender.

 

-29-


“Defaulting Lender Period” means, with respect to any Defaulting Lender, the period commencing on the date upon which such Lender first became a Defaulting Lender and ending on the earliest of the following dates: the date on which (a) such Defaulting Lender is no longer the subject of a Bankruptcy Event or, if applicable, under the direction of a receiver or conservator, (b) the Defaulting Lender Excess with respect to such Defaulting Lender shall have been reduced to zero (whether by the funding by such Defaulting Lender of any Defaulted Loans of such Defaulting Lender or otherwise), and (c) such Defaulting Lender shall have delivered to Borrower and the Administrative Agent a written reaffirmation of its intention to honor its obligations hereunder, including with respect to its Revolving Credit Commitments.

“Dividends” means any dividend paid (or declared and then payable), as the case may be, in cash on any equity security issued by the Borrower.

“Early Opt-in Election” means the occurrence of: (1) (i) a determination by the Administrative Agent or (ii) a notification by the Required Lenders to the Administrative Agent (with a copy to the Borrower) that the Required Lenders have determined that U.S. dollar-denominated syndicated credit facilities being executed at such time, or that include language similar to that contained in Section 10.6, are being executed or amended, as applicable, to incorporate or adopt a new benchmark interest rate to replace the LIBOR Index Rate, and (2) (i) the election by the Administrative Agent or (ii) the election by the Required Lenders to declare that an Early Opt-in Election has occurred and the provision, as applicable, by the Administrative Agent of written notice of such election to the Borrower and the Lenders or by the Required Lenders of written notice of such election to the Administrative Agent.

“EBITDA” means, for any period, determined on a consolidated basis of the Parent and its Subsidiaries, in accordance with GAAP, the sum of net income (or loss) plus: (i) depreciation and amortization expense, to the extent included as an expense in the calculation of net income (or loss); (ii) Interest Expense; (iii) income tax expense, to the extent included as an expense in the calculation of net income (or loss); (iv) extraordinary, unrealized or non-recurring losses, including (A) impairment charges, (B) losses from the sale of real property, and (v) non-cash compensation paid to employees of Parent in the form of Parent’s equity securities, minus: (a) extraordinary, unrealized or non-recurring gains, including (x) the write-up of assets and (y) gains from the sale of real property and (b) income tax benefits. Pro forma adjustments shall be made for any Property acquired or sold during any period as if the acquisition or disposition occurred on the first day of the applicable period

“EEA Financial Institution” means (a) any credit institution or investment firm established in any EEA Member Country which is subject to the supervision of an EEA Resolution Authority, (b) any entity established in an EEA Member Country which is a parent of an institution described in clause (a) of this definition, or (c) any financial institution established in an EEA Member Country which is a subsidiary of an institution described in clauses (a) or (b) of this definition and is subject to consolidated supervision with its parent.

“EEA Member Country” means any of the member states of the European Union, Iceland, Liechtenstein, and Norway.

 

-30-


“EEA Resolution Authority” means any public administrative authority or any person entrusted with public administrative authority of any EEA Member Country (including any delegee) having responsibility for the resolution of any EEA Financial Institution.

“Eligible Assignee” means (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender, (c) an Approved Fund, and (d) any other Person (other than a natural person) approved by (i) the Administrative Agent, (ii) the L/C Issuer, and (iii) unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Borrower (each such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed); provided that notwithstanding the foregoing, “Eligible Assignee” shall not include the Borrower or any Guarantor or any of the Borrower’s or such Guarantor’s Affiliates or Subsidiaries.

“Eligible Property” means, as of any Borrowing Base Determination Date, any Property owned by the Borrower, a Guarantor or a 1031 Property Holder which satisfies the following conditions:

(a) Is real property one hundred percent (100%) owned in fee simple, individually or collectively, by the Borrower, any Guarantor or any 1031 Property Holder, including Permitted Ground Lease Investments;

(b) Is a Property located in the contiguous United States;

(c) If such Property is owned by the Borrower, (i) neither the Borrower’s beneficial ownership interest in such Property nor the Property is subject to any Lien (other than Permitted Liens or Liens in favor of the Administrative Agent) or to any negative pledge and (ii) the Borrower has the unilateral right (including the absence of any restrictions in a Ground Lease) to sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of such Property and to create a Lien on such Property as security for Indebtedness for Borrowed Money;

(d) If such Property is owned by a Material Subsidiary, (i) neither the Borrower’s beneficial ownership interest in such Material Subsidiary nor the Property is subject to any Lien (other than Permitted Liens or Liens in favor of the Administrative Agent) or to any negative pledge, (ii) the Material Subsidiary has the unilateral right (including the absence of any restrictions in a Ground Lease) to sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of such Property and to create a Lien on such Property as security for Indebtedness for Borrowed Money, and (iii) the Material Subsidiary has provided an Additional Guarantor Supplement or other Guaranty to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 4.2 hereof;

(e) The Administrative Agent shall have received to the extent requested historic operating statements for such Property for the previous three (3) years, if available, and historic rent rolls for such Property for the previous three (3) years, if available;

(f) That such Property, based on the Borrower’s or any Material Subsidiary’s actual knowledge, is free of all material structural defects or major architectural deficiencies, material title defects (other than Permitted Liens), material environmental conditions or other adverse matters which, individually or collectively, materially impair

 

-31-


the value of such Property and, if the Property has an underground storage tank located thereon or any other material environmental concern as determined by the Administrative Agent, then the Administrative Agent shall have received satisfactory environmental assessments, including, to the extent requested, Phase I and Phase II reports, the results of which disclose environmental conditions which are satisfactory to the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion;

(g) With respect to such Property, any Tenant under a Significant Lease is not more than 60 days past due with respect to any monthly rent payment obligations under such Lease;

(h) For each such Property, the Borrower, to the extent not previously provided, shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent a copy, certified as true and correct by the Borrower, of each of the following: if the Property Owner is not the Borrower, the Property Owner’s articles of incorporation, by-laws, partnership agreements, operating agreements, as applicable, and certificates of existence, good standing and authority to do business from each appropriate state authority, and partnership, corporate or limited liability company, as applicable, authorizations authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of the Additional Guarantor Supplement all certified to be true and complete by a duly authorized officer of such Property Owner; and

(i) The Property is not an Asset Under Development or a Land Asset.

“Environmental Claim” means any investigation, notice, violation, demand, allegation, action, suit, injunction, judgment, order, consent decree, penalty, fine, lien, proceeding or claim (whether administrative, judicial or private in nature) arising (a) pursuant to, or in connection with an actual or alleged violation of, any Environmental Law, (b) in connection with any Hazardous Material, (c) from any abatement, removal, remedial, corrective or response action in connection with a Hazardous Material, Environmental Law or order of a governmental authority or (d) from any actual or alleged damage, injury, threat or harm to health, safety, natural resources or the environment.

“Environmental Law” means any current or future Legal Requirement pertaining to (a) the protection of health, safety and the indoor or outdoor environment, (b) the conservation, management or use of natural resources and wildlife, (c) the protection or use of surface water or groundwater, (d) the management, manufacture, possession, presence, use, generation, transportation, treatment, storage, disposal, Release, threatened Release, abatement, removal, remediation or handling of, or exposure to, any Hazardous Material or (e) pollution (including any Release to air, land, surface water or groundwater), and any amendment, rule, regulation, order or directive issued thereunder.

“Equity Interests” means with respect to any Person, any share of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person, any warrant, option or other right for the purchase or other acquisition from such Person of any share of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person whether or not certificated, any security convertible into or exchangeable for any share of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person or warrant,

 

-32-


right or option for the purchase or other acquisition from such Person of such shares (or such other interests), and any other ownership or profit interest in such Person (including, without limitation, partnership, member or trust interests therein), whether voting or nonvoting, and whether or not such share, warrant, option, right or other interest is authorized or otherwise existing on any date of determination.

“ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, or any successor statute thereto.

“EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule” means the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule published by the Loan Market Association (or any successor Person), as in effect from time to time.

“Eurodollar Loan” means a Loan bearing interest at the rate specified in Section 1.4(b) hereof.

“Eurodollar Reserve Percentage” is defined in Section 1.4(b) hereof.

“Event of Default” means any event or condition identified as such in Section 9.1 hereof.

Excluded Swap Obligation” means, with respect to any Guarantor, any Swap Obligation if, and to the extent that, all or a portion of the guarantee of such Guarantor of, or the grant by such Guarantor of a security interest to secure, such Swap Obligation (or any guarantee thereof) is or becomes illegal under the Commodity Exchange Act or any rule, regulation or order of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (or the application or official interpretation of any thereof) by virtue of such Guarantor’s failure for any reason not to constitute an “eligible contract participant” as defined in the Commodity Exchange Act and the regulations thereunder at the time the guarantee of such Guarantor or the grant of such security interest becomes effective with respect to such related Swap Obligation. If a Swap Obligation arises under a master agreement governing more than one swap, such exclusion shall apply only to the portion of such Swap Obligation that is attributable to swaps for which such guarantee or security interest is or becomes illegal.

“Excluded Taxes” means any of the following Taxes imposed on or with respect to a Recipient or required to be withheld or deducted from a payment to a Recipient, (a) Taxes imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated), franchise Taxes, and branch profits Taxes, in each case, (i) imposed as a result of such Recipient being organized under the laws of, or having its principal office or, in the case of any Lender, its applicable lending office located in, the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (or any political subdivision thereof) or (ii) that are Other Connection Taxes, (b) in the case of a Lender, U.S. federal withholding Taxes imposed on amounts payable to or for the account of such Lender with respect to an applicable interest in a Loan or Revolving Credit Commitment pursuant to a law in effect on the date on which (i) such Lender acquires such interest in the Loan or Revolving Credit Commitment (other than pursuant to an assignment request by the Borrower under Section 1.13 hereof) or (ii) such Lender changes its lending office, except in each case to the extent that, pursuant to Section 12.1 amounts with respect to such Taxes were payable either to such Lender’s assignor immediately before such Lender became a party hereto or to such Lender immediately before it changed its lending office, (c) Taxes attributable to such Recipient’s failure to comply with Section 12.1(b) or Section 12.1(d), and (d) any U.S. federal withholding Taxes imposed under FATCA.

 

-33-


“Existing Commitment Termination Date” is defined in Section 1.16 hereof.

“Extension Fee” means an extension fee payable by the Borrower for a one-year extension pursuant to Section 1.16 hereto in an amount equal to 0.15% of the Revolving Credit Commitments then in effect.

“FATCA” means Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, as of the date of this Agreement (or any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with), any current or future regulations or official interpretations thereof, and any agreements entered into pursuant to Section 1471(b)(1) of the Code.

“FCPA” means the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, 15 U.S.C. §§78dd-1, et seq.

“Federal Funds Rate” is defined in Section 1.4(a) hereof.

“Federal Reserve Bank of New York’s Website” means the website of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York at http://www.newyorkfed.org, or any successor source.

“Fiscal Quarter” means each of the three-month periods ending on March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31.

“Fiscal Year” means the twelve-month period ending on December 31.

“Fixed Charges” means, for any Rolling Period, (a) Interest Expense, plus (b) scheduled principal amortization paid on Total Indebtedness (exclusive of any balloon payments or prepayments of principal paid on such Total Indebtedness), plus (c) Dividends and required distributions on the Borrower’s preferred equity securities for such Rolling Period plus (d) all income taxes (federal, state and local) paid by Borrower in cash during such Rolling Period. Pro forma adjustments shall be made for any Property acquired or sold during any period as if the acquisition or disposition occurred on the first day of the applicable period.

“Fund” means any Person (other than a natural person) that is (or will be) engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its business.

“Funds Transfer and Deposit Account Liability” means the liability of the Borrower, or any Subsidiary owing to any of the Lenders, or any Affiliates of such Lenders, arising out of (a) the execution or processing of electronic transfers of funds by automatic clearing house transfer, wire transfer or otherwise to or from deposit accounts of the Borrower and/or any Subsidiary now or hereafter maintained with any of the Lenders or their Affiliates, (b) the acceptance for deposit or the honoring for payment of any check, draft or other item with respect to any such deposit accounts, and (c) any other deposit, disbursement, and cash management services afforded to the Borrower or any Subsidiary by any of such Lenders or their Affiliates.

 

-34-


“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles set forth from time to time in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board and the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board (or agencies with similar functions of comparable stature and authority within the U.S. accounting profession), which are applicable to the circumstances as of the date of determination.

“Governmental Authority” means the government of the United States of America or any other nation, or of any political subdivision thereof, whether state or local, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government (including any supra-national bodies such as the European Union or the European Central Bank).

“Ground Lease” means a long term lease of real Property granted by the fee owner of the real Property.

“Guarantor” and “Guarantors” are defined in Section 4.1 hereof.

“Guaranty” and “Guaranties” are defined in Section 4.1 hereof.

“Hazardous Material” means any substance, chemical, compound, product, solid, gas, liquid, waste, byproduct, pollutant, contaminant or material which is hazardous or toxic, and includes, without limitation, (a) asbestos, polychlorinated biphenyls and petroleum (including crude oil or any fraction thereof) and (b) any material classified or regulated as “hazardous” or “toxic” or words of like import pursuant to an Environmental Law.

“Hazardous Material Activity” means any activity, event or occurrence involving a Hazardous Material, including, without limitation, the manufacture, possession, presence, use, generation, transportation, treatment, storage, disposal, Release, threatened Release, abatement, removal, remediation, handling of or corrective or response action to any Hazardous Material other than any activity, event or occurrence performed in compliance with or allowed under applicable law.

Hedging Agreement means any agreement with respect to any swap, forward, future or derivative transaction or option or similar agreement involving, or settled by reference to, one or more rates, currencies, commodities, equity or debt instruments or securities, or economic, financial or pricing indices or measures of economic, financial or pricing risk or value or any similar transaction or any combination of these transactions; provided that no phantom stock or similar plan providing for payments only on account of services provided by current or former directors, officers, employees or consultants of Borrower or any Subsidiary shall be a Hedging Agreement.

“Hedging Liability” means the liability of the Borrower or any Subsidiary to any of the Lenders, or any Affiliates of such Lenders, in respect of any Hedging Agreement as the Borrower or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, may from time to time enter into with any one or more of the Lenders party to this Agreement or their Affiliates.

 

-35-


“Indebtedness for Borrowed Money” means for any Person (without duplication) (a) all indebtedness created, assumed or incurred in any manner by such Person representing money borrowed (including by the issuance of debt securities), (b) all indebtedness for the deferred purchase price of property or services (other than trade accounts payable arising in the ordinary course of business), (c) all indebtedness secured by any Lien upon Property of such Person, whether or not such Person has assumed or become liable for the payment of such indebtedness, (d) all Capitalized Lease Obligations of such Person, (e) all obligations of such Person on or with respect to letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances and other extensions of credit whether or not representing obligations for borrowed money and (f) all net obligations of such Person under any interest rate, foreign currency, and/or commodity swap, exchange, cap, collar, floor, forward, future or option agreement, or any similar interest rate, currency or commodity hedging arrangement.

Indemnified Taxes means (a) all Taxes other than Excluded Taxes and (b) to the extent not otherwise described in (a), Other Taxes.

“Initial Properties” means collectively the Properties listed on Schedule 1.1 and “Initial Property” means any of such Properties.

“Interest Expense” means, with respect to a Person for any period of time, the interest expense whether paid, accrued or capitalized (without deduction of consolidated interest income) of such Person for such period. Interest Expense shall exclude any amortization of (i) deferred financing fees, including the write-off such fees relating to the early retirement of such related Indebtedness for Borrowed Money, and (ii) debt discounts (but only to the extent such discounts do not exceed 3.0% of the initial face principal amount of such debt).

“Interest Payment Date” means (a) with respect to any Eurodollar Loan, the last day of each Interest Period with respect to such Eurodollar Loan and on the maturity date and, if the applicable Interest Period is longer than (3) three months, on each day occurring every three (3) months after the commencement of such Interest Period, (b) with respect to any Base Rate Loan (other than Swing Loans), the last day of every calendar quarter, (c) with respect to any Swing Loan, the last day of each calendar month and (d) with respect to any Eurodollar Loan or Base Rate Loan (including Swing Loans), the maturity date.

“Interest Period” means the period commencing on the date a Borrowing of Eurodollar Loans is advanced, continued, or created by conversion and ending one (1), two (2), three (3), or six (6) months thereafter, provided, however, that:

(i) no Interest Period shall extend beyond the Revolving Credit Termination Date;

 

-36-


(ii) whenever the last day of any Interest Period would otherwise be a day that is not a Business Day, the last day of such Interest Period shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day, provided that, if such extension would cause the last day of an Interest Period for a Borrowing of Eurodollar Loans to occur in the following calendar month, the last day of such Interest Period shall be the immediately preceding Business Day; and

(iii) for purposes of determining an Interest Period for a Borrowing of Eurodollar Loans, a month means a period starting on one day in a calendar month and ending on the numerically corresponding day in the next calendar month; provided, however, that if there is no numerically corresponding day in the month in which such an Interest Period is to end or if such an Interest Period begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month, then such Interest Period shall end on the last Business Day of the calendar month in which such Interest Period is to end.

“Land Assets” means any real property which is not an Asset Under Development and on which no significant improvements have been constructed; provided, that real property that is adjacent to an Eligible Property but is undeveloped shall not constitute “Land Assets”.

“L/C Issuer” means Bank of Montreal, in its capacity as the issuer of Letters of Credit hereunder, and its successors in such capacity as provided in Section 1.3(h) hereof.

“L/C Obligations” means the aggregate undrawn face amounts of all outstanding Letters of Credit and all unpaid Reimbursement Obligations.

“L/C Sublimit” means $5,000,000, as such amount may be reduced pursuant to the terms hereof.

“Lease” means each existing or future lease, sublease, license, or other agreement under the terms of which any Person has or acquires any right to occupy or use any Property of the Borrower or any Subsidiary, or any part thereof, or interest therein, as the same may be amended, supplemented or modified.

“Legal Requirement” means any treaty, convention, statute, law, regulation, ordinance, license, permit, governmental approval, injunction, judgment, order, consent decree or other requirement of any governmental authority, whether federal, state, or local.

“Lenders” means and includes Bank of Montreal and the other financial institutions from time to time party to this Agreement, including each assignee Lender pursuant to Section 12.12 hereof.

“Lending Office” is defined in Section 10.4 hereof.

“Letter of Credit” is defined in Section 1.3(a) hereof.

“LIBOR” is defined in Section 1.4(b) hereof.

“LIBOR Index Rate” is defined in Section 1.4(b) hereof.

 

-37-


“LIBOR Quoted Rate” is defined in Section 1.4(a) hereof.

“Lien” means any mortgage, lien, security interest, pledge, charge or encumbrance of any kind in respect of any Property, including the interests of a vendor or lessor under any conditional sale, Capital Lease or other title retention arrangement.

“Loan” means any Revolving Loan or Swing Loan whether outstanding as a Base Rate Loan or Eurodollar Loan, each of which is a “type” of Loan hereunder.

“Loan Documents” means this Agreement, the Notes (if any), the Applications, the Guaranties, if any, and each other instrument or document to be delivered hereunder or thereunder or otherwise in connection therewith. Deposit account agreements, cash management agreements and other documents executed in connection with Funds Transfer and Deposit Account Liability (other than deposit account control agreements, if any) are not Loan Documents hereunder.

“Material Adverse Effect” means (a) a material adverse change in, or material adverse effect upon, the operations, business, Property, or financial condition of the Parent or of the Parent and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole, (b) a material impairment of the ability of the Borrower or any Guarantor to perform its obligations under any Loan Document or (c) a material adverse effect upon the legality, validity, binding effect or enforceability against the Borrower or any Guarantor of any Loan Document or the rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders thereunder.

“Material Subsidiary” means, each Subsidiary that owns an Eligible Property included in the Borrowing Base Value.

“Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., or any successor thereof.

“Mortgages” means, collectively, each mortgage and deed of trust delivered to the Administrative Agent hereunder, as the same may be amended, modified, supplemented or restated from time to time.

“MSA” means any major metropolitan area of the United States of America that has a population size that is in the fifty (50) largest metropolitan areas of the United States of America.

“Note” and “Notes” are defined in Section 1.10(d) hereof.

“Obligations” means all obligations of the Borrower to pay principal and interest on the Loans, all Reimbursement Obligations owing under the Applications, all fees and charges payable hereunder, all other payment obligations of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries arising under or in relation to any Loan Document and all Hedging Liability, in each case whether now existing or hereafter arising, due or to become due, direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, and howsoever evidenced, held or acquired. For the avoidance of doubt, Obligations shall not include any Funds Transfer and Deposit Account Liability.

 

-38-


“Occupancy Rate” means for any Property, the percentage of the rentable square footage of such Property occupied by bona fide Tenants of such Property or leased by such Tenants pursuant to bona fide Tenant Leases, in each case, which Tenants (a) are not more than 60 days in arrears on base rental or other similar payments due under the Leases and (b) are not subject to a then continuing Bankruptcy Event, or if subject to a then continuing Bankruptcy Event (i) the trustee in bankruptcy of such tenant shall have accepted and assumed such Lease or the Tenant shall be in compliance with the rental payments described above in clause (a); (ii) to the extent that the Tenant shall have filed and the bankruptcy court shall have approved the Tenant’s plan for reorganization, the Tenant shall be performing its obligations pursuant to the approved plan of reorganization; or (iii) is otherwise reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent.

OFAC” means the United States Department of Treasury Office of Foreign Assets Control.

OFAC Event” means the event specified in Section 8.13(c) hereof.

OFAC Sanctions Programs” means all laws, regulations, and Executive Orders administered by OFAC, including without limitation, the Bank Secrecy Act, anti-money laundering laws (including, without limitation, the Patriot Act), and all economic and trade sanction programs administered by OFAC, any and all similar United States federal laws, regulations or Executive Orders (whether administered by OFAC or otherwise), and any similar laws, regulators or orders adopted by any State within the United States.

“Other Connection Taxes” means, with respect to any Recipient, Taxes imposed as a result of a present or former connection between such Recipient and the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (other than connections arising from such Recipient having executed, delivered, become a party to, performed its obligations under, received payments under, received or perfected a security interest under, engaged in any other transaction pursuant to or enforced any Loan Document, or sold or assigned an interest in any Loan or Loan Document).

Other Taxes” means all present or future stamp, court or documentary, intangible, recording, filing or similar Taxes that arise from any payment made under, from the execution, delivery, performance, enforcement or registration of, from the receipt or perfection of a security interest under, or otherwise with respect to, any Loan Document, except any such Taxes that are Other Connection Taxes imposed with respect to an assignment (other than an assignment made pursuant to Section 1.13 hereof).

“Parent” is defined in the introductory paragraph of this Agreement.

“Participating Interest” is defined in Section 1.3(e) hereof.

“Participating Lender” is defined in Section 1.3(e) hereof.

“Patriot Act” means the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001, Pub. L. 107-56.

 

-39-


“PBGC” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or any Person succeeding to any or all of its functions under ERISA.

“Permitted Ground Lease Investments” means a Ground Lease where the Borrower or a Wholly-owned Subsidiary is the lessor under such Ground Lease and which is a Ground Lease (a) of unencumbered land located in a MSA that is owned in fee simple by the Borrower or a Wholly-owned Subsidiary and on which a fully completed building is located (all such improvements to be unencumbered), (b) which may not be transferred, mortgaged or assigned to an alternate lessee without the prior written consent of the lessor and (c) which may be transferred and assigned to an alternate lessor without the consent of the lessee; provided, however, that any Ground Lease may be designated as a Permitted Ground Lease Investment upon written request by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent and written approval of such request by the Required Lenders. Ground Leases of Land Assets or on which an Asset under Development is located shall not be a Permitted Ground Lease Investment.

“Permitted Liens” means each of the following: (a) Liens for taxes, assessments and governmental charges or levies to the extent not required to be paid under Section 8.3; (b) Liens imposed by law, such as materialmen’s, mechanics’, carriers’, workmen’s and repairmen’s Liens and other similar Liens arising in the ordinary course of business securing obligations that are not overdue or that are being contested in good faith and by proper proceedings and as to which appropriate reserves are being maintained; (c) pledges or deposits to secure obligations under workers’ compensation laws or similar legislation or to secure public or statutory obligations; (d) easements, zoning restrictions, rights of way and other encumbrances on title to real property that, in the aggregate, do not materially and adversely affect the value of such property or the use of such property for its present purposes; (e) deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts (other than for borrowed money), leases, statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business; (f) Liens in favor of the United States of America for amounts paid to the Borrower or any Subsidiary as progress payments under government contracts entered into by it; (g) attachment, judgment and other similar Liens arising in connection with court, reference or arbitration proceedings, provided that the same have been in existence less than twenty (20) days, that the same have been discharged or that execution or enforcement thereof has been stayed pending appeal; (h) the rights of tenants or lessees under leases or subleases not interfering with the ordinary conduct of business of such Person; (i) Liens in favor of the Administrative Agent for its benefit and the benefit of the Lenders and the L/C Issuer; (j) Liens in favor of the Borrower or a Guarantor securing obligations owing by a Subsidiary to the Borrower or a Guarantor, which obligations have been subordinated to the obligations owing by the Borrower and the Guarantors under the Loan Documents on terms satisfactory to the Administrative Agent; (k) Liens in existence as of the Agreement Date and set forth in Schedule 8.7 and (l) Liens on Properties that are not Eligible Properties and whose Borrowing Base Values are not included in the calculation of the Borrowing Base.

“Person” means an individual, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, association, trust, unincorporated organization or any other entity or organization, including a government or agency or political subdivision thereof.

 

-40-


“Plan” means any employee pension benefit plan covered by Title IV of ERISA or subject to the minimum funding standards under Section 412 of the Code that either (a) is maintained by a member of the Controlled Group for employees of a member of the Controlled Group or (b) is maintained pursuant to a collective bargaining agreement or any other arrangement under which more than one employer makes contributions and to which a member of the Controlled Group is then making or accruing an obligation to make contributions or has within the preceding five plan years made contributions.

“Property” or “Properties” means, as to any Person, all types of real, personal, tangible, intangible or mixed property, including property encumbered by Ground Leases, owned by such Person whether or not included in the most recent balance sheet of such Person and its subsidiaries under GAAP, including any Eligible Property owned by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries.

“Property Expenses” means the costs (including, but not limited to, payroll, taxes, assessments, insurance, utilities, landscaping and other similar charges) of operating and maintaining any Eligible Property, which are the responsibility of the Borrower or the applicable Guarantor that are not paid directly by the tenant, including without limitation, the Annual Capital Expenditure Reserve and the greater of (a) 3% of rents and (b) actual management fees paid in cash, but excluding depreciation, amortization and interest costs.

“Property Income” means cash rents (excluding non-cash straight-line rent) and other cash revenues received by the Borrower or a Guarantor in the ordinary course for any Eligible Property, but excluding security deposits and prepaid rent except to the extent applied in satisfaction of tenants’ obligations for rent.

“Property Net Operating Income” or “Property NOI” means, with respect to any Property for any Rolling Period (without duplication), the aggregate amount of (i) Property Income for such period minus (ii) Property Expenses for such period. Pro forma adjustments shall be made for any Property acquired or sold during any period as if the acquisition or disposition occurred on the first day of the applicable period.

“Property Owner” means the Person who owns fee title interest in and to a Property.

Qualified ECP Guarantor” means, in respect of any Swap Obligation, each Guarantor that has total assets exceeding $10,000,000 at the time the relevant guarantee or grant of the relevant security interest becomes effective with respect to such Swap Obligation or such other person as constitutes an “eligible contract participant” under the Commodity Exchange Act or any regulations promulgated thereunder and can cause another person to qualify as an “eligible contract participant” at such time by entering into a keepwell under Section 1a(18)(A)(v)(II) of the Commodity Exchange Act.

“Rating” means the debt rating provided by S&P or Moody’s with respect to the unsecured senior long-term non-credit enhanced debt of a Person.

 

-41-


“RCRA” means the Solid Waste Disposal Act, as amended by the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976 and Hazardous and Solid Waste Amendments of 1984, 42 U.S.C. §§6901 et seq., and any future amendments.

Recipient” means (a) the Administrative Agent, (b) any Lender, and (c) the L/C Issuer, as applicable.

“Reimbursement Obligation” is defined in Section 1.3(c) hereof.

“REIT” means a “real estate investment trust” in accordance with Section 856 et. seq. of the Code.

“Related Parties” means, with respect to any Person, such Person’s Affiliates and the partners, directors, officers, employees, agents, trustees, administrators, managers, advisors and representatives of such Person and of such Person’s Affiliates.

“Release” means any spilling, leaking, pumping, pouring, emitting, emptying, discharging, injecting, escaping, leaching, migration, dumping, or disposing into the indoor or outdoor environment, including, without limitation, the abandonment or discarding of barrels, drums, containers, tanks or other receptacles containing or previously containing any Hazardous Material.

“Relevant Governmental Body” means the Federal Reserve Board and/or the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or a committee officially endorsed or convened by the Federal Reserve Board and/or the Federal Reserve Bank of New York or any successor thereto.

Required Lenders” means, as of the date of determination thereof, (i) at any time in which there are only two Lenders, both Lenders and (ii) at any other time Lenders whose outstanding Loans and interests in Letters of Credit and Unused Revolving Credit Commitments constitute 66 2/3% or more of the sum of the total outstanding Loans, interests in Letters of Credit, and Unused Revolving Credit Commitments of the Lenders.

“Responsible Officer” means, with respect to the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries, the chief executive officer, the chief financial officer, chief legal officer or the chief operating officer of the Parent or such Subsidiary.

“Revolver Percentage” means, for each Lender, the percentage of the Revolving Credit Commitments represented by such Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment or, if the Revolving Credit Commitments have been terminated, the percentage held by such Lender (including through participation interests in Reimbursement Obligations) of the aggregate principal amount of all Revolving Loans, Swing Loans and L/C Obligations then outstanding.

“Revolving Credit” means the credit facility for making Revolving Loans and Swing Loans and issuing Letters of Credit described in Sections 1.1, 1.3 and 1.17 hereof.

 

-42-


“Revolving Credit Availability” means the Borrowing Base minus the outstanding principal amount of Revolving Loans and Swing Loans and L/C Obligations.

“Revolving Credit Commitment” means, as to any Lender, the obligation of such Lender to make Revolving Loans and to participate in Swing Loans and Letters of Credit issued for the account of the Borrower hereunder in an aggregate principal or face amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name on Schedule 1 attached hereto and made a part hereof, as the same may be reduced or modified at any time or from time to time pursuant to the terms hereof. The Borrower and the Lenders acknowledge and agree that the Revolving Credit Commitments of the Lenders, in the aggregate, is equal to $100,000,000 on the Closing Date.

“Revolving Credit Termination Date” means the earliest of (i) November [__], 2023, as such date may be extended pursuant to Section 1.16, (ii) the date on which the Revolving Credit Commitments are terminated in whole pursuant to Section 1.12, 9.2 or 9.3 hereof and (iii) the date on which a mandatory prepayment under Section 1.8(b)(iii) is required to be made.

“Revolving Loan” and “Revolving Loans” are defined in Section 1.1 hereof and, as so defined, includes a Base Rate Loan or a Eurodollar Loan, each of which is a “type” of Revolving Loan hereunder.

“Revolving Note” and “Revolving Notes” are defined in Section 1.10(d) hereof.

“Rolling Period” means, as of any date, the four Fiscal Quarters ending on or immediately preceding such date.

“S&P” means S&P Global, Inc. or any successor thereof.

“Secured Indebtedness” means all Indebtedness for Borrowed Money of the Parent and its Subsidiaries, that is secured by a Lien, other than the Obligations.

“Secured Recourse Indebtedness” means Secured Indebtedness for which recourse for payment (except for customary exceptions for fraud, misapplication of funds, environmental indemnities and other similar exceptions to recourse liability) is to Borrower or any Guarantor, other than the Obligations.

“Significant Lease” means, as to any particular Property, each Lease which constitutes 20% or more of all base rent revenue of such Property.

“SOFR” with respect to any day means the secured overnight financing rate published for such day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, as the administrator of the benchmark, (or a successor administrator) on the Federal Reserve Bank of New York’s Website.

“Stock” means shares of capital stock, beneficial or partnership interests, participations or other equivalents (regardless of how designated) of or in a corporation or equivalent entity, whether voting or non-voting, and includes, without limitation, common stock.

 

-43-


“Stock Equivalents” means all securities (other than Stock) convertible into or exchangeable for Stock at the option of the holder, and all warrants, options or other rights to purchase or subscribe for any stock, whether or not presently convertible, exchangeable or exercisable.

“Subsidiary” means, as to any particular parent corporation or organization, any other corporation or organization more than 50% of the outstanding Voting Stock of which is at the time directly or indirectly owned by such parent corporation or organization or by any one or more other entities which are themselves subsidiaries of such parent corporation or organization. Unless otherwise expressly noted herein, the term “Subsidiary” means a Subsidiary of Parent or the Borrower or of any of their direct or indirect Subsidiaries.

Swap Obligation” means, with respect to any Guarantor, any obligation to pay or perform under any agreement, contract or transaction that constitutes a “swap” within the meaning of Section 1a(47) of the Commodity Exchange Act.

“Sweep to Loan Arrangement” means a cash management arrangement established by the Borrower with the Swing Line Lender or an Affiliate of the Swing Line Lender, as depositary (in such capacity, the “Sweep Depositary”), pursuant to which the Swing Line Lender is authorized (a) to make advances of Swing Loans hereunder, the proceeds of which are deposited by the Swing Line Lender into a designated account of the Borrower maintained at the Sweep Depositary, and (b) to accept as prepayments of the Swing Loans hereunder proceeds of excess targeted balances held in such designated account at the Sweep Depositary, which cash management arrangement is subject to such agreement(s) and on such terms acceptable to the Sweep Depositary and the Swing Line Lender.

“Swing Line” means the credit facility for making one or more Swing Loans described in Section 1.17 hereof.

“Swing Line Lender” means Bank of Montreal, acting in its capacity as the Lender of Swing Loans hereunder, or any successor Lender acting in such capacity appointed pursuant to Section 12.12 hereof.

“Swing Line Sublimit” means $5,000,000.00, as reduced pursuant to the terms hereof.

“Swing Loan” and “Swing Loans” each is defined in Section 1.17 hereof.

“Swing Note” is defined in Section 1.10(d) hereof.

“Tangible Net Worth” means for each applicable period, total shareholder’s equity and any non-controlling equity interests on the Parent’s consolidated balance sheet as reported in its Form 10-K or 10-Q for such period, less all amounts appearing on the assets side of its consolidated balance sheet representing an intangible asset under GAAP net of all amounts appearing on the liabilities side of its consolidated balance sheet representing an intangible liability under GAAP.

 

-44-


“Taxes” means all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, withholdings (including back up withholding), assessments, fees or other charges imposed by any Governmental Authority, including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto.

“Tenant” means any Person leasing, subleasing or otherwise occupying any portion of a Property under a Lease or other occupancy agreement with the Borrower or a Subsidiary that is the direct owner of such Property.

“Term SOFR” means the forward-looking term rate based on SOFR that has been selected or recommended by the Relevant Governmental Body.

“Total Asset Value” means, as of the end of any Rolling Period, an amount equal to the sum of (a) for all Properties owned by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for more than twelve (12) months, the quotient of (i) the Property NOI from such Properties divided by (ii) the Capitalization Rate plus (b) for all Properties owned by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for twelve (12) months or less, the lesser of (i) the book value (as defined in GAAP) of any such property or (ii), the value of any such Property as determined by the calculation in clause (a) above measured on an annualized basis rather than for the most recently ended period of four quarters plus (c) the aggregate book value of all unimproved land holdings and/or construction in progress owned by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries plus (d) cash, 1031 Cash Proceeds, cash equivalents and marketable securities owned by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries that are not (other than 1031 Cash Proceeds) then being held in or subject to escrow in connection with funding commitments of the Borrower or such Subsidiary

“Total Indebtedness” means, as of a given date, all liabilities of Parent and its Subsidiaries which would, in conformity with GAAP, be properly classified as a liability on a consolidated balance sheet of Parent and its Subsidiaries as of such date, excluding any amounts categorized as accrued expenses, accrued dividends, deposits held, deferred revenues, minority interests and other liabilities not directly associated with the borrowing of money.

“UCC” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the State of New York.

“Unadjusted Benchmark Replacement” means the Benchmark Replacement excluding the Benchmark Replacement Adjustment.

“Unfunded Vested Liabilities” means, for any Plan at any time, the amount (if any) by which the present value of all vested nonforfeitable accrued benefits under such Plan exceeds the fair market value of all Plan assets allocable to such benefits, all determined as of the then most recent valuation date for such Plan, but only to the extent that such excess represents a potential liability of a member of the Controlled Group to the PBGC or the Plan under Title IV of ERISA.

“Unused Revolving Credit Commitments” means, at any time, the difference between the Revolving Credit Commitments then in effect and the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Revolving Loans and L/C Obligations.

“U.S. Dollars” and “$” each means the lawful currency of the United States of America.

 

-45-


“Voting Stock” of any Person means capital stock or other equity interests of any class or classes (however designated) having ordinary power for the election of directors or other similar governing body of such Person, other than stock or other equity interests having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency.

“Welfare Plan” means a “welfare plan” as defined in Section 3(1) of ERISA.

“Wholly-owned Subsidiary” means a Subsidiary of which all of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock (other than directors’ qualifying shares as required by law) or other equity interests are owned by the Borrower and/or one or more Wholly-owned Subsidiaries within the meaning of this definition.

“Write-Down and Conversion Powers” means, with respect to any EEA Resolution Authority, the write-down and conversion powers of such EEA Resolution Authority from time to time under the Bail-In Legislation for the applicable EEA Member Country, which write-down and conversion powers are described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule.

Section 5.2. Interpretation. The foregoing definitions are equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of the terms defined. The words hereof, herein, and hereunder and words of like import when used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement. All references to time of day herein are references to Chicago, Illinois, time unless otherwise specifically provided. Where the character or amount of any asset or liability or item of income or expense is required to be determined or any consolidation or other accounting computation is required to be made for the purposes of this Agreement, it shall be done in accordance with GAAP except where such principles are inconsistent with the specific provisions of this Agreement. Whenever reference is made to the Borrower’s knowledge or awareness, or a similar qualification, knowledge or awareness means the actual knowledge of the Borrower’s Responsible Officers.

Section 5.3. Change in Accounting Principles. If, after the date of this Agreement, there shall occur any change in GAAP from those used in the preparation of the financial statements referred to in Section 6.5 hereof and such change shall result in a change in the method of calculation of any financial covenant, standard or term found in this Agreement, either the Borrower or the Required Lenders may by written notice to the Lenders and the Borrower, respectively, require that the Lenders and the Borrower negotiate in good faith to amend such covenants, standards, and terms so as equitably to reflect such change in accounting principles, with the desired result being that the criteria for evaluating the financial condition of the Parent and its Subsidiaries shall be the same as if such change had not been made. No delay by the Borrower or the Required Lenders in requiring such negotiation shall limit their right to so require such a negotiation at any time after such a change in accounting principles. Until any such covenant, standard, or term is amended in accordance with this Section 5.3, financial covenants shall be computed and determined in accordance with GAAP in effect prior to such change in accounting principles. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Borrower shall neither be deemed to be in compliance with any financial covenant hereunder nor out of compliance with any financial covenant hereunder if such state of compliance or noncompliance, as the case may be, would not exist but for the occurrence of a change in accounting principles after the date hereof.

 

-46-


SECTION 6. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.

The Borrower represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent, the Lenders, and the L/C Issuer as follows:

Section 6.1. Organization and Qualification; Limited Operations. The Borrower is duly organized, validly existing, and in good standing as a limited partnership under the laws of the State of Delaware. The Parent is duly organized, validly existing, and in good standing as a corporation under the laws of the State of Maryland. Each of Parent and the Borrower has full and adequate power to own their respective Properties and conduct their respective businesses as now conducted, and are duly licensed or qualified and in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the nature of their respective businesses conducted by them or the nature of the Properties owned or leased by them requires such licensing or qualifying and where the failure to be so qualified could reasonably be expected to have, in each instance, a Material Adverse Effect. Prior to the closing of the Alpine IPO, Parent and Borrower had immaterial assets and no operations.

Section 6.2. Subsidiaries. Each Subsidiary is duly organized, validly existing, and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction in which it is organized, has full and adequate power to own its Property and conduct its business as now conducted, and is duly licensed or qualified and in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the nature of the business conducted by it or the nature of the Property owned or leased by it requires such licensing or qualifying and where the failure to be so qualified could reasonably be expected to have, in each instance, a Material Adverse Effect. Schedule 6.2 hereto identifies each Subsidiary as of the date hereof and as updated from time to time as provided in Section 8.5(l), the jurisdiction of its organization, the percentage of issued and outstanding shares of each class of its capital stock or other equity interests owned by the Borrower and the other Subsidiaries and, if such percentage is not 100% (excluding directors’ qualifying shares as required by law), a description of each class of its authorized capital stock and other equity interests and the number of shares of each class issued and outstanding. All of the outstanding shares of capital stock and other equity interests of each Subsidiary are validly issued and outstanding and fully paid and nonassessable and all such shares and other equity interests indicated on Schedule 6.2 as owned by the Borrower or another Subsidiary are owned, beneficially and of record, by the Borrower or such Subsidiary free and clear of all Liens (other than Permitted Liens). There are no outstanding commitments or other obligations of any Subsidiary to issue, and no options, warrants or other rights of any Person to acquire, any shares of any class of capital stock or other equity interests of any Subsidiary.

Section 6.3. Authority and Validity of Obligations. The Borrower has full right and authority to enter into this Agreement and the other Loan Documents executed by it, to make the borrowings herein provided for and to perform all of its obligations hereunder and under the other Loan Documents executed by it. Each Material Subsidiary has full right and authority to enter into the Loan Documents executed by it, to guarantee the Obligations, Hedging Liability, and Funds Transfer and Deposit Account Liability and to perform all of its obligations under the Loan Documents executed by it. The Loan Documents delivered by the Borrower and its Material Subsidiaries have been duly authorized, executed, and delivered by such Persons and constitute valid and binding obligations of the Borrower and its Material Subsidiaries enforceable against them in accordance with their terms, except as enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy,

 

-47-


insolvency, fraudulent conveyance or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and general principles of equity (regardless of whether the application of such principles is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law); and this Agreement and the other Loan Documents do not, nor does the performance or observance by the Borrower or any Subsidiary of any of the matters and things herein or therein provided for, (a) contravene or constitute a default under any provision of law or any judgment, injunction, order or decree binding upon the Borrower or any Subsidiary or any provision of the organizational documents (e.g., charter, certificate or articles of incorporation and by-laws, certificate or articles of association and operating agreement, partnership agreement, or other similar organizational documents) of the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary, (b) contravene or constitute a default under any covenant, indenture or agreement of or affecting the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary or any of their Property, in each case where such contravention or default, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, or (c) result in the creation or imposition of any Lien on any Property of the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary (other than in favor of the Administrative Agent for its benefit and the benefit of the Lenders and the L/C Issuer).

Section 6.4. Use of Proceeds; Margin Stock. The Borrower shall use the proceeds of the Revolving Credit for its general corporate purposes, to refinance existing indebtedness, finance capital expenditures, real estate related investments (including investments permitted pursuant to Section 8.8 hereof), working capital and stock buybacks and for such other legal and proper purposes as are consistent with all applicable laws. Neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary is engaged in the business of extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock (within the meaning of Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System), and no part of the proceeds of any Loan or any other extension of credit made hereunder will be used to purchase or carry any such margin stock (except for such stock repurchases as permitted hereunder) or to extend credit to others for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any such margin stock. Margin stock (as hereinabove defined) constitutes less than 25% of the assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries which are subject to any limitation on sale, pledge or other restriction hereunder.

Section 6.5. Financial Reports. The unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet of Parent as of September 30, 2019, and the related consolidated statements of operation for the year ended December 31, 2018 and the nine months ended September 30, 2019, and accompanying notes thereto as prepared and filed in connection with the Alpine IPO, heretofore furnished to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, have been prepared based on the best information available to the Parent as of the date of delivery thereof, and presents fairly in all material respects on a pro forma basis (assuming the events described in the accompanying noted thereto occur) the estimated financial condition of the Parent and its Subsidiaries as at September 30, 2019 and the consolidated results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2018 and the nine months ended September 30, 2019 in conformity with GAAP applied on a consistent basis. The consolidated balance sheet of Alpine Income Property Predecessor as of December 31, 2018, and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in equity and cash flows of Alpine Income Property Predecessor for the fiscal year then ended, and accompanying notes thereto, which consolidated financial statements are accompanied by the unqualified audit report of independent public accountants, heretofore furnished to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, fairly present the consolidated financial condition of Alpine Income Property Predecessor as at said date and the consolidated

 

-48-


results of its operations and cash flows for the period then ended in conformity with GAAP applied on a consistent basis. Borrower has no contingent liabilities which are material to it and are required to be set forth in its consolidated financial statements or notes thereto in accordance with GAAP other than as indicated on such consolidated financial statements and notes thereto and projected financial statements, including with respect to future periods, on the consolidated financial statements and projected financial statements furnished pursuant to Section 8.5 hereof. The balance sheet of Parent as of August 27, 2019 and accompanying notes thereto, which balance sheet is accompanied by the unqualified audit report of independent public accountants, heretofore furnished to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, fairly present the financial poisition of Parent as at said date in conformity with GAAP applied on a consistent basis.

Section 6.6. No Material Adverse Effect. Except as set forth on Schedule 6.6, since the Alpine IPO, there has been no event or circumstance individually or in the aggregate that has had or would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 6.7. Full Disclosure. The statements and information furnished to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders in connection with the negotiation of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and the commitments by the Lenders to provide all or part of the financing contemplated hereby do not contain any untrue statements (known by Borrower to be untrue) of a material fact known to Borrower or omit a material fact necessary to make the material statements contained herein or therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders acknowledging that (a) as to any projections or forward looking information furnished to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, the Borrower only represents that the same were prepared on the basis of information and estimates the Borrower believed to be reasonable and (b) the financial information provided to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders is governed by Section 6.5 hereof. The information included in the Beneficial Ownership Certification, as updated in accordance with Section 6.5(k), is true and correct in all respects

Section 6.8. Trademarks, Franchises, and Licenses. To Borrower’s knowledge, the Borrower and its Subsidiaries own, possess, or have the right to use all patents, licenses, franchises, trademarks, trade names, trade styles, copyrights, trade secrets, know how, and confidential commercial and proprietary information necessary to conduct their businesses substantially as now conducted, without known conflict with any patent, license, franchise, trademark, trade name, trade style, copyright or other proprietary right of any other Person, which conflict could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 6.9. Governmental Authority and Licensing. The Borrower and its Subsidiaries have received all licenses, permits, and approvals of all federal, state, and local governmental authorities, if any, necessary to conduct their businesses, in each case where the failure to obtain or maintain the same could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. No investigation or proceeding, which could reasonably be expected to result in revocation or denial of any license, permit or approval and could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, is pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened.

 

-49-


Section 6.10. Good Title. The Borrower and its Subsidiaries have good and defensible title (or valid leasehold interests) to their material assets as reflected on the most recent consolidated balance sheet of Parent and its Subsidiaries furnished to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders (except for sales of assets in the ordinary course of business), subject to no Liens other than such thereof as are permitted by Section 8.7 hereof.

Section 6.11. Litigation and Other Controversies. Except as set forth on Schedule 6.11, there is no litigation or governmental or arbitration proceeding or labor controversy pending, nor to the knowledge of the Borrower threatened, against the Borrower or any Subsidiary or any of their Property which individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 6.12. Taxes. All material tax returns required to be filed by Parent or any Subsidiary in any jurisdiction have, in fact, been filed, and all taxes, assessments, fees, and other governmental charges upon Parent or any Subsidiary or upon any of its Property, income or franchises, which are shown to be due and payable in such returns, have been paid, except such taxes, assessments, fees and governmental charges, if any, as are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings which prevent enforcement of the matter under contest and as to which adequate reserves established in accordance with GAAP have been provided. Parent has not received written notice of any proposed additional tax assessment against Parent or its Subsidiaries for which adequate provisions in accordance with GAAP have not been made on their accounts. Adequate provisions in accordance with GAAP for taxes on the books of Parent and each Subsidiary have been made for all open years, and for its current fiscal period.

Section 6.13. Approvals. Except those already received, no authorization, consent, license or exemption from, or filing or registration with, any court or governmental department, agency or instrumentality, nor any approval or consent of any other Person, is or will be necessary to the valid execution, delivery or performance by the Borrower or any Guarantor of any Loan Document.

Section 6.14. Affiliate Transactions. Except as permitted by Section 8.14 hereof, none of the Borrower or any Subsidiary is a party to any contracts or agreements with any of its Affiliates on terms and conditions which are less favorable to the Borrower or such Subsidiary than would be usual and customary in similar contracts or agreements between Persons not affiliated with each other.

Section 6.15. Investment Company. None of the Borrower or any Subsidiary is an “investment company” or a company “controlled” by an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

Section 6.16. ERISA. The Borrower and each other member of their Controlled Group has fulfilled its obligations under the minimum funding standards of and is in compliance in all material respects with ERISA and the Code to the extent applicable to it and has not incurred any liability to the PBGC or a Plan under Title IV of ERISA other than a liability to the PBGC for premiums under Section 4007 of ERISA. None of the Borrower or any Subsidiary has any material contingent liabilities with respect to any post-retirement benefits under a Welfare Plan, other than liability for continuation coverage described in article 6 of Title I of ERISA.

 

-50-


Section 6.17. Compliance with Laws. (a) The Borrower and its Subsidiaries are in compliance with the requirements of all federal, state and local laws, rules and regulations applicable to or pertaining to their Property or business operations (including, without limitation, the Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970, the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, and laws and regulations establishing quality criteria and standards for air, water, land and toxic or hazardous wastes and substances), where any such non-compliance, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) Without limiting the representations and warranties set forth in Section 6.17(a) above, except for such matters individually or in the aggregate, which could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, the Borrower represents and warrants that, except as set forth in Schedule 6.17: (i) the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, and each of the Properties, comply in all material respects with all applicable Environmental Laws; (ii) the Borrower and its Subsidiaries have obtained all governmental approvals required for their operations and each of the Properties by any applicable Environmental Law; (iii) the Borrower and its Subsidiaries have not, and the Borrower has no knowledge of any other Person who has, caused any Release, threatened Release or disposal of any Hazardous Material at, on, about, or off any of the Properties in any material quantity and, to the knowledge of the Borrower, none of the Properties are adversely affected by any Release, threatened Release or disposal of a Hazardous Material originating or emanating from any other property; (iv) none of the Properties, to the Borrower’s knowledge, contain or have contained any: (1) underground storage tank, (2) material amounts of asbestos containing building material, (3) landfills or dumps, (4) hazardous waste management facility as defined pursuant to RCRA or any comparable state law, or (5) site on or nominated for the National Priority List promulgated pursuant to CERCLA or any state remedial priority list promulgated or published pursuant to any comparable state law; (v) the Borrower and its Subsidiaries have not used a material quantity of any Hazardous Material and have conducted no Hazardous Material Activity at any of the Properties; (vi) other than in compliance with applicable law in all material respects the Borrower and its Subsidiaries have no material liability for response or corrective action, natural resource damage or other harm pursuant to CERCLA, RCRA or any comparable state law; (vii) the Borrower and its Subsidiaries are not subject to, have no notice or knowledge of and are not required to give any notice of any Environmental Claim involving the Borrower or any Subsidiary or any of the Properties, and there are no conditions or occurrences at any of the Properties which could reasonably be anticipated to form the basis for an Environmental Claim against the Borrower or any Subsidiary or such Properties; (viii) none of the Properties are subject to any, and the Borrower has no knowledge of any imminent restriction on the ownership, occupancy, use or transferability of the Properties in connection with any (1) Environmental Law or (2) Release, threatened Release or disposal of a Hazardous Material, which would affect the lawful use of any such Property as currently used; and (ix) there are no conditions or circumstances at any of the Properties which pose an unreasonable risk to the environment or the health or safety of Persons. Promptly after the reasonable request of the Administrative Agent, the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent a Phase I Environmental Report in form and substance acceptable to the Administrative Agent from an environmental firm acceptable to the Administrative Agent with respect to any (y) Eligible Property specified by the Administrative

 

-51-


Agent that has an environmental issue that would materially affect the value or use of such Eligible Property and (z) Property that is not an Eligible Property if the environmental issues associated with such Property could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and, if such Phase I Environmental Report indicates any environmental issues, a Phase II Environmental Report; provided that the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to make only one (1) such request per property during the initial term of this Agreement unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

(c) The Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries is in material compliance with all Anti-Corruption Laws. The Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries has implemented and maintains in effect policies and procedures designed to ensure compliance by such Person, its Subsidiaries and their respective directors, officers, employees and agents with Anti-Corruption Laws. Neither Borrower nor any Subsidiary has made a payment, offering, or promise to pay, or authorized the payment of, money or anything of value (a) in order to assist in obtaining or retaining business for or with, or directing business to, any foreign official, foreign political party, party official or candidate for foreign political office, (b) to a foreign official, foreign political party or party official or any candidate for foreign political office, and (c) with the intent to induce the recipient to misuse his or her official position to direct business wrongfully to such Borrower or such Subsidiary or to any other Person, in violation of any Anti-Corruption Laws.

Section 6.18. OFAC. (a) The Borrower is in compliance, in all material respects, with the requirements of all OFAC Sanctions Programs applicable to it, (b) each Subsidiary of the Borrower is in compliance, in all material respects, with the requirements of all OFAC Sanctions Programs applicable to such Subsidiary, (c) the Borrower has provided to the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer, and the Lenders all information regarding the Borrower and its Affiliates and Subsidiaries necessary for the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer, and the Lenders to comply with all applicable OFAC Sanctions Programs, and (d) neither the Borrower nor any of its Affiliates or Subsidiaries nor, to the knowledge of Borrower, any officer, director or Affiliate of any such Person or any of its Subsidiaries, is a person, that is, or is owned or controlled by Persons that are (i) the target of any OFAC Sanctions Programs or (ii) located, organized or resident in a country or territory that is, or whose government is, the subject of any OFAC Sanctions Programs.

Section 6.19. Other Agreements. Neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary is in default under the terms of any covenant, indenture or agreement of or affecting such Person or any of its Property, which default could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary shall enter into an amendment or modification of any contract or agreement which could, in the Responsible Officer’s business judgment, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 6.20. Solvency. The Borrower and its Subsidiaries are solvent, able to pay their debts as they become due, and have sufficient capital to carry on their business and all businesses in which they are about to engage.

Section 6.21. No Default. No Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

 

-52-


Section 6.22. No Broker Fees. No broker’s or finder’s fee or commission will be payable with respect hereto or any of the transactions contemplated thereby with respect to any broker or finder claim for which the Borrower is responsible; and the Borrower hereby agrees to indemnify the Administrative Agent and the Lenders against, and agrees that it will hold the Administrative Agent and the Lenders harmless from, any such claim, demand, or liability for any such broker’s or finder’s fees alleged to have been incurred by the Borrower in connection herewith or therewith and any expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) arising in connection with any such claim, demand, or liability.

Section 6.23. Condition of Property; Casualties; Condemnation. Except as set forth in Schedule 6.23, each Property owned by the Borrower and each Subsidiary, in all material respects (a) is in good repair, working order and condition, normal wear and tear excepted, (b) is free of material structural defects, (c) is not subject to material deferred maintenance, (d) has and will have all building systems contained therein in good repair, working order and condition, normal wear and tear excepted and (e) is not located in a flood plain or flood hazard area, or if located in a flood plain or flood hazard area is covered by full replacement cost flood insurance. None of the Properties owned by the Borrower or any Subsidiary is currently materially and adversely affected as a result of any fire, explosion, earthquake, flood, drought, windstorm, accident, strike or other labor disturbance, embargo, requisition or taking of property or cancellation of contracts, permits or concessions by a Governmental Authority, riot, activities of armed forces or acts of God or of any public enemy which is not in the process of being repaired. No condemnation or other like proceedings that has had, or could reasonably be expected to result in, a Material Adverse Effect, are pending and served nor threatened against any Property owned by it in any manner whatsoever. No casualty has occurred to any such Property that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Promptly after the reasonable request of the Administrative Agent, the Borrower shall deliver a current property condition report in form and substance acceptable to Administrative Agent from an independent engineering or architectural firm acceptable to Administrative Agent with respect to any (i) Eligible Property specified by Administrative Agent that has a material maintenance or structural issue that would materially affect the value or use of such Eligible Property and (ii) Property that is not an Eligible Property that has a material maintenance or structural issue associated with such Property that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; provided that the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to make only one (1) such request during the initial term of this Agreement unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

Section 6.24. Legal Requirements and Zoning. To Borrower’s knowledge, the use and operation of each Property owned by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries constitutes a legal use (including legally nonconforming use) under applicable zoning regulations (as the same may be modified by special use permits or the granting of variances) and complies in all material respects with all Legal Requirements, and does not violate in any material respect any approvals, restrictions of record or any material agreement affecting any such Property (or any portion thereof).

Section 6.25. No Defaults; Landlord is in Compliance with Leases. Schedule 6.25 hereto identifies each Significant Lease in existence on the date hereof, the Property which is demised pursuant to each Significant Lease and the name of each landlord and lessee under each Significant

 

-53-


Lease. Except as disclosed to the Administrative Agent in writing in accordance with Section 8.5(l) hereof, none of the tenants under Significant Leases on Properties owned by the Borrower, Material Subsidiaries or any other Subsidiary of the Borrower are in default for a period in excess of sixty (60) days on the monthly contractual rent payments.

Section 6.26. EEA Financial Institution. Neither Borrower nor any Subsidiary is an EEA Financial Institution.

Section 6.27. REIT Status . Parent (a) will elect to be taxed as a REIT beginning with its taxable year ending December 31, 2019 upon the filing of its federal income tax return for such year and will continue to operate in a manner so as to qualify as a REIT, and (b) will not revoke its election to be taxed as a REIT.

SECTION 7. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT.

Section 7.1. All Credit Events. At the time of each Credit Event hereunder:

(a) each of the representations and warranties set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents shall be and remain true and correct in all material respects (except in the case of a representation or warranty qualified by materiality in which case such representation or warranty shall be true and correct in all respects) as of said time, except to the extent the same expressly relate to an earlier date (in which case, the same shall be true and correct in all material respects (except in the case of a representation or warranty qualified by materiality in which case such representation or warranty shall be true and correct in all respects) as of such earlier date);

(b) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a result of such Credit Event and, after giving effect to such Credit Event, the Revolving Credit Availability as then determined and computed shall be no less than $0;

(c) in the case of a Borrowing the Administrative Agent shall have received the notice required by Section 1.6 hereof, in the case of the issuance of any Letter of Credit, the L/C Issuer shall have received a duly completed Application for such Letter of Credit together with any fees called for by Section 2.1(b) hereof, and, in the case of an extension or increase in the amount of a Letter of Credit, a written request therefor in a form acceptable to the L/C Issuer together with fees called for by Section 2.1(b) hereof;

(d) such Credit Event shall not violate any order, judgment or decree of any court or other authority or any provision of law or regulation applicable to the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer or any Lender (including, without limitation, Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System) as then in effect; and

(e) no Change of Control shall have occurred as a result of (i) the termination set forth in clause (c) of the definition “Change of Control” and (ii) the Borrower’s failure to cure such Change of Control by appointing a replacement chief executive officer of the Parent reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent within four (4) months.

 

-54-


Each request for a Borrowing hereunder and each request for the issuance of, increase in the amount of, or extension of the expiration date of, a Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be a representation and warranty by the Borrower on the date on such Credit Event as to the facts specified in subsections (a) through (c), inclusive, of this Section 7.1; provided, however, that the Lenders may continue to make advances under the Revolving Credit, in the sole discretion of the Lenders with Revolving Credit Commitments, notwithstanding the failure of the Borrower to satisfy one or more of the conditions set forth above and any such advances so made shall not be deemed a waiver of any Default or Event of Default or other condition set forth above that may then exist.

Section 7.2. Initial Credit Event. Before or concurrently with the initial Credit Event:

(a) the Administrative Agent shall have received this Agreement duly executed by the Borrower, Parent and the Material Subsidiaries, as Guarantors, and the Lenders.

(b) if requested by any Lender, the Administrative Agent shall have received for such Lender such Lender’s duly executed Note of the Borrower dated the date hereof and otherwise in compliance with the provisions of Section 1.10 hereof;

(c) the Administrative Agent shall have received copies of the Borrower’s, Parent’s and each Material Subsidiary’s articles of incorporation and bylaws (or comparable organizational documents) and any amendments thereto, certified in each instance by its Secretary or Assistant Secretary;

(d) the Administrative Agent shall have received copies of resolutions of the Borrower’s, Parent’s and each Material Subsidiary’s board of directors (or similar governing body) authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which it is a party and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, together with specimen signatures of the persons authorized to execute such documents on the Borrower’s, Parent’s and each Material Subsidiary’s behalf, all certified in each instance by its Secretary or Assistant Secretary or other Authorized Representative;

(e) the Administrative Agent shall have received copies of the certificates of good standing for the Borrower, Parent and each Material Subsidiary (dated no earlier than forty-five (45) days prior to the date hereof) from the office of the secretary of the state of its incorporation or organization and of each state in which it is required to the qualified to do business as a foreign corporation or organization under Sections 6.1 or 6.2;

(f) the Administrative Agent shall have received a list of the Borrower’s Authorized Representatives;

 

-55-


(g) the Administrative Agent shall have received the initial fees called for by Section 2.1 hereof;

(h) the capital and organizational structure of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent;

(i) the Administrative Agent shall have received a Closing Date Borrowing Base Certificate;

(j) the Administrative Agent shall have received financing statement, tax, and judgment lien search results against each Eligible Property of the Borrower and each Material Subsidiary evidencing the absence of Liens on its Property except as Permitted Liens or as otherwise permitted by Section 8.8 hereof;

(k) the Administrative Agent shall have received a written opinion of counsel to the Borrower, Parent and each Material Subsidiary, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent;

(l) the Administrative Agent shall have received a fully executed Internal Revenue Service Form W-9 for the Borrower; and the Administrative Agent and the Borrower shall have received the Internal Revenue Service Forms and any applicable attachments required by Section 12.1(b);

(m) the Administrative Agent shall have received such other agreements, instruments, documents, certificates, and opinions as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request;

(n) the Administrative Agent and any Lender shall have received any information or materials reasonably required by the Administrative Agent or such Lender in order to assist the Administrative Agent or such Lender in maintaining compliance with (i) the Patriot Act and (ii) any applicable “know your customer” or similar rules and regulations;

(o) the Administrative Agent shall have received pay-off and lien release letters (except with respect to any Permitted Liens) from secured creditors of the Borrower and each Subsidiary setting forth, among other things, the total amount of indebtedness outstanding and owing to them (or outstanding letters of credit issued for the account of the Borrower or any Subsidiary) and containing an undertaking to cause to be delivered to the Administrative Agent UCC termination statements and any other lien release instruments necessary to release their Liens on the assets of the Borrower and each Subsidiary, which pay-off and lien release letters shall be in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent;

 

-56-


(p) the secured creditors of the Borrower and each Subsidiary shall have deposited in escrow UCC termination statements and other lien release instruments necessary to release their Liens (other than Permitted Liens) on the assets of the Borrower and each Subsidiary;

(q) at least five days prior to the Closing Date, if the Borrower qualifies as a “legal entity customer” under the Beneficial Ownership Regulation, the Borrower shall deliver a Beneficial Ownership Certification in relation to it; and

(r) the Alpine IPO shall have occurred.

Section 7.3. Eligible Property Additions and Deletions to the Borrowing Base. As of the Closing Date, the Borrower represents and warrants to the Lenders and the Administrative Agent that the Initial Properties qualify as Eligible Properties and that the information provided on Schedule 1.1 is true and correct in all material respects.

Upon not less than 10 Business Days prior written notice from the Borrower to the Administrative Agent, the Borrower can designate that a Property be added (subject to the other requirements for a Property qualifying as an Eligible Property) or deleted as an Eligible Property included in calculating the Borrowing Base. Such notice shall be accompanied by a Borrowing Base Certificate setting forth the components of the Borrowing Base as of the addition or deletion of the designated Property as an Eligible Property, and with respect to a deletion, Borrower’s certification in such detail as reasonably required by the Administrative Agent that no Default or Event of Default exists under this Agreement and such deletion shall not (A) cause the Eligible Properties to violate the Borrowing Base Requirements, (B) cause a Default, or (C) cause or result in the Borrower failing to comply with any of the financial covenants contained in Section 8.20 hereof. Each addition shall be an Eligible Property in a minimum amount equal to $500,000 Borrowing Base Value or $500,000 Debt Service Coverage Amount, or shall be comprised of more than one qualifying Eligible Properties that in the aggregate have a minimum amount equal to $1,000,000 Borrowing Base Value or $1,000,000 Debt Service Coverage Amount, and all such additions shall be subject to reasonable approval by the Administrative Agent.

If no Default exists at the time of any deletion of a Property from qualifying as an Eligible Property included in calculating the Borrowing Base, any Material Subsidiary which owned such Property, but that does not otherwise own any other Eligible Property, shall be released from its obligations under its Guaranty.

SECTION 8. COVENANTS.

The Borrower agrees that, so long as any credit is available to or in use by the Borrower hereunder, except to the extent compliance in any case or cases is cured or waived in writing pursuant to the terms of Section 12.13 hereof:

Section 8.1. Maintenance of Existence. (i) The Borrower shall, and shall cause each Guarantor to, preserve and maintain its existence, except as otherwise provided in Section 8.10(c) hereof and where failure to preserve and maintain its existence could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The Borrower shall, and shall cause each Guarantor to, preserve and keep in force and effect all licenses, permits, franchises, approvals, patents, trademarks, trade names, trade styles, copyrights, and other proprietary rights necessary to the proper conduct of its business except where such failure to preserve and keep in force and effect could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

-57-


(ii) (a) At least one class of common stock of Parent shall at all times be duly listed on the New York Stock Exchange, the NYSE American or The NASDAQ Stock Market and (b) the Parent shall timely file all reports required to be filed by it with the New York Stock Exchange, the NYSE American or The NASDAQ Stock Market, as applicable, and the Securities and Exchange Commission, unless such failure to timely file could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 8.2. Maintenance of Properties, Agreements. The Borrower and each Guarantor shall cause each of its tenants to maintain, preserve, and keep all of the Borrower’s and each Guarantor’s Property in working condition and order (ordinary wear and tear excepted) in all material respects, and Borrower and each Guarantor shall from time to time make all needful and proper repairs, renewals, replacements, additions, and betterments to its Property so that it shall at all times be fully preserved and maintained in all material respects. The Borrower shall, and shall cause each Subsidiary to, keep in full force and effect all material contracts and agreements (except any terminations in accordance with the terms therein or approved by the board of directors of Parent in its business judgment or due to any breach by the other party thereto) and shall not modify or amend any material contract or agreement that would cause a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 8.3. Taxes and Assessments. The Borrower and each Guarantor shall, or shall cause its tenants to, duly pay and discharge all taxes, rates, assessments, fees, and governmental charges upon or against it or its Property, in each case before the same become delinquent and before penalties accrue thereon, unless and to the extent that the same are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings which prevent enforcement of the matter under contest and adequate reserves are provided therefor.

Section 8.4. Insurance. Except where the Tenant of a Property shall maintain insurance pursuant to the terms of its Lease, the Borrower shall insure and keep insured, and shall cause each Subsidiary to insure and keep insured, with good and responsible insurance companies all insurable Property owned by it which is of a character usually insured by Persons similarly situated and operating like Properties against loss or damage from such hazards and risks, and in such amounts, as are insured by Persons similarly situated and operating like Properties; and the Borrower shall insure, and shall cause each Subsidiary to insure, such other hazards and risks (including, without limitation, business interruption, employers’ and public liability risks) with good and responsible insurance companies as and to the extent usually insured by Persons similarly situated and conducting similar businesses. The Borrower shall, upon the reasonable request of the Administrative Agent, furnish to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders a certificate setting forth in summary form the nature and extent of the insurance maintained pursuant to this Section 8.4.

Section 8.5. Financial Reports. The Borrower shall, and shall cause Parent and each Subsidiary to, maintain a standard system of accounting in accordance with GAAP and shall furnish to the Administrative Agent, each Lender, the L/C Issuer and each of their duly authorized

 

-58-


representatives such information respecting the business and financial condition of the Borrower and each Subsidiary as the Administrative Agent or such Lender may reasonably request; and without any request, shall furnish to the Administrative Agent for distribution to the Lenders, and L/C Issuer:

(a) as soon as available, and in any event no later than ninety (90) days after the last day each fiscal year of Parent, a copy of the consolidated and consolidating balance sheet of Parent and its Subsidiaries as of the last day of the fiscal year then ended and the consolidated and consolidating statements of income, retained earnings, and cash flows of Parent and its Subsidiaries for the fiscal year then ended, and accompanying notes thereto, each in reasonable detail showing in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, accompanied by an unqualified opinion of independent public accountants of recognized national standing, selected by Parent and reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, to the effect that the consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with GAAP and present fairly in accordance with GAAP the consolidated financial condition of Parent and its Subsidiaries as of the close of such fiscal year and the results of their operations and cash flows for the fiscal year then ended and that an examination of such accounts in connection with such financial statements has been made in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards and, accordingly, such examination included such tests of the accounting records and such other auditing procedures as were considered necessary in the circumstances;

(b) within the period provided in subsection (a) above, the written statement of the accountants who certified the audit report thereby required that in the course of their audit they have obtained no knowledge of any Default or Event of Default, or, if such accountants have obtained knowledge of any such Default or Event of Default, they shall disclose in such statement the nature and period of the existence thereof;

(c) as soon as available, and in any event no later than forty-five (45) days after the last day of each fiscal quarter of each fiscal year of Parent, a copy of the consolidated and consolidating balance sheet of Parent and its Subsidiaries as of the last day of such fiscal quarter and the consolidated and consolidating statements of income, retained earnings, and cash flows of Parent and its Subsidiaries for the fiscal quarter and for the fiscal year-to-date period then ended, each in reasonable detail showing in comparative form the figures for the corresponding date and period in the previous fiscal year, prepared by Parent in accordance with GAAP (subject to the absence of footnote disclosures and year-end audit adjustments) and certified to by its chief financial officer or another officer of Parent reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent;

(d) as soon as available, and in any event within forty-five (45) days after the last day of each Fiscal Quarter (or ninety (90) days after the last day of each Fiscal Year) a Borrowing Base Certificate showing the computation of the Borrowing Base in reasonable detail as of the close of business on the last day of such fiscal quarter, prepared by Parent and certified to by its chief financial officer or another officer of Parent acceptable to the Administrative Agent;

 

-59-


(e) with each of the financial statements delivered pursuant to subsections (a) and (b) above, a Compliance Certificate (“Compliance Certificate”) in the form attached hereto as Exhibit E signed by the chief financial officer of Parent or another officer of Parent reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent to the effect that to the best of such officer’s knowledge and belief no Default or Event of Default has occurred during the period covered by such statements or, if any such Default or Event of Default has occurred during such period, setting forth a description of such Default or Event of Default and specifying the action, if any, taken by the Borrower or any Subsidiary to remedy the same. Such certificate shall also set forth the calculations supporting such statements in respect of Section 8.20 hereof;

(f) promptly after receipt thereof, any additional written reports, management letters or other detailed information contained in writing concerning significant aspects of Parent’s or any Subsidiary’s operations and financial affairs given to it by its independent public accountants;

(g) promptly after the sending or filing thereof, copies of each financial statement, report, notice or proxy statement sent by Parent or any Subsidiary to its stockholders or other equity holders, and upon written request from the Administrative Agent, copies of each regular, periodic or special report, registration statement or prospectus (including all Form 10-K, Form 10-Q and Form 8-K reports) filed by Parent or any Subsidiary with any securities exchange or the Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor agency;

(h) promptly after receipt thereof, a copy of each audit made by any regulatory agency of the books and records of Parent or any Subsidiary or of notice of any material noncompliance with any applicable law, regulation or guideline relating to Parent or any Subsidiary, or their respective businesses;

(i) as soon as available, and in any event within thirty (30) days after the end of each fiscal year of Parent, a copy of Parent’s budget for the following year including consolidated projections of revenues, expenses and balance sheet on a quarter-by-quarter basis, with such projections in reasonable detail prepared by Parent and in form satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (which shall include a summary of all significant assumptions made in preparing such budget);

(j) notice of any Change of Control;

(k) promptly after knowledge thereof shall have come to the attention of any Responsible Officer of Parent, written notice of (i) any threatened (in writing) or pending litigation or governmental or arbitration proceeding or labor controversy against Parent or any Subsidiary or any of their Property which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (ii) the occurrence of any matter which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (iii) the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default hereunder or (iv) any change in the information provided in the Beneficial Ownership Certification that would result in a change to the list of beneficial owners identified in of such certification;

 

-60-


(l) within forty-five (45) days of the end of each of the first three (3) fiscal quarters and within 90 days after the close of the last fiscal quarter of the year (i) a list of all newly formed or acquired Subsidiaries during such quarter (such list shall contain the information relative to such new Subsidiaries as set forth in Schedule 6.2 hereto); (ii) a list of newly executed Significant Leases during such quarter (upon receipt of which Schedule 6.25 shall be deemed amended to include references to such Significant Lease); (iii) a copy of any notice of a material default or any other material notice (including without limitation property condition reviews) received by the Borrower or any Guarantor from any ground lessor under a Significant Lease during such quarter and (iv) a schedule showing for such quarter (A) any Significant Lease that was or is continuing to be in default with respect to monthly contractual rent payments in excess of 60 days;

(m) promptly after knowledge thereof shall have come to the attention of any Responsible Officer of Parent, written notice to each Lender if amounts payable under a Lease of any Eligible Property or portion thereof included in the Borrowing Base Value is more than sixty (60) days past due; and

(n) promptly after the request of any Lender, any other information or report reasonably requested by a Lender.

provided, however, to the extent such items set forth above are filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission or otherwise are publicly available, the Borrower shall be deemed to have satisfied this covenant once it provides notice to the Administrative Agent of such availability.

Section 8.6. Inspection. The Borrower shall, and shall cause Parent and each Subsidiary to, permit the Administrative Agent, each Lender, the L/C Issuer and each of their duly authorized representatives and agents during normal business hours to visit and inspect any of its Property, corporate books, and financial records, to examine and make copies of its books of accounts and other financial records (which shall be subject to the confidentiality requirements of Section 12.25 hereof), and to discuss its affairs, finances, and accounts with, and to be advised as to the same by, its officers, employees (in the presence of a Responsible Officer) and independent public accountants (and by this provision Parent hereby authorizes such accountants with Parent present to discuss with the Administrative Agent, such Lenders, and L/C Issuer the finances and affairs of the Parent and its Subsidiaries) at such reasonable times and intervals as the Administrative Agent or any such Lender or L/C Issuer may designate and, so long as no Default or Event of Default exists, with reasonable prior notice to Parent. The Administrative Agent, Lenders and L/C Issuer shall use reasonable efforts to coordinate inspections undertaken in accordance with this Section 8.6 to reduce the administrative burden of such inspections on the Parent and their Subsidiaries.

Section 8.7. Liens. The Borrower shall not, nor shall it permit any Subsidiary to, create, incur or permit to exist any Lien of any kind on any Property owned by any such Person; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not apply to nor operate to prevent any Permitted Liens.

 

-61-


Section 8.8. Investments, Acquisitions, Loans and Advances. The Borrower shall not, nor shall it permit any Subsidiary to (i) directly or indirectly, make, retain or have outstanding any investments (whether through the purchase of stock or obligations or otherwise) in any Person, real property or improvements on real property, or any loans, advances, lines of credit, mortgage loans or other financings (including pursuant to sale/leaseback transactions) to any other Person, or (ii) acquire any real property, improvements on real property or all or any substantial part of the assets or business of any other Person or division thereof; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not apply to nor operate to prevent, with respect to the Borrower or any Subsidiary, any of the following:

(a) investments in direct obligations of the United States of America or of any agency or instrumentality thereof whose obligations constitute full faith and credit obligations of the United States of America, provided that any such obligations shall mature within one (1) year of the date of issuance thereof;

(b) investments in commercial paper with a Rating of at least P-1 by Moody’s and at least A-1 by S&P maturing within one (1) year of the date of issuance thereof;

(c) interest bearing assets or investments in certificates of deposit issued by any Lender or by any United States commercial bank having capital and surplus of not less than $100,000,000 which have a maturity of one (1) year or less;

(d) investments in repurchase obligations with a term of not more than seven (7) days for underlying securities of the types described in subsection (a) above entered into with any bank meeting the qualifications specified in subsection (c) above, provided all such agreements require physical delivery of the securities securing such repurchase agreement, except those delivered through the Federal Reserve Book Entry System;

(e) investments in money market funds that invest solely, and which are restricted by their respective charters to invest solely, in investments of the type described in the immediately preceding subsections (a), (b), (c), and (d) above;

(f) the Borrower’s investments from time to time in its Subsidiaries, and investments made from time to time by a Subsidiary in one or more of its Subsidiaries;

(g) intercompany advances made from time to time among the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business to finance working capital needs;

(h) investments from time to time in individual Properties, including Eligible Properties, or in entities which own such individual Properties, including Eligible Properties, provided that such investment does not cause a breach of the financial covenants set forth in Section 8.20 hereof;

(i) cash investments in joint ventures in an amount not to exceed in the aggregate at any one time outstanding 10% of the Total Asset Value of Parent and its Subsidiaries at such time;

 

-62-


(j) investments in Assets Under Development in an amount not to exceed in the aggregate at any one time outstanding 10% of the Total Asset Value of Parent and its Subsidiaries at such time; and

(k) repurchases (including tender offers (e.g. Dutch or modified Dutch tender offers)) of Parent’s stock if at the time of such repurchases, the aggregate purchase price of all stock repurchases during the immediately preceding Rolling Period does not exceed 10% of the Total Asset Value of Parent and its Subsidiaries at such time.

Investments of the type described in clauses (i), (j) and (k) immediately preceding shall at no time exceed in the aggregate at any one time outstanding 30% of the Total Asset Value of Parent and its Subsidiaries at such time. In determining the amount of investments, acquisitions, loans, and advances permitted under this Section, investments and acquisitions shall always be taken at the book value (as defined in GAAP) thereof, and loans and advances shall be taken at the principal amount thereof then remaining unpaid.

Section 8.9. Mergers, Consolidations and Sales. Except with the prior written consent of the Required Lenders (which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), the Borrower shall not, nor shall it permit Parent or any Subsidiary to, be a party to any merger or consolidation, or sell, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its Property; provided, however, so long as the Borrower and Subsidiaries are in compliance with all covenants and agreements in this Agreement and no Default or Event of Default then exist, this Section shall not apply to nor operate to prevent:

(a) the sale, transfer, lease or other disposition of Property of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries to one another in the ordinary course of its business;

(b) the merger of any Subsidiary with and into the Borrower or any other Subsidiary, provided that, in the case of any merger involving the Borrower, the Borrower is the corporation surviving the merger;

(c) the sale, transfer or other disposition of any tangible personal property that, in the reasonable business judgment of the Borrower or its Subsidiary, has become obsolete or worn out, and which is disposed of in the ordinary course of business; and

(d) the sale, transfer, lease or other disposition of Property of the Borrower or any Subsidiary (including any disposition of Property as part of a sale and leaseback transaction) aggregating not more than all or substantially all of the Total Asset Value of the Borrower on the last day of the prior Fiscal Quarter, as applicable;

(e) any merger if it results in the simultaneous payoff in immediately available funds of the Obligations; and

 

-63-


(f) any merger or consolidation, directly or indirectly, with any other Person so long as (i) Parent, the Borrower and the Subsidiaries, as applicable, shall be the survivor thereof; (ii) the Borrower shall have given the Administrative Agent and the Lenders at least fifteen (15) Business Days’ prior written notice of such consolidation or merger; (iii) immediately prior thereto, and immediately thereafter and after giving effect thereto, no Default or Event of Default has occurred or would result therefrom; and (iv) at the time the Borrower gives notice pursuant to clause (ii) of this subsection, the Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent for distribution to each of the Lenders a Compliance Certificate, calculated on a pro forma basis based on information then available to the Borrower, evidencing the continued compliance by Parent, the Borrower and the Subsidiaries with the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, including, without limitation, the financial covenants contained in Section 8.20, after giving effect to such consolidation or merger.

Section 8.10. Maintenance of Subsidiaries. The Borrower shall not assign, sell or transfer, nor shall it permit any Material Subsidiary to issue, assign, sell or transfer, any shares of capital stock or other equity interests of a Material Subsidiary; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not operate to prevent (a) Liens on the capital stock or other equity interests of Material Subsidiaries granted to the Administrative Agent, (b) the issuance, sale and transfer to any person of any shares of capital stock of a Material Subsidiary solely for the purpose of qualifying, and to the extent legally necessary to qualify, such person as a director of such Subsidiary, and (c) any transaction permitted by Section 8.9(b) above.

Section 8.11. ERISA. The Borrower shall, and shall cause each Subsidiary to, promptly pay and discharge all obligations and liabilities arising under ERISA in excess of $1,000,000 of a character which if unpaid or unperformed could reasonably be expected to result in the imposition of a Lien against any of its Property. Upon the Borrower or a Subsidiary obtaining knowledge of any of the following events, the Borrower shall, and shall cause each Subsidiary to, promptly notify the Administrative Agent and each Lender of: (a) the occurrence of any reportable event (as defined in Section 4043 of ERISA) with respect to a Plan (except for events for which reporting is waived), (b) receipt of any notice from the PBGC of its intention to seek termination of any Plan or appointment of a trustee therefor, (c) its intention to terminate or withdraw from any Plan, and (d) the occurrence of any event with respect to any Plan (other than normal operation of the Plan or investments of Plan assets) which would result in the incurrence by the Borrower or any Subsidiary of any material increase in liability, material penalty, or any material increase in the contingent liability of the Borrower or any Subsidiary with respect to any post-retirement Welfare Plan benefit.

Section 8.12. Compliance with Laws. (a) The Borrower shall, and shall cause each Subsidiary to, comply in all material respects with the requirements of all federal, state, and local laws, rules, regulations, ordinances and orders applicable to or pertaining to its Property or business operations, where any such non-compliance, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) The Borrower shall and shall cause each Subsidiary to, at all times, do the following to the extent the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect: (i) comply in all material respects with, and maintain each of the Properties in compliance in all material respects with, all applicable Environmental Laws; (ii) use commercially reasonable efforts to require that each tenant and subtenant, if any, of any of the

 

-64-


Properties or any part thereof comply in all material respects with all applicable Environmental Laws; (iii) obtain and maintain in full force and effect all material governmental approvals required by any applicable Environmental Law for operations at each of the Properties; (iv) cure any material violation by it or at any of the Properties of applicable Environmental Laws; (v) not allow the presence or operation at any of the Properties of any (1) landfill or dump or (2) hazardous waste management facility or solid waste disposal facility as defined pursuant to RCRA or any comparable state law; (vi) not manufacture, use, generate, transport, treat, store, release, dispose or handle any Hazardous Material at any of the Properties except in the ordinary course of its business and in compliance with law; (vii) within ten (10) Business Days notify the Administrative Agent in writing of and provide any reasonably requested documents upon receipt of written notice of any of the following in connection with the Borrower or any Subsidiary or any of the Properties that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect: (1) any material liability for response or corrective action, natural resource damage or other harm pursuant to CERCLA, RCRA or any comparable state law; (2) any material Environmental Claim; (3) any material violation of an Environmental Law or material Release, threatened Release or disposal of a Hazardous Material; (4) any restriction on the ownership, occupancy, use or transferability arising pursuant to any (x) Release, threatened Release or disposal of a Hazardous Material or (y) Environmental Law; or (5) any environmental, natural resource, health or safety condition, which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; (viii) conduct at its expense any investigation, study, sampling, testing, abatement, cleanup, removal, remediation or other response action necessary to remove, remediate, clean up or abate any material Release, threatened Release or disposal of a Hazardous Material as required to be performed by the Borrower or its Subsidiaries by any applicable Environmental Law, (ix) abide by and observe any restrictions on the use of the Properties imposed by any governmental authority as set forth in a deed or other instrument affecting the Borrower’s or any Subsidiary’s interest therein; (x) promptly provide or otherwise make available to the Administrative Agent any reasonably requested environmental record concerning the Properties which the Borrower or any Subsidiary possesses or can reasonably obtain; and (xi) perform, satisfy, and implement any operation or maintenance actions required by any governmental authority or Environmental Law, or included in any no further action letter or covenant not to sue issued by any governmental authority under any Environmental Law.

Section 8.13. Compliance with OFAC Sanctions Programs and Anti-Corruption Laws . (a) The Borrower shall at all times comply in all material respects with the requirements of all OFAC Sanctions Programs applicable to the Borrower and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to comply with the requirements of all OFAC Sanctions Programs applicable to such Subsidiary.

(b) The Borrower shall provide the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer, and the Lenders any information regarding the Borrower, its Affiliates, and its Subsidiaries necessary for the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer, and the Lenders to comply with all applicable OFAC Sanctions Programs; subject however, in the case of Affiliates, to the Borrower’s ability to provide information applicable to them.

(c) If a Responsible Officer of the Borrower obtains actual knowledge or receives any written notice that the Borrower, any Subsidiary of Borrower, or any officer, director or Affiliate of Borrower or any Subsidiary or that any Person that owns or controls any such Person is the target of any OFAC Sanctions Programs or is located, organized or resident in a country or territory

 

-65-


that is, or whose government is, the subject of any OFAC Sanctions Programs (such occurrence, an “OFAC Event”), the Borrower shall promptly (i) give written notice to the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer, and the Lenders of such OFAC Event, and (ii) comply with all applicable laws with respect to such OFAC Event (regardless of whether the target Person is located within the jurisdiction of the United States of America), including the OFAC Sanctions Programs, and the Borrower hereby authorizes and consents to the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer, and the Lenders taking any and all steps the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer, or the Lenders deem necessary, in their sole but reasonable discretion, to avoid violation of all applicable laws with respect to any such OFAC Event, including the requirements of the OFAC Sanctions Programs (including the freezing and/or blocking of assets and reporting such action to OFAC).

(d) Borrower will not, nor will it permit any Subsidiary to directly or, to any such Person’s knowledge, indirectly, use the proceeds of the Loans, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any other Person, (i) to fund any activities or business of or with any Person or in any country or territory, that, at the time of such funding, is, or whose government is, the subject of any OFAC Sanctions Programs, or (ii) in any other manner that would result in a violation of OFAC Sanctions Programs or Anti-Corruption Laws by any Person (including any Person participating in the Loans, whether as underwriter, lender, advisor, investor, or otherwise).

(e) Borrower will not, nor will it permit any Subsidiary to, violate any Anti-Corruption Law in any material respect.

(f) Borrower and each Subsidiary will maintain in effect policies and procedures designed to ensure compliance by such Persons, their Subsidiaries, and their respective directors, officers, employees, and agents with applicable Anti-Corruption Laws.

Section 8.14. Burdensome Contracts With Affiliates. Except (a) compensation, bonus and benefit arrangements with employees, officers and directors approved by Parent’s board of directors or committee thereof, (b) transactions permitted by Section 8.9 hereof, (c) transactions in the ordinary course of business of the Borrower, Parent or its Subsidiaries or (d) transactions approved by the Parent’s board of directors and reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, the Borrower shall not, nor shall it permit Parent or any Subsidiary to, enter into any contract, agreement or business arrangement with any of its Affiliates on terms and conditions which are less favorable to the Borrower, Parent or such Subsidiary than would be usual and customary in similar contracts, agreements or business arrangements between Persons not affiliated with each other.

Section 8.15. No Changes in Fiscal Year. The Fiscal Year of the Parent and its Subsidiaries ends on December 31 of each year; and the Borrower shall not, nor shall it permit Parent or any Subsidiary to, change its Fiscal Year from its present basis.

Section 8.16. Formation of Subsidiaries. Promptly upon the formation or acquisition of any Material Subsidiary, the Borrower shall provide the Administrative Agent and the Lenders notice thereof and timely comply with the requirements of Sections 4.2 and 8.24 hereof.

 

-66-


Section 8.17. Change in the Nature of Business. The Borrower shall not, nor shall it permit any Subsidiary to, engage in any business or activity if as a result the general nature of the business of the Borrower or any Subsidiary would be changed in any material respect from the general nature of the business engaged in by it as of the Closing Date.

Section 8.18. Use of Proceeds. The Borrower shall use the credit extended under this Agreement solely for the purposes set forth in, or otherwise permitted by, Section 6.4 hereof.

Section 8.19. No Restrictions. Except as provided herein, the Borrower shall not, nor shall it permit any Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction of any kind on the ability of the Borrower or any Subsidiary to: (a) pay Dividends or make any other distribution on any Subsidiary’s capital stock or other equity interests owned by the Borrower or any other Subsidiary, (b) pay any indebtedness owed to the Borrower or any other Subsidiary, (c) make loans or advances to the Borrower or any other Subsidiary, (d) transfer any of its Property to the Borrower or any other Subsidiary; provided however, that the foregoing does not apply to any limitation on transfers of property that is subject to a Permitted Lien or (e) guarantee the Obligations, Hedging Liability, and Funds Transfer and Deposit Account Liability and/or grant Liens on its assets to the Administrative Agent.

Section 8.20. Financial Covenants.

(a) Maximum Total Indebtedness to Total Asset Value Ratio. As of the last day of each Fiscal Quarter of the Borrower, the Borrower shall not permit the ratio of Total Indebtedness to Total Asset Value to be greater than 0.60 to 1.00.

(b) Maximum Secured Indebtedness to Total Asset Value Ratio. As of the last day of each Fiscal Quarter of the Borrower, the Borrower shall not permit the ratio of Secured Indebtedness to Total Asset Value to be greater than 0.40 to 1.00.

(c) Minimum Adjusted EBITDA to Fixed Charges Ratio. As of the last day of each Fiscal Quarter of the Borrower, the Borrower shall not permit the ratio of Adjusted EBITDA for the applicable Rolling Period to Fixed Charges for such Rolling Period to be less than 1.50 to 1.0.

(d) Maximum Secured Recourse Indebtedness to Total Asset Value Ratio. As of the last day of each Fiscal Quarter of the Borrower, the Borrower and its Subsidiaries shall not permit the ratio of Secured Recourse Indebtedness to Total Asset Value to be greater than 0.05 to 1.0.

(e) Maintenance of Net Worth. The Borrower shall as of the last day of each Fiscal Quarter maintain a Tangible Net Worth of not less than the sum of (a) $[___________]1, plus (b) 75% of the aggregate net proceeds received by Parent or any of its Subsidiaries after the Closing Date in connection with any offering of Stock or Stock Equivalents of the Borrower, Parent or the Subsidiaries.

 

1 

85% of TNW as of Alpine IPO.

 

-67-


Section 8.21. Borrowing Base Covenant. The Borrower shall cause the Eligible Properties in the Borrowing Base to at all times comply with the Borrowing Base Requirements (other than with respect to Eligible Properties that may exceed concentration limits but still be included in the Borrowing Base Value in compliance with the definition of Borrowing Base Requirements) and shall exclude from the calculation of Borrowing Base Value any portion of Property NOI or book value of any Eligible Properties attributable to any Eligible Properties that exceed the concentration limits set forth in the Borrowing Base Requirements.

Section 8.22. Electronic Delivery of Certain Information. (a) Documents, including financial reports to be delivered pursuant to Section 8.5 hereof, required to be delivered pursuant to this Agreement may be delivered by electronic communication and delivery, including, the Internet, including the website maintained by the Securities and Exchange Commission, e-mail or intranet websites to which the Administrative Agent and each Lender have access (including a commercial, third-party website or a website sponsored or hosted by the Administrative Agent or the Borrower) provided that the foregoing shall not apply to (i) notices to any Lender (or the L/C Issuer) pursuant to Section 1. The Administrative Agent or the Borrower may, in its discretion, agree to accept notices and other communications to it hereunder by electronic delivery pursuant to procedures approved by it for all or particular notices or communications. Documents or notices delivered electronically shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date and time on which the Administrative Agent or the Borrower posts such documents or the documents become available on a commercial website and the Borrower notifies the Administrative Agent of said posting by causing an e-mail notification to be sent to an e-mail address specified from time to time by the Administrative Agent and provides a link thereto; provided if such notice or other communication is not sent or posted during the normal business hours of the recipient, said posting date and time shall be deemed to have commenced as of 9:00 a.m. Chicago time on the opening of business on the next business day for the recipient. Notwithstanding anything contained herein, in every instance the Borrower shall be required to provide paper copies of the certificates required by Sections 8.5(d) and 8.5(e) to the Administrative Agent. Except for the certificates required by Sections 8.5(d) and 8.5(e), the Administrative Agent shall have no obligation to request the delivery of or to maintain paper copies of the documents delivered electronically, and in any event shall have no responsibility to monitor compliance by the Borrower with any such request for delivery.

(b) Documents required to be delivered pursuant to Section 1 may be delivered electronically to a website provided for such purpose by the Administrative Agent pursuant to the procedures provided to the Borrower by the Administrative Agent.

Section 8.23. Evidence of Payment of Florida Intangibles Tax. Within thirty (30) days after the Closing Date (or such longer time period consented to in writing by the Administrative Agent, in its reasonable discretion), the Borrower shall deliver evidence reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent of Borrower’s payment in full of all documentary stamp tax required to be paid by the State of Florida with respect to the Loans.

 

-68-


Section 8.24. REIT Status. Parent shall maintain its status as a REIT.

SECTION 9. EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES.

Section 9.1. Events of Default. Any one or more of the following shall constitute an Event of Default hereunder:

(a) default in the payment when due of all or any part of the principal of any Loan (whether at the stated maturity thereof or at any other time provided for in this Agreement, including a mandatory prepayment required by Section 1.8(b)) or of any Reimbursement Obligation; or default for a period of three (3) Business Days in the payment when due of any interest, fee or other Obligation payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document;

(b) default in the observance or performance of any covenant set forth in Sections 8.1 (only with respect to the first sentence thereof), 8.5 (for a period of five (5) days), 8.7, 8.8, 8.9, 8.10, 8.20, 8.21 (if not replaced with another Eligible Property or Eligible Properties in accordance with Section 7.3 hereof within ten (10) Business Days after the period of notice required by Section 7.3), or 8.23 hereof;

(c) default in the observance or performance of any other provision hereof or of any other Loan Document which is not remedied within thirty (30) days after the earlier of (i) the date on which such failure shall first become known to any Responsible Officer of the Borrower or (ii) written notice thereof is given to the Borrower by the Administrative Agent; provided, however, if such a default is susceptible of cure but cannot reasonably be cured within such thirty (30) day period and provided further that the Borrower shall have commenced to cure such default within such thirty (30) day period and thereafter diligently and expeditiously proceeds to cure the same, such thirty (30) day period shall be extended for such time as is reasonably necessary for the Borrower in the exercise of due diligence to cure such default, provided such additional period shall not exceed sixty (60) days;

(d) any representation or warranty made herein or in any other Loan Document or in any certificate furnished to the Administrative Agent or the Lenders pursuant hereto or thereto or in connection with any transaction contemplated hereby or thereby proves untrue in any material respect as of the date of the issuance or making or deemed making thereof; provided, that such breach of a representation or warranty shall not constitute an Event of Default if within ten (10) days of the Borrower’s knowledge of such breach, the Borrower takes such action as may be required to make such representation or warranty to be true in all material respects as made and it did not have a Material Adverse Effect;

(e) any event occurs or condition exists (other than those described in subsections (a) through (d) above) which is specified as an event of default under any of the other Loan Documents (and the related grace period, if any, shall have expired), or any of the Loan Documents shall for any reason not be or shall cease to be in full force and effect or is declared to be null and void except as expressly permitted by the terms hereof;

 

-69-


(f) default and expiration of any cure periods related thereto shall occur under (x) any Indebtedness for Borrowed Money issued, assumed or guaranteed by the Borrower or any Subsidiary aggregating in excess of $10,000,000 or (y) any recourse Indebtedness for Borrowed Money issued, assumed or guaranteed by the Borrower or any Subsidiary aggregating in excess of $5,000,000, or a default and expiration of any cure periods related thereto, shall occur under any indenture, agreement or other instrument under which such Indebtedness for Borrowed Money may be issued, and such default shall continue for a period of time sufficient to permit the acceleration of the maturity of any such Indebtedness for Borrowed Money (whether or not such maturity is in fact accelerated), or any such Indebtedness for Borrowed Money shall not be paid when due (whether by demand, lapse of time, acceleration or otherwise);

(g) any judgment or judgments, writ or writs or warrant or warrants of attachment, or any similar process or processes, shall be entered or filed against the Borrower or any Subsidiary, or against any of its Property, in an aggregate amount in excess of $5,000,000 (except to the extent fully covered by insurance pursuant to which the insurer has accepted liability therefor in writing), and which remains undischarged, unvacated, unbonded or unstayed for a period of thirty (30) days;

(h) the Borrower or any Subsidiary, or any member of its Controlled Group, shall fail to pay when due an amount or amounts aggregating in excess of $10,000,000 which it shall have become liable to pay to the PBGC or to a Plan under Title IV of ERISA; or notice of intent to terminate a Plan or Plans having aggregate Unfunded Vested Liabilities in excess of $5,000,000 (collectively, a “Material Plan”) shall be filed under Title IV of ERISA by the Borrower or any Subsidiary, or any other member of its Controlled Group, any plan administrator or any combination of the foregoing; or the PBGC shall institute proceedings under Title IV of ERISA to terminate or to cause a trustee to be appointed to administer any Material Plan or a proceeding shall be instituted by a fiduciary of any Material Plan against the Borrower or any Subsidiary, or any member of its Controlled Group, to enforce Section 515 or 4219(c)(5) of ERISA and such proceeding shall not have been dismissed within thirty (30) days thereafter; or a condition shall exist by reason of which the PBGC would be entitled to obtain a decree adjudicating that any Material Plan must be terminated;

(i) any Change of Control shall occur;

(j) the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary shall (i) have entered involuntarily against it an order for relief under the United States Bankruptcy Code, as amended, (ii) not pay, or admit in writing its inability to pay, its debts generally as they become due, (iii) make an assignment for the benefit of creditors, (iv) apply for, seek, consent to or acquiesce in, the appointment of a receiver, custodian, trustee, examiner, liquidator or similar official for it or any substantial part of its Property, (v) institute any proceeding seeking to have entered against it an order for relief under the United States Bankruptcy Code, as amended, to adjudicate it insolvent, or seeking dissolution, winding up, liquidation, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition of it or its debts under any law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization or relief of debtors or fail to file an answer or other pleading denying the material allegations of any such proceeding filed against it within sixty (60) days, (vi) take any board of director or shareholder action (including the convening of a meeting) in furtherance of any matter described in parts (i) through (v) above, or (vii) fail to contest in good faith any appointment or proceeding described in Section 9.1(k) hereof;

 

-70-


(k) a custodian, receiver, trustee, examiner, liquidator or similar official shall be appointed for the Borrower or any Subsidiary, or any substantial part of any of its Property, or a proceeding described in Section 9.1(j)(v) shall be instituted against the Borrower or any Subsidiary, and such appointment continues undischarged or such proceeding continues undismissed or unstayed for a period of sixty (60) days;

(l) the Common Stock of Parent fails to be duly listed on the New York Stock Exchange, the NYSE American or The NASDAQ Stock Market; or

(m) any material provision of any Loan Document, at any time after its execution and delivery and for any reason other than in accordance with the terms hereof or thereof, or satisfaction in full or all the Obligations, is revoked, terminated, cancelled or rescinded, without the prior written approval of the Administrative Agent; or any Borrower or any Guarantor commences any legal proceeding at law or in equity to contest, or make unenforceable, cancel, revoke or rescind any of the Loan Documents, or any court or any other Governmental Authority of competent jurisdiction shall make a determination that, or issue a judgment, order, decree or ruling to the effect that, any one or more of the Loan Documents is illegal, invalid or unenforceable as to any material terms thereof.

Section 9.2. Non-Bankruptcy Defaults. When any Event of Default (other than those described in subsection (j) or (k) of Section 9.1 hereof) has occurred and is continuing, the Administrative Agent shall, by written notice to the Borrower: (a) if so directed by the Required Lenders, terminate the remaining Revolving Credit Commitments and all other obligations of the Lenders hereunder on the date stated in such notice (which may be the date thereof); (b) if so directed by the Required Lenders, declare the principal of and the accrued interest on all outstanding Revolving Loans to be forthwith due and payable and thereupon all outstanding Revolving Loans, including both principal and interest thereon, shall be and become immediately due and payable together with all other amounts payable under the Loan Documents without further demand, presentment, protest or notice of any kind; and (c) if so directed by the Required Lenders, demand that the Borrower immediately pay to the Administrative Agent the full amount then available for drawing under each or any Letter of Credit, and the Borrower agrees to immediately make such payment. The Administrative Agent, after giving notice to the Borrower pursuant to Section 9.1(c) or this Section 9.2, shall also promptly send a copy of such notice to the other Lenders, but the failure to do so shall not impair or annul the effect of such notice.

Section 9.3. Bankruptcy Defaults. When any Event of Default described in subsections (j) or (k) of Section 9.1 hereof has occurred and is continuing, then all outstanding Revolving Loans shall immediately become due and payable together with all other amounts payable under the Loan Documents without presentment, demand, protest or notice of any kind, the obligation of the Lenders to extend further credit pursuant to any of the terms hereof shall immediately terminate and the Borrower shall immediately pay to the Administrative Agent the full amount then available for drawing under all outstanding Letters of Credit.

 

-71-


Section 9.4. Collateral for Undrawn Letters of Credit. (a) If the prepayment of the amount available for drawing under any or all outstanding Letters of Credit is required under Section 1.8(b), Section 1.14, Section 9.2 or Section 9.3 above, the Borrower shall forthwith pay one hundred three percent (103%) of the amount required to be so prepaid (to cash collateralize fees and interest as well as the amount of the Letter of Credit), to be held by the Administrative Agent as provided in subsection (b) below.

(b) All amounts prepaid pursuant to subsection (a) above shall be held by the Administrative Agent in one or more separate collateral accounts (each such account, and the credit balances, properties, and any investments from time to time held therein, and any substitutions for such account, any certificate of deposit or other instrument evidencing any of the foregoing and all proceeds of and earnings on any of the foregoing being collectively called the “Collateral Account”) as security for, and for application by the Administrative Agent (to the extent available) to, the reimbursement of any payment under any Letter of Credit then or thereafter made by the L/C Issuer, and to the payment of the unpaid balance of all other Obligations (and to all Hedging Liability and Funds Transfer and Deposit Account Liability). The Collateral Account shall be held in the name of and subject to the exclusive dominion and control of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders, and the L/C Issuer. If and when requested by the Borrower, the Administrative Agent shall invest funds held in the Collateral Account from time to time in direct obligations of, or obligations the principal of and interest on which are unconditionally guaranteed by, the United States of America with a remaining maturity of one year or less, provided that the Administrative Agent is irrevocably authorized to sell investments held in the Collateral Account when and as required to make payments out of the Collateral Account for application to amounts then due and owing from the Borrower to the L/C Issuer, the Administrative Agent or the Lenders; provided, however, that (i) if the Borrower shall have made payment of all obligations referred to in subsection (a) above required under Section 1.8(b) and Section 1.14 hereof, if any, at the request of the Borrower the Administrative Agent shall release to the Borrower amounts held in the Collateral Account so long as at the time of the release and after giving effect thereto no Default or Event of Default exists and, in the case of Section 1.14 hereof, the Defaulting Lender Period with respect to the relevant Defaulting Lender has terminated, and (ii) if the Borrower shall have made payment of all obligations referred to in subsection (a) above required under Section 9.2 or 9.3 hereof, so long as no Letters of Credit, Revolving Credit Commitments, Revolving Loans or other Obligations, Hedging Liability, or Funds Transfer and Deposit Account Liability remain outstanding, at the request of the Borrower the Administrative Agent shall release to the Borrower any remaining amounts held in the Collateral Account.

Section 9.5. Notice of Default. The Administrative Agent shall give notice to the Borrower under Section 9.1(c) hereof promptly upon being requested to do so by any Lender and shall thereupon notify all the Lenders thereof.

SECTION 10. CHANGE IN CIRCUMSTANCES.

Section 10.1. Change of Law. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, if at any time any Change in Law makes it unlawful for any Lender to make or continue to maintain any Eurodollar Loans or to perform its obligations as contemplated hereby related to Eurodollar Loans, such Lender shall promptly give written notice thereof to the

 

-72-


Borrower and such Lender’s obligations to make or maintain Eurodollar Loans under this Agreement shall be suspended until it is no longer unlawful for such Lender to make or maintain Eurodollar Loans. The Borrower shall promptly prepay the outstanding principal amount of any such affected Eurodollar Loans, together with all interest accrued thereon and all other amounts then due and payable to such Lender under this Agreement or, subject to all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement, convert such affected Eurodollar Loans into Base Rate Loans; provided, however, subject to all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement (unless the affected Eurodollar Loans are converted into Base Rate Loans), the Borrower may then elect to borrow the principal amount of the affected Eurodollar Loans from such Lender by means of Base Rate Loans from such Lender, which Base Rate Loans shall not be made ratably by the Lenders but only from such affected Lender.

Section 10.2. Unavailability of Deposits or Inability to Ascertain, or Inadequacy of, LIBOR. If on or prior to the first day of any Interest Period for any Borrowing of Eurodollar Loans:

(a) the Administrative Agent determines that deposits in U.S. Dollars (in the applicable amounts) are not being offered to it in the interbank eurodollar market for such Interest Period, or that by reason of circumstances affecting the interbank eurodollar market adequate and reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining the applicable LIBOR, or

(b) the Required Lenders advise the Administrative Agent that (i) LIBOR as determined by the Administrative Agent will not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders of funding their Eurodollar Loans for such Interest Period or (ii) that the making or funding of Eurodollar Loans become impracticable,

then the Administrative Agent shall forthwith give notice thereof to the Borrower and the Lenders, whereupon until the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower that the circumstances giving rise to such suspension no longer exist, the obligations of the Lenders to make Eurodollar Loans shall be suspended.

Section 10.3. Increased Cost and Reduced Return. (a) If any Change in Law shall:

(i) subject any Lender (or its Lending Office) or the L/C Issuer to any Tax (other than (A) Indemnified Taxes, (B) Taxes described in clauses (b) through (d) of the definition of Excluded Taxes, and (C) Connection Income Taxes) with respect to its Eurodollar Loans, its Notes, its Letter(s) of Credit, or its participation in any thereof, any Reimbursement Obligations owed to it or its obligation to make Eurodollar Loans, issue a Letter of Credit, or to participate therein, or shall change the basis of taxation of payments to any Lender (or its Lending Office) or the L/C Issuer of the principal of or interest on its Eurodollar Loans, Letter(s) of Credit, or participations therein or any other amounts due under this Agreement or any other Loan Document in respect of its Eurodollar Loans, Letter(s) of Credit, any participation therein, any Reimbursement Obligations owed to it, or its obligation to make Eurodollar Loans, or issue a Letter of Credit, or acquire participations therein (except for changes in the basis or rate of (A) Indemnified Taxes, (B) Taxes described in clauses (b) through (d) of the definition of Excluded Taxes and (C) Connection Income Taxes); or

 

-73-


(ii) impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit, compulsory loan, insurance charge or similar requirement (including, without limitation, any such requirement imposed by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, but excluding with respect to any Eurodollar Loans any such requirement included in an applicable Eurodollar Reserve Percentage) against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended by, any Lender (or its Lending Office) or the L/C Issuer or shall impose on any Lender (or its Lending Office) or the L/C Issuer or on the interbank market any other condition affecting its Eurodollar Loans, its Notes, its Letter(s) of Credit, or its participation in any thereof, any Reimbursement Obligation owed to it, or its obligation to make Eurodollar Loans, or to issue a Letter of Credit, or to participate therein;

and the result of any of the foregoing is to increase the cost to such Lender (or its Lending Office) or the L/C Issuer of making or maintaining any Eurodollar Loan, issuing or maintaining a Letter of Credit, or participating therein, or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by such Lender (or its Lending Office) or the L/C Issuer under this Agreement or under any other Loan Document with respect thereto, by an amount deemed by such Lender or L/C Issuer to be material, then, within 15 days after demand by such Lender or L/C Issuer (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), the Borrower shall be obligated to pay to such Lender or L/C Issuer such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or L/C Issuer for such increased cost or reduction.

(b) If any Lender or L/C Issuer determines that any Change in Law affecting such Lender or L/C Issuer or any lending office of such Lender or such Lender’s or L/C Issuer’s holding company, if any, regarding capital or liquidity requirements, has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s or L/C Issuer’s capital or on the capital of such Lender’s or L/C Issuer’s holding company, if any, as a consequence of this Agreement, the Revolving Credit Commitments of such Lender or the Loans made by, or participations in Letters of Credit or Swing Loans held by, such Lender, or the Letters of Credit issued by any L/C Issuer, to a level below that which such Lender or L/C Issuer or such Lender’s or L/C Issuer’s holding company could have achieved but for such Change in Law (taking into consideration such Lender’s or L/C Issuer’s policies and the policies of such Lender’s or L/C Issuer’s holding company with respect to capital adequacy), then from time to time, within 15 days after demand by such Lender or L/C Issuer (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), the Borrower shall pay to such Lender or L/C Issuer, as the case may be, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or L/C Issuer or such Lender’s or L/C Issuer’s holding company for any such reduction suffered.

(c) A certificate of a Lender or L/C Issuer claiming compensation under Sections 1.11, 10.1, 10.3 and 12.1 and setting forth the additional amount or amounts to be paid to it hereunder shall be conclusive if reasonably determined. In determining such amount, such Lender or L/C Issuer may use any reasonable averaging and attribution methods.

(d) Failure or delay on the part of any Lender or L/C Issuer to demand compensation pursuant to this Section shall not constitute a waiver of such Lender’s or L/C Issuer’s right to demand such compensation; provided that the Borrower shall not be required to compensate a Lender or L/C Issuer pursuant to this Section for any increased costs incurred or reductions

 

-74-


suffered more than nine months prior to the date that such Lender or L/C Issuer, as the case may be, notifies the Borrower of the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions, and of such Lender’s or L/C Issuer’s intention to claim compensation therefor (except that, if the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions is retroactive, then the nine-month period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof).

Section 10.4. Lending Offices. Each Lender may, at its option, elect to make its Loans hereunder at the branch, office or affiliate specified on the appropriate signature page hereof (each a Lending Office) for each type of Revolving Loan available hereunder or at such other of its branches, offices or affiliates as it may from time to time elect and designate in a written notice to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent. To the extent reasonably possible, a Lender shall designate an alternative branch or funding office with respect to its Eurodollar Loans to reduce any liability of the Borrower to such Lender under Section 10.3 hereof or to avoid the unavailability of Eurodollar Loans under Section 10.2 hereof, so long as such designation is not otherwise disadvantageous to the Lender.

Section 10.5. Discretion of Lender as to Manner of Funding. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, each Lender shall be entitled to fund and maintain its funding of all or any part of its Loans in any manner it sees fit, it being understood, however, that for the purposes of this Agreement all determinations hereunder with respect to Eurodollar Loans shall be made as if each Lender had actually funded and maintained each Eurodollar Loan through the purchase of deposits in the interbank eurodollar market having a maturity corresponding to such Loan’s Interest Period, and bearing an interest rate equal to LIBOR for such Interest Period.

Section 10.6 Effect of Benchmark Transition Event.

(a) Benchmark Replacement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any other Loan Document, upon the occurrence of a Benchmark Transition Event or an Early Opt-in Election, as applicable, the Administrative Agent and the Borrower may amend this Agreement to replace the LIBOR Index Rate with a Benchmark Replacement. Any such amendment with respect to a Benchmark Transition Event will become effective at 5:00 p.m. (Chicago, Illinois time) on the fifth (5th) Business Day after the Administrative Agent has posted such proposed amendment to all Lenders and the Borrower so long as the Administrative Agent has not received, by such time, written notice of objection to such amendment from Lenders comprising the Required Lenders. Any such amendment with respect to an Early Opt-in Election will become effective on the date that Lenders comprising the Required Lenders have delivered to the Administrative Agent written notice that such Required Lenders accept such amendment. No replacement of the LIBOR Index Rate with a Benchmark Replacement pursuant to Section 10.6 will occur prior to the applicable Benchmark Transition Start Date.

(b) Benchmark Replacement Conforming Changes. In connection with the implementation of a Benchmark Replacement, the Administrative Agent will have the right to make Benchmark Replacement Conforming Changes from time to time and, notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any other Loan Document, any amendments implementing such Benchmark Replacement Conforming Changes will become effective without any further action or consent of any other party to this Agreement.

 

-75-


(c) Notices; Standards for Decisions and Determinations. The Administrative Agent will promptly notify the Borrower and the Lenders of (i) any occurrence of a Benchmark Transition Event or an Early Opt-in Election, as applicable, and its related Benchmark Replacement Date and Benchmark Transition Start Date, (ii) the implementation of any Benchmark Replacement, (iii) the effectiveness of any Benchmark Replacement Conforming Changes and (iv) the commencement or conclusion of any Benchmark Unavailability Period. Any determination, decision or election that may be made by the Administrative Agent or Lenders pursuant to Section 10.6, including any determination with respect to a tenor, rate or adjustment or of the occurrence or non-occurrence of an event, circumstance or date and any decision to take or refrain from taking any action, will be conclusive and binding absent manifest error and may be made in its or their sole discretion and without consent from any other party hereto, except, in each case, as expressly required pursuant to Section 10.6.

(d) Benchmark Unavailability Period. Upon the Borrower’s receipt of notice of the commencement of a Benchmark Unavailability Period, the Borrower may revoke any request for a Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of Eurodollar Loans to be made, converted or continued during any Benchmark Unavailability Period and, failing that, the Borrower will be deemed to have converted any such request into a request for a Borrowing of or conversion to Base Rate Loans. During any Benchmark Unavailability Period, the component of Base Rate based upon the LIBOR Index Rate will not be used in any determination of Base Rate.

SECTION 11. THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT.

Section 11.1. Appointment and Authority. Each of the Lenders and the L/C Issuer hereby irrevocably appoints Bank of Montreal to act on its behalf as the Administrative Agent hereunder and under the other Loan Documents and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such actions on its behalf and to exercise such powers as are delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms hereof or thereof, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. The provisions of this Section 11 are solely for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the L/C Issuer, and neither the Borrower nor any Guarantor shall have rights as a third-party beneficiary of any of such provisions. It is understood and agreed that the use of the term “agent” herein or in any other Loan Documents (or any other similar term) with reference to the Administrative Agent is not intended to connote any fiduciary or other implied (or express) obligations arising under agency doctrine of any applicable law. Instead such term is used as a matter of market custom, and is intended to create or reflect only an administrative relationship between contracting parties.

Section 11.2. Rights as a Lender. The Person serving as the Administrative Agent hereunder shall have the same rights and powers in its capacity as a Lender as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not the Administrative Agent, and the term “Lender” or “Lenders” shall, unless otherwise expressly indicated or unless the context otherwise requires, include the Person serving as the Administrative Agent hereunder in its individual capacity. Such Person and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to, own securities of, act as the financial advisor or in any other advisory capacity for, and generally engage in any kind of business with, the Borrower or any Subsidiary or other Affiliate thereof as if such Person were not the Administrative Agent hereunder and without any duty to account therefor to the Lenders.

 

-76-


Section 11.3. Action by Administrative Agent; Exculpatory Provisions. (a) The Administrative Agent shall not have any duties or obligations except those expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents, and its duties hereunder shall be administrative in nature. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrative Agent and its Related Parties:

(i) shall not be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether a Default has occurred and is continuing;

(ii) shall not have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated hereby or by the other Loan Documents that the Administrative Agent is required to exercise as directed in writing by the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be expressly provided for herein or in the other Loan Documents), provided that the Administrative Agent shall not be required to take any action that, in its opinion or the opinion of its counsel, may expose the Administrative Agent to liability or that is contrary to any Loan Document or applicable law, including for the avoidance of doubt any action that may be in violation of the automatic stay under any Debtor Relief Law or that may effect a forfeiture, modification or termination of property of a Defaulting Lender in violation of any Debtor Relief Law. The Administrative Agent shall in all cases be fully justified in failing or refusing to act hereunder or under any other Loan Document unless it first receives any further assurances of its indemnification from the Lenders that it may require, including prepayment of any related expenses and any other protection it requires against any and all costs, expense, and liability which may be incurred by it by reason of taking or continuing to take any such action; and

(iii) shall not, except as expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents, have any duty or responsibility to disclose, and shall not be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to Borrower or any of its Affiliates or any Guarantor or any of their Affiliates that is communicated to or obtained by the Person serving as the Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity.

(b) Neither the Administrative Agent nor any of its Related Parties shall be liable for any action taken or not taken by the Administrative Agent under or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby (i) with the consent or at the request of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary, or as the Administrative Agent shall believe in good faith shall be necessary, under the circumstances as provided in Sections 9.2, 9.3, 9.4, 9.5 and 12.13), or (ii) in the absence of its own gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment. Any such action taken or failure to act pursuant to the foregoing shall be binding on all Lenders. The Administrative Agent shall be deemed not to have knowledge of any Default unless and until notice describing such Default is given to the Administrative Agent in writing by the Borrower, a Lender, or the L/C Issuer.

 

-77-


(c) Neither the Administrative Agent nor any of its Related Parties shall be responsible for or have any duty or obligation to any Lender or L/C Issuer or participant or any other Person to ascertain or inquire into (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered hereunder or thereunder or in connection herewith or therewith, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth herein or therein or the occurrence of any Default, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other agreement, instrument or document, or (v) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in Section 7.1 or 7.2 or elsewhere herein, other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent.

Section 11.4. Reliance by Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall be fully protected in relying and shall not incur any liability for relying upon, any notice, request, certificate, communication, consent, statement, instrument, document or other writing (including any electronic message, Internet or intranet website posting or other distribution) believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed, sent or otherwise authenticated by the proper Person. The Administrative Agent also may rely upon any statement made to it orally or by telephone and believed by it to have been made by the proper Person, and shall be fully protected in relying and shall not incur any liability for relying thereon. In determining compliance with any condition hereunder to the making of a Loan, or the issuance, extension, renewal or increase of a Letter of Credit, that by its terms must be fulfilled to the satisfaction of a Lender or an L/C Issuer, the Administrative Agent may presume that such condition is satisfactory to such Lender or L/C Issuer unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice to the contrary from such Lender or L/C Issuer prior to the making of such Loan or the issuance of such Letter of Credit. The Administrative Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be counsel for the Borrower or Guarantors), independent accountants and other experts selected by it, and shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in accordance with the advice of any such counsel, accountants or experts.

Section 11.5. Delegation of Duties. The Administrative Agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers hereunder or under any other Loan Document by or through any one or more sub-agents appointed by the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through their respective Related Parties. The exculpatory provisions of this Section shall apply to any such sub-agent and to the Related Parties of the Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent, and shall apply to their respective activities in connection with the syndication of the Loans as well as activities as Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any sub-agents except to the extent that a court of competent jurisdiction determines in a final and nonappealable judgment that the Administrative Agent acted with gross negligence or willful misconduct in the selection of such sub-agents.

Section 11.6. Resignation of Administrative Agent; Removal of Administrative Agent. (a) The Administrative Agent may at any time give notice of its resignation to the Lenders, the L/C Issuer and the Borrower. The Required Lenders may remove the Administrative Agent from its capacity as Administrative Agent in the event of the Administrative Agent’s willful misconduct or gross negligence. Upon receipt of any such notice of resignation or removal, the Required Lenders shall have the right, in consultation with the Borrower, to appoint a successor, which shall be a bank with an

 

-78-


office in the United States of America, or an Affiliate of any such bank with an office in the United States of America. If no such successor shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within thirty (30) days after the retiring Administrative Agent gives notice of its resignation or after removal by the Required Lenders (or such earlier day as shall be agreed by the Required Lenders) (the “Resignation Effective Date”), then the retiring Administrative Agent may (but shall not be obligated to), on behalf of the Lenders and the L/C Issuer, appoint a successor Administrative Agent meeting the qualifications set forth above. Whether or not a successor has been appointed, such resignation or removal shall become effective in accordance with such notice on the Resignation Effective Date.

(b) With effect from the Resignation Effective Date, (i) the retiring Administrative Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, and (ii) except for any indemnity payments owed to the retiring or removed Administrative Agent, all payments, communications and determinations provided to be made by, to or through the Administrative Agent shall instead be made by or to each Lender and L/C Issuer directly, until such time, if any, as the Required Lenders appoint a successor Administrative Agent as provided for above. Upon the acceptance of a successor’s appointment as Administrative Agent hereunder, such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Administrative Agent (other than any rights to indemnity payments or other amounts owed to the retiring Administrative Agent), and the retiring Administrative Agent shall be discharged from all of its duties and obligations hereunder or under the other Loan Documents. The fees payable by the Borrower to a successor Administrative Agent shall be the same as those payable to its predecessor unless otherwise agreed between the Borrower and such successor. After the retiring Administrative Agent’s resignation hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, the provisions of this Section 11 and Section 12.15 shall continue in effect for the benefit of such retiring Administrative Agent, its sub-agents and their respective Related Parties in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by any of them while the retiring Administrative Agent was acting as Administrative Agent.

Section 11.7. Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent and Other Lenders-. Each Lender and L/C Issuer acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender or any of their Related Parties and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement. Each Lender and L/C Issuer also acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender or any of their Related Parties and based on such documents and information as it shall from time to time deem appropriate, continue to make its own decisions in taking or not taking action under or based upon this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any related agreement or any document furnished hereunder or thereunder.

Upon a Lender’s written request, the Administrative Agent agrees to forward to such Lender, when complete, copies of any field audit, examination, or appraisal report prepared by or for the Administrative Agent with respect to the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary (herein, “Reports”). Each Lender hereby agrees that (a) it has requested a copy of each Report prepared by or on behalf of the Administrative Agent; (b) the Administrative Agent (i) makes no representation or warranty, express or implied, as to the completeness or accuracy of any Report or any of the information contained therein or any inaccuracy or omission contained in or relating

 

-79-


to a Report and (ii) shall not be liable for any information contained in any Report; (c) the Reports are not comprehensive audits or examinations, and that any Person performing any field examination will inspect only specific information regarding the Borrower and the other Material Subsidiaries and will rely significantly upon the books and records of Borrower and the other Material Subsidiaries, as well as on representations of personnel of the Borrower and the other Material Subsidiaries, and that the Administrative Agent undertakes no obligation to update, correct or supplement the Reports; (d) it will keep all Reports confidential and strictly for its internal use, not share the Report with any other Person except as otherwise permitted pursuant to this Agreement; and (e) without limiting the generality of any other indemnification provision contained in this Agreement, it will pay and protect, and indemnify, defend, and hold the Administrative Agent and any such other Person preparing a Report harmless from and against, the claims, actions, proceedings, damages, costs, expenses, and other amounts (including reasonable attorney fees) incurred by as the direct or indirect result of any third parties who might obtain all or part of any Report through the indemnifying Lender.

Section 11.8. L/C Issuer and Swing Line Lender. The L/C Issuer shall act on behalf of the Lenders with respect to any Letters of Credit issued by it and the documents associated therewith, and the Swing Line Lender shall act on behalf of the Lenders with respect to the Swing Line Loans made hereunder. The L/C Issuer and the Swing Line Lender shall each have all of the benefits and immunities (i) provided to the Administrative Agent in this Section 11 with respect to any acts taken or omissions suffered by the L/C Issuer in connection with Letters of Credit issued by it or proposed to be issued by it and the Applications pertaining to such Letters of Credit or by the Swing Line Lender in connection with Swing Line Loans made or to be made hereunder as fully as if the term “Administrative Agent”, as used in this Section 11, included the L/C Issuer and the Swing Line Lender with respect to such acts or omissions and (ii) as additionally provided in this Agreement with respect to such L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender, as applicable. Any resignation by the Person then acting as Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 11.6 shall also constitute its resignation or the resignation of its Affiliate as L/C Issuer and Swing Line Lender except as it may otherwise agree. If such Person then acting as L/C Issuer so resigns, it shall retain all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the L/C Issuer hereunder with respect to all Letters of Credit outstanding as of the effective date of its resignation as L/C Issuer and all L/C Obligations with respect thereto, including the right to require the Lenders to make Loans or fund risk participations in Reimbursement Obligations pursuant to Section 1.3. If such Person then acting as Swing Line Lender resigns, it shall retain all the rights of the Swing Line Lender provided for hereunder with respect to Swing Line Loans made by it and outstanding as of the effective date of such resignation, including the right to require the Lenders to make Loans or fund risk participations in outstanding Swing Line Loans pursuant to Section 1.3(b). Upon the appointment by the Borrower of a successor L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender hereunder (which successor shall in all cases be a Lender other than a Defaulting Lender), (i) such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender, as applicable (other than any rights to indemnity payments or other amounts that remain owing to the retiring L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender), and (ii) the retiring L/C Issuer and Swing Line Lender shall be discharged from all of their respective duties and obligations hereunder or under the other Loan Documents other than with respect to its outstanding Letters of Credit and Swing Line Loans, and (iii) upon the request of the resigning L/C Issuer, the successor L/C Issuer shall issue letters of credit in substitution for the Letters of Credit, if any, outstanding at the time of such succession or make other arrangements satisfactory to the resigning L/C Issuer to effectively assume the obligations of the resigning L/C Issuer with respect to such Letters of Credit.

 

-80-


Section 11.9. Hedging Liability and Funds Transfer and Deposit Account Liability. By virtue of a Lender’s execution of this Agreement or an assignment agreement pursuant to Section 12.10, as the case may be, any Affiliate of such Lender with whom the Borrower or any other Material Subsidiary has entered into an agreement creating Hedging Liability or Funds Transfer and Deposit Account Liability shall be deemed a Lender party hereto for purposes of any reference in a Loan Document to the parties for whom the Administrative Agent is acting, it being understood and agreed that the rights and benefits of such Affiliate under the Loan Documents consist exclusively of such Affiliate’s right to share in payments and collections out of the Guaranties as more fully set forth in Section 10.5. In connection with any such distribution of payments and collections, or any request for the release of the Guaranties and the Administrative Agent’s Liens in connection with the termination of the Revolving Credit Commitments and the payment in full of the Obligations, the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to assume no amounts are due to any Lender or its Affiliate with respect to Hedging Liability or Funds Transfer and Deposit Account Liability unless such Lender has notified the Administrative Agent in writing of the amount of any such liability owed to it or its Affiliate prior to such distribution or payment or release of Guaranties and Liens.

Section 11.10. Designation of Additional Agents. The Administrative Agent shall have the continuing right, for purposes hereof, at any time and from time to time to designate, with the consent of the Borrower, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, one or more of the Lenders (and/or its or their Affiliates) as “syndication agents,” “documentation agents,” “book runners,” “lead arrangers,” “arrangers,” or other designations for purposes hereto, but such designation shall have no substantive effect, and such Lenders and their Affiliates shall have no additional powers, duties or responsibilities as a result thereof.

Section 11.11. Reserved .

Section 11.12. Authorization to Release Guaranties. The Administrative Agent is hereby irrevocably authorized by each of the Lenders, the L/C Issuer, and their Affiliates to release any Material Subsidiary from its obligations as a Guarantor if such Person ceases to be a Material Subsidiary as a result of a transaction permitted under the Loan Documents. Upon the Administrative Agent’s request, the Required Lenders will confirm in writing the Administrative Agent’s authority to release any Material Subsidiary from its obligations as a Guarantor under the Loan Documents.

Section 11.13. Authorization of Administrative Agent to File Proofs of Claim In case of the pendency of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law or any other judicial proceeding relative to Borrower or any Guarantor, the Administrative Agent (irrespective of whether the principal of any Loan or L/C Obligation shall then be due and payable as herein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Administrative Agent shall have made any demand on the Borrower) shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise:

 

-81-


(a) to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of the principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Loans, L/C Obligations and all other Obligations that are owing and unpaid and to file such other documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of Lenders, the L/C Issuer and the Administrative Agent (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Lenders, the L/C Issuer and the Administrative Agent and their respective agents and counsel and all other amounts due the Lenders, the L/C Issuer and the Administrative Agent under the Loan Documents including, but not limited to, Sections 1.1, 10.3, 1.11, and 12.15) allowed in such judicial proceeding; and

(b) to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same;

and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Lender and L/C Issuer to make such payments to the Administrative Agent and, in the event that the Administrative Agent shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Lenders and the L/C Issuer, to pay to the Administrative Agent any amount due for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Administrative Agent and its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Administrative Agent under Sections 2.1 and 12.15. Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to authorize the Administrative Agent to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Lender or L/C Issuer any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Obligations or the rights of any Lender or L/C Issuer or to authorize the Administrative Agent to vote in respect of the claim of any Lender or L/C Issuer in any such proceeding.

SECTION 12. MISCELLANEOUS .

Section 12.1. Withholding Taxes. (a) Payments Free of Withholding. Section 12.1. Withholding Taxes. (a) Payments Free of Withholding. Except as otherwise required by law and subject to Section 12.1(b) hereof, each payment by the Borrower and the Guarantors under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents shall be made without withholding for or on account of any present or future Indemnified Taxes. If any such withholding is so required, the Borrower or such Guarantor shall make the withholding, pay the amount withheld to the appropriate governmental authority before penalties attach thereto or interest accrues thereon, and forthwith pay such additional amount as may be necessary to ensure that the net amount actually received by each Lender, the L/C Issuer, and the Administrative Agent free and clear of such taxes (including such taxes on such additional amount) is equal to the amount which that Lender, L/C Issuer, or the Administrative Agent (as the case may be) would have received had such withholding not been made. If the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer, or any Lender pays any amount in respect of any such taxes, penalties or interest, the Borrower or such Guarantor shall reimburse the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer or such Lender for that payment on demand in the currency in which such payment was made.

 

-82-


(b) U.S. Withholding Tax Exemptions. Each Lender or L/C Issuer that is not a United States person (as such term is defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code) shall submit to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent on or before the date the initial Credit Event is made hereunder or, if later, the date such financial institution becomes a Lender or L/C Issuer hereunder, two duly completed and signed copies of (i) either Form W-8 BEN-E (relating to such Lender or L/C Issuer and entitling it to a complete exemption from withholding under the Code on all amounts to be received by such Lender or L/C Issuer, including fees, pursuant to the Loan Documents and the Obligations) or Form W-8 ECI (relating to all amounts to be received by such Lender or L/C Issuer, including fees, pursuant to the Loan Documents and the Obligations) of the United States Internal Revenue Service or (ii) solely if such Lender is claiming exemption from United States withholding tax under Section 871(h) or 881(c) of the Code with respect to payments of “portfolio interest”, a Form W-8 BEN-E, or any successor form prescribed by the Internal Revenue Service, and a certificate representing that such Lender is not a bank for purposes of Section 881(c) of the Code, is not a ten (10)-percent shareholder (within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code) of the Borrower and is not a controlled foreign corporation related to the Borrower (within the meaning of Section 864(d)(4) of the Code). Thereafter and from time to time, each Lender and L/C Issuer shall submit to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent such additional duly completed and signed copies of one or the other of such Forms (or such successor forms as shall be adopted from time to time by the relevant United States taxing authorities) and such other certificates as may be (i) requested by the Borrower in a written notice, directly or through the Administrative Agent, to such Lender or L/C Issuer and (ii) required under then-current United States law or regulations to avoid or reduce United States withholding taxes on payments in respect of all amounts to be received by such Lender or L/C Issuer, including fees, pursuant to the Loan Documents or the Obligations. Upon the request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, each Lender and L/C Issuer that is a United States person (as such term is defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code) shall submit to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent a certificate to the effect that it is such a United States person.

(c) Inability of Lender to Submit Forms. If any Lender or L/C Issuer determines, as a result of any change in applicable law, regulation or treaty, or in any official application or interpretation thereof, that it is unable to submit to the Borrower or the Administrative Agent any form or certificate that such Lender or L/C Issuer is obligated to submit pursuant to subsection (b) of this Section 12.1 or that such Lender or L/C Issuer is required to withdraw or cancel any such form or certificate previously submitted or any such form or certificate otherwise becomes ineffective or inaccurate, such Lender or L/C Issuer shall promptly notify the Borrower and Administrative Agent of such fact and the Lender or L/C Issuer shall to that extent not be obligated to provide any such form or certificate and will be entitled to withdraw or cancel any affected form or certificate, as applicable.

(d) Compliance with FATCA. If a payment made to a Lender under any Loan Document would be subject to U.S. federal withholding Tax imposed by FATCA if such Lender were to fail to comply with the applicable reporting requirements of FATCA (including those contained in Section 1471(b) or 1472(b) of the Code, as applicable), such Lender shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent at the time or times prescribed by law and at such time or times reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent such documentation prescribed by applicable law (including as prescribed by Section 1471(b)(3)(C)(i) of the Code) and such additional documentation reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as may be necessary for the Borrower and the Administrative Agent to comply with their obligations under FATCA and to determine that such Lender has complied with such Lender’s obligations under FATCA or to determine the amount to deduct and withhold from such payment. Solely for purposes of this clause (d), “FATCA” shall include any amendments made to FATCA after the date of this Agreement.

 

-83-


(e) Indemnification by the Lenders. Each Lender shall severally indemnify the Administrative Agent, within ten (10) days after demand therefor, for (i) any Indemnified Taxes attributable to such Lender (but only to the extent that the Borrower or Guarantor has not already indemnified the Administrative Agent for such Indemnified Taxes and without limiting the obligation of the Borrower or any Guarantor to do so), (ii) any Taxes attributable to such Lender’s failure to comply with the provisions of Section 12.11 relating to the maintenance of a Participant Register and (iii) any Excluded Taxes attributable to such Lender, in each case, that are payable or paid by the Administrative Agent in connection with any Loan Document, and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to any Lender by the Administrative Agent shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Each Lender hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to set off and apply any and all amounts at any time owing to such Lender under any Loan Document or otherwise payable by the Administrative Agent to the Lender from any other source against any amount due to the Administrative Agent under this clause (e).

(f) Treatment of Certain Refunds. If any Lender or L/C Issuer determines, in its sole discretion exercised in good faith, that it has received a refund in respect of any taxes as to which indemnification or additional amounts have been paid to it by the Borrower or a Guarantor pursuant to this Section 12.1, it shall pay to the indemnifying party an amount equal to such refund (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made under this Section with respect to the taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses of such Lender or L/C Issuer and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund); provided that the Borrower or such Guarantor, upon the request of such Lender or L/C Issuer, agrees to promptly repay the amount paid over with respect to such refund (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) to such Lender or L/C Issuer in the event such Lender or L/C Issuer is required to repay such refund to the relevant Governmental Authority. Nothing herein contained shall interfere with the right of a Lender or L/C Issuer to arrange its tax affairs in whatever manner it thinks fit nor oblige any Lender or L/C Issuer to claim any tax refund or to make available its tax returns or disclose any information relating to its tax affairs or any computations in respect thereof or any other confidential information or require any Lender or L/C Issuer to do anything that would prejudice its ability to benefit from any other refunds, credits, reliefs, remissions or repayments to which it may be entitled.

(g) Evidence of Payments. As soon as practicable after any payment of Taxes by the Borrower or a Guarantor to a Governmental Authority pursuant to this Section, the Borrower or such Guarantor shall deliver to the Administrative Agent the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of the return reporting such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

 

-84-


Section 12.2. No Waiver, Cumulative Remedies. No delay or failure on the part of the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer, or any Lender, or on the part of the holder or holders of any of the Obligations, in the exercise of any power or right under any Loan Document shall operate as a waiver thereof or as an acquiescence in any default, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any power or right preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other power or right. The rights and remedies hereunder of the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer, the Lenders, and of the holder or holders of any of the Obligations are cumulative to, and not exclusive of, any rights or remedies which any of them would otherwise have.

Section 12.3. Non-Business Days. If any payment hereunder becomes due and payable on a day which is not a Business Day, the due date of such payment shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day on which date such payment shall be due and payable. In the case of any payment of principal falling due on a day which is not a Business Day, interest on such principal amount shall continue to accrue during such extension at the rate per annum then in effect, which accrued amount shall be due and payable on the next scheduled date for the payment of interest.

Section 12.4. Documentary Taxes. The Borrower agrees to pay on demand any U.S. documentary, stamp or similar taxes payable in respect of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, including interest and penalties, in the event any such taxes are assessed, irrespective of when such assessment is made and whether or not any credit is then in use or available hereunder.

Section 12.5. Survival of Representations. All representations and warranties made herein or in any other Loan Document or in certificates given pursuant hereto or thereto shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and shall continue in full force and effect with respect to the date as of which they were made as long as any credit is in use or available hereunder.

Section 12.6. Survival of Indemnities. All indemnities and other provisions relative to reimbursement to the Lenders and L/C Issuer of amounts sufficient to protect the yield of the Lenders and L/C Issuer with respect to the Revolving Loans and Letters of Credit, including, but not limited to, Sections 1.11, 10.3, and 12.15 hereof, shall (subject to Section 10.3(c) hereof) survive the termination of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and the payment of the Obligations.

Section 12.7. Sharing of Set-Off. Each Lender agrees with each other Lender a party hereto that if such Lender shall receive and retain any payment, whether by set-off or application of deposit balances or otherwise, on any of the Loans or Reimbursement Obligations in excess of its ratable share of payments on all such Obligations then outstanding to the Lenders, then such Lender shall purchase for cash at face value, but without recourse, ratably from each of the other Lenders such amount of the Loans or Reimbursement Obligations, or participations therein, held by each such other Lenders (or interest therein) as shall be necessary to cause such Lender to share such excess payment ratably with all the other Lenders; provided, however, that if any such purchase is made by any Lender, and if such excess payment or part thereof is thereafter recovered from such purchasing Lender, the related purchases from the other Lenders shall be rescinded

 

-85-


ratably and the purchase price restored as to the portion of such excess payment so recovered, but without interest. For purposes of this Section 12.7, amounts owed to or recovered by the L/C Issuer in connection with Reimbursement Obligations in which Lenders have been required to fund their participation shall be treated as amounts owed to or recovered by the L/C Issuer as a Lender hereunder.

Section 12.8. Notices. Except as otherwise specified herein, all notices hereunder and under the other Loan Documents shall be in writing (including, without limitation, notice by telecopy) and shall be given to the relevant party at its address or telecopier number set forth below, or such other address or telecopier number as such party may hereafter specify by notice to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower given by courier, by United States certified or registered mail, by telecopy or by other telecommunication device capable of creating a written record of such notice and its receipt. Notices under the Loan Documents to any Lender shall be addressed to its address or telecopier number set forth on its Administrative Questionnaire; and notices under the Loan Documents to the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, or L/C Issuer shall be addressed to its respective address or telecopier number set forth below:

 

-86-


 

to the Borrower:

 

Alpine Income Property OP, LP

1140 Williamson Boulevard

Suite 140

Daytona Beach, Florida 32114

Attention:     Mark Patten

Telephone:   386-944-5643

Email:           mpatten@ctlc.com

Fax:              386-274-1223

 

Alpine Income Property OP, LP

1140 Williamson Boulevard

Suite 140

Daytona Beach, Florida 32114

Attention:     Teresa Thornton Hill

Telephone:   386-944-5638

Email:           tthorntonhill@ctlc.com

Fax:              386-274-1223

 

With copy to:

 

Pillsbury Winthrop Shaw Pittman, LLP

1200 Seventeenth Street, NW

Washington, DC 20036

Attention:   Jeffrey B. Grill

Telephone: 202-663-8000

Email: jeffrey.grill@pillsburylaw.com

Fax:    202-663-8007

  

to the Administrative Agent and L/C Issuer:

 

Bank of Montreal

115 South LaSalle Street

Chicago, Illinois 60603

Attention: Gwendolyn Gatz

Telephone: 312-461-2238

Email:     gwendolyn.gatz@bmo.com

Fax:         312-461-2968

Each such notice, request or other communication shall be effective (i) if given by telecopier, when such telecopy is delivered to the telecopier number specified in this Section 12.8 or in the relevant Administrative Questionnaire and a confirmation of such telecopy has been received by the sender, (ii) if given by mail, upon receipt or first refusal of delivery or (iii) if given by any other means, when delivered at the addresses specified in this Section 12.8 or in the relevant Administrative Questionnaire; provided that any notice given pursuant to Section 1 hereof shall be effective only upon receipt.

Section 12.9. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, and by the different parties hereto on separate counterpart signature pages, and all such counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument.

 

-87-


Section 12.10. Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall be binding upon the Borrower, the Guarantors and their respective successors and permitted assigns, and shall inure to the benefit of the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer, and each of the Lenders, and the benefit of their respective successors and permitted assigns, including any subsequent holder of any of the Obligations. The Borrower and the Guarantors may not assign any of its rights or obligations under any Loan Document without the written consent of all of the Lenders and, with respect to any Letter of Credit or the Application therefor, the L/C Issuer.

Section 12.11. Participants. Each Lender shall have the right at its own cost to grant participations (to be evidenced by one or more agreements or certificates of participation) in the Revolving Loans made and Reimbursement Obligations and/or Revolving Credit Commitments held by such Lender at any time and from time to time to one or more other Persons; provided that no such participation shall relieve any Lender of any of its obligations under this Agreement, and, provided, further that no such participant shall have any rights under this Agreement except as provided in this Section 12.11, and the Administrative Agent and the Borrower shall have no obligation or responsibility to such participant. Any agreement pursuant to which such participation is granted shall provide that the granting Lender shall retain the sole right and responsibility to enforce the obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents including, without limitation, the right to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of the Loan Documents, except that such agreement may provide that such Lender will not agree to any modification, amendment or waiver of the Loan Documents that would reduce the amount of or postpone any fixed date for payment of any Obligation in which such participant has an interest. Any party to which such a participation has been granted shall have the benefits of Section 1.11 and Section 10.3 hereof. The Borrower and each Guarantor authorizes each Lender to disclose to any participant or prospective participant under this Section 12.11 any financial or other information pertaining to each Guarantor, the Borrower or any Subsidiary; provided that prior to any such disclosure any such participant or prospective participant shall agree in writing to be subject to the confidentiality provisions contained herein. No participation may be granted or sold to the Borrower, any Guarantor, any Affiliate or Subsidiary of Borrower or Guarantor, any Defaulting Lender or any natural person.

Section 12.12. Assignments. (a) Any Lender may at any time assign to one or more Eligible Assignees all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Revolving Credit Commitment and the Revolving Loans at the time owing to it); provided that any such assignment shall be subject to the following conditions:

(i) Minimum Amounts. (A) In the case of an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment and the Revolving Loans and participation interest in L/C Obligations at the time owing to it or in the case of an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund, no minimum amount need be assigned; and (B) in any case not described in subsection (a)(i)(A) of this Section 12.12, the aggregate amount of the Revolving Credit Commitment (which for this purpose includes Revolving Loans and participation interest in L/C Obligations outstanding thereunder) or, if the Revolving Credit Commitment is not then in effect, the principal outstanding balance of the Revolving Loans and participation interest in L/C Obligations of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment (determined as of the date the Assignment and Acceptance with respect to such assignment is

 

-88-


delivered to the Administrative Agent or, if “Effective Date” is specified in the Assignment and Acceptance, as of the Effective Date specified in such Assignment and Acceptance) shall not be less than $5,000,000 unless each of the Administrative Agent and, so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Borrower otherwise consents (each such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed);

(ii) Proportionate Amounts. Each partial assignment shall be made as an assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement with respect to the Revolving Loan or the Revolving Credit Commitment.

(iii) Required Consents. No consent shall be required for any assignment except to the extent required by Section 12.12(a)(i)(B) and, in addition:

(a) the consent of the Borrower (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed and to be given or denied within five (5) Business Days of written request therefor) shall be required unless (x) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing at the time of such assignment or (y) such assignment is to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund;

(b) the consent of the Administrative Agent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed and to be given or denied within five (5) Business Days of written request therefor) shall be required if such assignment is to a Person that is not a Lender with a Revolving Credit Commitment, an Affiliate of such Lender or an Approved Fund with respect to such Lender;

(c) the consent of the L/C Issuer (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed and to be given or denied within five (5) Business Days of written request therefor) shall be required for any assignment that increases the obligation of the assignee to participate in exposure under one or more Letters of Credit (whether or not then outstanding); and

(d) the consent of the Swing Line Lender (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed and to be given or denied within five (5) Business Days of written request therefor) shall be required for any assignment that increases the obligation of the assignee to participate in exposure under one or more Swing Loans (whether or not then outstanding).

(iv) Assignment and Acceptance. The parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Acceptance, together with a processing and recordation fee of $3,500, and the assignee, if it is not a Lender, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent an Administrative Questionnaire.

(v) No Assignment to Borrower, Guarantors, Affiliates or Subsidiaries. No such assignment shall be made to the Borrower, any Guarantor or any Affiliate or Subsidiary of the Borrower or any Guarantor.

 

-89-


(vi) No Assignment to Natural Persons. No such assignment shall be made to a natural person.

(vii) No Assignment to Defaulting Lender. No such assignment shall be made to a Defaulting Lender.

Subject to acceptance and recording thereof by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 12.12(b) hereof, from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Acceptance, the assignee thereunder shall be a party to this Agreement and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Acceptance, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Acceptance, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Acceptance covering all of the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto) but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 12.6 and 12.15 with respect to facts and circumstances occurring prior to the effective date of such assignment. Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this Section shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with Section 12.11 hereof.

(b) Register. The Administrative Agent, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of the Borrower, shall maintain at one of its offices in Chicago, Illinois, a copy of each Assignment and Acceptance delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Revolving Credit Commitments of, and principal amounts of the Revolving Loans owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “Register”). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, and the Lenders may treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower and any Lender, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice. Each Lender or L/C Issuer that grants a participation as described in Section 12.11 shall, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of the Borrower, maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each participant and the principal amounts (and stated interest) of each participant’s interest in the Revolving Loans made and Reimbursement Obligations and/or Revolving Credit Commitments or other obligations under this Agreement (the “Participant Register”); provided that no Lender or L/C Issuer shall have any obligation to disclose all or any portion of the Participant Register to any Person (including the identity of any participant or any information relating to a participant’s interest in any Revolving Loans made and Reimbursement Obligations and/or Revolving Credit Commitments or other obligations under this Agreement) except to the extent that such disclosure is necessary to establish that such Obligation or Revolving Credit Commitment is in registered form under Section 5f.103-1(c) of the Treasury Regulations or is otherwise required by this Agreement. The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and such Lender or L/C Issuer shall treat each person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such participation for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the contrary.

 

-90-


(c) Any Lender may at any time pledge or grant a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement to secure obligations of such Lender, including any such pledge or grant to a Federal Reserve Bank, and this Section 12.12 shall not apply to any such pledge or grant of a security interest; provided that no such pledge or grant of a security interest shall release a Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or secured party for such Lender as a party hereto; provided further, however, the right of any such pledgee or grantee (other than any Federal Reserve Bank) to further transfer all or any portion of the rights pledged or granted to it, whether by means of foreclosure or otherwise, shall be at all times subject to the terms of this Agreement.

(d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, if at any time the Swing Line Lender assigns all of its Revolving Credit Commitments and Revolving Loans pursuant to subsection (a) above, the Swing Line Lender may terminate the Swing Line. In the event of such termination of the Swing Line, the Borrower shall be entitled to appoint another Lender to act as the successor Swing Line Lender hereunder (with such Lender’s consent); provided, however, that the failure of the Borrower to appoint a successor shall not affect the resignation of the Swing Line Lender. If the Swing Line Lender terminates the Swing Line, it shall retain all of the rights of the Swing Line Lender provided hereunder with respect to Swing Loans made by it and outstanding as of the effective date of such termination, including the right to require Lenders to make Revolving Loans or fund participations in outstanding Swing Loans pursuant to Section 1.17 hereof.

Section 12.13. Amendments. Any provision of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents may be amended or waived if, but only if, such amendment or waiver is in writing and is signed by (a) the Borrower, (b) the Required Lenders (or Administrative Agent acting at the direction of the Required Lenders), and (c) if the rights or duties of the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer, or the Swing Line Lender are affected thereby, the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer, or the Swing Line Lender, as applicable; provided that:

(i)    no amendment or waiver pursuant to this Section 12.13 shall (A) increase any Revolving Credit Commitment of any Lender without the consent of such Lender or (B) reduce the amount of or postpone the date for any scheduled payment of any principal of or interest on any Revolving Loan or of any Reimbursement Obligation or of any fee payable hereunder (including by way of a waiver of a Default or Event of Default under Section 9.1(a)) without the consent of the Lender to which such payment is owing or which has committed to make such Revolving Loan or Letter of Credit (or participate therein) hereunder;

(ii) no amendment or waiver pursuant to this Section 12.13 shall, unless signed by each Lender, extend the Revolving Credit Termination Date, change the definitions of Required Lenders, Borrowing Base, Borrowing Base NOI, Borrowing Base Requirements, Borrowing Base Value or Revolving Credit Availability, change the provisions of Section 8.21, change the provisions of this Section 12.13, affect the number of Lenders required to take any action hereunder or under any other Loan Document, change the pro rata application of payments or order of application of payments and collections set forth in Section 3.1 of this Agreement or release any Guarantor (except as expressly contemplated in this Agreement); and

 

-91-


(iii) no amendment to Section 13 hereof shall be made without the consent of the Guarantors affected thereby.

Section 12.14. Headings. Section headings used in this Agreement are for reference only and shall not affect the construction of this Agreement.

Section 12.15. Costs and Expenses; Indemnification. (a) The Borrower agrees to pay all reasonable costs and expenses of the Administrative Agent in connection with the preparation, negotiation, syndication, and administration of the Loan Documents, including, without limitation, the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel to the Administrative Agent, in connection with the preparation and execution of the Loan Documents, and any amendment, waiver or consent related thereto, whether or not the transactions contemplated herein are consummated. The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer, and each Lender all costs and expenses reasonably incurred or paid by the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer, such Lender, or any such holder, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements and court costs, in connection with any Default or Event of Default hereunder or in connection with the enforcement of any of the Loan Documents (including all such costs and expenses incurred in connection with any proceeding under the United States Bankruptcy Code involving the Borrower or any Guarantor as a debtor thereunder). The Borrower further agrees to indemnify the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer, each Lender, and any security trustee therefor, and their respective directors, officers, employees, agents, financial advisors, and consultants (each such Person being called an Indemnitee) against all losses, claims, damages, penalties, judgments, liabilities and expenses (including, without limitation, all reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for any such Indemnitee and all reasonable expenses of litigation or preparation therefor, whether or not the Indemnitee is a party thereto, or any settlement arrangement arising from or relating to any such litigation) which any of them may pay or incur arising out of or relating to any Loan Document or any of the transactions contemplated thereby or the direct or indirect application or proposed application of the proceeds of any Revolving Loan or Letter of Credit, other than those which arise from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the party claiming indemnification. The Borrower, upon demand by the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer, or a Lender at any time, shall reimburse the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer, or such Lender for any reasonable legal or other expenses (including, without limitation, all reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for any such Indemnitee) incurred in connection with investigating or defending against any of the foregoing (including any settlement costs relating to the foregoing) except to the extent the same is due to the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the party to be indemnified. To the extent permitted by applicable law, the parties hereto shall not assert, and each hereby waives, any claim against any Indemnitee, on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of, this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby or thereby, the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, any Revolving Loan or Letter of Credit or the use of the proceeds thereof. The obligations of the parties under this Section 12.15 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

-92-


(b) The Borrower unconditionally agrees to forever indemnify, defend and hold harmless, and covenants not to sue for any claim for contribution against, each Indemnitee for any damages, costs, loss or expense, including without limitation, response, remedial or removal costs and all fees and disbursements of counsel for any such Indemnitee, arising out of any of the following: (i) any presence, release, threatened release or disposal of any hazardous or toxic substance or petroleum by the Borrower or any Subsidiary or otherwise occurring on or with respect to its Property (whether owned or leased), (ii) the operation or violation of any environmental law, whether federal, state, or local, and any regulations promulgated thereunder, by the Borrower or any Subsidiary or otherwise occurring on or with respect to its Property (whether owned or leased), (iii) any claim for personal injury or property damage in connection with the Borrower or any Subsidiary or otherwise occurring on or with respect to its Property (whether owned or leased), and (iv) the inaccuracy or breach of any environmental representation, warranty or covenant by the Borrower or any Subsidiary made herein or in any other Loan Document evidencing or securing any Obligations or setting forth terms and conditions applicable thereto or otherwise relating thereto, except for damages arising from the willful misconduct or gross negligence of the relevant Indemnitee. This indemnification shall survive the payment and satisfaction of all Obligations and the termination of this Agreement for a period of five (5) years, and shall remain in force beyond the expiration of any applicable statute of limitations and payment or satisfaction in full of any single claim under this indemnification. This indemnification shall be binding upon the successors and assigns of the Borrower and shall inure to the benefit of each Indemnitee and its successors and assigns.

Section 12.16. Set-off. In addition to any rights now or hereafter granted under the Loan Documents or applicable law and not by way of limitation of any such rights, during the continuance of any Event of Default, with the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, each Lender, the L/C Issuer, each subsequent holder of any Obligation, and each of their respective affiliates, is hereby authorized by the Borrower and each Guarantor at any time or from time to time, without notice to the Borrower or such Guarantor or to any other Person, any such notice being hereby expressly waived, to set-off and to appropriate and to apply any and all deposits (general or special, including, but not limited to, indebtedness evidenced by certificates of deposit, whether matured or unmatured, and in whatever currency denominated, but not including trust accounts) and any other indebtedness at any time held or owing by that Lender, L/C Issuer, subsequent holder, or affiliate, to or for the credit or the account of the Borrower or such Guarantor, whether or not matured, against and on account of the Obligations then due of the Borrower or such Guarantor to that Lender, L/C Issuer, or subsequent holder under the Loan Documents, including, but not limited to, all claims of any nature or description arising out of or connected with the Loan Documents, irrespective of whether or not that Lender, L/C Issuer, or subsequent holder shall have made any demand hereunder.

Section 12.17. Entire Agreement. The Loan Documents constitute the entire understanding of the parties thereto with respect to the subject matter thereof and any prior agreements, whether written or oral, with respect thereto are superseded hereby.

Section 12.18. Governing Law. This Agreement and the other Loan Documents (except as otherwise specified therein), and the rights and duties of the parties hereto, shall be construed and determined in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York.

 

-93-


Section 12.19. Severability of Provisions. Any provision of any Loan Document which is unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof or affecting the validity or enforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction. All rights, remedies and powers provided in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents may be exercised only to the extent that the exercise thereof does not violate any applicable mandatory provisions of law, and all the provisions of this Agreement and other Loan Documents are intended to be subject to all applicable mandatory provisions of law which may be controlling and to be limited to the extent necessary so that they will not render this Agreement or the other Loan Documents invalid or unenforceable.

Section 12.20. Excess Interest. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained herein or in any other Loan Document, no such provision shall require the payment or permit the collection of any amount of interest in excess of the maximum amount of interest permitted by applicable law to be charged for the use or detention, or the forbearance in the collection, of all or any portion of the Revolving Loans or other obligations outstanding under this Agreement or any other Loan Document (Excess Interest). If any Excess Interest is provided for, or is adjudicated to be provided for, herein or in any other Loan Document, then in such event (a) the provisions of this Section 12.20 shall govern and control, (b) neither the Borrower nor any guarantor or endorser shall be obligated to pay any Excess Interest, (c) any Excess Interest that the Administrative Agent or any Lender may have received hereunder shall, at the option of the Administrative Agent, be (i) applied as a credit against the then outstanding principal amount of Obligations hereunder and accrued and unpaid interest thereon (not to exceed the maximum amount permitted by applicable law), (ii) refunded to the Borrower, or (iii) any combination of the foregoing, (d) the interest rate payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall be automatically subject to reduction to the maximum lawful contract rate allowed under applicable usury laws (the Maximum Rate), and this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall be deemed to have been, and shall be, reformed and modified to reflect such reduction in the relevant interest rate, and (e) neither the Borrower nor any guarantor or endorser shall have any action against the Administrative Agent or any Lender for any damages whatsoever arising out of the payment or collection of any Excess Interest. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if for any period of time interest on any of Borrower’s Obligations is calculated at the Maximum Rate rather than the applicable rate under this Agreement, and thereafter such applicable rate becomes less than the Maximum Rate, the rate of interest payable on the Borrower’s Obligations shall remain at the Maximum Rate until the Lenders have received the amount of interest which such Lenders would have received during such period on the Borrower’s Obligations had the rate of interest not been limited to the Maximum Rate during such period.

Section 12.21. Construction. The parties acknowledge and agree that the Loan Documents shall not be construed more favorably in favor of any party hereto based upon which party drafted the same, it being acknowledged that all parties hereto contributed substantially to the negotiation of the Loan Documents. The provisions of this Agreement relating to Subsidiaries shall only apply during such times as the Borrower has one or more Subsidiaries.

Section 12.22. Lenders and L/C Issuers Obligations Several. The obligations of the Lenders and L/C Issuer hereunder are several and not joint. Nothing contained in this Agreement and no action taken by the Lenders or L/C Issuer pursuant hereto shall be deemed to constitute the Lenders and L/C Issuer a partnership, association, joint venture or other entity.

 

-94-


Section 12.23. Submission to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial. The Borrower and each Guarantor hereby submits to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York and of any New York State court sitting in the City of New York for purposes of all legal proceedings arising out of or relating to this Agreement, the other Loan Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby. The Borrower and each Guarantor irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any such proceeding brought in such a court and any claim that any such proceeding brought in such a court has been brought in an inconvenient forum. THE BORROWER, EACH GUARANTOR, THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT, THE L/C ISSUER, AND THE LENDERS HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVE ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO ANY LOAN DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED THEREBY.

Section 12.24. USA Patriot Act. Each Lender and L/C Issuer that is subject to the requirements of the Patriot Act hereby notifies the Borrower that pursuant to the requirements of the Patriot Act, it is required to obtain, verify, and record information that identifies the Borrower, which information includes the name and address of the Borrower and other information that will allow such Lender or L/C Issuer to identify the Borrower in accordance with the Patriot Act.

Section 12.25. Confidentiality. Each of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders, and the L/C Issuer severally agrees to maintain the confidentiality of the Information (as defined below), except that Information may be disclosed in compliance with applicable law (a) to its and its Affiliates’ directors, officers, employees and agents, including accountants, legal counsel and other advisors to the extent any such Person has a need to know such Information (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will first be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such Information confidential), (b) to the extent requested by any regulatory authority (including any self-regulatory authority, such as the National Association of Insurance Commissioners), (c) to the extent required by applicable laws or regulations or by any subpoena or similar legal process, provided that to the extent practicable and permitted by applicable law, the party requested to disclose any information will provide prompt written notice of such request to the Borrower, will allow the Borrower a reasonable opportunity to seek appropriate protective measures prior to disclosure and will disclose the minimum amount of information required to comply with such applicable law, regulation, subpoena or legal process, (d) to any other party hereto, (e) to the extent reasonably necessary after consultation with counsel, in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder or under any other Loan Document or any suit, action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the enforcement of rights hereunder or thereunder, provided that, to the extent reasonably practicable, the party requested to disclose any such information will provide prompt written notice of such request to the Borrower and will allow the Borrower a reasonable opportunity to seek appropriate protective measures prior to such disclosure, (f) subject to an agreement containing provisions substantially the same as those of this Section 12.25, to (A) any assignee of or participant in, or any prospective assignee of or participant in, any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement or (B) any actual or prospective counterparty (or its advisors) to any swap or derivative transaction relating to the Borrower or any Subsidiary and its obligations, (g) with the prior written consent of the Borrower, (h) to the extent such Information (A) becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section 12.25 or (B) becomes available to the Administrative Agent, any

 

-95-


Lender or the L/C Issuer on a non-confidential basis from a source other than the Borrower or any Subsidiary or any of their directors, officers, employees or agents, including accountants, legal counsel and other advisors; provided that the Administrative Agent, any Lender or the L/C Issuer may use such Information as permitted by clause (a) above, but the Administrative Agent, any Lender or the L/C Issuer shall not otherwise disclose such Information except as permitted by clauses (b)—(g), (i), (j) or (k) of this Section 12.25, (i) to rating agencies if requested or required by such agencies in connection with a rating relating to the Revolving Loans or the Revolving Credit Commitments hereunder, (j) to Gold Sheets and other similar bank trade publications (such information to consist of deal terms and other information regarding the credit facilities evidenced by this Agreement customarily found in such publications), or (k) to entities which compile and publish information about the syndicated loan market, provided that only basic information about the pricing and structure of the transaction evidenced hereby may be disclosed pursuant to this subsection (j). For purposes of this Section 12.25, “Information” means all information received from the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries or from any other Person on behalf of the Borrower or any Subsidiary relating to the Borrower or any Subsidiary or any of their respective businesses, other than any such information that is available to the Administrative Agent, any Lender or the L/C Issuer on a non-confidential basis prior to disclosure by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or from any other Person on behalf of the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries. Each of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders, and the L/C Issuer specifically acknowledges that the common stock of Parent is traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the trading symbol “PINE.” Each of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders, and the L/C Issuer further expressly acknowledges that it is aware that the securities laws of the United States prohibit any person who has received from an issuer material, non-public information, including information concerning the matters that are the subject of this Agreement, from purchasing or selling securities of such issuer on the basis of material, non-public information concerning the issuer of such securities or, subject to certain limited exceptions, from communicating such information to any other Person.

Section 12.26. Limitation of Recourse . There shall be full recourse to the Borrower and the Guarantors and all of their assets and properties for the Obligations and any other liability under the Loan Documents. Subject to clauses (i) and (ii) of the following sentence, in no event shall any officer or director of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries be personally liable or obligated for the Obligations or any other liability under the Loan Documents. Nothing herein contained shall limit or be construed to (i) release any such officer or director from liability for his or her fraudulent actions, misappropriation of funds or willful misconduct or (ii) limit or impair the exercise of remedies with respect to the Borrower and the Guarantors under the Loan Documents. The provisions of this Section 12.26 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

Section 12.27. Other Taxes.    The Borrower agrees to pay on demand, and indemnify and hold the Administrative Agent, the Lenders, and the L/C Issuer harmless from, any Other Taxes payable in respect of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, including interest and penalties, in the event any such taxes are assessed, irrespective of when such assessment is made and whether or not any credit is then in use or available hereunder.

 

-96-


Section 12.28. Acknowledgement and Consent to Bail-In of EEA Financial Institutions.    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any Loan Document or in any other agreement, arrangement or understanding among any such parties, each party hereto (including any party becoming a party hereto by virtue of an Assignment and Assumption) acknowledges that any liability of any EEA Financial Institution arising under any Loan Document, to the extent such liability is unsecured, may be subject to the write-down and conversion powers of an EEA Resolution Authority and agrees and consents to, and acknowledges and agrees to be bound by:

(a) the application of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers by an EEA Resolution Authority to any such liabilities arising hereunder which may be payable to it by any party hereto that is an EEA Financial Institution; and

(b) the effects of any Bail-in Action on any such liability, including, if applicable:

(i) a reduction in full or in part or cancellation of any such liability;

(ii) a conversion of all, or a portion of, such liability into shares or other instruments of ownership in such EEA Financial Institution, its parent undertaking, or a bridge institution that may be issued to it or otherwise conferred on it, and that such shares or other instruments of ownership will be accepted by it in lieu of any rights with respect to any such liability under this Agreement or any other Loan Document; or

(iii) the variation of the terms of such liability in connection with the exercise of the write-down and conversion powers of any EEA Resolution Authority.

Section 12.29. Acknowledgement Regarding Any Supported QFCs. To the extent that the Loan Documents provide support, through a guarantee or otherwise, for Hedging Agreements or any other agreement or instrument that is a QFC (such support, QFC Credit Support and each such QFC a Supported QFC), the parties acknowledge and agree as follows with respect to the resolution power of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and Title II of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (together with the regulations promulgated thereunder, the U.S. Special Resolution Regimes) in respect of such Supported QFC and QFC Credit Support (with the provisions below applicable notwithstanding that the Loan Documents and any Supported QFC may in fact be stated to be governed by the laws of the State of New York and/or of the United States or any other state of the United States):

(a) In the event a Covered Entity that is party to a Supported QFC (each, a “Covered Party”) becomes subject to a proceeding under a U.S. Special Resolution Regime, the transfer of such Supported QFC and the benefit of such QFC Credit Support (and any interest and obligation in or under such Supported QFC and such QFC Credit Support, and any rights in property securing such Supported QFC or such QFC Credit Support) from such Covered Party will be effective to the same extent as the transfer would be effective under the U.S. Special Resolution Regime if the Supported QFC and such QFC Credit Support (and any such interest, obligation and rights in property) were governed by the laws of the United States or a state of the United States. In the event a Covered Party

 

-97-


or a BHC Act Affiliate of a Covered Party becomes subject to a proceeding under a U.S. Special Resolution Regime, Default Rights under the Loan Documents that might otherwise apply to such Supported QFC or any QFC Credit Support that may be exercised against such Covered Party are permitted to be exercised to no greater extent than such Default Rights could be exercised under the U.S. Special Resolution Regime if the Supported QFC and the Loan Documents were governed by the laws of the United States or a state of the United States. Without limitation of the foregoing, it is understood and agreed that rights and remedies of the parties with respect to a Defaulting Lender shall in no event affect the rights of any Covered Party with respect to a Supported QFC or any QFC Credit Support.

(b) As used in this Section, the following terms have the following meanings:

“BHC Act Affiliate” of a party means an “affiliate” (as such term is defined under, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 U.S.C. 1841(k)) of such party.

“Covered Entity” means any of the following:

(i) a “covered entity” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. §252.82(b);

(ii) a “covered bank” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. §47.3(b); or

(iii) a “covered FSI” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. §382.2(b).

“Default Rights” has the meaning assigned to that term in, and shall be interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. §§252.81, 47.2 or 382.1, as applicable.

“QFC” has the meaning assigned to the term “qualified financial contract” in, and shall be interpreted in accordance with, 12 U.S.C. 5390(c)(8)(D).

SECTION 13. THE GUARANTEES.

Section 13.1. The Guarantees. To induce the Lenders to provide the credits described herein and in consideration of benefits expected to accrue to the Borrower by reason of the Revolving Credit Commitments and for other good and valuable consideration, receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, Parent and each Material Subsidiary party hereto (including any Material Subsidiary formed or acquired after the Closing Date executing an Additional Guarantor Supplement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit G or such other form acceptable to the Administrative Agent) hereby unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees jointly and severally to the Administrative Agent, the Lenders, and their Affiliates, the due and punctual payment of all present and future Obligations, including, but not limited to, the due and punctual payment of principal of and interest on the Revolving Loans, Swing Loans, the Reimbursement Obligations, Hedging Liability, Funds Transfer and Deposit Account Liability, and the due and

 

-98-


punctual payment of all other obligations now or hereafter owed by the Borrower under the Loan Documents as and when the same shall become due and payable, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration, or otherwise, according to the terms hereof and thereof (including interest which, but for the filing of a petition in bankruptcy, would otherwise accrue on any such indebtedness, obligation, or liability). In case of failure by the Borrower or other obligor punctually to pay any obligations guaranteed hereby, each Guarantor hereby unconditionally agrees to make such payment or to cause such payment to be made punctually as and when the same shall become due and payable, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration, or otherwise, and as if such payment were made by the Borrower or such obligor.

Section 13.2. Guarantee Unconditional. The obligations of each Guarantor under this Section 13 shall be unconditional and absolute and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, shall not be released, discharged, or otherwise affected by:

(a) any extension, renewal, settlement, compromise, waiver, or release in respect of any obligation of the Borrower or other obligor or of any other guarantor under this Agreement or any other Loan Document or by operation of law or otherwise;

(b) any modification or amendment of or supplement to this Agreement or any other Loan Document;

(c) any change in the corporate existence, structure, or ownership of, or any insolvency, bankruptcy, reorganization, or other similar proceeding affecting, the Borrower or other obligor, any other guarantor, or any of their respective assets, or any resulting release or discharge of any obligation of the Borrower or other obligor or of any other guarantor contained in any Loan Document;

(d) the existence of any claim, set-off, or other rights which the Borrower or other obligor or any other guarantor may have at any time against the Administrative Agent, any Lender, or any other Person, whether or not arising in connection herewith;

(e) any failure to assert, or any assertion of, any claim or demand or any exercise of, or failure to exercise, any rights or remedies against the Borrower or other obligor, any other guarantor, or any other Person or Property;

(f) any application of any sums by whomsoever paid or howsoever realized to any obligation of the Borrower or other obligor, regardless of what obligations of the Borrower or other obligor remain unpaid;

(g) any invalidity or unenforceability relating to or against the Borrower or other obligor or any other guarantor for any reason of this Agreement or of any other Loan Document or any provision of applicable law or regulation purporting to prohibit the payment by the Borrower or other obligor or any other guarantor of the principal of or interest on any Revolving Loan or any Reimbursement Obligation or any other amount payable under the Loan Documents; or

 

-99-


(h) any other act or omission to act or delay of any kind by the Administrative Agent, any Lender, or any other Person or any other circumstance whatsoever that might, but for the provisions of this paragraph, constitute a legal or equitable discharge of the obligations of any Guarantor under this Section 13.

Section 13.3. Discharge Only upon Payment in Full; Reinstatement in Certain Circumstances. Each Guarantor’s obligations under this Section 13 shall remain in full force and effect until the Revolving Credit Commitments are terminated, all Letters of Credit have expired, and the principal of and interest on the Revolving Loans, Swing Loans and all other amounts payable by the Borrower and the Guarantors under this Agreement and all other Loan Documents have been paid in full. If at any time any payment of the principal of or interest on any Revolving Loan, Swing Loan or any Reimbursement Obligation or any other amount payable by the Borrower or other obligor or any Guarantor under the Loan Documents is rescinded or must be otherwise restored or returned upon the insolvency, bankruptcy, or reorganization of the Borrower or other obligor or of any guarantor, or otherwise, each Guarantor’s obligations under this Section 13 with respect to such payment shall be reinstated at such time as though such payment had become due but had not been made at such time.

Section 13.4. Subrogation. Each Guarantor agrees it will not exercise any rights which it may acquire by way of subrogation by any payment made hereunder, or otherwise, until all the obligations guaranteed hereby shall have been paid in full subsequent to the termination of all the Revolving Credit Commitments and Swing Line and expiration of all Letters of Credit. If any amount shall be paid to a Guarantor on account of such subrogation rights at any time prior to the later of (x) the payment in full of the Obligations, Funds Transfer and Deposit Account Liability and Hedging Liability and all other amounts payable by the Borrower hereunder and the other Loan Documents and (y) the termination of the Revolving Credit Commitments and Swing Line and expiration of all Letters of Credit, such amount shall be held in trust for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders (and their Affiliates) and shall forthwith be paid to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Lenders (and their Affiliates) or be credited and applied upon the Obligations, Funds Transfer and Deposit Account Liability and Hedging Liability, whether matured or unmatured, in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

Section 13.5. Waivers. Each Guarantor irrevocably waives acceptance hereof, presentment, demand, protest, and any notice except as specifically provided for herein, as well as any requirement that at any time any action be taken by the Administrative Agent, any Lender, or any other Person against the Borrower or other obligor, another guarantor, or any other Person.

Section 13.6. Limit on Recovery. Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, the right of recovery against each Guarantor under this Section 13 shall not exceed $1.00 less than the lowest amount which would render such Guarantor’s obligations under this Section 13 void or voidable under applicable law, including, without limitation, fraudulent conveyance law.

Section 13.7. Stay of Acceleration. If acceleration of the time for payment of any amount payable by the Borrower or other obligor under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, is stayed upon the insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization of the Borrower or such obligor, all such amounts otherwise subject to acceleration under the terms of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, shall nonetheless be payable by the Guarantors hereunder forthwith on demand by the Administrative Agent made at the request of the Required Lenders.

 

-100-


Section 13.8. Benefit to Guarantors. The Borrower and the Guarantors are engaged in related businesses and integrated to such an extent that the financial strength and flexibility of the Borrower has a direct impact on the success of each Guarantor. Each Guarantor will derive substantial direct and indirect benefit from the extensions of credit hereunder.

Section 13.9. Guarantor Covenants. Each Guarantor shall take such action as the Borrower is required by this Agreement to cause such Guarantor to take, and shall refrain from taking such action as the Borrower is required by this Agreement to prohibit such Guarantor from taking.

Section 13.10. Keepwell.    Each Qualified ECP Guarantor hereby jointly and severally absolutely, unconditionally and irrevocably undertakes to provide such funds or other support as may be needed from time to time by each other Guarantor to honor all of its obligations under this Guaranty in respect of Swap Obligations (provided, however, that each Qualified ECP Guarantor shall only be liable under this Section for the maximum amount of such liability that can be hereby incurred without rendering its obligations under this Section, or otherwise under this Guaranty, voidable under applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer, and not for any greater amount). The obligations of each Qualified ECP Guarantor under this Section shall remain in full force and effect until discharged in accordance with Section 13.3. Each Qualified ECP Guarantor intends that this Section constitute, and this Section shall be deemed to constitute, a “keepwell, support, or other agreement” for the benefit of each other Guarantor for all purposes of Section 1a(18)(A)(v)(II) of the Commodity Exchange Act.

[SIGNATURE PAGES TO FOLLOW]

 

-101-


This Credit Agreement is entered into between us for the uses and purposes hereinabove set forth as of the date first above written.

 

“BORROWER

ALPINE INCOME PROPERTY OP, LP,

a Delaware limited partnership

By  

 

  Name: Mark E. Patten
  Title: Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
“ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND L/C ISSUER

BANK OF MONTREAL, as L/C Issuer and as Administrative Agent

By  

 

  Name: Gwendolyn Gatz
  Title: Vice President
“LENDERS

BANK OF MONTREAL, as a Lender and Swing
Line Lender

By  

 

  Name: Gwendolyn Gatz
  Title: Vice President

 

-1-


“GUARANTORS

“PARENT

ALPINE INCOME PROPERTY TRUST, INC., a Maryland corporation

By  

 

  Name:  

 

  Title:  

 

“MATERIAL SUBSIDIARIES

CTO17 HILLSBORO OR LLC, a Delaware limited liability company

By  

 

  Name:  

 

  Title:  

 

BLUEBIRD METROWEST ORLANDO LLC, a Delaware limited liability company

By  

 

  Name:  

 

  Title:  

 

CTO16 RALEIGH LLC, a Delaware limited liability company

By  

 

  Name:  

 

  Title:  

 

 

-2-


CTO16 RENO LLC, a Delaware limited liability company

By  

 

  Name:  

 

  Title:  

 

CTO19 WINSTON SALEM NC LLC, a Delaware limited liability company

By  

 

  Name:  

 

  Title:  

 

INDIGO HENRY LLC, a Delaware limited liability company

By  

 

  Name:  

 

  Title:  

 

CTO17 SAUGUS MA LLC, a Delaware limited liability company

By  

 

  Name:  

 

  Title:  

 

CTO16 CHARLOTTESVILLE LLC, a Delaware limited liability company

By  

 

  Name:  

 

  Title:  

 

 

-3-


CTLC18 LYNN MA LLC, a Delaware limited liability company

By  

 

  Name:  

 

  Title:  

 

CTO16 HUNTERSVILLE LLC, a Delaware limited liability company

By  

 

  Name:  

 

  Title:  

 

CTO19 BIRMINGHAM LLC, a Delaware limited liability company

By  

 

  Name:  

 

  Title:  

 

PINE19 ALPHARETTA GA LLC, a Delaware limited liability company

By  

 

  Name:  

 

  Title:  

 

PINE19 JACKSONVILLE FL LLC, a Delaware limited liability company

By  

 

  Name:  

 

  Title:  

 

 

-4-


PINE19 GLENDALE AZ LLC, a Delaware limited liability company

By  

 

  Name:  

 

  Title:  

 

CTO19 TROY WI LLC, a Delaware limited liability company

By  

 

  Name:  

 

  Title:  

 

CTO17 BRANDON FL LLC, a Delaware limited liability company

By  

 

  Name:  

 

  Title:  

 

CTO19 ALBANY GA LLC, a Delaware limited liability company

By  

 

  Name:  

 

  Title:  

 

 

-5-


EXHIBIT A

NOTICE OF PAYMENT REQUEST

[Date]

[Name of Lender]

[Address]

Attention:

Reference is made to the Credit Agreement, dated as of November [__], 2019, among Alpine Income Property OP, LP, the Guarantors from time to time party thereto, the Lenders from time to time party thereto, and Bank of Montreal, as Administrative Agent (as extended, renewed, amended or restated from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”). Capitalized terms used herein and not defined herein have the meanings assigned to them in the Credit Agreement. [The Borrower has failed to pay its Reimbursement Obligation in the amount of $____________. Your Revolver Percentage of the unpaid Reimbursement Obligation is $_____________] or [__________________________ has been required to return a payment by the Borrower of a Reimbursement Obligation in the amount of $_______________. Your Revolver Percentage of the returned Reimbursement Obligation is $_______________.]

 

Very truly yours,

BANK OF MONTREAL, as L/C Issuer

By  

 

  Name  

 

  Title  

 


EXHIBIT B

NOTICE OF BORROWING

Date:                     , ____

 

To:

Bank of Montreal, as Administrative Agent for the Lenders from time to time parties to the Credit Agreement dated as of November [__], 2019 (as extended, renewed, amended or restated from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), among ALPINE INCOME PROPERTY OP, LP, certain Guarantors which are signatories thereto, certain Lenders which are from time to time parties thereto, and Bank of Montreal, as Administrative Agent

Ladies and Gentlemen:

The undersigned, Alpine Income Property OP, LP (the “Borrower”), refers to the Credit Agreement, the terms defined therein being used herein as therein defined, and hereby gives you notice irrevocably, pursuant to Section 1.6 of the Credit Agreement, of the Borrowing specified below:

1. The Business Day of the proposed Borrowing is ___________, ____.

2. The aggregate amount of the proposed Borrowing is $______________.

3. The Borrowing is being advanced under the Revolving Credit.

4. The Borrowing is to be comprised of $___________ of [Base Rate] [Eurodollar] Loans.

[5. The duration of the Interest Period for the Eurodollar Loans included in the Borrowing shall be ____________ months.]

The undersigned hereby certifies that the following statements are true on the date hereof, and will be true on the date of the proposed Borrowing, before and after giving effect thereto and to the application of the proceeds therefrom:

(a) the representations and warranties of the Borrower contained in Section 6 of the Credit Agreement are true and correct as though made on and as of such date (except to the extent such representations and warranties relate to an earlier date, in which case they are true and correct as of such date); and

(b) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result from such proposed Borrowing.

 

ALPINE INCOME PROPERTY OP, LP

By:  

 

  Name:  

 

  Title:  

 


EXHIBIT C

NOTICE OF CONTINUATION/CONVERSION

Date: ____________, ____

 

To:

Bank of Montreal, as Administrative Agent for the Lenders from time to time parties to the Credit Agreement dated as of November [__], 2019 (as extended, renewed, amended or restated from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”) among Alpine Income Property OP, LP, certain Guarantors which are from time to time signatories thereto, certain Lenders which are from time to time parties thereto, and Bank of Montreal, as Administrative Agent

Ladies and Gentlemen:

The undersigned, Alpine Income Property OP, LP (the “Borrower”), refers to the Credit Agreement, the terms defined therein being used herein as therein defined, and hereby gives you notice irrevocably, pursuant to Section 1.6 of the Credit Agreement, of the [conversion] [continuation] of the Loans specified herein, that:

1. The conversion/continuation Date is __________, ____.

2. The aggregate amount of the Revolving Loans to be [converted] [continued] is $______________.

3. The Revolving Loans are to be [converted into] [continued as] [Eurodollar] [Base Rate] Loans.

4. [If applicable:] The duration of the Interest Period for the Revolving Loans included in the [conversion] [continuation] shall be _________ months.

The undersigned hereby certifies that the following statements are true on the date hereof, and will be true on the proposed conversion/continuation date, before and after giving effect thereto and to the application of the proceeds therefrom:

(a) the representations and warranties of the Borrower contained in Section 6 of the Credit Agreement are true and correct as though made on and as of such date (except to the extent such representations and warranties relate to an earlier date, in which case they are true and correct as of such date); provided, however, that this condition shall not apply to the conversion of an outstanding Eurodollar Loan to a Base Rate Loan; and

(b) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, or would result from such proposed [conversion] [continuation].

 

ALPINE INCOME PROPERTY OP, LP

By:  

 

  Name:  

 

  Title:  

 


EXHIBIT D-1

AMENDED AND RESTATED REVOLVING NOTE

 

U.S. $_______________    November [__], 2019

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, Alpine Income Property OP, LP, a Delaware limited partnership (the “Borrower”), hereby promises to pay to ____________________ (the “Lender”) or its permitted assigns on the Revolving Credit Termination Date of the hereinafter defined Credit Agreement, at the principal office of the Administrative Agent in Chicago Illinois (or such other location as the Administrative Agent may designate to the Borrower), in immediately available funds, the principal sum of ___________________ Dollars ($__________) or, if less, the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all Revolving Loans made by the Lender to the Borrower pursuant to the Credit Agreement, together with interest on the principal amount of each Revolving Loan from time to time outstanding hereunder at the rates, and payable in the manner and on the dates, specified in the Credit Agreement.

This Note is one of the Revolving Notes referred to in the Credit Agreement dated as of November [__], 2019, among the Borrower, the Guarantors party thereto, the Lenders parties thereto, the Swing Line Lender, the L/C Issuer and Bank of Montreal, as Administrative Agent (as extended, renewed, amended or restated from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), and this Note and the holder hereof are entitled to all the benefits provided for thereby or referred to therein, to which Credit Agreement reference is hereby made for a statement thereof. All defined terms used in this Note, except terms otherwise defined herein, shall have the same meaning as in the Credit Agreement. This Note shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York.

Voluntary prepayments may be made hereon, certain prepayments are required to be made hereon, and this Note may be declared due prior to the expressed maturity hereof, all in the events, on the terms and in the manner as provided for in the Credit Agreement.

The Borrower hereby waives demand, presentment, protest or notice of any kind hereunder.

 

ALPINE INCOME PROPERTY OP, LP

By:  

 

  Name:  

 

  Title:  

 


EXHIBIT D-2

AMENDED AND RESTATED SWING NOTE

 

U.S. $5,000,000.00    November [        ], 2019

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, Alpine Income Property OP, LP, a Delaware limited partnership (the “Borrower”), hereby promises to pay to                                      (the “Lender”) or its permitted assigns on the Revolving Credit Termination Date of the hereinafter defined Credit Agreement, at the principal office of the Administrative Agent in Chicago, Illinois (or such other location as the Administrative Agent may designate to the Borrower), in immediately available funds, the principal sum of Five Million and 00/100 Dollars ($5,000,000.00) or, if less, the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all Swing Loans made by the Lender to the Borrower pursuant to the Credit Agreement, together with interest on the principal amount of each Swing Loan from time to time outstanding hereunder at the rates, and payable in the manner and on the dates, specified in the Credit Agreement.

This Note is the Swing Note referred to in the Credit Agreement dated as of November [    ], 2019, among the Borrower, the Guarantors party thereto, the Lenders. Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer parties thereto, and Bank of Montreal, as Administrative Agent (as extended, renewed, amended or restated from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), and this Note and the holder hereof are entitled to all the benefits provided for thereby or referred to therein, to which Credit Agreement reference is hereby made for a statement thereof. All defined terms used in this Note, except terms otherwise defined herein, shall have the same meaning as in the Credit Agreement. This Note shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York.

Voluntary prepayments may be made hereon, certain prepayments are required to be made hereon, and this Note may be declared due prior to the expressed maturity hereof, all in the events, on the terms and in the manner as provided for in the Credit Agreement.

The Borrower hereby waives demand, presentment, protest or notice of any kind hereunder.

 

ALPINE INCOME PROPERTY OP, LP

By

 

                      

 

Name

 

 

 

Title

 

 


EXHIBIT E

COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

 

To:

Bank of Montreal, as Administrative

Agent under, and the Lenders party to, the

Credit Agreement described below

This Compliance Certificate is furnished to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders pursuant to that certain Credit Agreement dated as of November [    ], 2019, among Alpine Income Property OP, LP, as Borrower, the Guarantors signatory thereto, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders party thereto (the “Credit Agreement”). Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms used in this Compliance Certificate have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Credit Agreement.

THE UNDERSIGNED HEREBY CERTIFIES THAT:

1. I am the duly elected                              of Alpine Income Property OP, LP;

2. I have reviewed the terms of the Credit Agreement and I have made, or have caused to be made under my supervision, a detailed review of the transactions and conditions of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries during the accounting period covered by the attached financial statements;

3. The examinations described in paragraph 2 did not disclose, and I have no knowledge of, the existence of any condition or the occurrence of any event which constitutes a Default or Event of Default during or at the end of the accounting period covered by the attached financial statements or as of the date of this Compliance Certificate, except as set forth below;

4. The financial statements required by Section 8.5 of the Credit Agreement and being furnished to you concurrently with this Compliance Certificate are true, correct and complete as of the date and for the periods covered thereby; and

5. The Schedule I hereto sets forth financial data and computations evidencing the Borrower’s compliance with certain covenants of the Credit Agreement, all of which data and computations are, to the best of my knowledge, true, complete and correct and have been made in accordance with the relevant Sections of the Credit Agreement.

Described below are the exceptions, if any, to paragraph 3 by listing, in detail, the nature of the condition or event, the period during which it has existed and the action which the Borrower has taken, is taking, or proposes to take with respect to each such condition or event:


 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

The foregoing certifications, together with the computations set forth in Schedule I hereto and the financial statements delivered with this Certificate in support hereof, are made and delivered this              day of                      20        .

 

ALPINE INCOME PROPERTY OP, LP

By:

 

                      

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

-2-


SCHEDULE I

TO COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

 

 

COMPLIANCE CALCULATIONS

FOR CREDIT AGREEMENT

DATED AS OF NOVEMBER [        ], 2019, AS AMENDED

CALCULATIONS AS OF _____________, _______

 

 

 

 

A. Maximum Total Indebtedness to Total Asset Value Ratio (Section 8.20(a))

  

1.  Total Indebtedness

     $___________  

2.  Total Asset Value as calculated on Exhibit A hereto

  

3.  Ratio of Line A1 to A2

     ____:1.0  

4.  Line A3 must not exceed

     0.60:1.0  

5.  The Borrower is in compliance (circle yes or no)

     yes/no  

B. Maximum Secured Indebtedness to Total Asset Value Ratio (Section 8.20(b))

  

1.  Secured Indebtedness

     $___________  

2.  Total Asset Value as calculated on Exhibit A hereto

  

3.  Ratio of Line B1 to B2

     ____:1.0  

4.  Line B3 must not exceed

     0.40:1.0  

5.  The Borrower is in compliance (circle yes or no)

     yes/no  

C. Minimum Adjusted EBITDA to Fixed Charges Ratio (Section 8.20(c))

  

1.  Net Income

     $___________  

2.  Depreciation and amortization expense

  

3.  Interest Expense

  


4.  Income tax expense

     ___________  

5.  Extraordinary, unrealized or non-recurring losses

     ___________  

6.  Non-Cash Compensation Paid in Equity Securities

     ___________  

7.  Extraordinary, unrealized or non-recurring gains

     ___________  

8.  Income tax benefits

     ___________  

9.  Sum of Lines C2, C3, C4, C5 and C6

     ___________  

10.  Sum of Lines C7 and C8

     ___________  

11.  Line C1 plus Line C9 minus Line C10 (“EBITDA”)

     ___________  

12.  Annual Capital Expenditure Reserve

     ___________  

13.  Line C11 minus Line C12 (“Adjusted EBITDA”)

     ___________  

14.  Interest Expense

     ___________  

15.  Principal Amortization Payments

     ___________  

16.  Dividends on Preferred Stock

     ___________  

17.  Income Taxes Paid

     ___________  

18.  Sum of Lines C14, C15, C16 and C17 (“Fixed Charges”)

     ___________  

19.  Ratio of Line C13 to Line C18

     ____:1.0  

20.  Line C19 shall not be less than

     1.50:1.0  

21.  The Borrower is in compliance (circle yes or no)

     yes/no  

D. Maximum Secured Recourse Indebtedness to Total Asset Value Ratio (Section 8.20(d))

  

1.  Secured Recourse Indebtedness

     $___________  

2.  Total Asset Value as calculated on Exhibit A hereto

  

3.  Ratio of Line D1 to Line D2

     ____:1.0  

4.  Line D3 shall not exceed

     0.05:1.0  

 

-2-


5.  The Borrower is in compliance (circle yes or no)

     yes/no  

E.  Tangible Net Worth (Section 8.20(e))

  

1.  Tangible Net Worth

     $___________  

2.  Aggregate net proceeds of Stock and Stock Equivalent offerings

     $___________  

3.  75% of Line E2

  

4.  [___________] plus Line E3

  

5.  Line E1 shall not be less than Line E4

  

6.  The Borrower is in compliance (circle yes or no)2

     yes/no  

F.  Investments (Joint Ventures) (Section 8.8(i))

  

1.  Cash Investments in Joint Ventures

     $___________  

2.  Total Asset Value

     $___________  

3.  Line F1 divided by Line F2

     ___________  

4.  Line F3 shall not exceed 10%

  

5.  The Borrower is in compliance (circle yes or no)

     yes/no  

G. Investments (Assets Under Development) (Section 8.8(i))

  

1.  Assets Under Development

     $___________  

2.  Total Asset Value

     $___________  

3.  Line G1 divided by Line G2

     ___________  

4.  Line G3 shall not exceed 10%

  

5.  The Borrower is in compliance (circle yes or no)

     yes/no  

H. Investments (Stock Repurchases) (Section 8.8(k))

  

1.  Stock Repurchases

     $___________  

2.  Total Asset Value

     $___________  

 

2 

85% of TNW as of Alpine IPO

 

-3-


3.  Line H1 divided by Line H2

     ___________  

4.  Line H3 shall not exceed 10%

     $___________  

5.  The Borrower is in compliance (circle yes or no)

     yes/no  

I.   Aggregate Investment Limitation to Total Asset Value (Section 8.8)

  

1.  Sum of Lines F1, G1 and H1

     $___________  

2.  Total Asset Value

     ___________  

3.  Line I1 divided by Line I2

     ___________  

4.  Line I3 shall not exceed 30%

  

5.  The Borrower is in compliance (circle yes or no)

     yes/no  

 

-4-


EXHIBIT A TO SCHEDULE I

TO COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

OF ALPINE INCOME PROPERTY OP, LP

This Exhibit A, with a calculation date of __________,______, is attached to Schedule I to the Compliance Certificate of Alpine Income Property OP, LP dated November [__], 2019, as amended, and delivered to Bank of Montreal, as Administrative Agent, and the Lenders party to the Credit Agreement, as amended, referred to therein. The undersigned hereby certifies that the following is a true, correct and complete calculation of Total Asset Value for Rolling Period most recently ended:

[Insert Calculation]

 

ALPINE INCOME PROPERTY OP, LP
By:  

 

  Name:  

 

  Title:  

 

 

-5-


EXHIBIT B TO SCHEDULE I

TO COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

OF ALPINE INCOME PROPERTY OP, LP

This Exhibit B, with a calculation date of __________,______, is attached to Schedule I to the Compliance Certificate of Alpine Income Property OP, LP dated November [__], 2019, as amended, and delivered to Bank of Montreal, as Administrative Agent, and the Lenders party to the Credit Agreement, as amended, referred to therein. The undersigned hereby certifies that the following is a true, correct and complete calculation of Property NOI for all Properties for Rolling Period most recently ended:

 

PROPERTY

   PROPERTY
INCOME
     MINUS      PROPERTY
EXPENSES
(WITHOUT CAP.
EX. RESERVE
OR
MANAGEMENT
FEES)
    

MINUS

  

ANNUAL
CAPITAL
EXPENDITURE
RESERVE

  

MINUS

  

GREATER
OF 3% OF
RENTS OR
ACTUAL
MANAGEMENT
FEES

  

EQUALS

   PROPERTY
NOI
 
   $ ________        —        $ ___________                  =    $ ________  
   $ ________        —        $ ___________                  =    $ ________  
   $ ________        —        $ ___________                  =    $ ________  
   $ _______        —        $ ___________                  =    $ ________  

 

TOTAL PROPERTY NOI FOR ALL PROPERTIES:

   $ ____________  

 

 

ALPINE INCOME PROPERTY OP, LP
By:  

 

  Name:  

 

  Title:  

 

 

-6-


EXHIBIT F

ASSIGNMENT AND ACCEPTANCE

Dated _____________, _______

Reference is made to the Credit Agreement dated as of November [__], 2019 (as extended, renewed, amended or restated from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”) among Alpine Income Property OP, LP, the Guarantors from time to time party thereto, the Lenders and L/C Issuer parties thereto, and Bank of Montreal, as Administrative Agent (the “Administrative Agent”). Terms defined in the Credit Agreement are used herein with the same meaning.

______________________________________________________ (the “Assignor”) and _________________________ (the “Assignee”) agree as follows:

1. The Assignor hereby sells and assigns to the Assignee, and the Assignee hereby purchases and assumes from the Assignor, the amount and specified percentage interest shown on Annex I hereto of the Assignor’s rights and obligations under the Credit Agreement as of the Effective Date (as defined below), including, without limitation, the Assignor’s Revolving Credit Commitments as in effect on the Effective Date and the Loans, if any, owing to the Assignor on the Effective Date and the Assignor’s Revolver Percentage of any outstanding L/C Obligations.

2. The Assignor (i) represents and warrants that it is the legal and beneficial owner of the interest being assigned by it hereunder and that such interest is free and clear of any adverse claim, lien, or encumbrance of any kind; (ii) makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to any statements, warranties or representations made in or in connection with the Credit Agreement or the execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of the Credit Agreement or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant thereto; and (iii) makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to the financial condition of the Borrower or any Subsidiary or the performance or observance by the Borrower or any Subsidiary of any of their respective obligations under the Credit Agreement or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant thereto.

3. The Assignee (i) confirms that it has received a copy of the Credit Agreement, together with copies of the most recent financial statements delivered to the Lenders pursuant to Section 8.5(b) and (c) thereof and such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Assignment and Acceptance; (ii) agrees that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent, the Assignor or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under the Credit Agreement; (iii) appoints and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such action as Administrative Agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers under the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents as are delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms thereof, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto; (iv) agrees that it will perform in accordance with their terms all of the obligations which by the terms of the Credit Agreement are required to be performed by it as a Lender; and (v) specifies as its lending office (and address for notices) the offices set forth on its Administrative Questionnaire.


4. As consideration for the assignment and sale contemplated in Annex I hereof, the Assignee shall pay to the Assignor on the Effective Date in Federal funds the amount agreed upon between them. It is understood that commitment and/or letter of credit fees accrued to the Effective Date with respect to the interest assigned hereby are for the account of the Assignor and such fees accruing from and including the Effective Date are for the account of the Assignee. Each of the Assignor and the Assignee hereby agrees that if it receives any amount under the Credit Agreement which is for the account of the other party hereto, it shall receive the same for the account of such other party to the extent of such other party’s interest therein and shall promptly pay the same to such other party.

5. The effective date for this Assignment and Acceptance shall be ___________ (the “Effective Date”). Following the execution of this Assignment and Acceptance, it will be delivered to the Administrative Agent for acceptance and recording by the Administrative Agent and, if required, the Borrower.

6. Upon such acceptance and recording, as of the Effective Date, (i) the Assignee shall be a party to the Credit Agreement and, to the extent provided in this Assignment and Acceptance, have the rights and obligations of a Lender thereunder and (ii) the Assignor shall, to the extent provided in this Assignment and Acceptance, relinquish its rights and be released from its obligations under the Credit Agreement.

7. Upon such acceptance and recording, from and after the Effective Date, the Administrative Agent shall make all payments under the Credit Agreement in respect of the interest assigned hereby (including, without limitation, all payments of principal, interest and commitment fees with respect thereto) to the Assignee. The Assignor and Assignee shall make all appropriate adjustments in payments under the Credit Agreement for periods prior to the Effective Date directly between themselves.

 

-2-


8. This Assignment and Acceptance shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the internal laws of the State of New York.

 

[ASSIGNOR LENDER]

By  

 

  Name  

 

  Title  

 

[ASSIGNEE LENDER]

By  

 

  Name  

 

  Title  

 

 

Accepted and consented this

____ day of _____________

ALPINE INCOME PROPERTY OP, LP

By  

 

  Name  

 

  Title  

 

Accepted and consented to by the Administrative Agent and L/C Issuer this ___ day of _________

BANK OF MONTREAL, as Administrative Agent and L/C Issuer

By  

 

  Name  

 

  Title  

 

 

-3-


ANNEX I

TO ASSIGNMENT AND ACCEPTANCE

The assignee hereby purchases and assumes from the assignor the following interest in and to all of the Assignor’s rights and obligations under the Credit Agreement as of the effective date.

 

FACILITY ASSIGNED   

AGGREGATE

REVOLVING CREDIT
COMMITMENT/LOANS

FOR ALL LENDERS

    

AMOUNT OF

REVOLVING CREDIT
COMMITMENT/LOANS

ASSIGNED

    

PERCENTAGE ASSIGNED

OF REVOLVING CREDIT
COMMITMENT/LOANS

 

Revolving Credit

   $ ____________      $ ____________        _____

 

-4-


EXHIBIT G

ADDITIONAL GUARANTOR SUPPLEMENT

______________, ___

Bank of Montreal, as Administrative Agent for the Lenders named in the Credit Agreement dated as of November [__], 2019, among Alpine Income Property OP, LP, as Borrower, the Guarantors signatories thereto, the Lenders from time to time party thereto, and the Administrative Agent (the “Credit Agreement”)

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Reference is made to the Credit Agreement described above. Terms not defined herein which are defined in the Credit Agreement shall have for the purposes hereof the meaning provided therein.

The undersigned, [name of Subsidiary Guarantor], a [jurisdiction of incorporation or organization] hereby elects to be a “Guarantor” for all purposes of the Credit Agreement, effective from the date hereof. The undersigned confirms that the representations and warranties set forth in Section 6 of the Credit Agreement are true and correct as to the undersigned as of the date hereof and the undersigned shall comply with each of the covenants set forth in Section 8 of the Credit Agreement applicable to it.

Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the undersigned hereby agrees to perform all the obligations of a Guarantor under, and to be bound in all respects by the terms of, the Credit Agreement, including, without limitation, Section 13 thereof, to the same extent and with the same force and effect as if the undersigned were a signatory party thereto.

The undersigned acknowledges that this Agreement shall be effective upon its execution and delivery by the undersigned to the Administrative Agent, and it shall not be necessary for the Administrative Agent or any Lender, or any of their Affiliates entitled to the benefits hereof, to execute this Agreement or any other acceptance hereof. This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the internal laws of the State of New York.

 

Very truly yours,

[NAME OF SUBSIDIARY GUARANTOR]

By  

 

  Name  

 

  Title  

 


EXHIBIT H

COMMITMENT AMOUNT INCREASE REQUEST

_______________, ____

 

To:

Bank of Montreal, as Administrative Agent for the Lenders parties to the Credit Agreement dated as of November [__], 2019 (as extended, renewed, amended or restated from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), among Alpine Income Property OP, LP, the Guarantors which are signatories thereto, certain Lenders parties thereto, and Bank of Montreal, as Administrative Agent

Ladies and Gentlemen:

The undersigned, Alpine Income Property OP, LP (the “Borrower”) hereby refers to the Credit Agreement and requests that the Administrative Agent consent to an increase in the aggregate Revolving Credit Commitments (the “Commitment Amount Increase”), in accordance with Section 1.15 of the Credit Agreement, to be effected by [an increase in the Revolving Credit Commitment of [name of existing Lender]] [the addition of [name of new Lender] (the “New Lender”) as a Lender under the terms of the Credit Agreement]. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the same meanings herein as such terms have in the Credit Agreement.

After giving effect to such Commitment Amount Increase, the Revolving Credit Commitment of the [Lender] [New Lender] shall be $_____________.

[Include paragraphs 1-4 for a New Lender]

1. The New Lender hereby confirms that it has received a copy of the Loan Documents and the exhibits related thereto, together with copies of the documents which were required to be delivered under the Credit Agreement as a condition to the making of the Revolving Loans and other extensions of credit thereunder. The New Lender acknowledges and agrees that it has made and will continue to make, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, its own credit analysis and decisions relating to the Credit Agreement. The New Lender further acknowledges and agrees that the Administrative Agent has not made any representations or warranties about the credit worthiness of the Borrower or any other party to the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document or with respect to the legality, validity, sufficiency or enforceability of the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document or the value of any security therefor.

2. Except as otherwise provided in the Credit Agreement, effective as of the date of acceptance hereof by the Administrative Agent, the New Lender (i) shall be deemed automatically to have become a party to the Credit Agreement and have all the rights and obligations of a “Lender” under the Credit Agreement as if it were an original signatory thereto and (ii) agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions set forth in the Credit Agreement as if it were an original signatory thereto.


3. The New Lender shall deliver to the Administrative Agent an Administrative Questionnaire.

[4. The New Lender has delivered, if appropriate, to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (or is delivering to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent concurrently herewith) the tax forms referred to in [Section 12.1] of the Credit Agreement.]*

THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE A CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATION UNDER, AND SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

The Commitment Amount Increase shall be effective when the executed consent of the Administrative Agent is received or otherwise in accordance with Section 1.15 of the Credit Agreement, but not in any case prior to ___________________, ____. It shall be a condition to the effectiveness of the Commitment Amount Increase that all expenses referred to in Section 1.15 of the Credit Agreement shall have been paid.

The Borrower hereby certifies that no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

 

* 

Insert bracketed paragraph if New Lender is organized under the law of a jurisdiction other than the United States of America or a state thereof.

 

-2-


Please indicate the Administrative Agent’s consent to such Commitment Amount Increase by signing the enclosed copy of this letter in the space provided below.

 

Very truly yours,

ALPINE INCOME PROPERTY OP, LP

By:  

 

  Name:  

 

  Title:  

 

[NEW OR EXISTING LENDER INCREASING COMMITMENTS]

By:  

     

  Name:  

 

  Title:  

 

 

The undersigned hereby consents on this __ day of _____________, _____ to the above-requested Commitment Amount Increase.
BANK OF MONTREAL,
    as Administrative Agent
By  

 

  Name  

 

  Title  

 

 

-3-


EXHIBIT I

BORROWING BASE CERTIFICATE

 

To:

Bank of Montreal, as Administrative

 

Agent under, and the Lenders party to, the

 

Credit Agreement described below.

Pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement dated as of November [__], 2019, as amended, among us (the “Credit Agreement”), we submit this Borrowing Base Certificate to you and certify that the calculation of the Borrowing Base set forth below and on any Exhibits to this Certificate is true, correct and complete as of the Borrowing Base Determination Date.

A. Borrowing Base Determination Date: __________________ ____, 20___.

B. The Borrowing Base and Revolving Credit Availability as of the Borrowing Base Determination Date is calculated as:

 

1.  60% of the Borrowing Base Value as calculated on Exhibit A hereto

   $ _________________  

2.  Debt Service Coverage Amount as calculated on Exhibit B hereto

   $ _________________  

3.  The lesser of Line 1 and Line 2 (the “Borrowing Base”)

   $ _________________  

4.  Aggregate Revolving Loans, Swing Loans and L/C Obligations outstanding

   $ _________________  

5.  Line 3 minus Line 4 (the “Revolving Credit Availability”)

   $ _________________  

The foregoing certifications, together with the computations set forth in Schedule I hereto are made and delivered this ______ day of __________________ 20___.

 

ALPINE INCOME PROPERTY OP, LP
By:  

 

  Name:  

 

  Title:  

 


EXHIBIT A TO BORROWING BASE CERTIFICATE

OF ALPINE INCOME PROPERTY OP, LP

This Exhibit A is attached to the Borrowing Base Certificate of Alpine Income Property OP, LP for the Borrowing Base Determination Date of ___________ ____, 20___ and delivered to Bank of Montreal, as Administrative Agent, and the Lenders party to the Credit Agreement dated November [__], 2019, as amended, referred to therein. The undersigned hereby certifies that the following is a true, correct and complete calculation of Borrowing Base Value as of the Borrowing Base Determination Date set forth above:

[Insert Calculation or attach Schedule with exclusions for concentration limits]

 

BORROWING BASE VALUE OF ALL ELIGIBLE PROPERTIES:    $___________
BORROWING BASE REQUIREMENTS:   

A. Number of Properties

  

1.  The number of Eligible Properties

   ___________

2.  Line A1 shall not be less than 10

  

3.  The Borrower is in compliance (circle yes or no)

   yes/no

B. Borrowing Base Value

  

1.  Borrowing Base Value

   $___________

2.  Line B1 shall not be less than $100,000,000

  

3.  The Borrower is in compliance (circle yes or no)

   yes/no

C. Non-Retail, Office or Mixed-Use Retail/Office Properties

  

1.  Percent of Borrowing Base Value attributable to Non-Retail, Office or Mixed-Use Retail/Office Properties

   ___________%

2.  Line C1 shall not be greater than 20%

  

3.  The Borrower is in compliance (circle yes or no)

   yes/no

D. Individual Eligible Property Value

 

1.  The Percentage of Borrowing Base Value of each Eligible Property is set forth [above or on the attached Schedule] and the largest Borrowing Base Value or any Eligible Property is $___________ for the ___________ Eligible Property.

  

 

-2-


2.  No Eligible Property comprises more than [30%]3[25%]4% of Borrowing Base Value 3. The Borrower is in compliance (circle yes or no)

   yes/no5

E.  Single Tenant Borrowing Base Value

 

1.  The largest amount of Borrowing Base Value from a single Tenant that does not maintain a Rating of at least BBB-/Baa3 from S&P or Moody’s, respectively, is $_____________ from _____________.

 

2.  No single Tenant that does not maintain a Rating of at least BBB-/Baa3 from S&P or Moody’s, respectively, comprises more than 20% of Borrowing Base Value 3. The Borrower is in compliance (circle yes or no)

   yes/no6

F.  Permitted Ground Lease Investments

 

1.  Percent of Borrowing Base Value attributable to Permitted Ground Lease Investments

   __%

2.  Line F1 shall not be greater than 30% 3. The Borrower is in compliance (circle yes or no)

   yes/no7

G. Occupancy Rate

 

1.  Aggregate Occupancy Rate of Eligible Properties

   __%

2.  Line H1 shall not be less than 85%

 

3.  The Borrower is in compliance (circle yes or no)

   yes/no

 

3 

Prior to 1/1/2021

4 

On and after 1/1/2021

5 

If applicable, the calculation of Borrowing Base Value includes an adjustment to exclude that portion of the Property NOI or book value of any Eligible Properties attributable to any Eligible Properties to the extent it exceeds the 25% concentration limit.

6 

If applicable, the calculation of Borrowing Base Value includes an adjustment to exclude that portion of the Property NOI or book value of any Eligible Properties attributable to any Eligible Properties to the extent it exceeds the 20% concentration limit.

7 

If applicable, the calculation of Borrowing Base Value includes an adjustment to exclude that portion of the Property NOI or book value of any Permitted Ground Lease Investments attributable to any Permitted Ground Lease Investments to the extent it exceeds the 35% concentration limit.

 

-3-


EXHIBIT B TO BORROWING BASE CERTIFICATE

OF ALPINE INCOME PROPERTY OP, LP

This Exhibit B is attached to the Borrowing Base Certificate of Alpine Income Property OP, LP for the Borrowing Base Determination Date of __________ ___, 20__ and delivered to Bank of Montreal, as Administrative Agent, and the Lenders party to the Credit Agreement dated November [__], 2019, as amended, referred to therein. The undersigned hereby certifies that the following is a true, correct and complete calculation of Debt Service Coverage Amount as of the Borrowing Base Determination Date set forth above:

 

ELIGIBLE PROPERTIES

   DEBT SERVICE COVERAGE AMOUNT
AS  CALCULATED ON ANNEX I TO THIS
EXHIBIT B
 
     $__________  
     $__________  
     $__________  
     $__________  

TOTAL DEBT SERVICE COVERAGE AMOUNT OF ALL ELIGIBLE PROPERTIES:

     $__________  

 

-4-


ANNEX I TO EXHIBIT B TO BORROWING BASE CERTIFICATE

OF ALPINE INCOME PROPERTY OP, LP

[Borrower to Insert Calculation of Debt Service Coverage Amount for each Eligible Property with concentration limit exclusions]


SCHEDULE I

REVOLVING CREDIT COMMITMENTS

 

NAME OF LENDER   

REVOLVING CREDIT

COMMITMENT

 

Bank of Montreal, a Canadian chartered bank acting through its Chicago branch

   $ [50,000,000

[Additional Lenders TBD]

   $ [_________

TOTAL

   $ 100,000,000  
  

 

 

 


SCHEDULE 1.1

INITIAL PROPERTIES

 

Tenant    City, State    Square Feet
Total Operating Properties          
Tenant    City, State    Square Feet
Total Eligible Properties          


SCHEDULE 6.2

SUBSIDIARIES

 

BLUEBIRD METROWEST ORLANDO LLC (a limited liability company)
Date of Formation:    January 14, 2013
State of Formation:    Delaware
Member:    Alpine Income Property OP, LP, 100% Managing Member
CTO16 CHARLOTTESVILLE LLC (limited liability company)
Date of Formation:    August 17, 2016
State of Formation:    Delaware
Member:    Alpine Income Property OP, LP 100% Managing Member
CTO16 HUNTERSVILLE LLC (limited liability company)
Date of Formation:    August 17, 2016
State of Formation:    Delaware
Member:    Alpine Income Property OP, LP 100% Managing Member
CTO16 RALEIGH LLC (limited liability company
Date of Formation:    September 9, 2016
State of Formation:    Delaware
Member:    Alpine Income Property OP, LP 100% Managing Member
CTO16 RENO LLC (limited liability company)
Date of Formation:    November 1, 2016
State of Formation:    Delaware
Member:    Alpine Income Property OP, LP 100% Managing Member
CTO17 HILLSBORO OR LLC (limited liability company)
Date of Formation:    September 19, 2017
State of Formation:    Delaware
Member:    Alpine Income Property OP, LP
CTO17 SAUGUS LLC (limited liability company)
Date of Formation:    February 17, 2017
State of Formation:    Delaware
Member:    Alpine Income Property OP, LP 100% Managing Member


CTO18 ARLINGTON TX LLC (limited liability company)
Date of Formation:    December 10, 2018
State of Formation:    Delaware
Member:    Alpine Income Property OP, LP 100%
CTO19 BIRMINGHAM LLC (limited liability company)
Date of Formation:    May 8, 2019
State of Formation:    Delaware
Member:    Alpine Income Property OP, LP 100%
CTO19 WINSTON SALEM NC LLC (limited liability company)
Date of Formation:    March 13, 2019
State of Formation:    Delaware
Member:    Alpine Income Property OP, LP 100%
INDIGO GROUP INC. (corporation)
(Name Change from Indigo Development Inc. April 7, 1987)
(Name Change from The Charles Wayne Group Inc. July 23, 1991)
Date of Incorporation:    September 27, 1984
State of Incorporation:    Florida
Authorized Shares:    7,500 common shares @ $1.00 par value
   75,000 (increased from 30,000 4/26/85) Series
   preferred shares @ $100.00 par value
INDIGO HENRY LLC (a limited liability company)
Date of Formation:    May 24, 2006
State of Formation:    Florida
Member:    Alpine Income Property OP, LP , 100% Managing Member
LHC15 GLENDALE AZ LLC (limited liability company)
Date of Formation:    April 28, 2015
State of Formation:    Delaware
Member:    Alpine Income Property OP, LP, 100% Managing Member


SCHEDULE 6.6

MATERIAL ADVERSE CHANGE

NONE.


SCHEDULE 6.11

LITIGATION

This Schedule 6.11 is qualified in its entirety by reference to specific provisions of the Credit Agreement to which it relates, and to the extent such provisions contain representations and warranties, this Schedule 6.11 is intended to only qualify and shall not be deemed to expand in any way the scope or effect of any such representations and warranties. Capitalized terms used herein but not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Credit Agreement. Inclusion of information herein shall not be construed as an admission that such information is material to the Borrower or to any of the Subsidiaries. Matters reflected in this Schedule are not necessarily limited to matters required by the Credit Agreement to be reflected herein. Any such additional matters are included herein for informational purposes and do not necessarily include other matters of similar nature. Headings have been inserted herein for convenience of reference only and shall to no extent have the effect of amending or changing the express description of this Schedule in the Credit Agreement.

[Borrower to provide]


SCHEDULE 6.12

TAX RETURNS

At this time, the following Subsidiaries, none of which is a Material Subsidiary, do not intend to pay taxes, assessments, fees and other governmental charges upon Property owned by each such subsidiary:

NONE


SCHEDULE 6.17

ENVIRONMENTAL ISSUES

This Schedule 6.17 is qualified in its entirety by reference to specific provisions of the Credit Agreement to which it relates, and to the extent such provisions contain representations and warranties, this Schedule 6.17 is intended to only qualify and shall not be deemed to expand in any way the scope or effect of any such representations and warranties. Capitalized terms used herein but not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Credit Agreement. Inclusion of information herein shall not be construed as an admission that such information is material to the Borrower or to any of the Subsidiaries. Matters reflected in this Schedule are not necessarily limited to matters required by the Credit Agreement to be reflected herein. Any such additional matters are included herein for informational purposes and do not necessarily include other matters of similar nature. Headings have been inserted herein for convenience of reference only and shall to no extent have the effect of amending or changing the express description of this Schedule in the Credit Agreement.

[Borrower to provide]


SCHEDULE 6.23

MAINTENANCE AND CONDITION

This Schedule 6.23 is qualified in its entirety by reference to specific provisions of the Credit Agreement to which it relates, and to the extent such provisions contain representations and warranties, this Schedule 6.23 is intended to only qualify and shall not be deemed to expand in any way the scope or effect of any such representations and warranties. Capitalized terms used herein but not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Credit Agreement. Inclusion of information herein shall not be construed as an admission that such information is material to the Borrower or to any of the Subsidiaries. Matters reflected in this Schedule are not necessarily limited to matters required by the Credit Agreement to be reflected herein. Any such additional matters are included herein for informational purposes and do not necessarily include other matters of similar nature.

[Borrower to provide]


SCHEDULE 6.25

SIGNIFICANT LEASES

(All Leases including self development)

[Borrower to provide]


Schedule 8.7

EXISTING LIENS

NONE.

EX-23.3

Exhibit 23.3

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We have issued our report dated August 27, 2019 with respect to the balance sheet of Alpine Income Property Trust, Inc. contained in the Registration Statement and Prospectus. We consent to the use of the aforementioned report in the Registration Statement and Prospectus, and to the use of our name as it appears under the caption “Experts”.

/s/ Grant Thornton LLP

Jacksonville, Florida

November 18, 2019

EX-23.4

Exhibit 23.4

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We have issued our report dated August 27, 2019 with respect to the combined financial statements of Alpine Income Property Trust Predecessor contained in the Registration Statement and Prospectus. We consent to the use of the aforementioned report in the Registration Statement and Prospectus, and to the use of our name as it appears under the caption “Experts”.

/s/ Grant Thornton LLP

Jacksonville, Florida

November 18, 2019

EX-23.5

Exhibit 23.5

Consent of Independent Certified Public Accountant

We have issued our report dated October 3, 2019 with respect to the combined statements of revenues of the properties located in Winston-Salem, North Carolina; Birmingham, Alabama; Lynn, Massachusetts; Albany, Georgia; and East Troy, Wisconsin contained in the Registration Statement and Prospectus. We consent to the use of the aforementioned report in the Registration Statement and Prospectus, and to the use of our name as it appears under the caption “Experts”.

/s/ Grant Thornton LLP

Jacksonville, Florida

November 18, 2019